EXCEL MIDAS GOLD SHARES INC
485B24E, 1995-08-24
Previous: MRI BUSINESS PROPERTIES FUND LTD III, 8-K, 1995-08-24
Next: FIRST REPUBLIC BANCORP INC, POS AM, 1995-08-24



     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    Form N-1A

           REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933[X]
      Midas Fund, Inc. (File No. 2-98229): Post-Effective Amendment No. 17

                                     and/or

                        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
                        INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940[X]
      Midas Fund, Inc. (File No. 811-4316): Post-Effective Amendment No. 17

                                MIDAS FUND, INC.
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                  11 Hanover Square, New York, New York, 10005
               (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

                                 (212) 785-0900
              (Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

                               William J. Maynard
                  11 Hanover Square, New York, New York, 10005
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                    Copy to:
                             R. Darrell Mounts, Esq.
                             Kirkpatrick & Lockhart
                               1800 M Street, N.W.
                            South Lobby --Ninth Floor
                           Washington, D.C. 20036-5891

  _____ immediately  upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of rule 485
  _____ X on August 28, 1995 pursuant to paragraph (b) of rule 485
  _____ 60 days after filing  pursuant to paragraph (a) of rule 485 on
  _____ (specify date) pursuant to paragraph (a) of rule 485

The Registrant has registered an indefinite number or amount of securities under
the Securities  Act of 1933 pursuant to Rule 24f-2 under the Investment  Company
Act of 1940. A Rule 24f-2 Notice for the  Registrant's  most recent  fiscal year
was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 1995.

* Effective as of the close of business on August 28, 1995  ("Effective  Date"),
Midas Fund,  Inc.,  an open-end  management  investment  company  organized as a
Maryland  corporation  ("Midas"),  will  succeed to all of the  assets,  rights,
obligations  and  liabilities  of Excel Midas Gold  Shares,  Inc.  Midas  hereby
expressly adopts this  Registration  Statement of Excel Midas Gold Shares,  Inc.
(Nos.  2-98229 and 811-4316) as its own, effective as of the Effective Date, for
all purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
and the Investment Company Act of 1940.



                                        1

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



<S>                                        <C>                 <C>                  <C>                   <C>      
                                                                 Proposed Maxi        Proposed Maxi         Amount of
                                           Amount of Shares       mum Offering        mum Aggregate       Registration
Title of Securities Being Registered       Being Registered    Price Per Unit(1)    Offering Price(2)        Fee(2)
Shares of Common  Stock of Midas Fund,          220,335              $4.69              $290,000             $100.00
Inc., Par Value $0.01.
</TABLE>

(1) The fee for the  above  shares  to be  registered  by this  filing  has been
computed on the basis of the price in effect on August 17, 1995 pursuant to Rule
457(d) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2) Calculation of the proposed maximum  aggregate  offering price has been made
pursuant to Rule 24e-2  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940.  During its
fiscal year ended December 31, 1994,  Registrant redeemed or repurchased 507,398
shares.  Registrant used 70,754 of the shares it redeemed or repurchased  during
its fiscal year ended December 31, 1994,  for a reduction  pursuant to paragraph
(c) of Rule  24f-2  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940  (shares  sold;
excluding shares issued in reinvestment of dividends).  Registrant is using this
post-effective  amendment  to register  the  remaining  436,644  (507,398  minus
70,754) shares redeemed or repurchased during its fiscal year ended December 31,
1994 plus 61833 shares  ($290,000/$4.69).  During the current  fiscal year,  the
Registrant has filed no other  post-effective  amendments for the purpose of the
reduction pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 24e-2.


                                        2

<PAGE>




             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET FOR ITEMS REQUIRED BY FORM N-1A

ITEM NO.    
OF FORM N-LA                CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS

 1               Cover Page

 2               "Fees and Expenses"

 3               "Financial Highlights"; "Performance Information"

 4               "Investment Objectives and Policies of the Fund"; "Investments 
                 the Fund Will Not Make; Restrictions"; "Appendix A"

 5               "The Investment Manager"; "The Subadviser"; "Custodian and 
                 Transfer Agent"

 5A              "Management's Discussion of Fund Performance"

 6               Cover Page; "The Investment Manager"; "The Subadviser"; "Dis-
                 tributions and Taxes"; "Determination of Net Asset Value"; 
                 "Shareholder Services"

 7               "How to Purchase Shares"; "Shareholder Services"; "Determi-
                 nation of Net Asset Value"; "Distribution of Shares"

 8               "How to Redeem Shares"; "Determination of Net Asset Value"

 9               Not Applicable

         Caption in Statement of Additional Information

 10              Cover Page

 11              "Table of Contents"

 12              Not Applicable

 13              "Investment Restrictions"; "Allocation of Brokerage"

 14              "Officers and Directors"

 15              "Officers and Directors"; "The Investment Manager"

 16              "Officers and Directors"; "The Investment Manager"; "The 
                 Subadviser and the Subadvisory Agreement"; "Distribution of 
                 Shares"; "Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent"; 
                 "Auditors"

 17              "Allocation of Brokerage"

 18              Not Applicable

 19              "Purchase of Shares"

 20              "Distributions and Taxes"

 21              Not Applicable

 22              "Calculation of Performance Data"

 23              "Financial Statements"




                                        3

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

   
                                   MIDAS FUND
    

                        Prospectus Dated August 28, 1995

   
       Midas Fund (the  "Fund") is a mutual  fund that  continuously  offers its
shares for sale.  The  investment  objectives of the Fund are primarily  capital
appreciation and protection against inflation and, secondarily,  current income.
The Fund  seeks to  achieve  these  objectives  by  investing  primarily  in (i)
securities of United States and Canadian companies primarily involved,  directly
or indirectly, in the business of mining, processing, fabricating,  distributing
or otherwise  dealing in gold,  silver,  platinum or other natural resources and
(ii)  gold,  silver  and  platinum  bullion.  Such  investments  are  considered
speculative and subject to substantial price  fluctuations and risks.  There can
be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment  objectives.  Prior to
August 28, 1995, the Fund was known as Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc.

       Midas Management  Corporation is the Fund's Investment Manager,  and Lion
Resource  Management  Limited is the Fund's  Subadviser.  Since 1992,  Mr. Kjeld
Thygesen,  Managing Director of the Subadviser,  has been a portfolio manager of
the Fund. Based in London (U.K.), the Subadviser is a part of Lion Mining Group,
which  specializes in gold mining and resource  company  investment  management,
corporate finance and consulting.
    

 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         NEWSPAPER LISTING. Shares of the Fund are sold at the net asset
         value per share which is shown daily in the mutual fund section of
         newspapers nationwide under the heading "Midas Fund."

 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


   
      This prospectus contains information you should know about the Fund,
which is an open-end,  management  investment  company,  before  investing.  You
should read it to decide if an investment  in the Fund is right for you.  Please
keep it with your investment records for future reference.  The Fund has filed a
Statement  of  Additional  Information  (also  dated  August 28,  1995) with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Statement of Additional  Information is
available  free of charge by calling  1-800-400-MIDAS,  and is  incorporated  by
reference in this  prospectus.  Fund shares are not bank deposits or obligations
of, or guaranteed or endorsed by any bank or any affiliate of any bank,  and are
not  Federally  insured by,  obligations  of or otherwise  supported by the U.S.
Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board
or any other agency.
    

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


                                       1
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

Expense Table.  The tables and example below are designed to help you understand
the various  costs and expenses  that you will bear directly or indirectly as an
investor  in the Fund.  A $2 monthly  account  fee is  charged  if your  average
monthly  balance is less than $100,  unless you are in the Automatic  Investment
Program (see "How to Purchase Shares").

   
SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases..................NONE
Sales Load Imposed on Reinvested Dividends.......NONE
Deferred Sales Load..............................NONE
Redemption Fee within 30 days of purchase ( as  a percentage
of  net asset value of shares redeemed).........1.00%
Redemption Fee after 30 days of purchase.........NONE
Exchange Fee.....................................NONE
    

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES
(as a percentage of average net assets)
Management Fees ................................1.00%
12b-1 Fees......................................0.25%
Other Expenses ................................ 0.90%
Total Fund Operating Expenses...................2.15%
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>     
Example                                                                    1 year      3 years    5 years     10 years
                                                                           ------      -------    -------     --------
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a      $22         $67        $115        $248
5% annual return and a redemption at the end of each time period........
</TABLE>

The example set forth above  assumes  reinvestment  of all  dividends  and other
distributions  and uses an assumed 5% annual  rate of return as  required by the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").  The example is an illustration only
and  should  not be  considered  an  indication  of past or future  returns  and
expenses.  Actual  returns and expenses may be greater or less than those shown.
The percentages given for annual Fund expenses are based on the Fund's operating
expenses and average daily net assets during its fiscal year ended  December 31,
1994. Long term  shareholders  may pay more than the economic  equivalent of the
maximum  front-end  sales  charge  permitted  by  the  National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc.'s ("NASD") rules regarding investment companies. "Other
Expenses"  includes  amounts  paid  to the  Fund's  former  investment  manager,
custodian, and transfer agent for certain custodian, accounting,  administrative
and shareholder services,  and does not include interest expense from the Fund's
bank borrowing.

Financial   Highlights  are  presented  below  for  a  share  of  capital  stock
outstanding  throughout  each period since the Fund's  inception.  The following
information  is  supplemental  to the  Fund's  financial  statements  and report
thereon of Squire & Co., independent accountants,  appearing in the December 31,
1994  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  and  incorporated  by  reference  in the
Statement of Additional Information.
Years Ended December 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 1994   1993     1992   1991    1990    1989    1988    1987   1986*
                                                 ----   ----     ----   ----    ----    ----    ----    ----   -----
<S>                                             <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>  
   
PER SHARE DATA**
Net asset value, beginning of year...........   $4.16  $2.35    $2.55  $2.59   $3.12   $2.58   $3.16   $2.63   $2.33
                                                -----  -----    -----  -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -----
Income from investment operations:
Net investment income (loss).................  (0.05) (0.01)     0.01   0.03       -  (0.01)  (0.02)    0.00  (0.01)
Net gain (loss) on securities (both realized
unrealized)..................................an(0.67)   2.34   (0.19) (0.04)  (0.53)    0.57  (0.58)    0.92    0.31
                                               ------   ----   ------ ------  ------    ----  ------    ----    ----
  Total from investment operations...........  (0.72)   2.33   (0.18) (0.01)  (0.53)    0.56  (0.60)    0.92    0.30
Less distributions:
Dividends from net investment income.........       - (0.52)   (0.02) (0.03)       -       -       -       -       -
Distributions from capital gains.............  (0.12)      -        -      -       -       -       -  (0.33)       -
Return of capital distributions..............       -      -        -      -       -       -       -  (0.06)       -
  Total distributions........................  (0.12) (0.52)   (0.02) (0.03)    0.00    0.00    0.00  (0.39)    0.00
                                               ------ ------   ------ ------    ----    ----    ----  ------    ----
Net asset value, end of year.................   $3.32  $4.16    $2.35  $2.55   $2.59   $3.12   $2.56   $3.16   $2.63
                                                =====  =====    =====  =====   =====   =====   =====   =====   =====
TOTAL RETURN.................................(17.27)% 99.24%  (7.16)%(0.20)%(16.99)%  21.88%(18.99)%  34.77%  12.71%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
Net assets, end of year (In 000's)...........  $7,052$10,357   $4,943 $8,202  $7,571 $11,168 $12,726 $19,145  $7,367
Ratio of expenses to average net assets(a):..   2.15%  2.18%    2.25%  2.25%   2.25%   2.20%   1.82%   1.79%   1.97%
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to          
average net assets(b):........................ (1.26)%(0.25)%   0.56%  1.10%   0.06% (0.32)% (0.42)%   0.36% (1.05)%
Portfolio Turnover ..........................  52.62% 63.44%   72.23% 77.26%  58.46%  23.60%   7.52%  27.29%   8.28%
</TABLE>

----------------------------------
*From  commencement of operations,  January 8, 1986.  **Per share net investment
loss and net  realized  and  unrealized  gain  (loss) on  investments  have been
computed  using the  average  number of shares  outstanding.  (a) Ratio prior to
reimbursement  by the Investment  Manager was  2.47%,2.51%,  and 2.53% for 1990,
1991, and 1992, respectively. (b) Ratio prior to reimbursement by the Investment
Manager was (0.16)%, 0.83%, and 0.28% for 1990, 1991, and 1992, respectively.
    


                                        2

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>                                                        <C>
Transaction and Operating Expenses.......................  Determination of Net Asset Value.........................
Financial Highlights.....................................  The Investment Manager and Subadviser....................
Investments the Fund Will Not Make;                        Distribution of Shares...................................
Restrictions.............................................
How to Purchase Shares...................................  Performance Information..................................
Shareholder Services.....................................  Capital Stock............................................
How to Redeem Shares.....................................  Custodian and Transfer Agent.............................
Distributions and Taxes..................................  Appendix.................................................
</TABLE>



                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

   
    The investment objectives of the Fund are primarily capital appreciation and
protection against inflation and, secondarily, current income. The Fund seeks to
achieve  these  objectives  by investing  primarily in (i)  securities of United
States and Canadian companies primarily involved, directly or indirectly, in the
business of mining, processing,  fabricating,  distributing or otherwise dealing
in gold,  silver,  platinum or other natural resources and (ii) gold, silver and
platinum  bullion.  Of  course,  there  can be no  assurance  that the Fund will
achieve its investment objectives.

    Only the holders of a "majority" of the Fund's outstanding voting securities
as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") can change the
Fund's  investment  objectives  described  above and any policies  designated as
"fundamental".  Policies not designated as  "fundamental"  may be changed by the
Fund's Board of Directors.

Investments the Fund May Make

    Midas Management Corporation, the Fund's investment manager (the "Investment
Manager"),  believes  that the  precious  metals  investment  medium  offers  an
opportunity to achieve capital  appreciation and protection  against  inflation.
The Investment Manager believes that investments in precious metals,  especially
gold, and shares of companies in related industries have historically  tended to
provide a hedge against  inflation and the risks  associated  with uncertain and
unstable political,  monetary and social conditions. Under normal circumstances,
at least 65% of the value of the Fund's  total  assets  will be  invested in (i)
securities  of companies  primarily  involved,  directly or  indirectly,  in the
business of mining, processing,  fabricating,  distributing or otherwise dealing
in gold and (ii) gold and other bullion. Additionally, up to 35% of the value of
the Fund's total  assets may be invested in  companies  that derive a portion of
their gross  revenues,  directly  or  indirectly,  from the  business of mining,
processing,  fabricating,  distributing  or otherwise  dealing in gold,  silver,
platinum  or  other  natural  resources  (which,  together  with  securities  of
companies  "primarily  involved"  in such  activities  are referred to herein as
"Mining Securities").

     No more than 20% of the value of the Fund's  total  assets will be invested
in Mining  Securities  of issuers  domiciled or having  principal  operations in
countries other than Canada and the United States. See "Risk Considerations."

    The Mining  Securities  held by the Fund may  include  both  equity and debt
securities.  Investments in equity Mining  Securities  have generally acted as a
hedge against  inflation.  Debt Mining  Securities  generally  will not react to
fluctuations  in the prices of  precious  metals  except  that lower  rated debt
Mining  Securities may react to lower prices of precious metals.  Therefore,  an
investment  in debt  Mining  Securities  cannot be expected to provide the hedge
against  inflation  that may be provided  through  investments  in equity Mining
Securities.  The  market  performance  of debt  Mining  Securities,  which  as a
non-fundamental  investment policy will be primarily of investment grade, can be
expected to be comparable to that of other debt obligations.
    

    Not more than 10% of the value of the Fund's  total  assets  (taken at cost)
may be invested directly in gold, silver and platinum bullion.  Gold, silver and
platinum bullion in the form of coins will be purchased only


                                        3

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

if  there  is  an  actively  quoted  market  for  the  coins,  as   exists,  for
example, for the Canadian Maple Leaf, the South African Krugerrand,  the Mexican
Peso and Onza, the Austrian Corona, and the Noble of the Isle of Man. Coins will
only be  purchased  for  their  metallic  value and not for  their  currency  or
numismatic value. See "Risk Considerations."

   
    The Fund will  generally hold  approximately  5% to 10% of its net assets in
cash or high quality,  short term fixed income  investments in order to maintain
the liquidity necessary for timely responses to investment opportunities and for
satisfaction of redemption  requests.  These short term fixed income investments
will be  limited to  obligations  rated at the time of  purchase  within the two
highest  rating  categories  of either  Standard & Poor's or  Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")  or,  if  not so  rated,  determined  by the  Fund's
Investment Manager to be of equivalent quality.

    In the event of  economic,  political  or  financial  conditions  that would
adversely affect the Mining Securities and precious metals markets, the Fund may
depart from its normal  policies  and assume a temporary  defensive  position by
investing  a  substantial  portion of its assets in debt  securities  other than
Mining  Securities,  such as bonds,  debentures,  commercial  paper,  repurchase
agreements and  certificates of deposit,  or holding cash. These debt securities
will be limited to  obligations  rated at the time of  purchase  within the four
highest  rating  categories of Standard & Poor's or Moody's or, if not so rated,
determined by the Fund's Investment  Manager to be of equivalent  quality.  Debt
securities  in the  lowest of these four  rating  categories  are  medium  grade
obligations and may be considered speculative.  It is expected that the emphasis
of defensive  security  selection will be on short term instruments  (i.e, those
maturing in one year or less from the date of purchase),  since such  securities
usually can be disposed of quickly at prices not involving  significant gains or
losses when management wishes to increase the portion of the portfolio  invested
in securities selected for appreciation possibilities.  The Fund does not have a
current  intention  of  investing  more than 5% of its net assets in  repurchase
agreements. See Appendix A hereto for a description of repurchase agreements and
certain of the risks associated therewith.
    

    The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities  the sale of
which is limited by contract or law.  See  "Investments  the Fund Will Not Make;
Restrictions."  Such  restricted  securities  may be sold  only  in a  privately
negotiated transaction.  Because of such restrictions,  the Fund may not be able
to dispose of a block of restricted  securities for a substantial period of time
or at prices as favorable  as those  prevailing  in the open market  should like
securities of an unrestricted class of the same issuer be freely traded.

   
Short Term Trading

    The Fund  purchases  securities  for  investment  and does not, as a policy,
trade  for  short  term  profits.  But if the  Fund  feels  it is wise to sell a


                                       4
<PAGE>
                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm


security,  it will not  hesitate  even if it has had the  security  just a short
time.  Turnover of the Fund's assets will affect  brokerage costs and may affect
the taxes you pay. The Fund  calculates  its portfolio  turnover as the ratio of
the  lesser of annual  purchases  or sales of  portfolio  securities  to average
monthly  portfolio value (not including short term  securities,  if any). If the
Fund had a 100%  turnover  rate, it would mean that the Fund replaced all of its
portfolio  securities within a year. The Fund's turnover rate for the year ended
December 31, 1994 was 52.62%.
    

Risk Considerations

   
    Although there is some degree of risk in all investments,  there are special
risks inherent in the Fund's investment policies.  As a result, an investment in
the Fund  should not be  considered  a complete  investment  program.  The risks
related to the Fund's  investment  policy of concentrating in Mining  Securities
and gold, silver and platinum bullion include, among others, the following:

1. Risk of Price  Fluctuations.  Precious  metals  prices may be  affected  by a
variety of factors  such as  economic  conditions,  political  events,  monetary
policies and other factors.  As a result,  prices of Mining Securities and gold,
silver  and  platinum  bullion  may  fluctuate  sharply.  The price of gold,  in
particular, has fluctuated dramatically at times during recent years.
    

2. Potential  Effects of Concentration of Sources of Gold Supply and Controls of
Gold Sales.  The four largest  producers of gold, in current order of magnitude,
are the  Republic  of  South  Africa,  the  United  States,  Australia,  and the
Commonwealth  of  Independent  States  (formerly  the Union of Soviet  Socialist
Republics). Economic and political conditions and objectives prevailing in these
countries  may have a direct  effect on the  production  and  marketing of newly
produced gold and sales of central bank gold holdings.

3.  Concentration.  As  a  fundamental   policy,  the  Fund  concentrates   its
investments in Mining Securities and in gold, silver and platinum bullion. By so
concentrating  its  investments,  the Fund will not enjoy the  protections of an
industry-varied  portfolio,  and will be  subject  to the risk of  industry-wide
adverse developments.

4. United States and Canadian Issuers. Under normal circumstances,  at least 60%
and up to 100% of the Fund's assets will be invested in Mining Securities issued
by United States and Canadian  companies.  Many of these  companies are small or
thinly  capitalized,  and  investment  in  their  securities  may be  considered
speculative.

   
5. Foreign  Securities.  The Fund may invest up to 20% of the value of its total
assets in Mining Securities of foreign (other than Canadian) issuers,  and up to
100% of its assets in Mining  Securities  of Canadian  issuers.  Investments  in
foreign securities may involve risks greater than those attendant to investments
in securities of United States  issuers.  Among other things,  the financial and
economic  policies  of some  countries  in which the Fund may  invest are not as
stable as in the United States.  Furthermore,  foreign issuers are not generally
subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial standards and requirements
comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporate issuers. There may also be less
government  supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges,  brokers
and  issuers  than exist in the United  States.  Restrictions  and  controls  on
investment  in the  securities  markets  of some  countries  may have an adverse
effect  on the  availability  and  costs  to the  Fund of  investments  in those
countries. In addition, there may be the possibility of expropriations,  foreign
withholding  taxes,  confiscatory  taxation,   political,   economic  or  social
instability  or  diplomatic  developments  which could affect assets of the Fund
invested in issuers in foreign countries.
    

    There may be less publicly available  information about foreign issuers than
is contained in reports and  reflected in ratings  published  for U.S.  issuers.
Some foreign securities markets have substantially less volume than the New York
Stock Exchange,  and some foreign  government  securities may be less liquid and
more  volatile than U.S.  Government  securities.  Transaction  costs on foreign
securities  exchanges  may be higher  than in the  United  States,  and  foreign


                                        5

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

securities settlements may, in some instances,  be subject to delays and related
administrative uncertainties.

    When  purchasing  foreign  securities,  the Fund  will  ordinarily  purchase
securities which are traded in the U.S. or purchase American Depository Receipts
("ADR's") which are certificates  issued by U.S. banks representing the right to
receive   securities  of  a  foreign  issuer  deposited  with  that  bank  or  a
correspondent bank.  However,  the Fund may purchase foreign securities directly
in foreign  markets so long as in  management's  judgment an established  public
trading  market exists (that is, there are a sufficient  number of shares traded
regularly relative to the number of shares to be purchased by the Fund).

6. New Developing Markets for Private Gold Ownership.  Between 1933 and December
31,  1974,  a market  did not exist in the United  States in which gold  bullion
could be purchased by individuals  for  investment  purposes.  Since then,  gold
bullion markets have begun to develop in the United States.  The Fund intends to
purchase and sell gold bullion principally in the New York market, the principal
U.S. market for gold bullion.

   
7. Tax Status. The Fund intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment
company under the Internal  Revenue Code so that the Fund will not be subject to
Federal  income  taxes  on its  taxable  income  to the  extent  distributed  to
shareholders.  By investing in gold, silver and platinum bullion, the Fund risks
failing to qualify as a regulated  investment  company.  This would occur if (i)
more than 10% of the  Fund's  gross  income in any year  were  derived  from its
investments  in gold,  silver and  platinum  bullion,  (ii) more than 50% of the
value of the Fund's  assets,  at the end of any quarter,  were invested in gold,
silver  and  platinum  bullion  or  (iii)  certain  other  requirements  are not
satisfied.  Accordingly,  the Fund's Investment  Manager will endeavor to manage
the Fund's portfolio within these limitations.
    

8.  Unpredictable  International  Monetary  Policies and Economic and  Political
Conditions.  There is the possibility that, under unusual international monetary
or political conditions,  the Fund's assets might be less liquid or that changes
in value of its assets might be more  volatile than would be the case with other
investments.  In  particular,  the price of gold is  affected  by its direct and
indirect use to settle net deficits and surpluses  between nations.  Because the
prices  of  precious  metals  may be  affected  by  unpredictable  international
monetary policies and economic conditions,  there may be greater likelihood of a
more dramatic  impact upon the market prices of the Fund's  investments  than of
other investments.

9. Lack of Income on Gold, Silver and Platinum Investments. Investments in gold,
silver and platinum  bullion do not generate income and will subject the Fund to
taxes and insurance,  shipping and storage  costs.  The sole source of return to
the Fund from such investments  would be gains realized on sales, and a negative
return would be realized if such investments are sold at a loss.

Earning Income in Other Ways

   
    Consistent with the Fund's primary  objectives of capital  appreciation  and
protection against inflation and secondary objective of current income, the Fund
may  engage  in  certain  special  investment  techniques  involving  derivative
securities.
    

Options.  The Fund may write  "covered"  call options on the securities and gold
and silver bullion in its portfolio,  stock indexes of companies  representative
of the precious  metals  industry  ("Mining  Securities  Indexes")  and gold and
silver  futures  contracts.  Call  options  may be  written  by the  Fund if (i)
thereafter  not more than 25% of its total  assets are subject to call  options;
(ii) the call  options  are  listed  on a  domestic  securities  or  commodities


                                        6

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

   
exchange or quoted on the automatic  quotation systems of the Nasdaq;  and (iii)
the call  options  are  "covered,"  i.e.,  during the period the call  option is
outstanding,  the  Fund  owns  (a) in the  case of a call  option  on  portfolio
securities or gold or silver bullion, the assets subject to the call, (b) in the
case of a call option on a Mining  Securities  Index,  Mining  Securities  in an
amount at least equal to the value of the securities subject to the call, or (c)
in the case of a call option on gold or silver futures contracts, gold or silver
bullion  in an  amount  at least  equal to the  value of all  futures  contracts
subject to the call.  For further  information  about covered call options,  see
Appendix A.
    


    The Fund's  writing of "covered" call options on Mining  Securities  Indexes
involves  certain  special  risks not present in its writing of  "covered"  call
options on securities  or gold or silver  bullion in its  portfolio,  or gold or
silver  futures  contracts.  When the Fund writes a call option on securities or
gold or silver  bullion in its portfolio,  or gold or silver futures  contracts,
the Fund  will own the  underlying  assets  throughout  the term of the  option.
Ownership  of such  assets  negates  the risk to the Fund of an  increase in the
market  price of the  underlying  assets  above the  exercise  price of the call
option  during the term the option is  outstanding . When the Fund writes a call
option on a Mining Securities Index, the Fund will not own the assets underlying
such option.  Rather,  the Fund will own Mining Securities in an amount at least
equal to the value of the  securities  subject to the call.  Unless  such Mining
Securities  exactly  mirror the  securities  underlying  such Mining  Securities
Index, price movements of such Mining Securities will not correlate exactly with
price  movements  of such Mining  Securities  Index.  Because of this  imperfect
correlation,  ownership of Mining  Securities in an amount at least equal to the
value of  securities  subject to a call  option  written on a Mining  Securities
Index will provide the Fund with only an imperfect  hedge against the risk of an
increase in such Mining Securities Index.

   
    The Fund may purchase  and sell put and call options  written by others as a
trading  technique to facilitate  buying and selling  securities  for investment
reasons.  This technique involves the sale of a call option or the purchase of a
put option with the expectation  that the option would be exercised  immediately
and would be used to take  advantage of any disparity  which might exist between
the price of the  underlying  security on the stock  market and its price on the
options market.  It is anticipated that the proposed  trading  technique will be
utilized to effect a securities  transaction when the price of the security plus
the option  price will be as good or better than the price at which the security
could be bought or sold directly.  When using this trading  technique and buying
the  option,  the Fund pays a premium  and a  commission.  It then pays a second
commission on the purchase or sale of the underlying security when the option is
exercised.  For record  keeping  and tax  purposes,  the price  obtained  on the
purchase  or sale of the  underlying  security  will be the  combination  of the
exercise price, the premium and both of the commissions. For further information
about put and call options, see Appendix A.
    

    The Fund may  purchase  "protective"  put options on the  securities  in its
portfolio  and Mining  Securities  Indexes.  Put options may be purchased by the
Fund if (i) the put  options  are listed on a domestic  securities  exchange  or
quoted on  Nasdaq;  (ii) after any  purchase,  the value of all puts held by the
Fund does not exceed 5% of the Fund's  total  assets (at the time of  purchase);
and (iii)  during  the period the  put  option  is  outstanding,  the  Fund owns
(a) in the case of a put option on portfolio  securities,  the assets subject to
the put and (b) in the case of a put option on Mining Securities Indexes, Mining
Securities in an amount at least equal to the value of the securities subject to
the put.  Buying a protective  put permits the Fund to protect itself during the
put period against a decline in the value of the underlying securities below the
exercise price by selling them through the exercise of the put.

   
    The Fund's  purchasing  of  "protective"  put  options on Mining  Securities
Indexes  involves  certain  special  risks  not  present  in its  purchasing  of
"protective" put options on securities in its portfolio. When the Fund purchases
a put option on securities in its  portfolio,  the Fund will own the  underlying
securities  throughout  the  term of the  option.  Ownership  of the put  option
negates the risk to the Fund of a decrease in the market price of the underlying
securities  below the  exercise  price of the put  option  during the period the
option is held.  When the Fund  purchases  a put  option on a Mining  Securities
    


                                        7

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

Index, the Fund will not own the securities underlying such option.  Rather, the
Fund will own Mining  Securities in an amount at least equal to the value of the
securities  subject to the put. Unless such Mining Securities exactly mirror the
securities  underlying  such Mining  Securities  Index,  price movements of such
Mining  Securities Index will not correlate exactly with price movements of such
Mining Securities. As a result of this imperfect correlation, ownership of a put
option on a Mining Securities Index will provide the Fund with only an imperfect
hedge against the risk of a decrease in the price of Mining  Securities owned by
the Fund.

   
Lending.  The Fund may from time to time lend securities  representing up to 25%
of its net assets.  If the Fund makes such loans it will get the market price in
cash as collateral.  The Fund will then invest the cash collateral in short-term
securities.  If the market price of the loaned securities goes up, the Fund will
get  additional  cash. A risk of lending its securities is that the borrower may
not be able to give additional cash or return the securities. The Fund will not,
however,  loan its  securities  unless the  opportunity  for  additional  income
outweighs the risk. If some major event affecting the Fund's investment is going
to be  considered,  the Fund will try to vote  loaned  securities  by asking for
their return.  Also,  during the  existence of the loan,  the Fund receives cash
payments  equivalent to all dividends,  interest or other  distributions paid on
the loaned securities.
    

                INVESTMENTS THE FUND WILL NOT MAKE; RESTRICTIONS

   
    The Fund has  adopted  certain  investment  restrictions  set forth in their
entirety  in  the  Statement  of  Additional  Information,  which  restrictions,
together with the  fundamental  investment  objectives and policies of the Fund,
cannot be changed  without  approval  by  holders  of a  majority  of the Fund's
outstanding  voting  securities,  as  explained in the  Statement of  Additional
Information.  These restrictions  include, but are not limited to, the following
items:
    

    Not more than 10% of the Fund's net assets will,  at any time, be subject to
repurchase agreements which mature in more than seven days.

    The Fund will not invest more than 10% of its total  assets,  in  restricted
securities.  Restricted  securities  are those the sale of which is  limited  by
contract or law. They are usually traded in private, direct negotiations.

    The Fund will not invest in exploration or development  programs such as oil
or gas programs.

    If a percentage  limitation described above is adhered to at the time of the
investment by the Fund, a later increase or decrease in the percentage resulting
from any  change in the value of the Fund's net  assets  will not  constitute  a
violation of the restriction.

                             HOW TO PURCHASE SHARES

    The Fund's shares are sold on a continuing  basis at the net asset value per
share next  determined  after  receipt and  acceptance  of the order by Investor
Service Center (see  "Determination  of Net Asset Value").  The minimum  initial
investment is $500 for regular and  gifts/transfers  to minors custody accounts,
and $100  for  Midas  retirement  plans,  which  include  Individual  Retirement
Accounts  ("IRAs"),  SEP-IRAs,  rollover IRAs, profit sharing and money purchase
plans, and 403(b) plan accounts.  The minimum subsequent  investment is $50. The
initial  investment  minimums are waived if you elect to invest $50 or more each
month  in  the  Fund  through  the  Midas  Automatic   Investment  Program  (see
"Additional Investments" below).

Initial  Investment.  The Account  Application  that accompanies this prospectus
should be  completed,  signed and, with a check or other  negotiable  bank draft



                                       8

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

payable to Midas Fund,  mailed to Investor  Service Center,  Box 419789,  Kansas
City, MO 64141-6789.  Initial  investments  also may be made by having your bank
wire money, as set forth below, in order to avoid mail delays.

Additional Investments.  Additional  investments may  be  made  conveniently  at
any time by any one or more of the following methods:

   
o   Midas Automatic  Investment  Program.  With the Midas  Automatic  Investment
    Program,  you can establish a convenient and affordable long term investment
    program  through  one or more of the  Plans  explained  below.  Each Plan is
    designed to facilitate an automatic  monthly  investment of $50 or more into
    your Fund account.
    

         The Midas Bank Transfer Plan lets you purchase Fund shares on a certain
         day each month by transferring electronically a specified dollar amount
         from your regular checking account,  NOW account,  or bank money market
         deposit account.

         In the Midas Salary  Investing  Plan, part or all of your salary may be
         invested  electronically  in  shares  of the  Fund  on each  pay  date,
         depending upon your employer's direct deposit program.

         The  Midas  Government  Direct  Deposit  Plan  allows  you  to  deposit
         automatically part or all of certain U.S. Government payments into your
         Fund  account.   Eligible  U.S.   Government  payments  include  Social
         Security,  pension benefits,  military or retirement benefits,  salary,
         veteran's benefits and most other recurring payments.

    For more  information  concerning  these Plans,  or to request the necessary
authorization form(s), please call Investor Service Center, 1-800-400-MIDAS. You
may modify or terminate  the Bank  Transfer  Plan at any time by written  notice
received at least 10 days prior to the scheduled  investment  date. To modify or
terminate the Salary  Investing  Plan or  Government  Direct  Deposit Plan,  you
should contact,  respectively,  your employer or the appropriate U.S. government
agency.  The Fund reserves the right to redeem any account if  participation  in
the Program is terminated and the account's value is less than $500. The Program
does not assure a profit or protect against loss in a declining market,  and you
should consider your ability to make purchases when prices are low.

o   Check.  Mail a check or other  negotiable  bank  draft ($50  minimum),  made
    payable to Midas Fund,  together with a Midas  FastDeposit  form to Investor
    Service Center,  Box 419789,  Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.  If you do not use
    that form,  please send a letter  indicating the account number to which the
    subsequent  investment  is to be  credited,  and  name(s) of the  registered
    owner(s).

o    Electronic  Funds  Transfer  (EFT).  With  EFT,  you  may  purchase
     additional shares of the Fund quickly and simply,  just by calling Investor
     Service Center, 1-800-400-MIDAS.  We will contact the bank you designate on
     your  Account  Application  or  Authorization  Form to arrange for the EFT,
     which is done through the Automated  Clearing  House  system,  to your Fund
     account. For requests received by 4 p.m., eastern time, the investment will
     be credited to your Fund account ordinarily within two business days. There
     is a $50 minimum for each EFT  investment.  Your designated bank must be an
     Automated Clearing House member and any subsequent changes in bank  account
     information must be submitted in writing with a voided check or deposit 
     slip.

o   Federal Funds Wire. You may wire money, by following the procedures set 
    forth below, to receive that day's net asset value per share.



                                       9

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm


   
Investing by Wire. For an initial  investment by wire, you must first  telephone
Investor Service Center,  1-800- 400-MIDAS,  to give the name(s) under which the
account is to be registered,  tax  identification  number,  the name of the bank
sending the wire, and to be assigned a Midas Fund account  number.  You may then
purchase shares by requesting your bank to transmit immediately  available funds
("Federal  funds") by wire to: United  Missouri Bank NA, ABA  #10-10-00695;  for
Account  98-7052-724-3;  Midas Fund.  Your  account  number and name(s)  must be
specified  in the wire as they are to appear on the  account  registration.  You
should then enter your account number on your completed Account  Application and
promptly  forward it to Investor  Service  Center,  Box 419789,  Kansas City, MO
64141-6789.  This service is not available on days when the Federal Reserve wire
system is closed. Subsequent investments by wire may be made at any time without
having to call  Investor  Service  Center by simply  following  the same  wiring
procedures.
    

Shareholder Accounts. When you invest in the Fund, your account will be credited
with all full and fractional shares (to three decimal places), together with any
dividends  and  other  distributions  that are paid in  additional  shares  (see
"Distributions  and  Taxes").  Stock  certificates  will be issued only for full
shares when requested in writing. In order to facilitate redemptions and provide
safekeeping, we recommend that you do not request certificates. You will receive
transaction  confirmations  upon  purchasing  or selling  shares,  and quarterly
statements.

When Orders are  Effective.  The purchase price for Fund shares is the net asset
value of such shares next  determined  after receipt and  acceptance by Investor
Service  Center of a purchase  order in proper form.  All purchases are accepted
subject to collection at full face value in Federal funds.  Checks must be drawn
in U.S. dollars on a U.S. bank. The Fund reserves the right to reject any order.
Accounts  are  charged  $30 by the  Transfer  Agent for  submitting  checks  for
investment  which are not honored by the  investor's  bank.  The Fund may in its
discretion waive or lower the investment minimums.

                              SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

    You may modify or terminate your  participation in any of the Fund's special
plans or services at any time.  Shares or cash should not be withdrawn  from any
tax-advantaged  retirement plan described below,  however,  without consulting a
tax adviser concerning possible adverse tax consequences. Additional information
regarding  any of the  following  services is available  from  Investor  Service
Center, 1-800-400- MIDAS.

Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT). You automatically have the privilege of linking
your bank account  designated on your Account  Application or Authorization Form
and your Fund  account  through  Midas's  EFT  service.  With  EFT,  you use the
Automated  Clearing  House system to  electronically  transfer money quickly and
safely between your bank and Fund  accounts.  EFT may be used for purchasing and
redeeming Fund shares,  direct deposit of dividends into your bank account,  the
Automatic Investment Program, the Systematic Withdrawal Plan, and systematic IRA
distributions.  You may decline this  privilege by checking the indicated box on
the Account Application. Any subsequent changes in bank account information must
be  submitted  in  writing  (and  the  Fund  may  require  the  signature  to be
guaranteed), with a voided check or deposit slip.

Systematic  Withdrawal  Plan.  If you own Fund  shares  with a value of at least
$20,000 you may elect an automatic monthly or quarterly  withdrawal of cash from
your Fund account in fixed or variable  amounts,  subject to a minimum amount of
$100.   Under  the   Systematic   Withdrawal   Plan,  all  dividends  and  other
distributions, if any, are reinvested in the Fund.

Assignment. Fund shares may be transferred to another owner. Instructions are 
available from Investor Service Center, 1-800-400-MIDAS.



                                       10

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm


Tax-Advantaged Retirement Plans. These plans provide an opportunity to set aside
money for  retirement  in a  tax-advantaged  account  in which  earnings  can be
compounded  without  incurring a tax liability  until the money and earnings are
withdrawn. Contributions may be fully or partially deductible for Federal income
tax purposes as noted below.  Information on any of the plans described below is
available from Investor Service Center, 1-800-400-MIDAS.

    The minimum  investment to establish a Midas IRA or other retirement plan is
$100.  Minimum subsequent  investments are $50. The initial investment  minimums
are waived if you elect to invest $50 or more each month in the Fund through the
Midas  Automatic  Investment  Program.  There are no  set-up  fees for any Midas
Retirement  Plans.  Subject  to change on 30 days'  notice,  the plan  custodian
charges Midas IRAs a $10 annual fiduciary fee, $10 for each  distribution  prior
to age 59 1/2, and a $20 plan termination fee; however, the annual fiduciary fee
is waived if your IRA has assets of  $10,000 or more or if you invest  regularly
through the Midas Automatic Investment Program.

|X| Individual  Retirement Accounts.  Anyone with earned income who is less than
    age 70 1/2 at the end of the tax year, even if also participating in another
    type of retirement plan, may establish an IRA and contribute each year up to
    $2,000 or 100% of earned income, whichever is less, and an aggregate of
    up to $2,250 when a non-working spouse is also covered in a separate spousal
    account. If each spouse has at least $2,000 of earned income each year, they
    may contribute up to $4,000 annually.  Employers may also make contributions
    to an IRA on behalf of an  individual  under a Simplified  Employee  Pension
    Plan  ("SEP") in any  amount up to 15% of up to  $150,000  of  compensation.
    Generally,  taxpayers  may  contribute  to an IRA  during  the tax  year and
    through  the next year  until the  income  tax  return for that year is due,
    without regard to extensions.  Thus, most individuals may contribute for the
    1995 tax year from January 1, 1995 through April 15, 1996.

    Deductibility.  IRA  contributions  are fully deductible for most taxpayers.
    For a  taxpayer  who  is an  active  participant  in an  employer-maintained
    retirement  plan (or whose  spouse  is), a portion of IRA  contributions  is
    deductible  if  adjusted  gross  income  (before  the  IRA   deductions)  is
    $40,000-$50,000  (if married)  and  $25,000-$35,000  (if  single).  Only IRA
    contributions   by  a  taxpayer   who  is  an  active   participant   in  an
    employer-maintained  retirement  plan (or whose  spouse is) and has adjusted
    gross  income of more than $50,000 (if married) and $35,000 (if single) will
    not be  deductible.  An eligible  individual may establish a Midas IRA under
    the prototype plan available  through the Fund,  even though such individual
    or spouse actively participates in an employer-maintained retirement plan.

o    IRA Transfer and Rollover  Accounts.  Special  forms are  available  from
     Investor Service Center, 1-  800-400-MIDAS,  which make it easy to transfer
     or roll over IRA assets to a Midas IRA. An IRA may be transferred  from one
     financial   institution  to  another  without  adverse  tax   consequences.
     Similarly,  no taxes need be paid on a lump-sum  distribution which you may
     receive as a payment from a qualified pension or profit sharing plan due to
     retirement,  job  termination  or  termination  of the plan, so long as the
     assets are put into an IRA Rollover  account  within 60 days of the receipt
     of the payment.  Withholding for Federal income tax purposes is required at
     the  rate  of 20% for  "eligible  rollover  distributions"  made  from  any
     retirement plan (other than an IRA) that are not directly transferred to an
     "eligible retirement plan," such as a Midas Rollover Account.

o   Profit  Sharing and Money  Purchase  Plans.  These provide an opportunity to
    accumulate  earnings on a  tax-deferred  basis by  permitting  corporations,
    self-employed individuals (including partners) and their employees generally
    to contribute (and deduct) up to $30,000  annually or, if less, 25% (15% for
    profit sharing plans) of compensation or  self-employment  earnings of up to
    $150,000.  Corporations  and  partnerships,  as  well  as all  self-employed
    persons, are eligible to establish these Plans. In addition, a person who is



                                       11

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

    both salaried and self-employed, such as a college professor who serves as a
    consultant,  may  adopt  these  retirement  plans  based on  self-employment
    earnings.

|X| Section 403(b) Accounts.  Section  403(b)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of
    1986, as amended ("Code"),  permits the establishment of custodial  accounts
    on behalf of  employees  of public  school  systems and  certain  tax-exempt
    organizations.  A  participant  in such a plan  does  not pay  taxes  on any
    contributions  made  by the  participant's  employer  to  the  participant's
    account pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, up to a maximum amount, or
    "exclusion  allowance."  The  exclusion  allowance is generally  computed by
    multiplying   the   participant's   years  of  service   times  20%  of  the
    participant's  compensation  included  in  gross  income  received  from the
    employer  (reduced by any amount  previously  contributed by the employer to
    any 403(b) account for the benefit of the  participant and excluded from the
    participant's gross income). However, the exclusion allowance may not exceed
    the lesser of 25% of the  participant's  compensation  (limited as above) or
    $30,000. Contributions and subsequent earnings thereon are not taxable until
    withdrawn, when they are received as ordinary income.

                              HOW TO REDEEM SHARES

    Generally,  you may redeem by any of the methods  explained below.  Requests
for  redemption   should  include  the  following   information:   your  account
registration   information  including  address,   account  number  and  taxpayer
identification  number;  dollar  value,  number  or  percentage  of shares to be
redeemed;  how and to where the  proceeds  are to be sent;  if  applicable,  the
bank's name, address,  ABA routing number, bank account registration and account
number,  and a contact  person's  name and  telephone  number;  and your daytime
telephone number.

By Mail. You may request that the Fund redeem any amount of shares by submitting
a written  request to Investor  Service  Center,  Box 419789,  Kansas  City,  MO
64141-6789, signed by the record owner(s). If the written request is sent to the
Fund, it will be forwarded to the above address. If stock certificates have been
issued for shares being redeemed, they must accompany the written request.

By Telephone.  You may telephone  Investor Service Center,  1-800-400-MIDAS,  to
expedite redemption of Fund shares if share certificates have not been issued.

    You may  redeem as little as $250 worth of shares by  requesting  Electronic
    Funds Transfer  (EFT) service.  With EFT, you can redeem Fund shares quickly
    and  conveniently  because  Investor  Service  Center will  contact the bank
    designated on your Account  Application or Authorization Form to arrange for
    the electronic  transfer of your redemption  proceeds (through the Automated
    Clearing  House  system) to your bank account.  EFT proceeds are  ordinarily
    available in your bank account within two business days.

    If you are  redeeming  $1,000 or more worth of shares,  you may request that
    the  proceeds be mailed to your address of record or mailed or wired to your
    authorized bank.

    Telephone  requests  received on Fund business  days by 4 p.m.  eastern time
will be redeemed  from your  account  that day,  and if after,  on the next Fund
business  day.  Any  subsequent  changes  in bank  account  information  must be
submitted in writing, signature guaranteed, with a voided check or deposit slip.
Redemptions  by telephone  may be difficult or  impossible  to implement  during
periods of rapid changes in economic or market conditions.

Redemption Price and Fees. The redemption price is the net asset value per share
next determined after receipt of the redemption request in proper form. The Fund


                                       12

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

is designed as a long term  investment,  and short term trading is  discouraged.
Accordingly,  if  shares of the Fund  held for 30 days or less are  redeemed  or
exchanged, the Fund will deduct a redemption fee equal to one percent of the net
asset  value of shares  redeemed or  exchanged.  The fee will be retained by the
Fund and used to offset the transaction costs that short term trading imposes on
the Fund and its  shareholders.  If an account  contains  shares with  different
holding periods (i.e. some shares held 30 days or less, some shares held 31 days
or more),  the shares with the longest  holding period will be redeemed first to
determine if the Fund's  redemption  fee applies.  Shares  acquired  through the
Dividend Sweep Privilege and the  reinvestment of dividends and capital gains or
redeemed  under the  Systematic  Withdrawal  Plan are exempt from the redemption
fee.  Registered  broker/dealers,  investment  advisers,  banks,  and  insurance
companies  may open  accounts  and redeem  shares by  telephone  or wire and may
impose a charge for handling  purchases and redemptions when acting on behalf of
others.

   
Redemption  Payment.  Payment  for  shares  redeemed  will  be  made  as soon as
possible,  ordinarily within seven days after receipt of the redemption  request
in proper form. The right of redemption may not be suspended, or date of payment
delayed more than seven days,  except for any period (i) when the New York Stock
Exchange is closed or trading  thereon is  restricted  as determined by the SEC;
(ii) under  emergency  circumstances  as  determined by the SEC that make it not
reasonably  practicable  for the Fund to  dispose of  securities  owned by it or
fairly to determine  the value of its assets;  or (iii) as the SEC may otherwise
permit.  The mailing of proceeds on  redemption  requests  involving  any shares
purchased  by  personal,  corporate,  or  government  check or EFT  transfer  is
generally  subject to a ten business day delay to allow the check or transfer to
clear.  The ten day  clearing  period  does not affect the trade date on which a
purchase or redemption order is priced, or any dividends and other distributions
to which you may be entitled through the date of redemption. The clearing period
does not apply to purchases made by wire.  Due to the relatively  higher cost of
maintaining  small accounts,  the Fund reserves the right, upon 45 days' notice,
to redeem any account,  other than IRA and other Midas prototype retirement plan
accounts,  worth less than $500 except if solely from market  action,  unless an
investment is made to restore the minimum value.
    

Telephone Privileges.  You automatically have all telephone privileges to, among
other things,  authorize  purchases and redemptions  with EFT or by other means,
unless declined on the Account Application or otherwise in writing.  Neither the
Fund nor  Investor  Service  Center  shall be liable  for any loss or damage for
acting in good faith upon instructions  received by telephone and believed to be
genuine.  The Fund employs  reasonable  procedures to confirm that  instructions
communicated  by telephone  are genuine and if it does not, it may be liable for
losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent transactions.  These procedures include
requiring personal  identification prior to acting upon telephone  instructions,
providing  written  confirmation  of  such  transactions,   and  tape  recording
telephone  conversations.  The  Fund  may  modify  or  terminate  any  telephone
privileges or shareholder services (except as noted) at any time without notice.

Signature Guarantees. No signature guarantees are required when payment is to be
made to you at your address of record. If the redemption proceeds are to be paid
to a  non-shareholder  of record,  or to an address  other than your  address of
record,  or the shares are to be assigned,  the Transfer  Agent may require that
your signature be guaranteed by an entity acceptable to the Transfer Agent, such
as a commercial  bank or trust  company or member firm of a national  securities
exchange or of the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. A notary
public may not  guarantee  signatures.  The Transfer  Agent may require  further
documentation,  and may  restrict  the  mailing of  redemption  proceeds to your
address  of record  within 30 days of such  address  being  changed  unless  you
provide a signature guarantee as described above.


                                       13

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm


                             DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Distributions. The Fund pays dividends annually to its shareholders from its net
investment  income,  if any. The Fund also makes an annual  distribution  to its
shareholders out of any net realized capital gains, after offsetting any capital
loss carryover,  and any net realized gains from foreign currency  transactions.
Dividends  and  other  distributions,  if any,  are  declared,  and  payable  to
shareholders of record,  on a date in December of each year. Such  distributions
may be paid in January of the following year, in which event they will be deemed
received by the shareholders on the preceding December 31 for tax purposes.  The
Fund may also make an  additional  distribution  following the end of its fiscal
year out of any  undistributed  income and capital  gains.  Dividends  and other
distributions  are made in additional  Fund shares,  unless you elect to receive
cash on the Account  Application or so elect  subsequently  by calling  Investor
Service Center, 1-800-400-MIDAS.  For Federal income tax purposes, dividends and
other  distributions  are  treated  in  the  same  manner  whether  received  in
additional  Fund shares or in cash. Any election will remain in effect until you
notify Investor Service Center to the contrary.

Taxes.  The Fund  intends to continue to qualify  for  treatment  as a regulated
investment  company under the Code so that it will be relieved of Federal income
tax on that part of its investment company taxable income (generally  consisting
of net  investment  income,  net short term  capital  gains,  and net gains from
certain foreign currency  transactions)  and net capital gain (the excess of net
long term capital gain over net short term capital loss) that is  distributed to
its shareholders. Dividends paid by the Fund from its investment company taxable
income (whether paid in cash or in additional Fund shares) generally are taxable
to shareholders,  other than  shareholders  that are not subject to tax on their
income,  as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund's earnings and profits;  a
portion of those dividends may be eligible for the corporate  dividends-received
deduction.  Distributions  by the Fund of its net capital gain  (whether paid in
cash or in additional  Fund shares),  when  designated as such by the Fund,  are
taxable to the  shareholders as long term capital gains,  regardless of how long
they have held their Fund shares.  The Fund notifies its shareholders  following
the end of each  calendar  year of the amounts of  dividends  and  capital  gain
distributions  paid (or  deemed  paid)  that  year and of any  portion  of those
dividends that  qualifies for the corporate  dividends-received  deduction.  Any
dividend or other  distribution paid by the Fund will reduce the net asset value
of  Fund  shares  by  the  amount  of  the   distribution.   Furthermore,   such
distribution, although similar in effect to a return of capital, will be subject
to taxes.

    The  Fund  is  required  to  withhold  31% of all  dividends,  capital  gain
distributions,  and redemption  proceeds  payable to any individuals and certain
other  noncorporate  shareholders  who do not  provide  the Fund  with a correct
taxpayer  identification  number. Such withholding also is required with respect
to shareholders who are otherwise subject to backup withholding.

    The foregoing is only a summary of some of the important  Federal income tax
considerations  generally  affecting  the  Fund  and its  shareholders;  see the
Statement of Additional  Information for a further  discussion.  Since other tax
considerations may apply, you should consult your tax adviser.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

    The  value of a share of the Fund is based on the  value of its net  assets.
The Fund's net  assets  are the total of the  Fund's  investments  and all other
assets minus any  liabilities.  The value of one share is determined by dividing
the net assets by the total number of shares outstanding. This is referred to as
"net  asset  value per  share,"  and is  determined  as of the close of  regular
trading on the New York Stock Exchange  (currently,  4 p.m. eastern time, unless
weather,  equipment  failure or other factors  contribute to an earlier closing)
each  business  day of the Fund.  A business day of the Fund is any day on which
the New York Stock

                                       14

<PAGE>
                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

Exchange is open for trading.  The  following are not business days of the Fund:
New Year's Day,  Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day,  Independence Day,
Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

    Portfolio  securities  and other assets of the Fund are valued  primarily on
the basis of market  quotations,  if readily  available.  Foreign securities are
valued on the basis of quotations from a primary market in which they are traded
and are  translated  from the local  currency  into U.S.  dollars  using current
exchange rates. Securities and other assets for which quotations are not readily
available  will be valued at fair value as  determined in good faith by or under
the direction of the Board of Directors.

       

   
                      THE INVESTMENT MANAGER AND SUBADVISER

    Midas  Management  Corporation  (the  "Investment  Manager") acts as general
manager of the Fund, being  responsible for the various functions assumed by it,
including  regularly  furnishing advice with respect to portfolio  transactions.
The  Investment  Manager  also  furnishes  or  obtains on behalf of the Fund all
services   necessary  for  the  proper  conduct  of  the  Fund's   business  and
administration.   The  Investment   Manager  retains  final  discretion  in  the
investment and  reinvestment  of the Fund's  assets,  subject to the control and
oversight of the Board of  Directors.  The  Investment  Manager is authorized to
place portfolio transactions with an affiliated broker/dealer,  and may allocate
brokerage  transactions  by taking into  account the sales of shares of the Fund
and other affiliated investment  companies.  The Investment Manager may allocate
transactions to  broker/dealers  that remit a portion of their  commissions as a
credit against the Fund's expenses.
    

    For its services, the Investment Manager receives a fee based on the average
daily net assets of the Fund, at the annual rate of 1% on the first $200 million
and declining  thereafter as a percentage of average daily net assets.  This fee
is higher than fees paid by most other investment  companies.  During the fiscal
year ended  December 31, 1994,  investment  management  fees paid by the Fund to
Excel Advisors, Inc., its former investment adviser,  represented  approximately
1.00% of average  daily net assets.  The  Investment  Manager  provides  certain
administrative  services to the Fund at cost. Bassett S. Winmill may be deemed a
controlling person of the Investment Manager.

       

    The  Investment  Manager has entered into a subadvisory  agreement  with the
Subadviser for certain subadvisory services. The Subadviser advises and consults
with the Investment Manager regarding the selection, clearing and safekeeping of
the Fund's portfolio investments and assists in pricing and generally monitoring
such  investments.  The  Subadviser  also provides the  Investment  Manager with
advice as to allocating  the Fund's  portfolio  assets among various  countries,
including the United States,  and among  equities,  bullion,  and other types of
investments,  including recommendations of specific investments.  The Investment
Manager,  not  the  Fund,  pays  the  Subadviser  monthly  a  percentage  of the
Investment  Manager's net fees based upon the Fund's  performance  and its total
net assets ranging from ten to fifty percent.  The  Subadviser,  whose principal
business  address  is  7  -  8  Kendrick  Mews,  London,  U.K.  SW7  3HG,  is  a
majority-owned subsidiary of Lion Mining Group, which is controlled by Andrew F.
Malim. The Subadviser has not served directly as an investment adviser to a U.S.
mutual fund,  although Mr. Kjeld Thygesen,  its Managing Director,  has been the

                                       15

<PAGE>
                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm


   
Fund's  portfolio  manager since January 1992.  Effective as of the date hereof,
Mr.  Thygesen will continue to serve as the Fund's  portfolio  manager  together
with the Investment Manager's Investment Policy Committee. Mr. Thygesen has been
a Managing Director of Lion Mining Group since 1989.
    

                             DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

   
    Pursuant to a  Distribution  Agreement  between  the Fund and its  affiliate
Investor  Service  Center,  Inc., 11 Hanover  Square,  New York, NY 10005,  (the
"Distributor"),  the Distributor acts as the Fund's principal agent for the sale
of Fund shares.  The Fund has also adopted a plan of  distribution  (the "Plan")
pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.  Pursuant to the Plan,  the Fund pays
the  Distributor a  distribution  fee in an amount of 0.25% percent per annum of
the Fund's average daily net assets. This fee may be retained by the Distributor
or passed  through to brokers,  banks and others who  provide  services to their
customers who are Fund  shareholders at the rate of thirty-five  basis points on
such  customer  balances.  The Fund  will pay the fee to the  Distributor  until
either the Plan is terminated or not renewed.  In that event, the  Distributor's
expenses in excess of fees received or accrued  through the termination day will
be the Distributor's sole responsibility and not obligations of the Fund. During
the period they are in effect, the Distribution  Agreement and Plan obligate the
Fund  to pay  fees to the  Distributor  as  compensation  for  its  service  and
distribution activities. If the Distributor's expenses exceeds the fee, the Fund
will not be obligated to pay any additional  amount to the  Distributor.  If the
Distributor's expenses are less than the fee, it may realize a profit.

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

    Advertisements  and  other  sales  literature  for the Fund may refer to the
Fund's  "average  annual total return" and  "cumulative  total return." All such
quotations are based upon  historical  earnings and are not intended to indicate
future  performance.  The  investment  return  on  and  principal  value  of  an
investment  in the Fund  will  fluctuate,  so that the  investor's  shares  when
redeemed  may be worth more or less than their  original  cost.  In  addition to
advertising average annual total return and cumulative total return, comparative
performance  information may be used from time to time in advertising the Fund's
shares,  including  data from Lipper  Analytical  Services,  Inc., the Dow Jones
Industrial  Average,  the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index,  the Toronto  Stock
Exchange Gold Sub-Index Average and other industry publications. "Average annual
total return" is the average annual  compounded rate of return on a hypothetical
$1,000 investment made at the beginning of the advertised period. In calculating
average annual total return,  all dividends and  distributions are assumed to be
reinvested.   "Cumulative   total  return"  is   calculated  by   subtracting  a
hypothetical $1,000 payment to the Fund from the ending redeemable value of such
payment (at the end of the relevant advertised period), dividing such difference
by $1,000 and multiplying the quotient by 100. In calculating  ending redeemable
value, all income and capital gain distributions are assumed to be reinvested in
additional Fund shares.  For more  information  regarding how the Fund's average
annual total return and cumulative total return is calculated,  see "Calculation
of  Performance  Data" in the  Statement of Additional  Information.  The Fund's
annual report to  shareholders  contains  further  information  about the Fund's
performance, and is available free of charge upon request.
    

                                  CAPITAL STOCK

    The  Fund  is  a  non-diversified  open-end  management  investment  company
organized as a Maryland corporation (the "Corporation") in 1995. Prior to August
28, 1995,  the Fund operated  under the name "Excel Midas Gold Shares,  Inc.," a
Minnesota  corporation organized in 1985. The Corporation is authorized to issue
up to  1,000,000,000  shares  ($.01 par value).  The Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation may establish  additional  series or classes of shares,  although it
has no current intention of doing so.

                                       16

<PAGE>
                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm


     The Fund's  stock is freely  assignable  by way of pledge (as, for example,
for collateral purposes),  gift, settlement of an estate and also by an investor
to another  investor.  Each share has equal  dividend,  voting,  liquidation and
redemption  rights  with  every  other  share.  The shares  have no  preemptive,
conversion or cumulative  voting rights and they are not subject to further call
or assessment.

    The  Fund's  By-Laws  provide  that  there  will  be no  annual  meeting  of
shareholders  in any year except as required by law. In practical  effect,  this
means that the Fund will not hold an annual meeting of  shareholders in years in
which the only  matters  which  would be  submitted  to  shareholders  for their
approval  are the  election of  Directors  and  ratification  of the  Directors'
selection of accountants,  although holders of 10% of the Fund's shares may call
a meeting at any time.  There will normally be no meetings of  shareholders  for
the purpose of electing  Directors unless fewer than a majority of the Directors
holding office have been elected by shareholders.  Shareholder  meetings will be
held in years in which  shareholder  vote on the  Fund's  investment  management
agreement, plan of distribution, or fundamental investment objectives,  policies
or restrictions is required by the 1940 Act.

                          CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

    Investors Bank & Trust Company,  89 South Street,  Boston, MA 02111, acts as
custodian  of the  Fund's  assets  and may  appoint  one or  more  subcustodians
provided such  subcustodianship  is in compliance with the rules and regulations
promulgated under the 1940 Act. The Fund may maintain a portion of its assets in
foreign  countries  pursuant  to  such  subcustodianships  and  related  foreign
depositories. Utilization by the Fund of such foreign custodial arrangements and
depositories  will  increase  the  Fund's  expenses.  All  of the  Fund's  gold,
platinum, and silver bullion is held by Wilmington Trust Company,  Rodney Square
North,  Wilmington,  DE 19890.  The custodian also performs  certain  accounting
services for the Fund.

    The Fund's transfer and dividend disbursing agent is DST Systems,  Inc., Box
419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789. The Distributor provides certain shareholder
administration services to the Fund and is reimbursed its cost by the Fund.



                                       17

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

   
                                    APPENDIX
    

Options

    When the Fund  writes a call,  it  receives a premium and agrees to sell the
callable securities to a purchaser of a call during the call period (usually not
more than 9 months  except in the case of certain  debt  securities)  at a fixed
exercise  price  (which  may  differ  from the  market  price of the  underlying
security) regardless of market price changes during the call period. If the call
is  exercised,  the Fund  foregos any gain from an increase in the market  price
over the exercise  price.  To terminate  its  obligation  on a call which it has
written,  the Fund may purchase a call in a "closing  purchase  transaction."  A
profit or loss will be realized  depending  on the amount of option  transaction
costs and whether the premium previously received is more or less than the price
of the  call  purchased.  A  profit  may also be  realized  if the  call  lapses
unexercised,  because the Fund retains the  underlying  security and the premium
received.  Any such  profits  are  considered  short term gains for  federal tax
purposes and, when  distributed by the Fund, are taxable to its  shareholders as
ordinary income.

    When the Fund buys a put,  it pays a  premium  and has the right to sell the
underlying  security  to the  seller of the put during the put period at a fixed
exercise  price.  If the market price of the underlying  securities is above the
exercise price and, as a result,  the put is not exercised or resold (whether or
not at a profit), the put will become worthless at its expiration date.

    An option  position may be closed out only on an exchange  which  provides a
secondary market for options of the same series,  and there is no assurance that
a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option. The put and call
activities  of the Fund may affect its turnover  rate and  brokerage  commission
payments.  The exercise of calls  written by the Fund may cause the Fund to sell
portfolio  securities,  thus  increasing  the Fund's  turnover  rate in a manner
beyond  the  Fund's  control.  The  exercise  of puts may also cause the sale of
securities,  also  increasing  turnover;  although  such  exercise is within the
Fund's  control,  holding  a  protective  put  might  cause the Fund to sell the
underlying  securities  for reasons  which would not exist in the absence of the
put. The put and call  activities  of the Fund will be restricted by the limited
availability of options  relating to Mining  Securities and gold and silver that
are listed on domestic  exchanges  or quoted at some future date on Nasdaq.  The
Fund will pay a brokerage commission each time it buys or sells a put or call or
sells  an  asset  in  connection  with  the  exercise  of a put  or  call.  Such
commissions  may be higher than those which would apply to direct  purchases  or
sales or portfolio  assets.  The Fund's  custodian  or a  securities  depository
acting for it will act as the Fund's escrow agent as to the  securities on which
the Fund  has  written  calls,  or as to other  securities  acceptable  for such
escrow,  so that pursuant to the rules of the Option  Clearing  Corporation  and
certain  exchanges,  no margin  deposit will be required of the Fund.  Until the
securities  are  released  from  escrow,  they cannot be sold by the Fund;  this
release  will take place on the  expiration  of the call or the Fund's  entering
into a closing  purchase  transaction.  For information on the valuation of puts
and calls, see "Valuing Shares" in the Prospectus.

    The Commodity  Futures Trading  Commission  (the "CFTC"),  a Federal agency,
regulates trading activity on the commodity  exchanges pursuant to the Commodity
Exchange Act, as amended.  The CFTC requires the registration of "commodity pool
operators,"  defined as any person  engaged in a business which is of the nature
of an investment  trust,  syndicate or similar form of  enterprise,  and who, in
connection  therewith,   solicits,  accepts  or  receives  from  others,  funds,
securities or property,  either directly or through capital  contributions,  the
sale of stock or other  forms of  securities  or  otherwise,  for the purpose of
trading in any commodity  for future  delivery on or subject to the rules of any
contract market, but does not include such persons not within the intent of this
definition as the CFTC may specify by rule,  regulation  or order.  The CFTC has
adopted certain regulations which exclude from the definition of "commodity pool
operator" an investment  company,  like the Fund,  registered with the SEC under
the 1940 Act, and any principal or employee  thereof,  which investment  company


                                      A-1
<PAGE>

files a notice of eligibility with the CFTC and the National Futures Association
containing  certain  information  about the investment  company and representing
that it (i) will use commodity futures or commodity options contracts solely for
bona fide hedging  purposes,  or for other purposes so long as aggregate initial
margin and premiums  required in connection  with  non-hedging  positions do not
exceed 5% of the liquidation  value of the Fund's  portfolio,  (ii) will not be,
and has not been,  marketing  participations  to the public as or in a commodity
pool or  otherwise  as or in a vehicle for trading in the  commodity  futures or
commodity  options  markets,  (iv) will disclose in writing to each  prospective
participant  the purpose of and the  limitations  on the scope of the  commodity
futures and commodity options trading in which the entity intends to engage, and
(v) will  submit  to such  special  calls as the  CFTC may make to  require  the
qualifying  entity to demonstrate  compliance  with these  representations.  The
"bona fide hedging"  transactions and positions  authorized by these regulations
mean transactions or positions in a contract for future delivery on any contract
market, where such transactions or positions normally represent a substitute for
transactions  to be made or positions  in a contract for future  delivery on any
contract  market,  where such  transactions  or positions  normally  represent a
substitute for  transactions to be made or positions to be taken at a later time
in a physical marketing channel, and where they are economically  appropriate to
the reduction of risks in the conduct and management of a commercial enterprise,
and where they arise from (i) the potential  change in the value of assets which
a person owns, produces, manufactures,  processes or merchandises or anticipates
owning,  producing,   manufacturing,   processing  or  merchandising,  (ii)  the
potential  change  in the  value of  liabilities  a person  owes or  anticipates
incurring or (iii) the potential  change in the value of services which a person
provides,  purchases or  anticipates  providing or  purchasing;  provided  that,
notwithstanding the foregoing,  no transactions or positions shall be classified
as bona fide hedging unless their purpose is to offset price risk  incidental to
commercial  cash or spot  operations  and such  positions  are  established  and
liquidated in an orderly manner in accordance  with sound  commercial  practices
and  unless  certain  statements  are filed  with the CFTC with  respect to such
transactions or positions.  The Fund intends to meet these  requirements or such
other  requirements  as the CFTC or its staff may from  time to time  issue,  in
order to render registration of the Fund and any of its principals and employees
as a commodity pool operator unnecessary.

Repurchase Agreements

    A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which securities are purchased
from a bank or  securities  dealer with an agreement by the seller to repurchase
the securities at a mutually  agreed date,  interest rate and price.  Generally,
repurchase  agreements are of short duration -- usually less than a week, but on
occasion  are for  longer  periods.  The  Fund  will  limit  its  investment  in
repurchase  agreements  with a  maturity  of more than  seven days to 10% of the
Fund's net assets.  In investing in  repurchase  agreements,  the Fund's risk is
limited to the ability of the bank or  securities  dealer to pay the agreed upon
amount at the maturity of the repurchase agreement. In the opinion of the Fund's
Investment Manager, such risk is not material; if the other party defaults,  the
underlying security constitutes collateral for the obligation to pay -- although
the  Fund  may  incur  certain  delays  in  obtaining  direct  ownership  of the
collateral,  plus costs in liquidating the collateral.  In the event the bank or
securities  dealer defaults on the repurchase  agreement,  the Fund's Investment
Manager believes that,  barring  extraordinary  circumstances,  the Fund will be
entitled to sell the underlying  securities (if they are not consistent with the
investment  objectives and policies of the Fund) or otherwise  receive  adequate
protection (as defined in the Federal  Bankruptcy Code) for its interest in such
securities.  The Fund's custodian, or a duly appointed  subcustodian,  will hold
the securities  underlying any repurchase  agreement in a segregated  account or
such securities may be part of the Federal Reserve Book Entry System. The market
value of the collateral  underlying the repurchase  agreement will be determined
on each  business day. If at any time the market value of the  collateral  falls
below the repurchase  price of the repurchase  agreement  (including any accrued
interest),  the Fund will promptly receive  additional  collateral (so the total
collateral is in an amount at least equal to the  repurchase  price plus accrued
interest).  To the extent that  proceeds  from any sale upon a default were less
than the  repurchase  price,  the Fund  could  suffer a loss.  If the Fund  owns


                                       A-2

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

underlying securities following a default on the repurchase agreement,  the Fund
will be subject to the risk  associated with changes in the market value of such
securities.


                                                        A-3

<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

[Left Side of Back Cover Page]


MIDAS FUND
-----------------------------------------------------

11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005
1-800-400-MIDAS     1-212-480-MIDAS




-----------------------------------------------------


Call toll-free for Fund performance, telephone
purchases, and to obtain information concern
ing your account.
1-800-400-MIDAS       1-212-480-MIDAS
-----------------------------------------------------


[Right Side of Back Cover Page]


MIDAS FUND
---------------------------------------------------------


Seeking capital appreciation and
protection against inflation and,
secondarily, current income



Electronic Funds Transfers
Automatic Investment Program
Retirement Plans: IRA, SEP-IRA,
Qualified Profit Sharing/Money
    Purchase, 403(b), Keogh

---------------------------------------------------------


Minimum Initial Investment:
 Regular Accounts, $500;
 IRAs, $100;  Automatic
   
 Investment Program, $50
    

Minimum Subsequent Investments: $50

---------------------------------------------------------


Prospectus
August 28, 1995




<PAGE>


                                                        Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm

                         MIDAS FUND ACCOUNT APPLICATION

        For regular accounts only. For an IRA Application, call 1-800-400-MIDAS.
                    Mail to: Midas Fund, Box 419789, Kansas City, MO 64141-6789.


1/       Registration (Please print)

         Individual
         First Name:
         Middle Initial:
         Last Name:
         Social Security Number:

         Joint Tenant
         First Name:
         Middle Initial:
         Last Name:
         Social Security Number:

         Note:    Registration will be Joint Tenants With Right of Survivorship,
                  unless otherwise specified.

         Gift/Transfer to a Minor

         Name of Custodian (only one): Name of Minor (only one):
         State of Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act:
         Custodian's State of Residence:
         Minor's Social Security Number:
         Minor's Date of Birth:


         Corporations, Partnerships, Trusts and others

         Name of Corporation, Partnership, or other Organization:
         Name of individual(s) authorized to act for the Corporation, Partner-
         ship, or other organization:
         Tax I.D. Number:
         Name of Trustee(s):
         Date of Trust Instrument:


2/       Mailing Address, Telephone Number and Citizenship

         Street
         City
         State
         Zip
         Daytime Telephone Number

         Owner

<PAGE>

         Citizen of: |_| U.S. |_| Other:

         Joint Owner
         Citizen of:  |_| U.S. |_| Other:


3/       Amount  invested  ($500  minimum):   Note:  The  $500  minimum  initial
         investment  is waived if you elect to  invest  through  the Midas  Bank
         Transfer  Plan,  the  Midas  Salary  Investing  Plan  and/or  the Midas
         Government Direct Deposit Plan (see Section 4, over).

         Initial Investment $

         By          Check - Please  make your  check(s)  payable to Midas
                     Fund and enclose with this Account Application.

   
         By Wire -   Funds were wired on       Date)  Assigned account number *

         *Please call  1-800-400-MIDAS  to be assigned an account  number before
         making an initial investment by wire.
    

4/       Midas Automatic Investment Program ($100 minimum initial investment)

         |_|      Midas Bank Transfer Plan - Automatically  purchase shares each
                  month by transferring  the dollar amount you specify from your
                  regular checking  account,  NOW account,  or bank money market
                  deposit account. Please attach a voided bank account check.

   
      Dollar Amount: Day of Month: |_| 10th, |_| 15th or |_| 20th  ($50 minimum)
    

         |_|      Midas Salary  Investing Plan- The enrollment form will be sent
                  to the above address or call  1-800-400-MIDAS to have the form
                  sent to your place of employment.

         |_|      Midas  Government  Direct  Deposit Plan - Your request will be
                  processed and you will receive the enrollment form.


5/       Distributions

          If no box  is  checked,  the  Automatic  Compounding  Option  will  be
         assigned to reinvest all dividends and distributions in your account to
         increase the shares you own.

   
         Automatic   Compounding   Option  -  |_|  Dividends  and  distributions
reinvested in additional shares.
    

         Payment Option:   |_|  Dividends in cash, distributions reinvested, or
                           |_|  Dividends and distributions in cash.

6/       Investments and Redemptions by Telephone

         Shareholders    automatically    enjoy   the   privilege   of   calling
         1-800-400-MIDAS  to  purchase  additional  shares  of  the  Fund  or to
         expedite a  redemption  and have the  proceeds  sent  directly to their
         address or to their bank account,  unless  declined by checking the box
         |_|.  The Midas  link with your  bank  offers  flexible  access to your
         money.  Transfers  occur  only when you  initiate  them and may be made
         through either bank wire or via electronic bank transfer  through Midas
         Electronic Funds Transfer.  To establish this bank account link, attach
         a voided check from your bank  account.  One common name must appear on
         your Midas and bank accounts.

7/       Signature and Certification to Avoid Backup Withholding

         By signing this  application,  I certify that: I have received and read
         the  prospectus  for  Midas  Fund  and I  agree  to  the  terms  of the
         prospectus.  I have the authority and legal capacity to purchase mutual
         fund shares,  am of legal age and believe each  investment  is suitable
         for me. I understand that neither the Fund nor Investor Service Center,
         Inc.  is a bank,  and Fund shares are not backed or  guaranteed  by any
         bank or  insured  by the FDIC.  I ratify  any  instructions,  including
         telephone instructions, given on this account. I agree that neither the
         Fund nor Investor  Service  Center,  Inc.  will be liable for any loss,
         cost or expense for acting upon any  instructions  believed by it to be
         genuine  and in  accordance  with  reasonable  procedures  designed  to
         prevent unauthorized  transactions.  I understand that for joint tenant
         accounts,  "I" refers to all  account  owners,  and each of the account
         owners  agrees  that any  account  owner  has  authority  to act on the
         account  without notice to the other account owners.  Investor  Service
         Center,  Inc.  in its  sole  discretion,  and for its  protection,  may
         require the written  consent of all account owners prior to acting upon
         the  instructions  of any account  owner. I (we)  understand  telephone
         conversations with Investor Service Center,  Inc.  representatives  are
         tape-recorded   so  it  can  compare   actions   taken  with   original
         instructions  should  clarification  be necessary and hereby consent to
         such  recording.  The following is required by Federal tax law to avoid
         backup  withholding:  "By signing below,  I certify under  penalties of
         perjury that (1) the Social Security or taxpayer  identification number
         provided  above is  correct,  and 
   
         (2) I am not  subject  to IRS  backup
         withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup  withholding,  or (b) I
         have  not  been  notified  by the  IRS  that  I am  subject  to  backup
         withholding, or (c) I have been notified by the IRS that I am no longer
         subject to backup withholding." (Please cross out item 2 if it does not
         apply to you.)
    


         Signature |_| Owner |_| Trustee |_| Custodian        Date

         Signature of Joint Owner ( if any)          Date



<PAGE>


                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

Statement of Additional Information                      August 28, 1995


                                MIDAS FUND, INC.
                                11 Hanover Square
                               New York, NY 10005
                                 1-800-400-MIDAS

   
    This Statement of Additional  Information  regarding  Midas Fund,  Inc. (the
"Fund") should be read in conjunction  with the Fund's  prospectus  dated August
28,  1995.  Prior to August  28,  1995,  the Fund was known as Excel  Midas Gold
Shares, Inc. The prospectus is available to prospective investors without charge
upon  request to Investor  Service  Center,  Inc.,  the Fund's  Distributor,  by
calling 1-800-400-MIDAS.



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS................................................2

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.................................................3

THE INVESTMENT MANAGER.................................................4

THE SUBADVISER  AND THE SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT..........................6

CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA........................................7

DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES................................................10

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE......................................11

PURCHASE OF SHARES....................................................12

ALLOCATION OF BROKERAGE...............................................12

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES...............................................14

REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS...............................................15

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT.....................16

AUDITORS..............................................................16

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..................................................16

APPENDIX--DESCRIPTIONS OF BOND RATINGS................................17
    



                                      1
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm



                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

   
       The Fund has  adopted  certain  investment  restrictions  set forth below
which,  together with the fundamental  investment objectives and policies of the
Fund,  cannot be changed  without  approval  by  holders  of a  majority  of the
outstanding  voting securities of the Fund. As defined in the Investment Company
Act of 1940,  as amended (the "1940  Act"),  this means the lesser of (a) 67% of
the  shares of the Fund at a  meeting  where  more  than 50% of the  outstanding
shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the
outstanding  shares of the Fund.  These  investment  restrictions  are set forth
below:
    

       (1)    The Fund will not invest more than 5% of its net assets  (taken at
              the lower of cost or value) in securities of any one company.  The
              Fund will also  limit its  investment  in a single  company to not
              more than 10% of that company's outstanding voting securities.

       (2)    The Fund  will not  invest  more  than 5% of its  total  assets in
              securities of companies,  including  any  predecessors,  less than
              three years old.

       (3)    The Fund will not invest in another investment company except as a
              part of a plan of merger, acquisition or consolidation.

       (4)    The Fund will not buy or sell real estate.

       (5)    The Fund  will not  invest in any  commodities  other  than  gold,
              silver and platinum,  and will not invest in  commodities  futures
              contracts other than gold and silver futures contracts.

       (6)    The Fund will not buy on margin or sell short.

       (7)    The Fund will not pledge or  mortgage  its  assets,  except to the
              extent  that  writing  covered  call  options  may be deemed to be
              pledging or mortgaging assets.

       (8)    The  Fund  will  not  borrow  money  or  property   (for  example,
              securities),  except that as a temporary measure for extraordinary
              purposes or emergencies the Fund may borrow from banks up to 5% of
              the value of its total assets.

       (9)    The Fund will not make cash loans.  However the Fund may  purchase
              bonds or other debt securities sold publicly, including short-term
              securities  which may be acquired under  agreements by the sellers
              to  repurchase;  provided that not more than 10% of the Fund's net
              assets  will,  at any time,  be subject to  repurchase  agreements
              which  mature in more than seven days.  The Fund does not consider
              these  debt  securities  and other  short-term  investments  to be
              loans.

       (10)   The Fund will not invest  more than 10% of its total  assets,  in
              restricted  securities.  Restricted securities are those the sale
              of which is limited by contract or law.  They are usually  traded
              in private, direct negotiations.

       (11)   The Fund will not act as an underwriter.

       (12)   The Fund will not buy any securities of a company if it knows that
              the officers or  directors of the Fund,  who own 1/2 of 1% or more
              of the  company's  securities,  together  own more  than 5% of the
              company's securities.

       (13)   The Fund will not invest in exploration  or development  programs,
              such as oil or gas programs.

   
       With respect to  investment  restriction  (10) above,  the Fund  includes
securities  purchased  pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 in
its  calculation  of  investments  in  restricted  securities.  With  respect to
investment   restriction  (12),  the  Fund  applies  this  restriction   without
qualification to its knowledge.  If a percentage  limitation  described above is
adhered  to at the time of the  investment  by the  Fund,  a later  increase  or
decrease in the percentage  resulting from any change in the value of the Fund's
net assets will not constitute a violation of the restriction.
    

                                      2
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

                             OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

       The officers  and  Directors of the Fund,  their  respective  offices and
principal  occupations  during the last five years are set forth  below.  Unless
otherwise noted, the address of each is 11 Hanover Square, New York, NY 10005.

   
RUSSELL E. BURKE III -- Director  (since 1995).  36 East 72nd Street,  New York,
New York 10021.  He is President of Russell E. Burke III,  Inc.  Fine Art.  From
1988 to 1991,  he was  President  of Altman Burke Fine Arts,  Inc.  From 1983 to
1988, he was Senior Vice President of Kennedy  Galleries.  He is also a Director
of certain of the  investment  companies  in the Bull & Bear funds  complex (the
"Complex"). He was born August 23, 1946.

BRUCE B. HUBER,  CLU -- Director (since 1995).  298 Broad Street,  Red Bank, New
Jersey 07701. He is President of Huber Hogan Knotts Consulting,  Inc., financial
consultants and insurance planners. From 1990 to March 1995, he was President of
Huber-Hogan  Associates.  From  1988 to 1990,  he was  Chairman  of Bruce  Huber
Associates.  He is also a Director of other investment companies in the Complex.
He was born February 7, 1930.

JAMES E. HUNT -- Director (since 1995).  One Dag  Hammarskjold  Plaza, New York,
New  York  10017.  He is a  principal  of  Kenny,  Kindler,  Hunt & Howe,  Inc.,
executive  recruiting  consultants.  He is also a Director  of other  investment
companies in the Complex. He was born December 14, 1930.

FREDERICK A. PARKER,  JR. -- Director  (since 1995).  219 East 69th Street,  New
York, New York 10021.  He is President and Chief  Executive  Officer of American
Pure Water Corporation,  a manufacturer of water purifying equipment. He is also
a Director of other  investment  companies in the Complex.  He was born November
14, 1926.

JOHN B. RUSSELL -- Director  (since 1995).  334 Carolina  Meadows Villa,  Chapel
Hill,  North Carolina  27514.  He was Executive Vice President and a Director of
Dan River,  Inc., a diversified  textile company,  from 1969 until he retired in
1981. He is a Director of Wheelock, Inc., a manufacturer of signal products, and
a  consultant  for the  National  Executive  Service  Corps in the  health  care
industry. He is also a Director of other investment companies in the Complex. He
was born February 9, 1923.

THOMAS B. WINMILL* -- Director (since 1995), Co-President (since 1995), Co-Chief
Executive  Officer  (since  1995),  and  General  Counsel  (since  1995).  He is
President of Midas Management  Corporation  (the  "Investment  Manager") and the
Distributor, and Chairman of Bull & Bear Securities, Inc. ("BBSI"). He is also a
Director  of  certain  of  the  investment  companies  in  the  Complex.  He was
associated with the law firm of Harris, Mericle & Orr from 1984 to 1987. He is a
member of the New York State Bar.  He is a brother  of Mark C.  Winmill.  He was
born June 25, 1959.
    

       The executive officers of Midas Fund, each of whom serves at the pleasure
of the Board of Directors, are as follows:

   
MARK C. WINMILL -- Co-President, Co-Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Financial
Officer (since 1995).  He is Chief Financial  Officer of the Investment  Manager
and  certain  of  its  affiliates.  He is  also a  Director  of  certain  of the
investment  companies  in the  Complex.  He received  his M.B.A.  from the Fuqua
School  of  Business  at  Duke  University  in  1987.  From  1983 to 1985 he was
Assistant Vice President and Director of Marketing of E.P. Wilbur & Co., Inc., a
real  estate  development  and  syndication  firm and Vice  President  of E.P.W.
Securities,  its  broker/dealer  subsidiary.  He is the  brother  of  Thomas  B.
Winmill. He was born November 26, 1957.
    

THOMAS B.  WINMILL --  Co-President,  Co-Chief  Executive  Officer,  and General
Counsel (see biographical information above) (since 1995).

   
ROBERT D.  ANDERSON -- Vice Chairman  (since  1995).  He is Vice Chairman of the
Investment Manager and its affiliates.  He is a member of the Board of Governors
of the Mutual  Fund  Education  Alliance,  and of its  predecessor,  the No-Load
Mutual Fund Association. He has also been a member of the District #12, District
Business Conduct and Investment Companies Committees of the National Association
of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. He is also a Director of certain of the investment
companies in the Complex. He was born December 7, 1929.
    

STEVEN A.  LANDIS -- Senior  Vice  President  (since  1995).  He is Senior  Vice
President of the Investment Manager and certain of its affiliates.  From 1993 to
1995, he was Associate Director -- Proprietary Trading at Barclays De Zoete Wedd
Securities Inc., from 1992 to 1993 he was Director, Bond Arbitrage at WG Trading
Company,  and from 1989 to 1992 he was Vice  President of Wilkinson Boyd Capital
Markets. He was born March 1, 1955.

                                      3
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm


BRETT B. SNEED,  CFA -- Senior Vice  President  (since 1995).  He is Senior Vice
President  of the  Investment  Manager  and certain of its  affiliates.  He is a
Chartered  Financial  Analyst,  a  member  of  the  Association  for  Investment
Management  and  Research,  and a member  of the New York  Society  of  Security
Analysts.  From 1986 to 1988, he managed private accounts, from 1981 to 1986, he
was Vice  President of Morgan Stanley Asset  Management,  Inc. and prior thereto
was a portfolio  manager and member of the Finance and Investment  Committees of
American  International  Group, Inc., an insurance holding company.  He was born
June 11, 1941.

WILLIAM K. DEAN, CPA -- Treasurer and Chief Accounting  Officer (since 1995). He
is Treasurer  and Chief  Accounting  Officer of the  Investment  Manager and its
affiliates.  From  1984 to  1995 he held  various  positions  with  The  Dreyfus
Corporation,  a mutual fund company. He is a member of the American Institute of
Certified Public  Accountants and the New York State Society of Certified Public
Accountants. He was born September 5, 1955.

WILLIAM J. MAYNARD -- Vice  President  and Secretary  (since  1995).  He is Vice
President and Secretary of the Investment Manager and its affiliates.  From 1991
to 1994 he was associated with the law firm of Skadden,  Arps, Slate,  Meagher &
Flom. He is a member of the New York State Bar. He was born September 13, 1964.

* Thomas B. Winmill is an "interested person" of the Fund as defined by the 1940
Act, because of his positions with the Investment Manager.

Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                         <C>                 <C>                   <C>                 <C>     
   
                                                     Pension or
                               Aggregate        Retirement Benefits   Estimated Annual     Total Compensation
Name of Person,                Compensa-         Accrued as Part of     Benefits Upon     From Fund and Complex
Position                    tion From Fund         Fund Expenses         Retirement         Paid to Directors
    

Russell E. Burke III             $500                   None                None           $6,000 from 4 Funds
Director
Bruce B. Huber                   $500                   None                None          $10,500 from 6 Funds
Director
James E. Hunt                    $500                   None                None          $10,500 from 6 Funds
Director
Frederick A. Parker              $500                   None                None          $11,000 from 7 Funds
Director
John B. Russell                  $500                   None                None          $10,500 from 6 Funds
Director
Mark C. Winmill                  None                   None                None                  None
Co-President
Thomas B. Winmill,               None                   None                None                  None
Director, Co-
President
Steven A. Landis                 None                   None                None                  None
Senior Vice
President
Brett B. Sneed                   None                   None                None                  None
Senior Vice
President
</TABLE>

       Directors who are not "interested persons" of the Fund may elect to defer
receipt of fees for serving as a Director of the Fund.  No officer,  Director or
employee of the Fund's  Investment  Manager receives any  compensation  from the
Fund for acting as an officer,  Director or employee of the Fund. As of July 11,
1995,  officers and Directors of the Fund owned less than 1% of the  outstanding
shares of the Fund. As of July 11, 1995, no shareholder was known by the Fund to
own of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

                             THE INVESTMENT MANAGER

       Midas Management  Corporation (the "Investment  Manager") acts as general
manager of the Fund, being  responsible for the various functions assumed by it,
including   the  regular   furnishing   of  advice  with  respect  to  portfolio

                                      4
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm


   
transactions.  The Investment Manager also furnishes or obtains on behalf of the
Fund all services  necessary for the proper  conduct of the Fund's  business and
administration.  As  compensation  for its services to the Fund,  the Investment
Manager is entitled to a fee,  payable  monthly,  based upon the Fund's  average
daily net assets. Under the Fund's Investment  Management Agreement dated August
25, 1995, the Investment Manager receives a fee at the annual rate of:
    

        1.00% of the first $200 million of the Fund's average  daily net assets.
          95% of average daily net assets  over $200 million up to $400 million.
          90% of average daily net assets over $400 million up to $600  million.
          85% of average daily net assets over $600 million up to $800  million.
          80% of average  daily net assets  over $800 million up to $1  billion.
          75% of average  daily net assets over $1 billion.

The  percentage fee is calculated on the daily value of the Fund's net assets at
the close of each business day. The foregoing  fees are higher than fees paid by
most other investment companies.

       Under the Investment Management Agreement, the Fund assumes and shall pay
all the expenses  required for the conduct of its  business  including,  but not
limited to, (a) salaries of administrative and clerical personnel; (b) brokerage
commissions;  (c) taxes  and  governmental  fees;  (d)  costs of  insurance  and
fidelity  bonds;  (e) fees of the transfer agent,  custodian,  legal counsel and
auditors;  (f)  association  fees; (g) costs of preparing,  printing and mailing
proxy materials,  reports and notices to  shareholders;  (h) costs of preparing,
printing and mailing the prospectus and statement of additional  information and
supplements thereto; (I) payment of dividends and other distributions; (j) costs
of stock certificates; (k) costs of Board and shareholders meetings; (l) fees of
the independent  directors;  (m) necessary office space rental; (n) all fees and
expenses  (including  expenses of  counsel)  relating  to the  registration  and
qualification  of  shares  of  the  Fund  under  applicable  federal  and  state
securities laws and maintaining such registrations and  qualifications;  and (o)
such  non-recurring  expenses  as  may  arise,  including,  without  limitation,
actions,  suits or proceedings affecting the Fund and the legal obligation which
the Fund may have to indemnify its officers and directors with respect thereto.

       If requested by the Fund's Board of Directors, the Investment Manager may
provide other services to the Fund such as, without limitation, the functions of
billing,   accounting,   certain   shareholder   communications   and  services,
administering  state and Federal  registrations,  filings and controls and other
administrative services. Any services so requested and performed will be for the
account of the Fund and the costs of the  Investment  Manager in rendering  such
services  shall be  reimbursed  by the Fund,  subject  to  examination  by those
directors of the Fund who are not interested  persons of the Investment  Manager
or any affiliate thereof.

   
        The Fund's Investment  Management  Agreement continues from year to year
only  if  a  majority  of  the  Fund's   directors   (including  a  majority  of
disinterested directors) approve. The Fund's Investment Management Agreement may
be terminated by either the Fund or the  Investment  Manager on 60 days' written
notice  to  the  other,  and  terminates  automatically  in  the  event  of  its
assignment.

       The Investment  Management Agreement provides that the Investment Manager
shall waive all or part of its fee or  reimburse  the Fund monthly if and to the
extent the aggregate  operating expenses of the Fund exceed the most restrictive
limit imposed by any state in which shares of the Fund are qualified for sale or
such lesser  amount as may be agreed to by the Fund's Board of Directors and the
Investment  Manager.   Currently,  the  most  restrictive  state  imposed  limit
applicable  to the Fund is 2.5% of the first $30  million of the Fund's  average
daily net assets,  2.0% of the next $70 million of its average  daily net assets
and 1.5% of its  average  daily net  assets in excess of $100  million.  Certain
expenses,  such as brokerage commissions,  taxes,  interest,  distribution fees,
certain  expenses  attributable  to  investing  outside  the  United  States and
extraordinary  items,  are  excluded  from this  limitation.  In  addition,  the
Investment  Manager  also has  agreed to be  subject  to the  following  expense
limitation  for a period of two years from the effective  date of the Investment
Management Agreement,  which limitation is calculated as an amount not in excess
of the fee payable by the Fund if and to the extent that the aggregate operating
expenses  of  the  Fund  (excluding   interest  expense,   Rule  12b-1  Plan  of
Distribution  fees,  taxes and brokerage fees and  commissions) are in excess of
2.0% of the first $10  million of average  net assets of the Fund,  plus 1.5% of
the next $20  million of average  net  assets,  plus 1.25% of average net assets
above $30 million.
    

       For the years ended  December 31, 1992,  1993 and 1994,  Excel  Advisors,
Inc., the Fund's previous investment adviser,  earned,  before  reimbursement of
certain expenses, $54,991, $72,039 and $85,126,  respectively,  in fees from the

                                      5
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm


   
Fund.  These fees were calculated  pursuant to the same fee schedule under which
the  Investment  Manager's  fee is  currently  calculated.  For the years  ended
December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994, Excel Advisors,  Inc.  reimbursed  $15,536, $0
and $0, respectively, to the Fund for expenses in excess of expense limitations.

       The  Investment   Manager,  a  registered   investment   adviser,   is  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Bull &  Bear  Group,  Inc.  ("Group").  The  other
principal  subsidiaries  of Group  include  Investor  Service  Center,  Inc.,  a
registered  broker-dealer,  and  Bull  & Bear  Securities,  Inc.,  a  registered
broker-dealer providing discount brokerage services.

       Group is a  publicly-owned  company  whose  securities  are listed on the
Nasdaq and traded in the  over-the-counter  market.  Bassett S.  Winmill  may be
deemed a  controlling  person of Group on the basis of his  ownership of 100% of
Group's voting stock and, therefore,  of the Investment Manager. The Bull & Bear
Funds,  each of which is managed by the  Investment  Manager,  had net assets in
excess of $240,000,000 as of August 4, 1995.
    

                  THE SUBADVISER AND THE SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

       The Investment Manager has entered into a subadvisory agreement with Lion
Resource Management Limited (the "Subadviser") for certain subadvisory services.
The Subadviser  advises and consults with the Investment  Manager  regarding the
selection,  clearing and  safekeeping of the Fund's  portfolio  investments  and
assists in pricing and generally  monitoring  such  investments.  The Subadviser
also provides the  Investment  Manager with advice as to  allocating  the Fund's
portfolio assets among various countries, including the United States, and among
equities, bullion, and other types of investments,  including recommendations of
specific investments.

     In consideration of the Subadviser's  services, the Investment Manager, and
not the Fund,  pays to the Subadviser a percentage of the  Investment  Manager's
Net  Fees.  "Net  Fees"  are  defined  as the  actual  amounts  received  by the
Investment Manager as compensation less reimbursements,  if any, pursuant to the
guaranty of the Investment Management Agreement and waivers of such compensation
by the  Investment  Manager.  The amount of the  percentage is determined by the
grid and accompanying definitions set forth as follows:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>                          <C>                         <C>
                                                                  RELATIVE PERFORMANCEA
TOTAL NET ASSETSB                        More than 50 basis            Within 50 basis             More than 50
                                       points better than BTR           points of BTR           basis points below
                                                                                                        BTR
 $15,000,000                                    30%                          20%                        10%
 $15,000,000 and                                40%                          30%                        20%
 $50,000,000
 $50,000,000                                    50%                          40%                        30%
</TABLE>
    

                                      6
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

   
       The Subadvisory Agreement is not assignable and automatically  terminates
in the  event  of its  assignment,  or in the  event of the  termination  of the
Investment  Management   Agreement.   The  Subadvisory  Agreement  may  also  be
terminated  without  penalty on 60 days' written  notice at the option of either
party  thereto or by the Fund,  by the Board of  Directors  or by a vote of Fund
shareholders.  The Subadvisory  Agreement provides that the Subadviser shall not
be liable to the Fund for any error of  judgment  or  mistake  of law or for any
loss  suffered  by the  Fund  in  connection  with  the  matters  to  which  the
Subadvisory Agreement relates.  Nothing contained in the Subadvisory  Agreement,
however,  shall be construed to protect the Subadviser  against liability to the
Fund by reason of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  or gross  negligence in the
performance of its duties or by reason of its reckless  disregard of obligations
and duties under the Subadvisory Agreement.
    

                         CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA

       Advertisements  and other sales  literature for the Fund may refer to the
Fund's  "average  annual total return" and  "cumulative  total return." All such
quotations are based upon  historical  earnings and are not intended to indicate
future  performance.  The  investment  return  on  and  principal  value  of  an
investment  in the Fund  will  fluctuate,  so that the  investor's  shares  when
redeemed may be worth more or less than their original cost.

Average Annual Total Return

       Average  annual  total  return is computed by finding the average  annual
compounded rates of return over the periods indicated in the advertisement  that
would  equate  the  initial  amount  invested  to the ending  redeemable  value,
according to the following formula:


                     P(1+T)n = ERV

Where:      P         =         a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000;
            T         =         average annual total return;
            n         =         number of years; and
            ERV                 = ending redeemable value at the end of
                                the  period  of a  hypothetical  $1,000
                                payment  made at the  beginning of such
                                period.

This calculation deducts the maximum sales charge from the initial  hypothetical
$1,000  investment,  assumes all dividends and capital gains  distributions  are
reinvested at net asset value on the appropriate reinvestment dates as described
in the Prospectus,  and includes all recurring fees, such as investment advisory
and management fees, charged to all shareholder accounts.

       The  following  table sets forth the average  annual total return for the
Fund for the periods ended December 31, 1994, as set forth below:


PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

Since inception (Jan. 8, 1986)                                   6.66%
Five Years                                                       7.68%
One Year                                                       (17.27%)

Cumulative Total Return

       Cumulative   total  return  is  calculated  by  finding  the   cumulative
compounded rate of return over the period  indicated in the  advertisement  that
would  equate  the  initial  amount  invested  to the ending  redeemable  value,
according to the following formula:

                                      7
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm


                                               CTR = ( ERV-P )100
                                                        P

CTR    =      Cumulative total return

ERV    =      ending redeemable value at the end of the period of a hypothetical
              $1,000 payment made at the beginning of such period

P      =      initial payment of $1,000


This calculation deducts the maximum sales charge from the initial  hypothetical
$1,000  investment,  assumes all dividends and capital gains  distributions  are
reinvested at net asset value on the appropriate reinvestment dates as described
in the Prospectus,  and includes all recurring fees, such as investment advisory
and management fees, charged to all shareholder accounts.

       The  cumulative  return  for the Fund  for the  period  beginning  at the
inception of the Fund (January 8, 1986) and ending December 31, 1994 is 78.67%.

     Effective August 28, 1995, the maximum initial sales charge of 4.5% of the
public offering price charged in connection with the sale of Fund shares was 
discontinued.

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 -- ASSUMING
NO INITIAL SALES CHARGE 

     Since inception (Jan. 8, 1986)          10.49%
     Five Years                              14.01%
     One Year                                23.69%

     Assuming no initial sales charge, the cumulative return for the Fund for 
the period since the inception of the Fund (January 8, 1986), for the five 
years, and for the one year ending June 30, 1995 is, respectively, 158.07%,
92.60% and 23.69%.

Source  Materia  l. From  time to time,  in  marketing  pieces  and  other  Fund
literature,  the Fund's  performance may be compared to the performance of broad
groups of comparable mutual funds or unmanaged indexes of comparable securities.
Evaluations of Fund performance made by independent  sources may also be used in
advertisements concerning the Fund. Sources for Fund performance information may
include, but are not limited to, the following:

Bank Rate Monitor,  a weekly  publication  which reports  yields on various bank
money market accounts and certificates of deposit.

Barron's,  a Dow Jones and  Company,  Inc.  business and  financial  weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

Bloomberg, a computerized market data source and portfolio analysis system.

Bond Buyer  Municipal Index (20 year) Bond. An index of municipal bonds provided
by a national periodical reporting on municipal securities.

Business  Week,  a  national  business  weekly  that  periodically  reports  the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds.

CDA/Wiesenberger   Investment  Companies  Services,   an  annual  compendium  of
information  about  mutual  funds  and  other  investment  companies,  including
comparative data on funds' backgrounds,  management policies,  salient features,
management results, income and dividend records, and price ranges.

Composite  Index -- 70% Standard & Poor's 500 Composite  Stock Price Index ("S&P
500") and 30% Nasdaq Industrial Index.

Composite  Index -- 35% S&P 500 Index and 65% Salomon  Brothers  High Grade Bond
Index.

Composite  Index -- 65% S&P 500 Index and 35% Salomon  Brothers  High Grade Bond
Index.

Consumer's  Digest,  a  bimonthly   magazine  that  periodically   features  the
performance of a variety of investments, including mutual funds.

Financial Times,  Europe's business  newspaper,  which from time to time reports
the performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

Forbes,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

Fortune, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

Goldman  Sachs  Convertible  Bond Index --  currently  includes  67 bonds and 33
preferred  shares.  The original  list of names was  generated by screening  for
convertible issues of 100 million or greater in market capitalization. The index
is priced monthly.

Global  Investor,   a  European   publication  that  periodically   reviews  the
performance of U.S. mutual funds.

Growth Fund Guide, a newsletter providing a mutual fund rating service published
for over 25 years.

                                      8
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

Individual   Investor,   a  newspaper  that  periodically  reviews  mutual  fund
performance and other data.

Investment Advisor, a monthly publication reviewing performance of mutual funds.

Investor's  Daily, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which  regularly  covers
financial news.

Kiplinger's  Personal  Finance  Magazine,  a  monthly  publication  periodically
reviewing mutual fund performance.

Lehman Brothers, Inc. "The Bond Market Report" reports on various Lehman
Brothers bond indices.

Lehman  Government/Corporate  Bond Index -- is a widely  used index  composed of
government, corporate, and mortgage backed securities.

Lehman Long Term Treasury Bond -- is composed of all bonds covered by the Lehman
Treasury Bond Index with maturities of 10 years or greater.

Lipper Analytical Services,  Inc., a publication  periodically  reviewing mutual
funds industry-wide by means of various methods of analysis.

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Taxable Bond Indices reports on a variety of
bond indices.

Money,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

Morgan  Stanley  Capital  International  EAFE Index,  is an  arithmetic,  market
value-weighted  average of the performance of over 900 securities  listed on the
stock exchanges of countries in Europe, Australia and the Far East.

Morningstar, Mutual Fund Values, publications of Morningstar, Inc., periodically
reviewing mutual funds industry-wide by means of various methods of analysis and
textual commentary.

Mutual Fund Forecaster, a newsletter providing a mutual fund rating service.

Nasdaq  Industrial Index -- is composed of more than 3000 industrial  issues. It
is a  value-weighted  index calculated on price change only and does not include
income.

New York Times,  a  nationally  distributed  newspaper  which  regularly  covers
financial news.

The No-Load  Fund  Investor,  a monthly  newsletter  that reports on mutual fund
performance,  rates funds, and discusses  investment  strategies for mutual fund
investors.

Personal  Investing  News,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

Personal  Investor,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
special  section  reporting on mutual fund  performance,  yields,  indexes,  and
portfolio holdings.

Salomon Brothers GNMA Index -- includes pools of mortgages originated by private
lenders and guaranteed by the mortgage pools of the Government National Mortgage
Association.

Salomon Brothers High-Grade Corporate Bond Index -- consists of publicly issued,
non-convertible  corporate bonds rated AA or AAA. It is a value-weighted,  total
return index, including  approximately 800 issues with maturities of 12 years or
greater.

Salomon Brothers Broad  Investment-Grade Bond -- is a market-weighted index that
contains approximately 4700 individually priced investment-grade corporate bonds
rated BBB or  better,  U.S.  Treasury/agency  issues and  mortgage  pass-through
securities.

Salomon Brothers Market Performance tracks the Salomon Brothers bond index.

S&P 500 -- is a well  diversified  list of 500 companies  representing  the U.S.
stock market.

Standard & Poor's 100 Composite Stock Price Index -- is a well  diversified list
of 100 companies representing the U.S. stock market.

Standard & Poor's Preferred Index is an index of preferred securities.

Success,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
businesses, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

                                      9
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm


Russell  3000 Index -- consists of the 3,000  largest  stocks of U.S.  domiciled
companies  commonly  traded on the New York and American Stock  Exchanges or the
Nasdaq over-the-counter  market,  accounting for over 90% of the market value of
publicly traded stocks in the U.S.

Russell 2000 Small Company Stock Index -- consists of the smallest  2,000 stocks
within the Russell 3000; a widely used benchmark for small capitalization common
stocks.

USA  Today,  a  national   newspaper  that  periodically   reports  mutual  fund
performance data.

U.S. News and World Report, a national weekly that  periodically  reports mutual
fund performance data.

Wall Street Journal, a nationally  distributed  newspaper which regularly covers
financial news.

Wilshire  5000  Equity  Indexes  --  consists  of  nearly  5,000  common  equity
securities,  covering  all  stocks  in the  U.S.  for  which  daily  pricing  is
available.

Wilshire 4500 Equity Index -- consists of all stocks in the Wilshire 5000 except
for the 500 stocks in the S&P 500.


                             DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

       Pursuant to a Distribution Agreement, Investor Service Center acts as the
Distributor  of  the  Fund's  shares.  Under  the  Distribution  Agreement,  the
Distributor shall use its best efforts, consistent with its other businesses, to
sell shares of the Fund. Fund shares are sold  continuously.  Pursuant to a Plan
of Distribution  ("Plan") adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, the
Fund pays the  Distributor  monthly a fee in the  amount of  one-quarter  of one
percent per annum of the Fund's average daily net assets as compensation for its
distribution and service activities.

       In performing  distribution and service activities  pursuant to the Plan,
the Distributor may spend such amounts as it deems appropriate on any activities
or expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of the Fund's shares or the
servicing and maintenance of shareholder  accounts,  including,  but not limited
to:  advertising,  direct mail, and  promotional  expenses;  compensation to the
Distributor and its employees;  compensation to and expenses, including overhead
and  telephone  and  other  communication  expenses,  of  the  Distributor,  the
Investment  Manager,  the Fund,  and selected  dealers and their  affiliates who
engage in or  support  the  distribution  of shares or who  service  shareholder
accounts; fulfillment expenses, including the costs of printing and distributing
prospectuses,  statements of additional information,  and reports for other than
existing shareholders;  the costs of preparing,  printing and distributing sales
literature  and  advertising  materials;  and  internal  costs  incurred  by the
Distributor and allocated by the Distributor to its efforts to distribute shares
of the Fund or service  shareholder  accounts such as office rent and equipment,
employee salaries, employee bonuses and other overhead expenses.

   
       Among other  things,  the Plan  provides  that (1) the  Distributor  will
submit to the Fund's Board of Directors at least  quarterly,  and the  Directors
will  review,  reports  regarding  all amounts  expended  under the Plan and the
purposes for which such  expenditures  were made,  (2) the Plan will continue in
effect  only so long as it is  approved  at  least  annually,  and any  material
amendment  or  agreement  related  thereto is  approved,  by the Fund's Board of
Directors,  including those  Directors who are not  "interested  persons" of the
Fund and who have no direct or indirect  financial  interest in the operation of
the Plan or any  agreement  related to the Plan  ("Plan  Directors"),  acting in
person at a meeting  called for that  purpose,  unless  terminated  by vote of a
majority  of the Plan  Directors,  or by vote of a majority  of the  outstanding
voting securities of the Fund, (3) payments by the Fund under the Plan shall not
be  materially  increased  without  the  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and (4) while the Plan
remains in  effect,  the  selection  and  nomination  of  Directors  who are not
"interested  persons" of the Fund shall be  committed to the  discretion  of the
Directors who are not interested persons of the Fund.
    

       With  the  approval  of the vote of a  majority  of the  entire  Board of
Directors and of the Plan  Directors of the Fund,  the  Distributor  has entered
into a related agreement with Hanover Direct Advertising Company, Inc. ("Hanover
Direct"),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Group,  in an attempt to obtain  cost
savings on the  marketing  of the Fund's  shares.  Hanover  Direct will  provide
services to the  Distributor on behalf of the Fund at standard  industry  rates,
which includes commissions.  The amount of Hanover Direct's commissions over its
cost of providing  Fund  marketing  will be credited to the Fund's  distribution
expenses and represent a saving on marketing, to the benefit of the Fund. To the
extent  Hanover  Direct's  costs exceed such  commissions,  Hanover  Direct will
absorb any of such costs.

       It is the opinion of the Board of Directors that the Plan is necessary to
maintain a flow of  subscriptions to offset  redemptions.  Redemptions of mutual
fund shares are inevitable.  If redemptions are not offset by  subscriptions,  a

                                      10
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

fund shrinks in size and its ability to maintain  quality  shareholder  services
declines.  Eventually,  redemptions  could  cause a fund to  become  uneconomic.
Furthermore,   an  extended   period  of  significant  net  redemptions  may  be
detrimental  to  orderly   management  of  the  portfolio.   The  offsetting  of
redemptions  through sales efforts  benefits  shareholders  by  maintaining  the
viability  of a fund.  In  periods  where  net sales  are  achieved,  additional
benefits may accrue relative to portfolio  management and increased  shareholder
servicing capability.  Increased assets enable the Fund to further diversify its
portfolio,   which  spreads  and  reduces   investment  risk  while   increasing
opportunity.  In  addition,   increased  assets  enable  the  establishment  and
maintenance  of a better  shareholder  servicing  staff which can  respond  more
effectively and promptly to shareholder inquiries and needs. While net increases
in total  assets are  desirable,  the  primary  goal of the Plan is to prevent a
decline in assets serious enough to cause disruption of portfolio management and
to impair the Fund's  ability  to  maintain a high level of quality  shareholder
services.

   
       The Plan  increases  the overall  expense ratio of the Fund;  however,  a
substantial  decline in Fund  assets is likely to  increase  the  portion of the
Fund's expense ratio comprised of management  fees and fixed costs (i.e.,  costs
other than the Plan),  while a  substantial  increase  in Fund  assets  would be
expected to reduce the portion of the expense ratio comprised of management fees
(reflecting  a larger  portion  of the  assets  falling  within  fee  scale-down
levels), as well as of fixed costs. Nevertheless,  the net effect of the Plan is
to  increase  overall  expenses.  To the  extent  the Plan  maintains  a flow of
subscriptions  to the Fund, there results an immediate and direct benefit to the
Investment   Manager  by   maintaining  or  increasing  its  fee  revenue  base,
diminishing the obligation, if any, of the Investment Manager to make an expense
reimbursement to the Fund, and eliminating or reducing any contribution  made by
the Investment Manager to marketing expenses. Other than as described herein, no
Director or interested  person of the Fund has any direct or indirect  financial
interest in the operation of the Plan or any related agreement.
    

       The  Glass-Steagall  Act  prohibits  certain  banks from  engaging in the
business of underwriting,  selling, or distributing securities such as shares of
a mutual fund.  Although the scope of this prohibition under the  Glass-Steagall
Act has not been  fully  defined,  in the  Distributor's  opinion  it should not
prohibit banks from being paid for administrative and accounting  services under
the Plan.  If,  because  of  changes  in law or  regulation,  or  because of new
interpretations  of  existing  law,  a bank  or the  Fund  were  prevented  from
continuing these arrangements,  it is expected that other arrangements for these
services  will be made.  In addition,  state  securities  laws on this issue may
differ from the  interpretations  of Federal law expressed  herein and banks and
financial  institutions may be required to register as dealers pursuant to state
law.

       The Fund's portfolio securities are traded in the over the counter market
and are valued at the mean between the current bid and asked prices.  Securities
for which such prices are not readily available or reliable and other assets may
be valued as determined in good faith by or under the general supervision of the
Board of Directors. Short term securities are valued either at amortized cost or
at original cost plus accrued interest, both of which approximate current value.


                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

       The Fund's  net asset  value per share is  determined  as of the close of
regular  trading on the New York Stock Exchange  ("NYSE")  (currently  4:00 p.m.
eastern time) each business day of the Fund. The following are not business days
of the Fund:  New Year's  Day,  Presidents'  Day,  Good  Friday,  Memorial  Day,
Independence  Day, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving  Day, and Christmas  Day.  Because a
substantial  portion of the Fund's net assets may be invested in gold,  platinum
and silver bullion,  foreign  securities and/or foreign  currencies,  trading in
each of which is also  conducted in foreign  markets  which are not  necessarily
closed on days  when the NYSE is  closed,  the net asset  value per share may be
significantly  affected on days when  shareholders have no access to the Fund or
its transfer agent.

       Securities  owned by the Fund are valued by various methods  depending on
the market or exchange on which they trade.  Securities  traded on the NYSE, the
American Stock Exchange and the Nasdaq are valued at the last sales price, or if
no sale has  occurred,  at the mean  between the  current bid and asked  prices.
Securities  traded on other  exchanges  are valued as nearly as  possible in the
same manner.  Securities traded only OTC are valued at the mean between the last
available  bid and ask  quotations,  if  available,  or at their  fair  value as
determined  in good faith by or under the  general  supervision  of the Board of
Directors.  Short term  securities  are valued  either at  amortized  cost or at
original cost plus accrued interest, both of which approximate current value.

       Foreign  securities  and  bullion,  if any,  are valued at the price in a
principal market where they are traded, or, if last sale prices are unavailable,
at the mean between the last available bid and ask quotations.  Foreign security
prices are expressed in their local currency and translated into U.S. dollars at

                                      11
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

current  exchange  rates.  Any changes in the value of forward  contracts due to
exchange rate  fluctuations  are included in the  determination of the net asset
value.  Foreign  currency  exchange rates are generally  determined prior to the
close of  trading  on the  NYSE.  Occasionally,  events  affecting  the value of
foreign  securities and such exchange rates occur between the time at which they
are  determined  and the close of trading on the NYSE,  which events will not be
reflected in a computation  of the Fund's net asset value on that day. If events
materially affecting the value of such securities or exchange rates occur during
such  time  period,  the  securities  will be  valued  at  their  fair  value as
determined in good faith under the direction of the Fund's Board of Directors.

       Price quotations  generally are furnished by pricing services,  which may
also use a matrix system to determine  valuations.  This system  considers  such
factors as security prices,  yields,  maturities,  call features,  ratings,  and
developments relating to specific securities in arriving at valuations.

                               PURCHASE OF SHARES

       The Fund will not issue  shares for  consideration  other than cash.  The
Fund  reserves  the  right to  reject  any  order,  to  cancel  any order due to
nonpayment,  to accept initial orders by telephone or telegram, and to waive the
limit on subsequent orders by telephone,  with respect to any person or class of
persons.  Orders to  purchase  shares are not binding on the Fund until they are
confirmed by the Transfer Agent. In order to permit the Fund's  shareholder base
to expand,  to avoid certain  shareholder  hardships,  to correct  transactional
errors,  and to address similar  exceptional  situations,  the Fund may waive or
lower the investment minimums with respect to any person or class of persons.

                             ALLOCATION OF BROKERAGE

       The Fund seeks to obtain prompt execution of orders at the most favorable
net prices.  The Fund is not  currently  obligated  to deal with any  particular
broker,  dealer or group thereof.  Fund  transactions in debt and OTC securities
generally are with dealers  acting as principals at net prices with little or no
brokerage costs. In certain circumstances, however, the Fund may engage a broker
as agent for a commission to effect transactions for such securities.  Purchases
of securities from  underwriters  include a commission or concession paid to the
underwriter,  and purchases  from dealers  include a spread  between the bid and
asked price. While the Investment Manager generally seeks reasonably competitive
spreads  or  commissions,  payment  of the lowest  spread or  commission  is not
necessarily  consistent  with obtaining the best net results.  Accordingly,  the
Fund will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

       The Investment  Manager directs portfolio  transactions to broker/dealers
for  execution  on terms and at rates which it  believes,  in good faith,  to be
reasonable in view of the overall  nature and quality of services  provided by a
particular  broker/dealer,  including brokerage and research services,  sales of
Fund shares, and allocation of commissions to the Fund's Custodian. With respect
to brokerage and research services,  consideration may be given in the selection
of  broker/dealers to brokerage or research provided and payment may be made for
a fee higher than that charged by another  broker/dealer  which does not furnish
brokerage or research services or which furnishes brokerage or research services
deemed to be of lesser  value,  so long as the criteria of Section  28(e) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act") or other applicable
law are  met.  Section  28(e)  of the 1934  Act  specifies  that a  person  with
investment  discretion  shall not be "deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have
breached a fiduciary  duty" solely because such person has caused the account to
pay a higher  commission than the lowest available under certain  circumstances.
To obtain the  benefit of Section  28(e),  the person so  exercising  investment
discretion must make a good faith  determination  that the commissions  paid are
"reasonable  in relation to the value of the  brokerage  and  research  services
provided  ...  viewed  in terms of either  that  particular  transaction  or his
overall  responsibilities  with respect to the accounts as to which he exercises
investment  discretion."  Thus,  although  the  Investment  Manager  may  direct
portfolio  transactions without necessarily  obtaining the lowest price at which
such broker/dealer,  or another,  may be willing to do business,  the Investment
Manager seeks the best value to the Fund on each trade that circumstances in the
market place permit, including the value inherent in on-going relationships with
quality brokers.

       Currently,   it  is  not  possible  to  determine  the  extent  to  which
commissions that reflect an element of value for brokerage or research  services
might  exceed  commissions  that  would be  payable  for  execution  alone,  nor
generally can the value of such services to the Fund be measured,  except to the
extent such services  have a readily  ascertainable  market  value.  There is no
certainty that services so purchased,  or the sale of Fund shares,  if any, will
be beneficial to the Fund.  Such services  being largely  intangible,  no dollar
amount can be  attributed  to  benefits  realized  by the Fund or to  collateral
benefits,  if any, conferred on affiliated entities.  These services may include
(1)  furnishing  advice  as to the  value of  securities,  the  advisability  of
investing  in,  purchasing  or  selling   securities  and  the  availability  of
securities or purchasers or sellers of securities,  (2) furnishing  analyses and

                                      12
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends,
portfolio  strategy,   and  the  performance  of  accounts,  and  (3)  effecting
securities  transactions and performing  functions  incidental  thereto (such as
clearance,  settlement,  and  custody).  Pursuant to  arrangements  with certain
broker/dealers,  such  broker/dealers  provide  and  pay  for  various  computer
hardware,   software  and  services,  market  pricing  information,   investment
subscriptions  and memberships,  and other third party and internal  research of
assistance  to the  Investment  Manager  in the  performance  of its  investment
decision-making    responsibilities   for   transactions    effected   by   such
broker/dealers  for the Fund.  Commission  "soft  dollars"  may be used only for
"brokerage  and  research  services"  provided  directly  or  indirectly  by the
broker/dealer  and under no  circumstances  will cash  payments  be made by such
broker/dealers  to the Investment  Manager.  To the extent that commission "soft
dollars" do not result in the provision of any "brokerage and research services"
by  a  broker/dealer  to  whom  such  commissions  are  paid,  the  commissions,
nevertheless,  are the  property of such  broker/dealer.  To the extent any such
services are utilized by the Investment  Manager for other than the  performance
of its investment decision-making responsibilities, the Investment Manager makes
an appropriate allocation of the cost of such services according to their use.

       Bull & Bear Securities, Inc. ("BBSI"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Group
and the Investment Manager's affiliate,  provides discount brokerage services to
the public as an introducing  broker clearing  through  unaffiliated  firms on a
fully  disclosed  basis.  The  Investment  Manager is  authorized  to place Fund
brokerage  through BBSI at its posted  discount rates and  indirectly  through a
BBSI clearing firm. The Fund will not deal with BBSI in any transaction in which
BBSI acts as principal. The clearing firm will execute trades in accordance with
the fully disclosed  clearing agreement between BBSI and the clearing firm. BBSI
will be financially  responsible to the clearing firm for all trades of the Fund
until complete  payment has been received by the Fund or the clearing firm. BBSI
will provide order entry  services or order entry  facilities to the  Investment
Manager,  arrange for execution and clearing of portfolio  transactions  through
executing  and clearing  brokers,  monitor  trades and  settlements  and perform
limited back-office  functions including the maintenance of all records required
of it by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

       In order for BBSI to effect any portfolio  transactions for the Fund, the
commissions,  fees or other remuneration received by BBSI must be reasonable and
fair  compared  to the  commissions,  fees or other  remuneration  paid to other
brokers in connection with comparable  transactions involving similar securities
being purchased or sold on a securities  exchange during a comparable  period of
time.  The Fund's Board of Directors has adopted  procedures in conformity  with
Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage  commissions  paid to
BBSI are reasonable and fair. Although BBSI's posted discount rates may be lower
than those  charged  by full cost  brokers,  such rates may be higher  than some
other  discount  brokers and certain  brokers may be willing to do business at a
lower  commission  rate on certain  trades.  The Fund's Board of  Directors  has
determined that portfolio  transactions  may be executed through BBSI if, in the
judgment of the Investment Manager, the use of BBSI is likely to result in price
and execution at least as favorable as those of other  qualified  broker/dealers
and if, in particular transactions, BBSI charges the Fund a rate consistent with
that  charged to  comparable  unaffiliated  customers  in similar  transactions.
Brokerage transactions with BBSI are also subject to such fiduciary standards as
may be  imposed by  applicable  law.  The  Investment  Manager's  fees under its
agreement  with the Fund are not reduced by reason of any brokerage  commissions
paid to BBSI.

       The Fund is not obligated to deal with any particular  broker,  dealer or
group thereof. Certain broker/dealers that the Fund does business with may, from
time to time, own more than 5% of the publicly traded Class A non-voting  Common
Stock of Group, the parent of the Investment  Manager,  and may provide clearing
services to BBSI.

       The Fund's  portfolio  turnover  rate may vary from year to year and will
not be a limiting  factor when the Investment  Manager deems  portfolio  changes
appropriate. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of
the Fund's  annual  sales or purchases of  portfolio  securities  (exclusive  of
purchases or sales of securities  whose  maturities  at the time of  acquisition
were one  year or  less) by the  monthly  average  value  of  securities  in the
portfolio during the year.

       From time to time,  certain brokers may be paid a fee for record keeping,
shareholder  communications  and other  services  provided by them to  investors
purchasing  shares of the Fund through the "no transaction fee" programs offered
by such brokers. This fee is based on the average daily value of the investments
in the Fund made by such brokers on behalf of investors  participating  in their
"no transaction fee" programs.  The Fund's directors have further authorized the
Investment Manager to place a portion of the Fund's brokerage  transactions with
any such  brokers,  if the  Investment  Manager  reasonably  believes  that,  in
effecting  the Fund's  transactions  in  portfolio  securities,  such  broker or
brokers are able to provide the best  execution of orders at the most  favorable
prices. Commissions earned by such brokers from executing portfolio transactions

                                      13
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

on behalf of the Fund may be  credited  by them  against the fee they charge the
Fund, on a basis which has resulted  from  negotiations  between the  Investment
Manager and such brokers.

                             DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

       If the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver a shareholder's  check, or if a
shareholder's check remains uncashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right
to credit the  shareholder's  account with additional  shares of the Fund at the
then current net asset value in lieu of the cash payment and to thereafter issue
such shareholder's distributions in additional shares of the Fund.

       The Fund  intends to  continue to qualify  for  treatment  as a regulated
investment  company ("RIC") under the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
("Code").  To  qualify  for this  treatment,  the Fund  must  distribute  to its
shareholders  for each  taxable  year at  least  90% of its  investment  company
taxable income  (consisting  generally of net investment  income, net short term
capital gain and net gains from certain foreign currency  transactions) and must
meet  several  additional   requirements.   Among  these  requirements  are  the
following: (1) at least 90% of the Fund's gross income each taxable year must be
derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and
gains from the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies, or
other income  (including  gains from  options,  futures,  or forward  contracts)
derived  with  respect to its  business  of  investing  in  securities  or those
currencies ("Income Requirement"); (2) the Fund must derive less than 30% of its
gross income each taxable year from the sale or other disposition of securities,
or any of the  following,  that were held for less than three  months - options,
futures,  or forward  contracts  (other  than those on foreign  currencies),  or
foreign currencies (or options,  futures, or forward contracts thereon) that are
not directly related to the Fund's principal business of investing in securities
(or options and futures with respect thereto)  ("Short-Short  Limitation");  and
(3) the Fund's investments must satisfy certain diversification requirements. In
any year during which the applicable  provisions of the Code are satisfied,  the
Fund will not be liable for  Federal  income  taxes on net income and gains that
are distributed to its  shareholders.  If for any taxable year the Fund does not
qualify  for  treatment  as a RIC,  all of its  taxable  income will be taxed at
corporate rates.

       A portion of the dividends  from the Fund's  investment  company  taxable
income  (whether paid in cash or in additional  Fund shares) may be eligible for
the dividends-received  deduction allowed to corporations.  The eligible portion
may  not  exceed  the  aggregate  dividends  received  by  the  Fund  from  U.S.
corporations.  However,  dividends  received  by  a  corporate  shareholder  and
deducted  by  it  pursuant  to  the  dividends-received  deduction  are  subject
indirectly to the alternative minimum tax.

       A loss on the sale of Fund  shares  that were held for six months or less
will be treated as a long term  (rather  than a short term)  capital loss to the
extent the seller received any capital gain distributions  attributable to those
shares.

       Any dividend or other  distribution  will have the effect of reducing the
net asset value of the Fund's shares on the payment date by the amount  thereof.
Furthermore, any such dividend or other distribution, although similar in effect
to a  return  of  capital,  will  be  subject  to  taxes.  Dividends  and  other
distributions may also be subject to state and local taxes.

       The Fund will be subject to a  nondeductible  4% excise tax to the extent
it fails to  distribute  by the end of any calendar  year an amount equal to the
sum of (1) 98% of its  ordinary  income,  (2) 98% of its capital gain net income
(determined on an October 31 fiscal year basis), plus (3) generally,  income and
gain not distributed or subject to corporate tax in the prior calendar year. The
Fund  intends  to  avoid  imposition  of  this  excise  tax by  making  adequate
distributions.

       Dividends  and  interest  received  by the Fund may be subject to income,
withholding,  or other taxes imposed by foreign  countries and U.S.  possessions
that would reduce the yield on its securities.  Tax conventions  between certain
countries  and the United States may reduce or eliminate  these  foreign  taxes,
however,  and many foreign  countries  do not impose  taxes on capital  gains in
respect of  investments by foreign  investors.  If more than 50% of the value of
the Fund's total assets at the close of its taxable year  consists of securities
of foreign corporations, the Fund will be eligible to, and may, file an election
with the Internal Revenue Service that would enable its shareholders, in effect,
to receive the benefit of the foreign tax credit with respect to any foreign and
U.S.  possessions'  income taxes paid by it. Pursuant to the election,  the Fund
would  treat  those  taxes  as  dividends  paid  to its  shareholders  and  each
shareholder would be required to (1) include in gross income,  and treat as paid
by the shareholder,  the shareholder's  proportionate  share of those taxes, (2)
treat the  shareholder's  share of those taxes and of any  dividend  paid by the
Fund that  represents  income from  foreign or U.S.  possessions  sources as the
shareholder's  own income from those  sources,  and (3) either  deduct the taxes
deemed paid by the shareholder in computing the shareholder's taxable income or,
alternatively,  use the foregoing  information  in  calculating  the foreign tax
credit against the shareholder's Federal income tax. The Fund will report to its

                                      14
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

shareholders  shortly  after each  taxable year their  respective  shares of the
Fund's income from sources within, and taxes paid to, foreign countries and U.S.
possessions if it makes this election.

       The  Fund  may  invest  in  the  stock  of  "passive  foreign  investment
companies"  ("PFICs").  A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general,  meets
either of the following  tests:  (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive
or (2) an  average of at least 50% of its  assets  produce,  or are held for the
production of, passive  income.  Under certain  circumstances,  the Fund will be
subject to Federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution" received
on  the  stock  of a  PFIC  or  of  any  gain  from  disposition  of  the  stock
(collectively  "PFIC  income"),   plus  interest  thereon,   even  if  the  Fund
distributes  the PFIC  income as a taxable  dividend  to its  shareholders.  The
balance of the PFIC income will be  included in the Fund's  taxable  income and,
accordingly,  will not be taxable to it to the extent that income is distributed
to its shareholders.  If the Fund invests in a PFIC and elects to treat the PFIC
as a "qualified  electing  fund," then in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest
obligation,  the Fund will be  required  to include in income  each year its pro
rata share of the qualified  electing  fund's annual  ordinary  earnings and net
capital  gain  (the  excess of net long term  capital  gain over net short  term
capital loss), even if they are not distributed to the Fund; those amounts would
be subject to the distribution  requirements  described above. In most instances
it will be very difficult,  if not impossible,  to make this election because of
certain requirements thereof.

       

   
       Pursuant to proposed regulations,  open-end RICs, such as the Fund, would
be  entitled  to  elect  to  "mark-to-market"  their  stock  in  certain  PFICs.
"Marking-to-market," in this context, means recognizing as gain for each taxable
year the excess,  as of the end of that year,  of the fair market  value of each
such  PFIC's   stock  over  the   adjusted   basis  in  that  stock   (including
mark-to-market gain for each prior year for which an election was in effect).
    

Options,  Futures, and Forward Contracts.  The Fund's use of hedging strategies,
such as selling  (writing)  and  purchasing  options and futures  contracts  and
entering into forward contracts,  involves complex rules that will determine for
income tax purposes  the timing of  recognition  and  character of the gains and
losses the Fund realizes in connection therewith. Income from foreign currencies
(except certain gains therefrom that may be excluded by future regulations), and
income from transactions in options,  futures,  and forward contracts derived by
the Fund with  respect to its business of  investing  in  securities  or foreign
currencies,  will qualify as  permissible  income under the Income  Requirement.
However, income from the disposition of options,  futures, and forward contracts
(other  than those on  foreign  currencies)  will be subject to the  Short-Short
Limitation  if they are  held  for  less  than  three  months.  Income  from the
disposition of foreign currencies,  and options,  futures, and forward contracts
on foreign  currencies,  also will be subject to the  Short-Short  Limitation if
they are held for less than  three  months and are not  directly  related to the
Fund's  principal  business of investing in  securities  (or options and futures
with respect thereto).

       If the Fund satisfies  certain  requirements,  any increase in value of a
position that is part of a "designated  hedge" will be offset by any decrease in
value (whether  realized or not) of the offsetting  hedging  position during the
period of the hedge for purposes of  determining  whether the Fund satisfies the
Short-Short  Limitation.  Thus,  only the net gain (if any) from the  designated
hedge will be included in gross income for purposes of the that limitation.  The
Fund will consider  whether it should seek to qualify for this treatment for its
hedging  transactions.  To the  extent the Fund does not so  qualify,  it may be
forced to defer  the  closing  out of  certain  options,  futures,  and  forward
contracts  beyond the time when it otherwise  would be advantageous to do so, in
order for the Fund to continue to qualify as a RIC.

       The foregoing  discussion of Federal tax consequences is based on the tax
law in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information,  which is
subject to change by legislative,  judicial, or administrative  action. The Fund
may be subject to state or local tax in  jurisdictions in which it may be deemed
to be doing business.

                                      15
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm


                             REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS

       The Fund  issues,  at least  semi-annually,  reports to its  shareholders
including a list of investments  held and statements of assets and  liabilities,
income and  expense,  and changes in net assets of the Fund.  The Fund's  fiscal
year ends on December 31.


                CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

       Investors Bank & Trust Company,  P.O. Box 2197, Boston, MA 02111 has been
retained  by the Fund to act as  Custodian  of the  Fund's  investments  and may
appoint  one  or  more  subcustodians.   The  Custodian  also  performs  certain
accounting  services for the Fund. As part of its agreement  with the Fund,  the
Custodian  may  apply  credits  or  charges  for its  services  to the Fund for,
respectively,  positive or deficit cash balances maintained by the Fund with the
Custodian. DST Systems, Inc., P.O. Box 419789, Kansas City, Missouri 64141-6789,
is the Fund's Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent.

                                    AUDITORS

       Tait,  Weller & Baker,  Two Penn  Center,  Suite  700,  Philadelphia,  PA
19101-1707,  are the independent  accountants for the Fund. Financial statements
of the Fund are audited annually.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

       The Fund's  Financial  Statements  for the fiscal year ended December 31,
1994,  together with the Report of the Fund's independent  accountants  thereon,
appear in the Fund's Annual Report to Shareholders and are  incorporated  herein
by reference.

                                      16
<PAGE>

                                                         Midas SAI: 8/23/95, 2pm

                     APPENDIX--DESCRIPTIONS OF BOND RATINGS

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS

Aaa Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality and carry the
smallest degree of investment risk.  Interest  payments are protected by a large
or an  exceptionally  stable margin and  principal is secure.  While the various
protective  elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are
most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa Bonds  which are rated Aa are judged to be of high  quality by all  standards
and,  together with the Aaa group,  comprise  what are  generally  known as high
grade  bonds.  They are rated  lower  than the best  bonds  because  margins  of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities of fluctuation of protective
elements  may be of greater  amplitude  or there may be other  elements  present
which make the longer term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable  investment  attributes and are
to be considered as upper medium grade  obligations.  Factors giving security to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations,  i.e.,
they are neither  highly  protected nor poorly  secured.  Interest  payments and
principal  security  appear  adequate  for the present  but  certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba Bonds  which are  rated Ba are  judged to have  speculative  elements;  their
future cannot be considered  as well assured.  Often the  protection of interest
and  principal  payments may be very  moderate and thereby not well  safeguarded
during  both  good  and bad  times  over the  future.  Uncertainty  of  position
characterizes bonds in this class.

B Bonds  which are  rated B  generally  lack  characteristics  of the  desirable
investment.  Assurance of interest and principal  payments or of  maintenance of
other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa  Bonds  which  are rated Caa are of poor  standing.  Such  issues  may be in
default or there may be present  elements of danger with respect to principal or
interest.

Ca Bonds which are rated Ca represent  obligations  which are  speculative  in a
high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.


   
STANDARD & POOR'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS
    

AAA  This  is the  highest  rating  assigned  by  Standard  &  Poor's  to a debt
obligation  and  indicates an extremely  strong  capacity to pay  principal  and
interest.

AA Bonds rated AA also qualify as high quality debt obligations. Capacity to pay
principal  and  interest is very strong,  and in the majority of instances  they
differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

A Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay principal interest,  although they
are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances
and economic conditions.

BBB Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having  adequate  capacity to pay  principal
and  interest.  Whereas they normally  exhibit  protection  parameters,  adverse
economic  conditions  or  changing  circumstances  are more  likely to lead to a
weakened  capacity to pay principal and interest for bonds in this capacity than
for bonds in the A category.

BB,  B, CCC,  CC Bonds  rated BB, B, CCC and CC are  regarded,  on  balance,  as
predominantly  speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest
and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB indicates
the lowest degree of speculation and CC the highest degree of speculation. While
such bonds will likely have some quality and protective  characteristics,  these
are  outweighed  by large  uncertainties  or major  risk  exposures  to  adverse
conditions.


                                      17
<PAGE>


                                           PART C -- OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.   Financial Statements and Exhibits

     (a)  Financial  Statements:  Financial  statements  of the  Registrant  are
included in the Registrant's  Statement of Additional  Information filed as part
of this Registration Statement.

     (b) Exhibits:

1    Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of Midas Gold Shares & Bullion,  Inc.
     Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to
     Registration  Statement  on Form N-lA of Midas Gold Shares & Bullion,  Inc.
     filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 2, 1985.


     Articles of Amendment  of Midas Gold Shares & Bullion,  Inc. to change name
     to "Excel  Midas Gold  Shares,  Inc."  Incorporated  by  reference  to
     Post-Effective  Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement on Form
     N-1A of Excel Value Fund, Inc. and Post Effective  Amendment No. 10 to
     the  Registration  Statement  on Form N-1A of Excel Midas Gold Shares,
     Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 1990.

     Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Midas  Fund,  Inc.,  filed  with  the
     Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

2    Restated Bylaws of Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc.  Incorporated by reference
     to  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 12 to the Registration  Statement on Form
     N-1A of Excel Value Fund,  Inc. and Post Effective  Amendment No. 10 to the
     Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc. filed
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 1990.

     Bylaws of Midas Fund, Inc., filed with the Securities and Exchange 
     Commission on August 24, 1995.

3    Not applicable.

4    Specimen  copy of  share  certificate  of Excel  Midas  Gold  Shares,  Inc.
     Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No. 2 to
     Registration  Statement  on Form N-lA of Midas Gold Shares & Bullion,  Inc.
     filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 1985.
     Specimen copy of share  certificate  of Midas  Fund,  Inc.,  filed with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

5(a) Form of  Investment  Advisory  Agreement of Excel Midas Gold  Shares,  Inc.
     Incorporated  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  11 to  the
     Registration  Statement  on Form  N-1A of IRI  Stock  Fund,  Inc.  and Post
     Effective  Amendment  No. 9 to the  Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of
     Midas Gold Shares & Bullion,  Inc.  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
     Commission on March 30, 1989.

     Form of Investment Management Agreement of Midas Fund, Inc., filed with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

5(b) Form  of  Subadvisory  Agreement  of  Midas  Fund,  Inc.,  filed  with  the
     Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.
<PAGE>

6    Form  of   Distribution   Agreement  of  Excel  Midas  Gold  Shares,   Inc.
     Incorporated  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  14 to  the
     Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc. filed
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 1994.

     Form of  Distribution  Agreement  of  Midas  Fund,  Inc.,  filed  with  the
     Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  on  August  24,  1995.  7  Not
     applicable.

8(a) Custodian  Agreement  of Excel  Midas Gold  Shares,  Inc.  Incorporated  by
     reference to Post-Effective  Amendment No. 12 to the Registration Statement
     on Form N-1A of Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc. filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on May 1, 1992.

     Form of Custodian  Agreement of Midas Fund, Inc., filed with the Securities
     and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.


8(b) Form  of  Precious  Metals  Storage  and  Custodial   Arrangements   letter
     agreement.  Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 12 to
     the  Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of Excel Midas Gold Shares,  Inc.
     filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 1992.

     Form of Precious Metals Storage  Agreement of Midas Fund,  Inc., filed with
     the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on August 24,  1995.  

8(c) Service  and Agency  Agreement,  filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission on August 24, 1995.

8(d) Custodial Account and IRA Disclosure  Statement,  filed with the Securities
     and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

8(e) IRA Agreement,  filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August
     24, 1995.

9(a) Form  of  Administration   Agreement  of  Excel  Midas  Gold  Shares,  Inc.
     Incorporated  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  11 to  the
     Registration  Statement  on Form  N-1A of IRI  Stock  Fund,  Inc.  and Post
     Effective  Amendment  No. 9 to the  Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of
     Midas Gold Shares & Bullion,  Inc.  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
     Commission on March 30, 1989.

9(b) Form of  Accounting  Services  Agreement of Excel Midas Gold  Shares,  Inc.
     Incorporated  by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  11 to  the
     Registration  Statement  on Form  N-1A of IRI  Stock  Fund,  Inc.  and Post
     Effective  Amendment  No. 9 to the  Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of
     Midas Gold Shares & Bullion,  Inc.  filed with the  Securities and Exchange
     Commission on March 30, 1989.

9(c) Transfer  Agency   Agreement,   filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
     Commission on August 24, 1995.

9(d) Agency  Agreement,  filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on
     August 24, 1995.

9(e) Shareholder   Administration  Agreement,  filed  with  the  Securities  and
     Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

10(a)Opinion  and Consent of Dorsey & Whitney  with  respect to Excel Midas Gold
     Shares, Inc.  Incorporated  herein by reference to Pre-Effective  Amendment
     No. 1 to


<PAGE>
                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm
     Registration  Statement  on Form N-lA of Midas Gold Shares & Bullion,  Inc.
     filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on October 2, 1985.

10(b)Opinion  and Consent of Dorsey & Whitney  with  respect to Excel Midas Gold
     Shares, Inc. pursuant to Section 24(e). 

11   Consent of Squire & Company.

12   Not applicable.

13   Letter of Investment  Intent with respect to Excel Midas Gold Shares,  Inc.
     Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No. 2 to
     Registration  Statement  on Form N-lA of Midas Gold Shares & Bullion,  Inc.
     filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 1985.

14   Forms of Tax-Sheltered Retirement Plans Incorporated herein by reference to
     Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form N-1A of IRI
     Stock Fund,  Inc.  filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  on
     January 6, 1982.

14(a)Standardized Profit Sharing Adoption  Agreement,  filed with the Securities
     and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

14(b)Defined  Contribution  Basic Plan  Document,  filed with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

14(c)Standardized Money Purchase Adoption  Agreement,  filed with the Securities
     and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

14(d)Simplified  Profit Sharing  Adoption  Agreement,  filed with the Securities
     and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

14(e)Simplified  Money Purchase  Adoption  Agreement,  filed with the Securities
     and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

15   Form of Plan of Distribution of Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc.  Incorporated
     by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  11 to  the  Registration
     Statement on Form N-1A of IRI Stock Fund, Inc. and Post Effective Amendment
     No. 9 to the  Registration  Statement  on Form N-1A of Midas Gold  Shares &
     Bullion,  Inc. filed with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission on March
     30, 1989.

     Form of Plan of Distribution of Midas Fund, Inc., filed with the Securities
     and Exchange Commission on August 24, 1995.

16   Calculations of Total Returns of Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc. Incorporated
     by  reference  to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  10 to  the  Registration
     Statement on Form N-1A of IRI Stock Fund, Inc. and Post-Effective Amendment
     No. 8 to the  Registration  Statement  on Form N-1A of Midas Gold  Shares &
     Bullion,  Inc. filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission on May 2,
     1988.

17.  Financial Data Schedule, filed herewith.

18.  Not Applicable.


Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant

                  Not applicable.

Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities

         The following table sets forth the number of holders of shares of Excel
Midas Gold Shares, Inc. as of August 21, 1995:

         (1)                                     (2)
         Title of Class                          Number of Record Holders
         Common stock, par value                                     1325
          $.01 per share


<PAGE>

Item 27.  Indemnification

                  Indemnification. The Registrant is incorporated under Maryland
law.  Section  2-418  of the  Maryland  General  Corporation  Law  requires  the
Registrant to indemnify its directors,  officers and employees against expenses,
including legal fees, in a successful defense of a civil or criminal proceeding.
The law also permits  indemnification  of  directors,  officers,  employees  and
agents  unless it is  proved  that (a) the act or  omission  of the  person  was
material  and  was  committed  in bad  faith  or was the  result  of  active  or
deliberate  dishonesty,  (b) the person received an improper personal benefit in
money,  property or services or (C) in the case of a criminal action, the person
had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

         Registrant's  Articles  of  Incorporation:  (1)  provide  that,  to the
maximum  extent  permitted by applicable  law, a director or officer will not be
liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary  damages;  (2) require
the  Registrant to indemnify  and advance  expense as provided in the By-laws to
its present and past directors,  officers, employees and agents, and persons who
are  serving  or  have  served  at the  request  of the  Registrant  in  similar
capacities  for other  entities  in advance of final  disposition  of any action
against  that person to the extent  permitted  by Maryland law and the 1940 Act;
(3)  allow  the  corporation  to  purchase  insurance  for any  present  or past
director,  officer,  employee,  or agent;  and (4)  require  that any  repeal or
modification  of the  amended and  restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  by the
shareholders,  or adoption or  modification  of any provision of the Articles of
Incorporation  inconsistent with the indemnification  provisions, be prospective
only  to  the   extent   such   repeal  or   modification   would,   if  applied
retrospectively,  adversely  affect  any  limitation  on  the  liability  of  or
indemnification   available  to  any  person  covered  by  the   indemnification
provisions of the amended and restated Articles of Incorporation.

         Section 11.01 of Article XI of the By-Laws sets forth the procedures by
which the  Registrant  will  indemnify its  directors,  officers,  employees and
agents.  Section  11.02 of Article XI of the By-Laws  further  provides that the
Registrant may purchase and maintain insurance or other sources of reimbursement
to the extent  permitted by law on behalf of any person who is or was a director
or  officer  of the  Registrant,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of the
Registrant as a director or officer of another corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or
her and incurred by him or her in or arising out of his or her position.

         Registrant's Investment Management Agreement between the Registrant and
Midas  Management  Corporation  (the  "Investment  Manager")  provides  that the
Investment  Manager shall not be liable to the Registrant or any  shareholder of
the  Registrant  for any error of  judgment  or  mistake  of law or for any loss
suffered  by the  Registrant  in  connection  with  the  matters  to  which  the
Investment Management Agreement relates.  However, the Investment Manager is not
protected  against  any  liability  to  the  Registrant  by  reason  of  willful
misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or
by reason of its  reckless  disregard  of its  obligations  and duties under the
Investment Management Agreement.

         Section 9 of the  Distribution  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and
Investor Service Center,  Inc.  ("Service  Center") provides that the Registrant
will  indemnify  Service  Center and its  officers,  directors  and  controlling
persons  against all  liabilities  arising from any alleged untrue  statement of
material  fact in the  Registration  Statement  or from any alleged  omission to
state in the Registration  Statement a material fact required to be stated in it
or necessary to make the statements in it, in light of the  circumstances  under
which they were made, not  misleading,  except insofar as liability  arises from
untrue  statements or omissions  made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
information  furnished  by  Service  Center  to the  Registrant  for  use in the
Registration  Statement;  and provided that this indemnity  agreement  shall not
protect  any such  persons  against  liabilities  arising by reason of their bad
faith,  gross  negligence  or  willful  misfeasance;  and shall not inure to the
benefit  of any  such  persons  unless  a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  or
controlling  precedent  determines that such result is not against public policy
as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act of 1933.  Section  9 of the  Distribution
Agreement also provides that Service Center agrees to indemnify, defend and hold
the  Registrant,  its  officers  and  Directors  free and harmless of any claims
arising out of any alleged untrue  statement or any alleged omission of material
fact  contained  in  information  furnished  by  Service  Center  for use in the
Registration  Statement or arising out of any agreement  between  Service Center
and any retail dealer, or arising out of supplementary literature or advertising
used by Service Center in connection with the Distribution Agreement.
<PAGE>

         The Registrant  undertakes to carry out all indemnification  provisions
of its Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and the above-described contract in
accordance with Investment Company Act Release No. 11330 (September 4, 1980) and
successor releases.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, may be provided to directors,  officers and controlling
persons of the  Registrant,  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions or otherwise,
the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
Registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  Registrant  with the  successful  defense of any action,  suit or
proceeding or payment pursuant to any insurance  policy) is asserted against the
Registrant by such director,  officer or controlling  person in connection  with
the securities being  registered,  the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a
court of appropriate  jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by
it is against  public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.

Item 28.          Business and other Connections of Investment Adviser

                  Information  on the  business of the  Registrant's  investment
adviser is described in the section of the Statement of  Additional  Information
entitled "The Investment Manager" filed as part of this Registration Statement.

         The directors and officers of the Investment Manager are also directors
and  officers  of  other  Funds  managed  by  Bull  &  Bear  Advisers,  Inc.,  a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Bull & Bear Group, Inc. (the "Bull & Bear Funds"). In
addition,  such officers are officers and  directors of Bull & Bear Group,  Inc.
and its other  subsidiaries;  Service Center,  the distributor of the Registrant
and the  Bull & Bear  Funds  and a  registered  broker/dealer,  and  Bull & Bear
Securities,  Inc.,  a  discount  brokerage  firm.  Bull  &  Bear  Group,  Inc.'s
predecessor  was  organized  in  1976.  In  1978,  it  acquired  control  of and
subsequently  merged with  Investors  Counsel,  Inc.,  a  registered  investment
adviser organized in 1959. The principal  business of both companies since their
founding  has been to serve  as  investment  manager  to  registered  investment
companies.  Bull & Bear Advisers,  Inc.  serves as investment  manager of Bull &
Bear Dollar  Reserves,  Bull & Bear  Global  Income  Fund,  and Bull & Bear U.S.
Government  Securities Fund, each a series of shares issued by Bull & Bear Funds
II, Inc.; Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund, a series of shares issued by Bull &
Bear Municipal  Securities,  Inc.;  Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.; Bull & Bear
U.S. and Overseas Fund,  and Bull & Bear Quality  Growth Fund,  each a series of
Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc.; and Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.

Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

         a) In addition to the  Registrant,  Service  Center serves as principal
underwriter  of Bull & Bear Funds II, Inc.,  Bull & Bear Special  Equities Fund,
Inc., Bull & Bear Funds I, Inc., Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd. and Bull & Bear
Municipal Securities, Inc.

         b) Service Center serves as the Registrant's principal underwriter. The
directors and officers of Service Center,  their principal  business  addresses,
their  positions and offices with Service Center and their positions and offices
with the Registrant (if any) are set forth below.

Name and Principal       Position and Offices         Position and Offices
Business Address         with Service Center          with Registrant

Robert D. Anderson       Vice Chairman and Director   N/A
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005

Steven A. Landis         Senior Vice President        Senior Vice President
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005

Brett B. Sneed           Senior Vice President        Senior Vice President
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005

Mark C. Winmill          Chairman, Director and       Co-President and Co-Chief
11 Hanover Square        Chief Financial Officer      Executive Officer
New York, NY 10005

Thomas B. Winmill        President, Director,         Co-President, Director, 
11 Hanover Square        General Counsel              Co-Chief Executive Officer
New York, NY 10005

Kathleen B. Fliegauf     Vice President and           None
11 Hanover Square        Assistant Treasurer
New York, NY 10005

William J. Maynard       Vice President, Secretary,   Vice President, Secretary,
11 Hanover Square        Chief Compliance Officer     Chief Compliance Officer
New York, NY 10005

Irene K. Kawczynski      Vice President               None
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005

William K. Dean          Treasurer, Chief            Treasurer, Chief Accounting
11 Hanover Square        Accounting Officer          Officer
New York, NY 10005

Michael J. McManus       Vice President               None
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005

H. Matthew Kelly         Vice President               None
11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005

Item 30.                             Location of Accounts and Records

         The  minute  books of  Registrant  and copies of its  filings  with the
Commission are located at 11 Hanover Square,  New York, NY 10005 (the offices of
Registrant and its Investment  Manager).  All other records  required by Section
31(a) of the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 are located at  Investors  Bank &
Trust Company,  89 South Street,  Boston,  MA 02111 (the offices of Registrant's
custodian) and DST Systems, Inc., 1055 Broadway, Kansas City, MO 64105-1594 (the
offices of the Registrant's  Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent).  Copies of
certain of the records  located at Investors Bank & Trust Company & DST Systems,
Inc.  are kept at 11  Hanover  Square,  New  York,  NY  10005  (the  offices  of
Registrant and the Investment Manager).

Item 31.  Management Services

         Not Applicable.

Item 32.  Undertakings

         (a)                         Not applicable.

         (b)                         Not applicable.




<PAGE>


                                                         Midas Pro: 8/23/95, 2pm
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the  City,  County  and  State of New  York on this  24th day of
August, 1995.

                                MIDAS FUND, INC.

                                Thomas B. Winmill
                              By: Thomas B. Winmill

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has been signed below by the  following  persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:

Mark C. Winmill          Director, Co-President and Co-Chief  August 24, 1995
---------------
Mark C. Winmill          Executive Officer

Thomas B. Winmill        Director, Co-President and Co-Chief  August 24, 1995
-----------------
Thomas B. Winmill        Executive Officer

William K. Dean           Treasurer, Principal                August 24, 1995
---------------
William K. Dean           Accounting Officer

Bruce B. Huber            Director                            August 24, 1995
Bruce B. Huber

James E. Hunt             Director                            August 24, 1995
James E. Hunt

Frederick A. Parker, Jr.  Director                            August 24, 1995
------------------------
Frederick A. Parker, Jr.

John B. Russell           Director                            August 24, 1995
John B. Russell

Russell E. Burke III      Director                            August 24, 1995
--------------------
Russell E. Burke III


<PAGE>

EXCEL MIDAS GOLD SHARES, INC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                 Report for the Period Ended December 31, 1994

Following the stellar performance of 1993, 1994 proved to be a disappointing and
perplexing year for gold market investors.

The  combination of a 3% fall in the gold price and unstable  financial  markets
caused severe weakness in many of the gold stocks.  The Net Asset Value of Excel
Midas declined 17.3% before  distributions for the year ended December 31, 1994,
compared  with a fall  of 15% in the  Financial  Times  Gold  Mines  Index.  The
weakness in North  American  share prices was  compounded by widespread tax loss
selling in the fourth quarter of 1994.

For most of the year, the gold price traded between $370-$395 per ounce. Failure
to break through the upper end of the range after several attempts,  resulted in
liquidation by commodity/hedge funds and other short-term investors. The barrier
to the gold price at $395 was once again  largely a result of  producer  forward
selling-mining  companies  taking  advantage of future prices being  enhanced by
higher interest rates.

The  fundamentals  for the market remain sound, and at the $370-$375 level there
is solid physical support.  Jewelry and industrial demand continue to exceed new
mine supply by a comfortable  margin,  the  shortfall  being made up of recycled
scrap,  dishoarding and smaller amounts of Central Bank and producer sales.  The
deficit in the physical  market is underlined by the fact that the average price
for 1994 of $384 was 6.7% higher  than the  average for 1993,  despite a lack of
investor interest.

Over the past  year,  low  inflation  numbers  and  rising  interest  rates have
undoubtedly  been  factors in  keeping  the gold price  subdued.  With  industry
operating  at close to  capacity,  commodity  prices  rising,  and  higher  wage
demands,  inflationary pressures may soon emerge. The Dollar has been in secular
decline for several  years,  a factor which is of increasing  concern to foreign
holders of U.S. Dollars.

Any upturn in inflation,  or Dollar  weakness,  could generate  strong  investor
buying of gold. In a thin market, already in a supply/demand deficit, the effect
of the gold price would be significant.

Most gold stocks declined in 1994, and continued to do so in January. By the end
of January, the F.T. Gold Mines Index had suffered a major correction of some
30%  from  its  1994  high,  compared  with a 6% fall in the  gold  price.  This
illustrates  the  leverage of gold stocks to the gold price,  the stocks  having
substantially outperformed gold on the upside in 1993.

At current prices many gold stocks are offering  exceptional  value,  based on a
gold price of $375. The F.T. Gold Mines index is presently trading at its lowest
level relative to the gold price since late 1992,  just before the six year bear
market terminated.

We recommend  investors take advantage of this opportunity to establish,  or add
to positions in the gold sector.

Excel Advisors, Inc.


                         EXCEL MIDAS GOLD SHARES, INC.

                               PERFORMANCE GRAPH
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             [CHART APPEARS HERE]


* Represents average annual total return for the period,  including reinvestment
  of all  dividend and capital  gains  distributions  and the maximum  front-end
  sales charge of 4.5% currently in effect.

Past performance is not predictive of future performance.

The above illustration compares a $10,000 investment made in the Fund on January
14, 1986 (Inception Date) to a $10,000  investment made in the Standard & Poor's
500 Stock  Index and the Lipper  Gold Fund Index on that date.  For  comparative
purposes, the value of the Indices on December 31, 1985 is used as the beginning
value on January 14, 1986.  All  dividends  and capital gain  distributions  are
reinvested.

Unlike the Fund,  the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index and the Lipper Gold Fund
Index  are  unmanaged,   fully-invested  total  return  performance   benchmarks
consisting  of a  broad-based  basket of 500  securities  and 10  mutual  funds,
respectively.  The  indices  do not take into  account  charges,  fees and other
expenses.  The Fund may invest in gold,  platinum and silver  bullion and mining
securities,  and for  defensive  purposes may hold fixed income  securities  and
cash. 


                         EXCEL MIDAS GOLD SHARES, INC.


<PAGE>

                           STATEMENT OF INVESTMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Market
    Shares           Security                               Cost       Value (b)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             COMMON STOCKS - 87.21%
<S>           <C>                                       <C>           <C>
                
     18,000   American Barrick Resources
                 Corp.                                  $  163,450    $  400,500
  2,408,103   All North Resources (a)(c)                   326,535       171,818
    500,000   Arbor Resources (a)(c)                        90,580        35,675
    100,000   Archangel Diamond Corp. (a)                  123,771       135,565
    306,000   Aurizon Mines (a)                            195,841       187,765
    100,000   BEMA Gold (a)                                133,040       178,375
     50,000   Calais Resources (a)                          39,297        44,594
     25,000   Cambior, Inc.                                243,681       287,719
     50,000   Chase Resource Corp. (a)                      79,968       103,457
     40,000   Crystallex (a)                                76,000        99,890
     70,000   Dayton Mining (a)                            151,775       199,780
     50,000   Diamond Fields Resources (a)                 184,087       481,612
    175,000   East Daggafontein Mines,
                 Ltd. ADR                                  369,443       446,250
     80,000   Fairfield Minerals (a)                       152,500       251,152
     75,000   Gold Capital Corp. (a)                       150,000       225,000
    400,000   Gold Mines of Australia (a)                  153,657       124,240
     93,900   Golden Queen Mining (a)                      100,615       120,596
    300,000   Golden Shamrock (a)                          144,103       230,610
    150,000   Greenstone Resources, Ltd. (a)               233,519       176,591
     10,000   Homestake Mining                             133,571       171,250
    150,000   Hycroft Resources &
                 Development (a)                           230,230       256,860
     43,000   International Curator (a)                     50,955        42,953
  1,250,000   Lydenburg Exploration (a)                    203,665       500,000
     10,000   Mallon Resources (a)                          45,000        20,000
     89,000   Miramar Mining Corp. (a)                      76,497       381,009
     50,000   Nevada Star Resources (a)                     19,229        14,270
    333,333   Otis J. Exploration (a)(c)                    73,937        83,242
     13,300   Placer Dome, Inc.                            175,435       289,275
    404,000   Selkirk Springs (a)(c)                       250,018       149,892
    100,000   Silverado Mines (a)(c)                       105,000        73,000
    100,000   South American Gold &
                 Copper (a)(c)                             148,039       126,290

<PAGE>

    262,500   Venoro Gold (a)(c)                           180,766       140,470
                                                        ----------    ----------
              Total common stocks                        4,804,204     6,149,700
                                                        ----------    ----------

                 WARRANTS - 0.13%
    100,000   Gold Mines of Australia (a)                    7,642         9,318
                                                        ----------    ----------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Principal                                                             Market
  Amount           Security                                 Cost      Value
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 BONDS - 0.97%
 $   10,440   GNMA 106170 12% / 2014                    $   11,330    $   11,797
     49,985   GNMA 132077 12% / 2015                        57,928        56,483
                                                        ----------    ----------
                 Total bonds                                69,258        68,280
                                                        ----------    ----------
              Total investments                         $4,881,104     6,227,298
                                                        ==========
              Excess of cash and
                 other assets over
                 liabilities - 11.69%                                    824,452
                                                                      ----------
              Net assets - 100%                                       $7,051,750
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>

(a) Non-income producing.

(b) See Note 1 of notes to financial statements.

(c) Restricted security (see note 3).

At  December  31,  1994,  aggregate  cost for  federal  income tax  purposes  is
$4,881,104 and net unrealized appreciation is as follows:

Gross unrealized appreciation             $1,883,814
Gross unrealized depreciation                537,620
                                          ----------
Net unrealized appreciation               $1,346,194

                                          ==========

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
<PAGE>

                         EXCEL MIDAS GOLD SHARES, INC.

                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
ASSETS
------
   Investments in securities, as detailed in the
      accompanying schedule, at market value -
      identified cost $4,881,104...............................     $ 6,227,298
   Cash........................................................         502,716
   Receivables:
      Dividends................................................          16,975
      Interest.................................................           1,220
      Securities sold..........................................         315,504
                                                                    -----------
               Total assets....................................       7,063,713
                                                                    -----------
LIABILITIES
-----------
   Payables:
      Accounts payable.........................................           6,292
      Asset management fee.....................................           5,671
                                                                    -----------
               Total liabilities...............................          11,963
                                                                    -----------
NET ASSETS - (based on 2,126,114 shares of
   capital stock outstanding - authorized
   100,000,000 shares).........................................     $ 7,051,750
                                                                    ===========
COMPUTATION OF OFFERING PRICE:
   Net asset value and redemption price per share
      ($7,051,750 divided by 2,126,114 shares).................           $3.32
                                                                    ===========
   Offering price per share (100/95.50 of $3.32)...............           $3.48
                                                                    ===========
At December 31, 1994, net assets consisted of:
   Paid-in capital.............................................     $ 8,190,325
   Accumulated net realized loss on
      investments..............................................      (2,484,769)
   Net unrealized appreciation of investments..................       1,346,194
                                                                    -----------
      Net Assets...............................................     $ 7,051,750
                                                                    ===========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                <C>
INVESTMENT REVENUE
------------------
   Dividends......................................  $    55,435
   Interest.......................................       20,560
                                                    -----------
      Total investment revenue....................       75,995

EXPENSES
--------
   Investment advisory fees (Note 3).............  $   85,126
   Distribution fees.............................      21,282
   Transfer agent................................      20,065
   Shareholder services..........................      16,671
   Accounting....................................      13,750
   Legal.........................................       7,394
   Auditing......................................       6,245
   Registration costs............................       4,755
   Custodian fees................................       5,000
   Fidelity bond.................................       1,410
   Directors fees................................         500
   Other.........................................         854
                                                   ----------
      Total expenses.............................     183,052
      Less reimbursed expenses (Note 2)..........           0
                                                   ----------
      Net expenses...............................     183,052
                                                  -----------
      Net investment loss........................    (107,057)

REALIZED AND UNREALIZED LOSS ON INVESTMENTS
-------------------------------------------
   Net realized gain from
      security transactions......................     240,195
   Unrealized depreciation of
      investments................................  (1,688,875)
                                                   ----------
      Net realized and unrealized loss
          on investments...........................  (1,448,680)

<PAGE>

                                                    -----------
Net decrease in net assets resulting
   from operations................................. $(1,555,737)
                                                    ===========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                         EXCEL MIDAS GOLD SHARES, INC.

                      STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
                FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  1994               1993
                                                                                              -----------        -----------
<S>                                                                                           <C>                <C>
OPERATIONS
----------
   Net investment loss....................................................................    $  (107,057)       $   (20,457)
   Net realized income from security transactions.........................................        240,195
1,006,872
   Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments..................................     (1,688,875)
3,695,580
                                                                                              -----------        -----------
      Net increase (decrease) in assets resulting from operations.........................     (1,555,737)
4,681,995
                                                                                              -----------        -----------
DISTRIBUTIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS
-----------------------------
   From net realized gain on investments, $0.117 and $0.518 per share, respectively.......
(240,230)        (1,007,493)
                                                                                              -----------        -----------
      Net decrease in assets due to distributions.........................................       (240,230)
(1,007,493)
                                                                                              -----------        -----------
CAPITAL STOCK SOLD AND REPURCHASED
----------------------------------
   Proceeds from sale of 70,754 shares and 430,339  shares, respectively..................        275,500
      1,746,540
   Proceeds from sale of 73,084 and 236,398 shares issued, respectively,
      as a result of reinvested dividends.................................................        233,137            976,323

<PAGE>

   Cost to repurchase 507,398 shares and 278,367 shares, respectively.....................     (2,018,011)
        (983,331)
                                                                                              -----------        -----------
      Net decrease of 363,560 shares and net increase of 388,370 shares, respectively.....
(1,509,374)         1,739,532
                                                                                              -----------        -----------
      Total increase (decrease) in net assets.............................................     (3,305,341)
5,414,034

NET ASSETS
----------
   Beginning of period....................................................................     10,357,091          4,943,057
                                                                                              -----------        -----------
   End of period (includes no undistributed investment income)............................    $ 7,051,750
  $10,357,091
                                                                                              ===========        ===========
</TABLE>


              NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- DECEMBER 31, 1994
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc. (the Fund) is registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 as a diversified,  open-end  management  investment company.
The  objectives of the Fund are primarily  capital  appreciation  and protection
against  inflation  and,   secondarily,   current  income.  The  Fund  commenced
operations in January 1986.

Security and Gold and Silver Bullion Valuation:

     Investments in securities  traded on major exchanges are valued at the last
quoted  sales  price on their  primary  exchange as of the close of the New York
Stock  Exchange;  securities  traded in the  over-the-counter  market and listed
securities which have not been traded on a certain day are valued at the average
between the last bid and asked  price;  short-term  investments  purchased  with
maturity  dates greater than 60 days are priced at market until the sixtieth day
prior to maturity,  at which time the  difference  between the valuation at that
date and  maturity  value is  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis to maturity.
Investments  maturing  in less  than 60 days are  stated  at cost  plus  accrued
interest,  which approximates market value. Gold and silver bullion is valued at
the Commodities Option Market Exchange (COMEX) closing price.

Security Transactions and Related Investment Income:
<PAGE>

     Security  transactions  are  accounted  for on the trade date and  dividend
income is recorded on the ex-dividend  date.  Interest income is recorded on the
accrual  basis.  Realized  security  gains and losses are  determined  using the
identified cost method.

Income Taxes:

     No  provision  has been made for income taxes since it is the policy of the
Fund to distribute all taxable net income and qualify as a "regulated investment
company" under the Internal Revenue Code.

Cash Deposits:

     At December 31, 1994, the carrying amount of the Fund's cash deposits is
$502,716. The bank balances are $551,775 of which $141,207 is covered by federal
depository insurance.

              NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                  (CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 2 -- PAYMENTS TO RELATED PARTIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The following  were paid to the Fund advisor or its affiliates for the year
ended December 31, 1994:

<TABLE>
           <S>                                            <C>
           Investment advisory fees...................    $85,126
           Transfer agency fees.......................     13,793
           Accounting fees............................     12,000
           Distribution fees..........................     21,282
           Commissions:
                Sales of stock (paid by purchaser)....      7,600
                Portfolio transactions................         --
</TABLE>

     The investment advisory and management  agreements provide that the advisor
be paid a fee of 1% per  annum of the  average  daily  net  assets  of the Fund.
However, if the Fund's expenses,  exclusive of taxes,  interest,  brokerage fees
and commissions,  exceed 2% of the average daily net assets (up to $10 million),
plus 1.5% of the next $20  million,  plus 1.25% of net assets over $30  million,
then the Fund advisor will  reimburse  the Fund the excess  amount not to exceed
the advisory fee paid. For the year ended December 31, 1994, the advisor did not
reimburse the Fund for any advisory fees.
<PAGE>

     The Fund has  adopted a plan of  distribution  pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under
the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Plan").  Pursuant to the Plan, the Fund
pays the Distributor an amount up to one-quarter of one percent per annum of the
Fund's average daily net assets as  compensation  for  distribution  and service
activities.  The  fee  is  intended  to  cover  personal  services  provided  to
shareholders in the Fund and  maintenance of shareholder  accounts and all other
activities and expenses  primarily  intended to result in the sale of the Fund's
shares.

NOTE 3 -- INVESTMENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     During the year ended December 31, 1994,  purchases and sales of securities
other  than  short-term   securities,   aggregated  $4,229,943  and  $4,798,825,
respectively.

     On December 31, 1994, the Fund held restricted securities which are subject
to  restrictions on resale.  Investments in restricted  securities are valued at
fair value as  determined  by the Board of  Directors  by  considering  quality,
dividend rate, and  marketability of the securities  compared to similar issues.
Dates of acquisition and cost of restricted securities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Date of
  Shares                                Acquisition          Cost         Value
  ------                                -----------       ----------    --------
<C>         <S>                         <C>               <C>           <C>
2,408,103   All North Resources           2/11/94
                                        to 12/01/94       $  326,535    $171,818
  500,000   Arbor Resources               4/05/94             90,580      35,675
  333,333   Otis J. Exploration          10/17/94             73,937      83,242
  404,000   Selkirk Springs               5/04/94            250,018     149,892
  100,000   Silverado MInes               7/08/93            105,000      73,000
  100,000   South American
              Gold & Copper              11/07/94            148,039     126,290
  262,500   Venoro Gold                   5/04/94
                                          8/16/94            180,766     140,470
            Total                                         $1,174,875    $780,387
                                                          ==========    ========
</TABLE>

     At December 31, 1994, the total restricted securities represented 11.07% of
net assets.
<PAGE>


                             FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
                (For a share outstanding throughout the period)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Years Ended December 31,
                                                                       -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         1994         1993         1992         1991         1990
<S>                                                                    <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
PER SHARE DATA
Net asset value, beginning of year................................     $ 4.16      $  2.35       $ 2.55       $ 2.59
  $ 3.12
                                                                       ------      -------       ------       ------       ------
Income from investment operations:
   Net investment income (loss)...................................      (0.05)       (0.01)        0.01         0.03
  --
   Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on securities..........      (0.67)        2.34        (0.19)
(0.04)       (0.53)
                                                                       ------      -------       ------       ------       ------
      Total from investment operations............................      (0.72)        2.33        (0.18)       (0.01)
  (0.53)
                                                                       ------      -------       ------       ------       ------
Less distributions:
   Dividends from net investment income...........................         --           --        (0.01)       (0.03)
    --
   Distributions from capital gains...............................      (0.12)       (0.52)       (0.01)          --
--
                                                                       ------      -------       ------       ------       ------
      Total distributions.........................................      (0.12)       (0.52)       (0.02)       (0.03)          --

Net  asset value, end of year.....................................     $ 3.32      $  4.16       $ 2.35       $ 2.55
$ 2.59
                                                                       ======      =======       ======       ======
======
TOTAL RETURN*.....................................................     (17.27)%      99.24%       (7.16)%
(.20)%     (16.99)%
RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
   Net assets, end of year (in 000's).............................     $7,052      $10,357       $4,943       $6,202
     $7,571
   Ratio of expenses to average net assets........................       2.15%        2.18%        2.25%
2.25%        2.25%
   Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets....      (1.26)%      (0.28)%       0.56%
      1.10%        0.06%
   Portfolio turnover.............................................      52.62%       63.44%       72.23%       77.26%
   56.46%
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

--------------------

* Calculated without sales charge.

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc.

We have audited the  accompanying  statement of assets and  liabilities of Excel
Midas Gold Shares,  Inc.,  including the statement of investments as of December
31, 1994, and the related  statement of operations for the year then ended,  the
statements of changes in net assets for each of the two years in the period then
ended, and financial  highlights for the four years then ended.  These financial
statements  and financial  highlights  are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements and financial highlights based on our audit. The financial statements
of Excel  Midas Gold  Shares,  Inc.,  as of December  31,  1990,  which  include
financial highlights for the year in the period then ended, was audited by other
auditors whose report dated February 6, 1991,  expressed an unqualified  opinion
on those statements.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements and financial highlights are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our
procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 1994, by
correspondence  with  the  custodian.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements and financial  highlights referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Excel
Midas Gold  Shares,  Inc.,  as of  December  31,  1994,  and the  results of its
operations  for the year then  ended,  the changes in its net assets for each of
the two years in the period then ended,  and the  financial  highlights  for the
four  years  then  ended  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles.
<PAGE>


Squire & Company

February 10, 1995
Poway, California

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 ANNUAL REPORT
                               DECEMBER 31, 1994


         ------------------------------------------------------------
                               EXCEL MIDAS GOLD
                                 SHARES, INC.
         ------------------------------------------------------------


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTMENT ADVISOR
   EXCEL ADVISORS, INC.
   16955 Via Del Campo
   San Diego, CA 92127

DISTRIBUTOR
   WARNER BECK
   INCORPORATED
   16955 Via Del Campo
   San Diego, CA 92127

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING AGENT
   EXCEL ADVISORS, INC.
   16955 Via Del Campo
   San Diego, CA 92127

AUDITORS
   SQUIRE & CO.
   14458 Crestwood Ave.
   Poway, CA 92064

LEGAL COUNSEL
   MICHAEL RADMER, ESQ.
   DORSEY & WHITNEY
   2200 First Bank Place East
   Minneapolis, Minnesota
   55402
<PAGE>

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
   JOHN P. MULDER, ESQ.
   Attorney At Law

OFFICERS
   GARY B. SABIN
   President and Chief
   Executive Officer

   RICHARD B. MUIR
   Executive Vice President
   and Secretary


          EXCEL MIDAS GOLD SHARES, INC.
          16955 Via Del Campo, Suite 120
          San Diego, CA 92127
          (619) 485-9400, EXT. 131

**A  prospectus  may be obtained by contacting a Financial  Consultant at Warner
Beck, Inc. The prospectus  containing more complete  information  should be read
carefully before making an investment in Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc.

<PAGE>

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                                MIDAS FUND, INC.


     FIRST:  (1) The name and address of the  incorporator of the Corporation is
as follows:

                      Daniel E. Burton
                      South Lobby - 9th Floor
                      1800 M Street, N.W.
                      Washington, D.C.  20036

          (2) Said incorporator is over eighteen years of age.
              
          (3) Said  incorporator is forming a corporation under the general laws
     of the State of Maryland.

     SECOND: The name of the Corporation is:
                        MIDAS FUND, INC.

     THIRD:
          (1) The Corporation is formed for the following purpose or purposes:

                    (a) To  conduct,  operate  and carry on the  business  of an
               open-end  management  investment  company registered as such with
               the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Investment
               Company Act of 1940, as amended; and

                    (b) To exercise and enjoy all powers,  rights and privileges
               granted  to and  conferred  upon  corporations  by  the  Maryland
               General Corporation Law, now or hereafter in force.

          (2) The  foregoing  clauses  shall be  construed  as powers as well as
     objects and purposes.  

     FOURTH:  The address of the principal office of the Corporation  within the
State of Maryland is 11 East Chase Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland 21202,  and the
resident  agent of the  Corporation  in the State of Maryland at this address is
Prentice-Hall Corporation System.

     FIFTH:  (1)  The  total  number  of  shares  of  capital  stock  which  the
Corporation  has  authority to issue is one billion  (1,000,000,000)  ($.01) par
value per share ("Shares"), having an aggregate par value of $10,000,000.
  
       The Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  shall have full power and
authority to create and establish and to classify or to reclassify,  as the case
may be, any Shares of the Corporation in separate and distinct series ("Series")
and classes of Series ("Classes"). The Shares of said Series or Classes of stock
shall have such preferences, rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as
to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption as shall be
fixed  and  determined  from  time  to  time  by the  Board  of  Directors.  The
establishment  of any Series or Class shall be effective  upon the adoption of a
resolution  by the Board of  Directors  setting  forth  such  establishment  and
designation and the relative rights and preferences of the Shares of such Series
or Class. At any time that there are no Shares outstanding of any particular
Series or Class previously established and designated, the Directors may abolish
that Series or Class and the establishment and designation thereof.


                                       1
<PAGE>
         The  Board of  Directors  is  hereby  expressly  granted  authority  to
increase or decrease the number of Shares of any Series or Class, but the number
of  Shares  of any  Series  or Class  shall  not be  decreased  by the  Board of
Directors below the number of Shares thereof then outstanding, and, from time to
time to designate or redesignate  the name of any Class or Series whether or not
Shares of such  Class or Series are  outstanding.  The  Corporation  may hold as
treasury shares,  reissue for such  consideration and on such terms as the Board
of Directors may determine,  or cancel,  at their  discretion from time to time,
any Shares  reacquired by the Corporation.  No holder of any of the Shares shall
be entitled as of right to subscribe  for,  purchase,  or otherwise  acquire any
Shares of the Corporation which the Corporation proposes to issue or reissue.

         The  Corporation  shall have authority to issue any  additional  Shares
hereafter  authorized  by  resolution  of the Board of Directors  and any Shares
redeemed or  repurchased by the  Corporation.  All Shares of any Series or Class
when properly issued in accordance with these Articles of Incorporation shall be
fully paid and nonassessable.

     (2) The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to issue and sell from time
to time Shares of the  Corporation  for cash or securities or other  property as
the Board of Directors may deem advisable in the manner and to the extent now or
hereafter  permitted  by the laws of the State of Maryland;  provided,  however,
that the  consideration  per share  (exclusive of any selling  commission) to be
received  by the  Corporation  upon the  issuance  or sale of any  Shares of its
capital  stock  shall  not be less than the par value per share and shall not be
less than the net asset  value per share of such  capital  stock  determined  as
hereinafter provided. No such Shares, whether now or hereafter authorized, shall
be  required  to be first  offered  to the  then  existing  stockholders  and no
stockholder  shall have any  preemptive  right to purchase or  subscribe  to any
unissued shares of the Corporation's  capital stock or for any additional shares
whether now or hereafter authorized.

     (3) At all  meetings  of  stockholders,  each  holder  of  Shares  shall be
entitled to one vote for each Share  standing in the holder's  name on the books
of the  Corporation  on the  date  fixed in  accordance  with  the  By-Laws  for
determination of stockholders entitled to vote thereat; provided,  however, that
when required by the Investment  Company Act of 1940 or rules thereunder or when
the Board of Directors has determined  that the matter affects only the interest
of one Series or Class,  matters  may be  submitted  to a vote of the holders of
Shares of a particular  Series or Class, and each holder of Shares thereof shall
be entitled to votes equal to the Shares of the Series or Class  standing in the
holder's  name on the books of the  Corporation.  The  presence  in person or by
proxy of the holders of one-third  (1/3) of the Shares  outstanding and entitled
to vote shall  constitute  a quorum at any  meeting of the  stockholders  except
where a matter is to be voted on by a Series or Class,  one-third  of the Shares
of that Series or Class  outstanding  and  entitled to vote shall  constitute  a
quorum for the transaction of business by that Series or Class.
                      
     (4) Each  holder  of  Shares  shall  be  entitled  at such  times as may be
permitted by the  Corporation to require the Corporation to redeem any or all of
the holder's Shares at a redemption price per share equal to the net asset value
per share less such charges as are determined by the Board of Directors, at such
time as the Board of Directors shall have prescribed by resolution. The Board of
Directors may specify conditions,  prices, places and manner and form of payment
of  redemption,  and may  specify  requirements  for the proper form or forms of
requests  for  redemption.  The Board of Directors  may postpone  payment of the
redemption price and may suspend the right of the holders of Shares to require

                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>



the  Corporation  to redeem  Shares during any period or at any time when and to
the extent permissible under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     (5) The Board of Directors may cause the  Corporation  to redeem at current
net  asset  value  all  Shares  owned or held by any one  stockholder  having an
aggregate  current  net asset  value of any amount.  Such  redemptions  shall be
effected in accordance with such procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt.
Upon  redemption  of Shares  pursuant to this  Section,  the  Corporation  shall
promptly cause payment of the full redemption  price to be made to the holder of
Shares so redeemed.

     (6) Dividends and  distributions on Shares may be declared,  calculated and
paid with such  frequency  and in such  form,  manner and amount as the Board of
Directors may from time to time determine.

     (7) Net asset value,  as used herein,  shall be determined on such days and
at such times and by such  methods as the Board of  Directors  shall  determine,
subject  to the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940 and the  applicable  rules and
regulations  promulgated  thereunder.  Such  determination  may  be  made  on  a
Series-by-Series  basis  or made  or  adjusted  on a  Class-by-Class  basis,  as
appropriate.

     SIXTH:  Notwithstanding any provision of law requiring a greater proportion
than a  majority  of the  votes  of all  Shares  of the  Corporation  to take or
authorize  any action,  any action  (including  amendment  of these  Articles of
Incorporation)   may  be  taken  or  authorized  by  the  Corporation  upon  the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote thereon.

     SEVENTH:  (1) To the maximum extent  permitted by applicable law (including
Maryland law and the  Investment  Company Act of 1940) as currently in effect or
as may hereafter be amended:

          (a) No director or officer of the  Corporation  shall be liable to the
     Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages; and

          (b) The Corporation  shall indemnify and advance  expenses as provided
     in the By-Laws to its present and past directors,  officers,  employees and
     agents,  and  persons  who are serving or have served at the request of the
     Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent in similar capacities
     for other entities.

     (2) The  Corporation  may purchase and maintain  insurance on behalf of any
person who is or was a director,  officer, employee or agent of the Corporation,
or is or was serving at the request of the  Corporation as a director,  officer,
employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust or
other enterprise  against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred
by him or her in any such  capacity or arising out of his or her status as such,
whether  or not the  Corporation  would have the power to  indemnify  him or her
against such liability.

     (3) Any repeal or modification of this Article SEVENTH, by the stockholders
of the  Corporation,  or adoption or  modification of any other provision of the
Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws  inconsistent  with this Section,  shall be
prospective  only,  to the extent that such  repeal or  modification  would,  if
applied retrospectively, adversely affect any limitation on the liability of any
director  or officer of the  Corporation  or  indemnification  available  to any
person  covered by these  provisions  with respect to any act or omission  which
occurred prior to such repeal, modification or adoption.

         EIGHTH: (1) All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation shall
be  vested  in and  exercised  by the Board of  Directors  except  as  otherwise
provided by statute,  these  Articles,  or the By-Laws of the  Corporation.  The
Corporation  shall have at least three  directors;  provided that if there is no

                                       3
<PAGE>

stock  outstanding,  the number of directors may be less than three but not less
than one. The number of directors shall never be less than the number prescribed
by the General Corporation Law of the State of Maryland.

          (2) Thomas B. Winmill  shall act as sole  director of the  Corporation
     until the first  annual  meeting or until his  successor is duly chosen and
     qualified.

          (3) Subject to the provisions of these Articles of  Incorporation  and
     the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, any director, officer
     or  employee,  individually,  or any  partnership  of which  any  director,
     officer or employee may be a member,  or any  corporation or association of
     which any  director,  officer or  employee  of this  Corporation  may be an
     officer,  director,  trustee,  employee or stockholder may be a party to or
     may  be  pecuniarily  interested  in any  contract  or  transaction  of the
     Corporation,  and in the absence of fraud, no contract or other transaction
     shall be thereby affected or invalidated,  provided that the facts shall be
     disclosed  or shall have been known to the Board of Directors or a majority
     thereof and any director of the  Corporation who is so interested or who is
     also  a  director,  officer,  trustee,  employee  or  stockholder  of  such
     corporation  or  association  or a member of such  partnership  which is so
     interested may be counted in  determining  the existence of a quorum at any
     meeting of the Directors of the Corporation  which shall authorize any such
     contract  or  transaction  and may vote  thereat  on any such  contract  or
     transaction  with like  force and  effect as if he were not such  director,
     officer,   trustee,   employee  or  stockholder  of  such   corporation  or
     association  so interested or not a member of a partnership  so interested,
     or so interested individually.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  adopted  and signed  these
Articles of Incorporation on this 1st day of June, 1995 and hereby  acknowledges
the same to be his act and that to the best of his  knowledge,  information  and
belief,  all matters and facts stated  herein are true in all material  respects
and that he is making this statement under the penalties of perjury.





                                                              Daniel E. Burton


                                       4
<PAGE>

                                     BY-LAWS



                                       OF




                                MIDAS FUND, INC.



                             A MARYLAND CORPORATION






                                  JUNE 8, 1995


<PAGE>



                                     BY-LAWS
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                        

ARTICLE I - NAME OF CORPORATION, LOCATION OF OFFICES AND SEAL..............  1
         Section 1.01.  Name...............................................  1
         Section 1.02.  Principal Offices..................................  1
         Section 1.03.  Seal...............................................  1

ARTICLE II - STOCKHOLDERS..................................................  1
         Section 2.01.  Annual Meetings....................................  1
         Section 2.02.  Special Meetings...................................  1
         Section 2.03.  Notice of Meetings.................................  1
         Section 2.04.  Quorum and Adjournment of Meetings.................  1
         Section 2.05.  Voting and Inspectors..............................  1
         Section 2.06.  Validity of Proxies................................  2
         Section 2.07.  Stock Ledger and List of Stockholders..............  2
         Section 2.08.  Action Without Meeting.............................  2

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS...........................................  2
         Section 3.01.  General Powers.....................................  2
         Section 3.02.  Power to Issue and Sell Stock......................  2
         Section 3.03.  Power to Declare Dividends.........................  2
         Section 3.04.  Number and Term of Directors.......................  3
         Section 3.05.  Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships..........  3
         Section 3.06.  Removal............................................  3
         Section 3.07.  Regular Meetings...................................  3
         Section 3.08.  Special Meetings...................................  3
         Section 3.09.  Waiver of Notice...................................  3
         Section 3.10.  Quorum and Voting..................................  3
         Section 3.11.  Action Without a Meeting...........................  4
         Section 3.12.  Compensation of Directors..........................  4

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES....................................................  4
         Section 4.01.  Organization.......................................  4
         Section 4.02.  Powers of the Executive Committee..................  4
         Section 4.03.  Powers of Other Committees of the Board of Directors 4
         Section 4.04.  Proceedings and Quorum.............................. 4
         Section 4.05.  Other Committees.................................... 4

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS.........................................................4
         Section 5.01.  Officers.............................................4
         Section 5.02.  Election, Tenure and Qualifications..................4
         Section 5.03.  Vacancies and Newly Created Offices..................4
         Section 5.04.  Removal and Resignation..............................5
         Section 5.05.  Chairman of the Board................................5
         Section 5.06.  Vice Chairman of the Board...........................5
         Section 5.07.  President, Co-President..............................5
         Section 5.08.  Vice President.......................................5
         Section 5.09.  Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers...................5
         Section 5.10.  Secretary and Assistant Secretaries..................5
         Section 5.11.  Subordinate Officers.................................5
         Section 5.12.  Remuneration.........................................5
         Section 5.13.  Surety Bonds.........................................6

ARTICLE VI - EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS, VOTING OF SECURITIES..................6
         Section 6.01.  General..............................................6
         Section 6.02.  Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc...........................6
         Section 6.03.  Voting of Securities.................................6

ARTICLE VII - CAPITAL STOCK..................................................6
         Section 7.01.  Certificates of Stock................................6
         Section 7.02.  Transfer of Shares...................................6
         Section 7.03.  Transfer Agents and Registrars.......................6
         Section 7.04.  Fixing of Record Date................................7
         Section 7.05.  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates...............7

ARTICLE VIII - CONFLICT OF INTEREST TRANSACTIONS.............................7
         Section 8.01.  Validity of Contract or Transactions.................7
         Section 8.02.  Dealings.............................................7

ARTICLE IX - FISCAL YEAR AND ACCOUNTANT......................................7
         Section 9.01.  Fiscal Year..........................................7
         Section 9.02.  Accountant...........................................7

ARTICLE X - CUSTODY OF SECURITIES............................................8
         Section 10.01.  Employment of a Custodian...........................8
         Section 10.02.  Termination of Custodian Agreement..................8
         Section 10.03.  Provisions of Custodian Contract....................8
         Section 10.04.  Other Arrangements..................................8

                                        i

<PAGE>

ARTICLE XI - INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE..................................  8
 Section 11.01.  Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents 8
 Section 11.02.  Insurance of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents...... 9
 Section 11.03.  Non-exclusivity............................................. 9
 Section 11.04.  Amendment................................................... 9

ARTICLE XII - AMENDMENTS......................................................9
 Section 12.01.  General..................................................... 9
 Section 12.02.  By Stockholders Only........................................ 9


                                       ii

<PAGE>



                                     BY-LAWS
                                       OF

                                 MIDAS FUND,INC.

                            (A MARYLAND CORPORATION)


                                    ARTICLE I
                        NAME OF CORPORATION, LOCATION OF
                                OFFICES AND SEAL


Section 1.01.  Name.  The name of the Corporation is Midas Fund, Inc.

Section 1.02.  Principal Offices. The principal office of the Corporation in the
State of Maryland shall be located in Baltimore,  Maryland. The Corporation may,
in addition, establish and maintain such other offices and places of business as
the board of directors may, from time to time, determine.

Section 1.03.  Seal. The corporate seal of the Corporation  shall consist of two
(2) concentric circles, between which shall be the name of the Corporation,  and
in the center shall be inscribed  the year of its  incorporation,  and the words
"Corporate  Seal." The form of the seal shall be  subject to  alteration  by the
board of  directors  and the seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile to be
impressed or affixed or printed or otherwise reproduced. Any officer or director
of the  Corporation  shall have  authority  to affix the  corporate  seal of the
Corporation to any document requiring the same.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                  STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.01. Annual Meetings.  There shall be no stockholders' meetings for the
election of directors and the  transaction  of other proper  business  except as
required by law or as hereinafter provided.

Section 2.02.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of stockholders may be called
at any time by the chairman of the board or the president or a co-president  and
shall be held at such  time and  place as may be  stated  in the  notice  of the
meeting.

Unless otherwise  required by law, special meetings of the stockholders shall be
called by the  secretary  upon the  written  request  of the  holders  of shares
entitled  to not less than 10  percent of all the votes  entitled  to be cast at
such  meeting,  provided  that (a) such request shall state the purposes of such
meeting  and the  matters  proposed  to be acted  on,  and (b) the  stockholders
requesting  such  meeting  shall  have paid to the  Corporation  the  reasonably
estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice thereof,  which the secretary
shall  determine and specify to such  stockholders.  No special  meeting need be
called  upon the  request  of  stockholders  to  consider  any  matter  which is
substantially  the same as a matter  voted  upon at any  special  meeting of the
stockholders  held during the preceding  twelve months,  unless requested by the
holders of a majority of all shares entitled to be voted at such meeting.

Section 2.03. Notice of Meetings. The secretary shall cause notice of the place,
date and hour and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise  required by
law,  the  purpose or  purposes  for which the  meeting is called,  to be served
personally or to be mailed,  postage prepaid,  not less than 10 nor more than 90
days before the date of the  meeting,  to each  stockholder  entitled to vote at
such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the  Corporation  at
the time of such mailing.  Notice shall be deemed to be given when  deposited in
the United States mail addressed to the stockholders as aforesaid.

Notice of any  stockholders'  meeting need not be given to any  stockholder  who
shall sign a written  waiver of such notice  whether before or after the time of
such meeting,  which waiver shall be filed with the records of such meeting,  or
to any stockholder who is present at such meeting in person or by proxy.  Notice
of adjournment of a  stockholders'  meeting to another time or place need not be
given if such time and place are announced at the meeting.

Irregularities  in the notice of any meeting to, or the  nonreceipt  of any such
notice by, any of the  stockholders  shall not invalidate  any action  otherwise
properly taken by or at any such meeting.

Section  2.04.  Quorum  and  Adjournment  of  Meetings.   The  presence  at  any
stockholders'  meeting, in person or by proxy, of stockholders  entitled to cast
one-third  of all votes  entitled  to be cast  thereat  shall be  necessary  and
sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that
with respect to any matter to be voted upon separately by any Series (as defined
in the Articles of  Incorporation) or class of shares, a quorum shall consist of
the holders of one-third of the shares of that Series or class  outstanding  and
entitled to vote on the matter.  In the  absence of a quorum,  the  stockholders
present in person or by proxy or, if no stockholder  entitled to vote is present
in person  or by proxy,  any  officer  present  entitled  to  preside  or act as
secretary of such meeting may adjourn the meeting  without  determining the date
of the new  meeting or from time to time  without  further  notice to a date not
more than 120 days after the original  record date. Any business that might have
been transacted at the meeting  originally  called may be transacted at any such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present.

                                        1
<PAGE>

Section  2.05.  Voting and  Inspectors.  At every  stockholders'  meeting,  each
stockholder  shall be entitled to one vote for each share and a fractional  vote
for each  fraction  of a share of stock of the  Corporation  validly  issued and
outstanding  and  standing  in his name on the books of the  Corporation  on the
record date fixed in accordance with Section 7.04 hereof, either in person or by
proxy appointed by instrument in writing  subscribed by such  stockholder or his
duly authorized attorney, except that no shares held by the Corporation shall be
entitled to a vote; provided, however, that (a) as to any matter with respect to
which a separate vote of any series is required by the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended,  or by the Maryland General  Corporation Law, such requirement
as to a separate  vote by that  series  shall  apply;  (b) in the event that the
separate vote requirements referred to in (a) above apply with respect to one or
more  series,  then,  subject to (c) below,  the shares of all other such one or
more  series  shall  vote as a single  series;  and (c) as to any  matter  which
affects the interest of only a particular series,  only the holders of shares of
the one or more affected series shall be entitled to vote.

If no record  date has been  fixed,  the record  date for the  determination  of
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall
be the later of the close of business on the day on which  notice of the meeting
is mailed or the 30th day  before  the  meeting,  or, if notice is waived by all
stockholders,  at the close of  business  on the 11th day  preceding  the day on
which the meeting is held.

Except as otherwise  specifically  provided in the Articles of  Incorporation or
these  By-laws or as required by  provisions  of the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended,  all matters shall be decided by a vote of the majority of the
votes validly cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.  The vote upon any
question shall be by ballot  whenever  requested by any person entitled to vote,
but, unless such a request is made,  voting may be conducted in any way approved
by the meeting.

At any meeting at which there is an election of  directors,  the chairman of the
meeting may appoint two inspectors of election who shall first subscribe an oath
or affirmation  to execute  faithfully the duties of inspectors at such election
with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability,  and shall,
after the  election,  make a  certificate  of the result of the vote  taken.  No
candidate for the office of director shall be appointed as an inspector.

Section 2.06.  Validity of Proxies.  The right to vote by proxy shall exist only
if the  instrument  authorizing  such proxy to act shall have been signed by the
stockholder  or by  his  duly  authorized  attorney.  Unless  a  proxy  provides
otherwise, it shall not be valid more than 11 months after its date. All proxies
shall be delivered to the secretary of the  Corporation  or to the person acting
as secretary of the meeting  before being voted,  who shall decide all questions
concerning  qualification of voters, the validity of proxies, and the acceptance
or rejection of votes.  If  inspectors  of election  have been  appointed by the
chairman of the meeting,  such  inspectors  shall decide all such  questions.  A
proxy with  respect to stock  held in the name of two or more  persons  shall be
valid if  executed  by one of them  unless at or prior to exercise of such proxy
the Corporation  receives from any one of them a specific  written notice to the
contrary  and a copy of the  instrument  or  order  which so  provides.  A proxy
purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a stockholder shall be deemed valid
unless challenged at or prior to its exercise.

Section 2.07. Stock Ledger and List of Stockholders. It shall be the duty of the
secretary or  assistant  secretary  of the  Corporation  to cause an original or
duplicate   stock  ledger   containing  the  names  and  addresses  of  all  the
stockholders  and the  number  of  shares  held  by  them,  respectively,  to be
maintained at the office of the Corporation's  transfer agent. Such stock ledger
may be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written
form within a reasonable  time for visual  inspection.  Any one or more persons,
each of whom has been a stockholder of record of the  Corporation  for more than
six months next preceding  such request,  who owns in the aggregate five percent
or more of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation,  may submit (unless
the Corporation at the time of the request maintains a duplicate stock ledger at
its  principal  office in  Maryland)  a written  request  to any  officer of the
Corporation or its resident agent in Maryland for a list of the  stockholders of
the  Corporation.  Within 20 days after such a request,  there shall be prepared
and filed at the  Corporation's  principal  office in Maryland a list containing
the names and addresses of all stockholders of the Corporation and the number of
shares of each  class  held by each  stockholder,  certified  as  correct  by an
officer of the Corporation, by its stock transfer agent, or by its registrar.

Section 2.08.  Action Without  Meeting.  Any action  required or permitted to be
taken by  stockholders  at a  meeting  of  stockholders  may be taken  without a
meeting if (a) all  stockholders  entitled to vote on the matter  consent to the
action in writing,  (b) all  stockholders  entitled to notice of the meeting but
not  entitled to vote at it sign a written  waiver of any right to dissent,  and
(c) the  consents  and  waivers  are filed with the  records of the  meetings of
stockholders.  Such  consent  shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at the
meeting.


                                   ARTICLE III
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.01. General Powers.  Except as otherwise provided by operation of law,
by the Articles of Incorporation,  or by these By-laws,  the property,  business
and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed under the direction of and all
the powers of the  Corporation  shall be exercised by or under  authority of its
board of directors.

                                        2
<PAGE>

Section  3.02.  Power to Issue and Sell Stock.  The board of directors  may from
time  to  time  issue  and  sell or  cause  to be  issued  and  sold  any of the
Corporation's  authorized  shares to such persons and for such  consideration as
the board of directors  shall deem  advisable,  subject to the provisions of the
Articles of Incorporation.

Section 3.03. Power to Declare Dividends.  The board of directors,  from time to
time as they may deem advisable, may declare and pay dividends in stock, cash or
other property of the Corporation, out of any source available for dividends, to
the  stockholders   according  to  their  respective  rights  and  interests  in
accordance  with the provisions of the Articles of  Incorporation.  The board of
directors may prescribe from time to time that dividends declared may be payable
at the  election  of any of the  stockholders  (exercisable  before or after the
declaration  of the dividend),  either in cash or in shares of the  Corporation,
provided that the sum of the cash dividend  actually paid to any stockholder and
the asset value of the shares received  (determined as of such time as the board
of directors shall have prescribed,  pursuant to the Articles of  Incorporation,
with respect to shares sold on the date of such  election)  shall not exceed the
full amount of cash to which the stockholder  would be entitled if he elected to
receive only cash.  The board of directors  shall cause to be  accompanied  by a
written  statement any dividend  payment  wholly or partly from any source other
than:
         (a) the Corporation's  accumulated undistributed net income (determined
         in  accordance  with  good  accounting   practice  and  the  rules  and
         regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  then in effect)
         and  not  including  profits  or  losses  realized  upon  the  sale  of
         securities or other properties; or

         (b) the  Corporation's  net income so  determined  for the  current or
         preceding fiscal year.

Such statement shall  adequately  disclose the source or sources of such payment
and the basis of  calculation,  and shall be in such form as the  Securities and
Exchange Commission may prescribe.

Section  3.04.  Number and Term of  Directors.  Except for the initial  board of
directors, the board of directors shall consist of not fewer than three nor more
than fifteen directors, as specified by a resolution of a majority of the entire
board of directors and at least one member of the board of directors  shall be a
person who is not an  "interested  person" of the  Corporation,  as that term is
defined in the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended.  All other directors
may be interested  persons of the  Corporation  if the  requirements  of Section
10(d)  of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as  amended,  are  met by the
Corporation  and its investment  manager.  Each director shall hold office until
his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier  death,  resignation
or removal.

All acts done at any  meeting  of the  directors  or by any  person  acting as a
director,  so  long as his  successor  shall  not  have  been  duly  elected  or
appointed,  shall,  notwithstanding that it be afterwards  discovered that there
was some defect in the election of the  directors or of such person  acting as a
director  or that they or any of them were  disqualified,  be as valid as if the
directors  or such other  person,  as the case may be, had been duly elected and
were or was qualified to be directors or a director of the Corporation.

Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 3.05. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.  If any vacancies shall
occur in the board of  directors  by reason of death,  resignation,  removal  or
otherwise,  or if the  authorized  number of directors  shall be increased,  the
directors  then in office  shall  continue to act,  and such  vacancies  (if not
previously  filled  by the  stockholders)  may be filled  by a  majority  of the
directors  then in  office,  although  less than a quorum,  except  that a newly
created  directorship  may be filled only by a majority vote of the entire board
of directors; provided, however, that immediately after filling such vacancy, at
least  two-thirds  (2/3) of the  directors  then holding  office shall have been
elected to such office by the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event that
at any  time,  other  than the time  preceding  the first  annual  stockholders'
meeting, less than a majority of the directors of the Corporation holding office
at that time were  elected by the  stockholders,  a meeting of the  stockholders
shall be held  promptly  and in any  event  within  60 days for the  purpose  of
electing  directors  to fill any existing  vacancies in the board of  directors,
unless the Securities and Exchange Commission shall by order extend such period.

Section 3.06.  Removal.  At any  stockholders'  meeting duly called,  provided a
quorum is present,  the stockholders may remove any director from office (either
with or  without  cause)  by the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of all votes
represented at the meeting,  and at the same meeting a duly qualified  successor
or successors  may be elected to fill any resulting  vacancies by a plurality of
the votes validly cast.

Section  3.07.  Regular  Meetings.  The  meeting of the board of  directors  for
choosing officers and transacting other proper business, and all other meetings,
shall be held at such time and place,  within or outside the state of  Maryland,
as the board may  determine and as provided by  resolution.  Except as otherwise
provided  in the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as  amended,  notice of such
meetings need not be given,  following the annual  meeting of  stockholders,  if
any,  provided  that notice of any change in the time or place of such  meetings
shall be sent promptly to each director not present at the meeting at which such
change was made, in the manner provided for notice of special  meetings.  Except
as otherwise  provided  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended,
members  of the board of  directors  or any  committee  designated  thereby  may
participate  in a meeting of such board or  committee  by means of a  conference
telephone  or  similar   communications   equipment   that  allows  all  persons
participating  in the  meeting  to  hear  each  other  at  the  same  time;  and
participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Section 3.08. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors shall

                                       3
<PAGE>

be held  whenever  called by the  chairman  of the board or the  president  or a
co-president  (or, in the absence or  disability of the chairman of the board or
the  president  or a  co-president,  by any  officer  or  director,  as  they so
designate)  at the time and place  (within or outside of the State of  Maryland)
specified in the  respective  notice or waivers of notice of such  meetings.  At
least three days before the day on which a special meeting is to be held, notice
of special  meetings,  stating  the time and place,  shall be (a) mailed to each
director at his  residence or regular  place of business or (b) delivered to him
personally  or  transmitted  to him  by  telegraph,  telefax,  telex,  cable  or
wireless.

Section  3.09.  Waiver of Notice.  No notice of any meeting need be given to any
director  who is present at the meeting or who waives  notice of such meeting in
writing (which waiver shall be filed with the records of such  meeting),  either
before or after the time of the meeting.

Section 3.10. Quorum and Voting. At all meetings of the board of directors,  the
presence of one-half of the number of directors then in office shall  constitute
a quorum for the  transaction of business,  provided that there shall be present
at least two directors.  In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors
present may  adjourn the  meeting,  from time to time,  until a quorum  shall be
present. The action of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which
a quorum  is  present  shall be the  action of the  board of  directors,  unless
concurrence  of a greater  proportion is required for such action by law, by the
Articles of Incorporation or by these By-laws.

Section  3.11.  Action  Without a Meeting.  Except as otherwise  provided in the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,  any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the board of  directors or of any  committee  thereof
may be taken without a meeting if a written  consent to such action is signed by
all  members  of the board or of such  committee,  as the case may be,  and such
written  consent  is filed  with the  minutes  of  proceedings  of the  board or
committee.

Section 3.12. Compensation of Directors. Directors may receive such compensation
for their  services as may from time to time be  determined by resolution of the
board of directors.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   COMMITTEES

Section 4.01. Organization. By resolution adopted by the board of directors, the
board may designate one or more committees of the board of directors,  including
an Executive Committee,  each consisting of at least two directors.  Each member
of a committee  shall be a director and shall hold  committee  membership at the
pleasure of the board.  The chairman of the board,  if any, shall be a member of
the Executive Committee. The board of directors shall have the power at any time
to  change  the  members  of  such  committees  and  to  fill  vacancies  in the
committees.

Section 4.02. Powers of the Executive  Committee.  Unless otherwise  provided by
resolution  of the board of  directors,  when the board of  directors  is not in
session the  Executive  Committee  shall have and may exercise all powers of the
board  of  directors  in the  management  of the  business  and  affairs  of the
Corporation that may lawfully be exercised by an Executive  Committee except the
power to declare a dividend or distribution on stock,  authorize the issuance of
stock,  recommend to stockholders any action requiring  stockholders'  approval,
amend these By-laws, approve any merger or share exchange which does not require
stockholder  approval or approve or terminate any contract  with an  "investment
adviser"  or  "principal  underwriter,"  as  those  terms  are  defined  in  the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or to take any other action required
by the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  to be taken by the board of
directors.  Notwithstanding  the above,  such Executive  Committee may make such
dividend  calculations  and  payments as are  consistent  with  applicable  law,
including Maryland corporate law.

Section  4.03.  Powers of Other  Committees  of the Board of  Directors.  To the
extent  provided by  resolution of the board,  other  committees of the board of
directors  shall have and may  exercise  any of the powers that may  lawfully be
granted to the Executive Committee.

Section  4.04.  Proceedings  and  Quorum.  In  the  absence  of  an  appropriate
resolution  of the board of directors,  each  committee may adopt such rules and
regulations  governing its proceedings,  quorum and manner of acting as it shall
deem proper and  desirable,  provided  that a quorum  shall not be less than two
directors.  In the event any member of any committee is absent from any meeting,
the members  thereof  present at the meeting,  whether or not they  constitute a
quorum,  may appoint a member of the board of  directors  to act in the place of
such absent member.

Section  4.05.  Other  Committees.  The board of  directors  may  appoint  other
committees,  each consisting of one or more persons,  who need not be directors.
Each such  committee  shall have such powers and  perform  such duties as may be
assigned  to it from  time to time by the  board of  directors,  but  shall  not
exercise  any  power  which  may  lawfully  be  exercised  only by the  board of
directors or a committee thereof.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                    OFFICERS

Section 5.01. Officers.  The officers of the Corporation shall be a president or
co-presidents,  a secretary,  and a treasurer,  and may include one or more vice
presidents   (including   executive  and  senior  vice  presidents),   assistant
secretaries or assistant treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed
in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof. The board of directors
may, but shall not be required  to,  elect a chairman  and vice  chairman of the
board.

                                        4
<PAGE>

Section  5.02.  Election,  Tenure  and  Qualifications.   The  officers  of  the
Corporation  (except those  appointed  pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof) shall be
elected  by the board of  directors  at its  first  meeting  or such  subsequent
meetings as shall be held prior to its first annual  meeting,  and thereafter at
regular board  meetings,  as required by applicable law. If any officers are not
elected at any annual  meeting,  such officers may be elected at any  subsequent
meetings of the board.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in this  Article V, each
officer  elected by the board of  directors  shall hold office  until his or her
successor shall have been elected and qualified. Any person may hold one or more
offices of the Corporation  except that no one person may serve  concurrently as
both the president or a co-president and vice president. A person who holds more
than one  office in the  Corporation  may not act in more than one  capacity  to
execute,  acknowledge,  or verify an instrument  required by law to be executed,
acknowledged,  or verified by more than one  officer.  The chairman of the board
shall be chosen from among the  directors of the  Corporation  and may hold such
office only so long as he continues to be a director. No other officer need be a
director.

Section 5.03. Vacancies and Newly Created Offices. If any vacancy shall occur in
any office by reason of death, resignation,  removal,  disqualification or other
cause,  or if any new office shall be created,  such  vacancies or newly created
offices  may be filled by the  chairman  of the board at any  meeting or, in the
case of any office created pursuant to Section 5.11 hereof,  by any officer upon
whom such power shall have been  conferred  by the board of  directors.  Section
5.04.  Removal and  Resignation.  At any meeting  called for such  purpose,  the
Executive  Committee may remove any officer from office  (either with or without
cause) by the  affirmative  vote,  given at the  meeting,  of a majority  of the
members of the  Committee.  Any  officer  may resign  from office at any time by
delivering a written  resignation to the board of directors,  the president or a
co-president,  the  secretary,  or any  assistant  secretary.  Unless  otherwise
specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.

Section 5.05. Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board, if there be such
an officer, shall be the senior officer of the Corporation, shall preside at all
stockholders'  meetings and at all meetings of the board of directors  and shall
be ex officio a member of all  committees  of the board of  directors.  He shall
have such other  powers and perform  such other duties as may be assigned to him
from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 5.06.  Vice Chairman of the Board.  The board of directors may from time
to time elect a vice chairman who shall have such powers and perform such duties
as from time to time may be assigned to him by the board of directors,  chairman
of the board or the  president or a  co-president.  At the request of, or in the
absence or in the event of the disability of the chairman of the board, the vice
chairman  may  perform  all the  duties  of the  chairman  of the  board  or the
president or a  co-president  and, when so acting,  shall have all the powers of
and be subject to all the restrictions upon such respective officers.

Section 5.07. President,  Co-President.  The president or co-presidents shall be
the chief executive officer or co-chief executive officers,  as the case may be,
of the  Corporation  and,  in the  absence of the  chairman of the board or vice
chairman or if no chairman of the board or vice chairman has been chosen,  shall
preside  at all  stockholders'  meetings  and at all  meetings  of the  board of
directors and shall in general exercise the powers and perform the duties of the
chairman of the board. Subject to the supervision of the board of directors, the
president  or the  co-presidents  shall  have  general  charge of the  business,
affairs  and  property  of the  Corporation  and  general  supervision  over its
officers,  employees and agents.  Except as the board of directors may otherwise
order, the president or a co-president may sign in the name and on behalf of the
Corporation  all deeds,  bonds,  contracts,  or  agreements.  The president or a
co-president  shall  exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as
from time to time may be assigned by the board of directors.

Section 5.08. Vice President. The board of directors may from time to time elect
one or more vice presidents (including executive and senior vice presidents) who
shall  have such  powers  and  perform  such  duties as from time to time may be
assigned to them by the board of directors or the  president or a  co-president.
At the request of, or in the absence or in the event of the  disability  of, the
president or both  co-presidents,  the vice  president  (or, if there are two or
more vice presidents, then the senior of the vice presidents present and able to
act) may perform all the duties of the president or  co-presidents  and, when so
acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the president or co-presidents.

Section 5.09.  Treasurer and Assistant  Treasurers.  The treasurer  shall be the
chief accounting officer of the Corporation and shall have general charge of the
finances and books of account of the Corporation.  The treasurer shall render to
the board of  directors,  whenever  directed  by the  board,  an  account of the
financial condition of the Corporation and of all transactions as treasurer; and
as soon as  possible  after the close of each  financial  year he shall make and
submit to the board of  directors a like  report for such  financial  year.  The
treasurer shall cause to be prepared  annually a full and complete  statement of
the  affairs  of the  Corporation,  including  a balance  sheet and a  financial
statement of operations for the preceding  fiscal year, which shall be submitted
at the annual meeting of stockholders  (when,  and if, such meeting is held) and
filed within 20 days  thereafter at the principal  office of the  Corporation in
the  state of  Maryland,  except  that for any year when an  annual  meeting  of
stockholders  is not  held,  such  statement  of  affairs  shall be filed at the
Corporation's principal office within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year.
The  treasurer  shall  perform all acts  incidental  to the office of treasurer,
subject to the control of the board of directors.

Any  assistant  treasurer  may  perform  such  duties  of the  treasurer  as the
treasurer  or the board of  directors  may  assign,  and,  in the absence of the
treasurer, may perform all the duties of the treasurer.

Section 5.10. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The secretary shall attend to
the giving and serving of all notices of the  Corporation  and shall  record all
proceedings  of the meetings of the  stockholders  and  directors in books to be
kept for that purpose.  The secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the

                                        5
<PAGE>

Corporation,  and shall have  responsibility for the records of the Corporation,
including  the stock  books  and such  other  books  and  papers as the board of
directors may direct and such books,  reports,  certificates and other documents
required by law to be kept, all of which shall at all  reasonable  times be open
to  inspection by any  director.  The secretary  shall perform such other duties
which appertain to this office or as may be required by the board of directors.

Any  assistant  secretary  may  perform  such  duties  of the  secretary  as the
secretary  or the board of  directors  may  assign,  and,  in the absence of the
secretary, may perform all the duties of the secretary.

Section 5.11.  Subordinate Officers. The chairman of the board from time to time
may appoint such other officers or agents as he may deem advisable, each of whom
shall have such title,  hold office for such  period,  have such  authority  and
perform such duties as the board of directors may determine. The chairman of the
board from time to time may delegate to one or more officers or agents the power
to  appoint  any such  subordinate  officers  or agents and to  prescribe  their
respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties. Any officer or agent
appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.11 may be removed,
either with or without  cause,  by any  officer  upon whom such power of removal
shall have been conferred by the board of directors.

Section 5.12.  Remuneration.  The salaries or other compensation of the officers
of the  Corporation  shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the board
of directors,  except that the board of directors may by resolution  delegate to
any  person  or  group  of  persons  the  power  to fix the  salaries  or  other
compensation of any subordinate  officers or agents appointed in accordance with
the provisions of Section 5.11 hereof.

Section 5.13.  Surety  Bonds.  The board of directors may require any officer or
agent of the Corporation to execute a bond (including,  without limitation,  any
bond required by the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  and the rules
and   regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission   promulgated
thereunder)  to the  Corporation in such sum and with such surety or sureties as
the board of directors may determine,  conditioned upon the faithful performance
of his or her duties to the Corporation, including responsibility for negligence
and for the accounting of any of the Corporation's property, funds or securities
that may come into his hands.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                 EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS, VOTING OF SECURITIES

Section 6.01.  General.  Subject to the provisions of Sections  5.07,  6.02, and
7.03 hereof, all deeds, documents,  transfers,  contracts,  agreements and other
instruments  requiring  execution  by the  Corporation  shall be  signed  by the
president or a co-president,  a vice president  (including  executive and senior
vice presidents), chairman or vice chairman and by the treasurer or secretary or
an assistant treasurer or an assistant  secretary,  or as the board of directors
may  otherwise,  from time to time,  authorize.  Any such  authorization  may be
general or confined to specific instances.

Section 6.02.  Checks,  Notes,  Drafts,  Etc. So long as the  Corporation  shall
employ  a  custodian  to  keep  custody  of  the  cash  and  securities  of  the
Corporation,  all checks and drafts for the payment of money by the  Corporation
may be  signed  in the  name of the  Corporation  by the  custodian.  Except  as
otherwise  authorized by the board of directors,  all requisitions or orders for
the  assignment  of  securities  standing  in the name of the  custodian  or its
nominee, or for the execution of powers to transfer the same, shall be signed in
the name of the  Corporation  by any two of the  following:  the  president or a
co-president,  vice president  (including executive and senior vice presidents),
treasurer or an assistant treasurer, provided that no one person may sign in the
capacity of two such officers. Promissory notes, checks or drafts payable to the
Corporation  may be endorsed  only to the order of the  custodian or its nominee
and  only  by any  two of the  following:  the  treasurer,  the  president  or a
co-president,  a vice president (including executive and senior vice presidents)
or by such  other  person  or  persons  as shall be  authorized  by the board of
directors,  provided  that no one  person may sign in the  capacity  of two such
officers.

Section 6.03.  Voting of Securities.  Unless  otherwise  ordered by the board of
directors,  the president or a  co-president,  or any vice president  (including
executive  and senior vice  presidents)  shall have full power and  authority on
behalf of the  Corporation  to attend and to act and to vote,  or in the name of
the  Corporation to execute  proxies to vote, at any meeting of  stockholders of
any company in which the  Corporation  may hold stock.  At any such meeting such
officer  shall  possess  and may  exercise  (in  person or by proxy) any and all
rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The board
of  directors  may by  resolution  from time to time confer like powers upon any
other person or persons in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                  CAPITAL STOCK

Section 7.01.  Certificates  of Stock.  The interest of each  stockholder of the
Corporation  may be, but shall not be required to be,  evidenced by certificates
for  shares  of  stock in such  form  not  inconsistent  with  the  Articles  of
Incorporation  as the board of  directors  may from time to time  authorize.  No
certificate shall be valid unless it is signed in the name of the Corporation by
a president or a  co-president  or a vice  president  and  countersigned  by the
secretary or an assistant  secretary or the treasurer or an assistant  treasurer
of the  Corporation  and sealed with the seal of the  Corporation,  or bears the
facsimile  signatures of such officers and a facsimile of such seal. In case any
officer who shall have signed any such certificate, or whose facsimile signature
has been placed  thereon,  shall cease to be such an officer  (because of death,

                                       6
<PAGE>

resignation or otherwise)  before such  certificate is issued,  such certificate
may be issued and  delivered  by the  Corporation  with the same effect as if he
were such officer at the date of issue.

The number of each certificate issued, the name and address of the person owning
the  shares  represented  thereby,  the  number of such  shares  and the date of
issuance  shall be entered upon the stock ledger of the  Corporation at the time
of issuance.

Every certificate exchanged, surrendered for redemption or otherwise returned to
the Corporation shall be marked "canceled" with the date of cancellation.

Section  7.02.   Transfer  of  Shares.   Shares  of  the  Corporation  shall  be
transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof (in
person or by his duly  authorized  attorney  or legal  representative)  (a) if a
certificate or  certificates  have been issued,  upon surrender duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper instruments of assignment and transfer, with such proof of
the  authenticity  of  the  signature  as the  Corporation  or  its  agents  may
reasonably  require,  or (b) as otherwise  prescribed by the board of directors.
Except as  otherwise  provided in the Articles of  Incorporation,  the shares of
stock of the Corporation may be freely  transferred,  subject to the charging of
customary  transfer  fees,  and the board of directors  may,  from time to time,
adopt  rules and  regulations  with  reference  to the method of transfer of the
shares of stock of the Corporation.  The Corporation  shall be entitled to treat
the holder of record of any share of stock as the absolute owner thereof for all
purposes,  and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any legal,  equitable
or other  claim or  interest  in such  share  on the part of any  other  person,
whether  or not it  shall  have  express  or other  notice  thereof,  except  as
otherwise expressly provided by law or the statutes of the State of Maryland.

Section 7.03.  Transfer Agents and  Registrars.  The board of directors may from
time to time appoint or remove  transfer  agents or  registrars of transfers for
shares of stock of the  Corporation,  and it may appoint the same person as both
transfer  agent  and  registrar.  Upon  any  such  appointment  being  made  all
certificates  representing  shares of capital stock  thereafter  issued shall be
countersigned  by one of such  transfer  agents or by one of such  registrars of
transfers or by both and shall not be valid unless so countersigned. If the same
person shall be both transfer agent and registrar,  only one countersignature by
such person shall be required.

Section 7.04. Fixing of Record Date. The board of directors may fix in advance a
date as a record  date for the  determination  of the  stockholders  entitled to
notice of or to vote at any stockholders' meeting or any adjournment thereof, or
to express  consent to  corporate  action in  writing  without a meeting,  or to
receive  payment of any  dividend  or other  distribution  or  allotment  of any
rights,  or to  exercise  any  rights in respect of any  change,  conversion  or
exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action,  provided that
(a) such  record  date  shall be within  90 days  prior to the date on which the
particular  action  requiring such  determination  will be taken,  except that a
meeting  of  stockholders  convened  on the date for which it was  called may be
adjourned  from time to time without  further notice to a date not more than 120
days after the original  record date; (b) the transfer books shall not be closed
for a  period  longer  than  20  days;  and  (c) in the  case  of a  meeting  of
stockholders,  the record  date shall be at least 10 days before the date of the
meeting.

Section  7.05.  Lost,  Stolen or Destroyed  Certificates.  Before  issuing a new
certificate  for stock of the Corporation  alleged to have been lost,  stolen or
destroyed, the board of directors or any officer authorized by the board may, in
its discretion,  require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed  certificate
(or his legal representative) to give the Corporation a bond or other indemnity,
in such form and in such amount as the board or any such  officer may direct and
with such  surety or sureties  as may be  satisfactory  to the board or any such
officer,  sufficient to indemnify the Corporation  against any claim that may be
made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such
certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                        CONFLICT OF INTEREST TRANSACTIONS

Section  8.01.  Validity  of  Contract  or  Transactions.  In the event that any
officer  or  director  of the  Corporation  shall have any  interest,  direct or
indirect,  in any other firm,  association or corporation as officer,  employee,
director or stockholder, no transaction or contract made by the Corporation with
any such other  firm,  association  or  corporation  shall be valid  unless such
interest shall have been disclosed or made known to all of the directors or to a
majority of the  directors  and such  transaction  or  contract  shall have been
approved by a majority of a quorum of directors, which majority shall consist of
directors not having any such interest or a majority of the directors in office,
including directors having such an interest.

Section  8.02.  Dealings.  No officer,  director or employee of the  Corporation
shall deal for or on behalf of the  Corporation  with  himself,  as principal or
agent,  or with any  corporation  or  partnership  in  which he has a  financial
interest, except that:

         (a) Such prohibition shall not prevent officers, directors or employees
         of the Corporation from having a financial interest in the Corporation,
         or the sponsor,  or a distributor of the shares of the Corporation,  or
         the investment manager or counsel of the Corporation;

         (b) Such  prohibition  shall not prevent the purchase of securities for
         the portfolio of the Corporation or the sale of securities owned by the
         Corporation through a securities broker, one or more of whose partners,
         officers  or  directors  is an  officer,  director  or  employee of the
         Corporation,  provided such transactions are handled in the capacity of
         broker,  only,  and  provided  they are  performed in  accordance  with
         applicable law;

                                       7
<PAGE>

         (c) Such prohibition shall not prevent the employment of legal counsel,
         registrar,  transfer agent,  dividend disbursing agent, or custodian or
         trustee  having a  partner,  officer  or  director  who is an  officer,
         director or employee of the  Corporation,  provided only customary fees
         are charged for services rendered for the benefit of the Corporation;

         (d) Such  prohibition  shall not prevent the purchase for the portfolio
         of the Corporation of securities issued by an issuer having an officer,
         director or security holder who is an officer,  director or employee of
         the  Corporation  or of  the  manager  or  investment  counsel  of  the
         Corporation,  unless at the time of such  purchase  one or more of such
         officers,  directors or employees owns  beneficially more than one-half
         of one per cent (1/2%) of the shares or  securities,  or both,  of such
         issuer and such  officers,  directors  and  employees  owning more than
         one-half of one per cent (1/2%) of such shares or  securities  together
         own  beneficially  more  than  five per  cent  (5%) of such  shares  or
         securities.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                           FISCAL YEAR AND ACCOUNTANT

Section 9.01.  Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the  Corporation  shall,  unless
otherwise ordered by the board of directors, be twelve calendar months ending on
the 31st day of December.

Section 9.02.  Accountant.  The Corporation  shall employ an independent  public
accountant or a firm of  independent  public  accountants  as its  accountant to
examine  the  accounts  of the  Corporation  and to sign and  certify  financial
statements filed by the Corporation.  The accountant's  certificates and reports
shall be addressed both to the board of directors and to the  stockholders.  The
employment  of the  accountant  shall  be  conditioned  upon  the  right  of the
Corporation to terminate the employment forthwith without any penalty by vote of
a majority of the outstanding  voting  securities at any  stockholders'  meeting
called for that purpose.

A majority  of the  members of the board of  directors  who are not  "interested
persons" (as defined in the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended) of the
Corporation  shall  select the  accountant  at any  meeting  held within 90 days
before or after the  beginning of the fiscal year of the  Corporation  or before
the annual  stockholders'  meeting (if any) in that year. The selection shall be
submitted  for   ratification  or  rejection  at  the  next  succeeding   annual
stockholders'  meeting,  if  any,  when  and if such  meeting  is  held.  If the
selection  is  rejected at that  meeting,  the  accountant  shall be selected by
majority vote of the Corporation's outstanding voting securities,  either at the
meeting  at  which  the  rejection  occurred  or  at  a  subsequent  meeting  of
stockholders called for the purpose of selecting an accountant.

Any vacancy  occurring  between  annual  meetings,  if any,  due to the death or
resignation  of the  accountant  may be filled by the vote of a majority  of the
members of the board of directors who are not interested persons.


                                    ARTICLE X
                              CUSTODY OF SECURITIES

Section 10.01.  Employment of a Custodian.  Unless otherwise  required by law or
the Articles of Incorporation,  all securities and cash owned by the Corporation
from  time  to  time  shall  be  deposited  with  and  held  by a  custodian  or
subcustodian qualified to act as such in accordance with the requirements of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Section  10.02.  Termination  of Custodian  Agreement.  Upon  termination of the
agreement  for services  with the  custodian  or  inability of the  custodian to
continue to serve,  the board of directors  shall  promptly  appoint a successor
custodian, but in the event that no successor custodian can be found who has the
required  qualifications  and is willing to serve,  the board of directors shall
call as promptly as possible a special meeting of the  stockholders to determine
whether  the  Corporation  shall  function  without  a  custodian  or  shall  be
liquidated. If so directed by resolution of the board of directors or by vote of
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation,
the custodian shall deliver and pay over all property of the Corporation held by
it as specified in such vote.

Section 10.03.  Provisions of Custodian  Contract.  The board of directors shall
cause to be delivered to the custodian all securities  owned by the  Corporation
or to which it may become entitled,  and shall order the same to be delivered by
the custodian only in completion of a sale, exchange, transfer, pledge, or other
disposition thereof, all as the board of directors may generally or from time to
time require to approve or to a successor custodian;  and the board of directors
shall  cause  all  funds  owned by the  Corporation  or to  which it may  become
entitled to be paid to the  custodian,  and shall order the same  disbursed only
for investment  against  delivery of the securities  acquired,  or in payment of
expenses, including management compensation, and liabilities of the Corporation,
including distributions to shareholders, or to a successor custodian.

Section  10.04.  Other  Arrangements.   The  Corporation  may  make  such  other
arrangements for the custody of its assets (including  deposit  arrangements) as
may be required by any applicable law, rule or regulation.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI
                          INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

Section 11.01. Indemnification of Officers, Directors,  Employees and Agents. In
accordance with applicable law, including the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, and Maryland Corporate law, the Corporation shall indemnify each person
who was or is a party or is  threatened  to be made a party  to any  threatened,
pending or  completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,
administrative or investigative ("Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or
she is or was a director,  officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is
or was  serving  at the  request  of the  Corporation  as a  director,  officer,
employee, partner, trustee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint
venture, trust, or other enterprise,  against all reasonable expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually incurred, and judgments,  fines, penalties and amounts
paid in  settlement  in connection  with such  Proceeding to the maximum  extent
permitted  by law,  now  existing  or  hereafter  adopted.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the following provisions shall apply with respect to indemnification
of the Corporation's directors,  officers, and investment manager (as defined in
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended):

         (a)  Whether  or not  there is an  adjudication  of  liability  in such
         Proceeding, the Corporation shall not indemnify any such person for any
         liability arising by reason of such person's willful  misfeasance,  bad
         faith,  gross negligence,  or reckless disregard of the duties involved
         in the conduct of his or her office or under any  contract or agreement
         with the Corporation ("disabling conduct").

         (b)      The Corporation shall not indemnify any such person unless:

                  (1) the court or other body before  which the  Proceeding  was
                  brought (a)  dismisses the  Proceeding  for  insufficiency  of
                  evidence  of any  disabling  conduct,  or (b)  reaches a final
                  decision  on the  merits  that such  person  was not liable by
                  reason of disabling conduct; or

                  (2) absent  such a decision,  a  reasonable  determination  is
                  made,  based upon a review of the facts,  by (a) the vote of a
                  majority of a quorum of the directors of the  Corporation  who
                  are neither  interested  persons of the Corporation as defined
                  in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, nor parties
                  to the Proceeding, or (b) if such quorum is not obtainable, or
                  even if  obtainable,  if a majority  of a quorum of  directors
                  described  above so directs,  based upon a written  opinion by
                  independent legal counsel,  that such person was not liable by
                  reason of disabling conduct.

         (c)  Reasonable  expenses  (including   attorneys'  fees)  incurred  in
         defending a  Proceeding  involving  any such person will be paid by the
         Corporation  in  advance  of the  final  disposition  thereof  upon  an
         undertaking  by  such  person  to  repay  such  expenses  unless  it is
         ultimately  determined  that he or she is entitled to  indemnification,
         if:

          (1)  such  person  shall  provide  adequate  security  for  his or her
               undertaking;

          (2)  the Corporation shall be insured against losses arising by reason
               of such advance; or

          (3)  a majority of a quorum of the  directors of the  Corporation  who
               are neither  interested  persons of the Corporation as defined in
               the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  nor parties to
               the  Proceeding,  or  independent  legal  counsel  in  a  written
               opinion, shall determine,  based on a review of readily available
               facts,  that there is reason to believe  that such person will be
               found to be entitled to indemnification.

Section  11.02.  Insurance of Officers,  Directors,  Employees  and Agents.  The
Corporation   may  purchase  and   maintain   insurance  or  other   sources  of
reimbursement  to the extent  permitted by law on behalf of any person who is or
was a  director,  officer,  employee or agent of the  Corporation,  or is or was
serving at the  request of the  Corporation  as a director,  officer,  employee,
partner,  trustee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,
trust or other enterprise  against any liability asserted against him or her and
incurred by him or her in or arising out of his position.

Section 11.03. Non-exclusivity.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses
provided  by,  or  granted  pursuant  to,  this  Article  XI shall not be deemed
exclusive  of any  other  rights  to  which  those  seeking  indemnification  or
advancement  of expenses may be entitled  under the  Articles of  Incorporation,
these By-Laws,  agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, or otherwise, both
as to  action  in his or her  official  capacity  and as to  action  in  another
capacity while holding such office.

Section 11.04. Amendment. No amendment,  alteration or repeal of this Article or
the adoption, alteration or amendment of any other provisions to the Articles of
Incorporation or By-laws  inconsistent  with this Article shall adversely affect
any right or protection of any person under this Article with respect to any act
or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment,  alteration, repeal or
adoption.


                                   ARTICLE XII
                                   AMENDMENTS

Section 12.01. General.  Except as provided in Section 12.02 of this Article XII
and  subject  to the  provisions  concerning  stockholder  voting in  Article II
hereof,  all  By-laws  of the  Corporation,  whether  adopted  by the  board  of
directors or the  stockholders,  shall be subject to  amendment,  alteration  or
repeal,  and new By-laws may be made by the affirmative vote of either:  (a) the
holders  of  record  of a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of stock of the

                                       9
<PAGE>

Corporation  entitled to vote, at any meeting, the notice or waiver of notice of
which shall have  specified or summarized  the proposed  amendment,  alteration,
repeal or new By-law; or (b) a majority of directors,  at any meeting the notice
or waiver of notice of which shall have  specified  or  summarized  the proposed
amendment, alteration, repeal or new By-law.

Section  12.02.  By  Stockholders  Only.  No  amendment  of any section of these
By-laws  shall be made  except by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  if the
By-laws provide that such section may not be amended, altered or repealed except
by the  stockholders.  From and after the  issuance of any shares of the capital
stock of the Corporation no amendment,  alteration or repeal of this Article XII
shall be made except by the stockholders of the Corporation.
<PAGE>

                                 NUMBER SHARES

                                MIDAS FUND, INC.

                    INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF MARYLAND

THIS CERTIFIES THAT ACCOUNT NUMBER
CUSIP NUMBER
59562C 10 9

is the owner of

     FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE  SHARES OF THE CAPITAL STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01
PER SHARE OF MIDAS FUND, INC. Herein called the  "Corporation",  transferable on
the  books  of the  Corporation  by the  holder  hereof  in  person  or by  duly
authorized  attorney upon the surrender of this certificate  properly  endorsed.
The Corporation  will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge
a  full  statement  of  the  designations,   relative  rights,  preferences  and
limitations of the shares of each series and class authorized to be issued. This
certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent. Witness the
facsimile  seal of the  Corporation  and the  facsimile  signatures  of its duly
authorized officers.

Dated:

COUNTERSIGNED:
CO-PRESIDENT     TREASURER

COUNTERSIGNED:

DST SYSTEMS, INC.

(KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI)     TRANSFER AGENT

BY:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

     NOTICE:  THE  SIGNATURE(S)  TO THIS  ASSIGNMENT  MUST  CORRESPOND  WITH THE
NAME(S)  AS  WRITTEN  UPON THE  FACE OF THE  CERTIFICATE,  IN EVERY  PARTICULAR,


<PAGE>

WITHOUT  ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT,  OR ANY CHANGE  WHATEVER.  SIGNATURE(S)
MUST BY DULY GUARANTEED BY A COMMERCIAL  BANK,  TRUST COMPANY,  SAVINGS AND LOAN
ASSOCIATION, FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK, MEMBER FIRM OF A NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE
OR OTHER ELIGIBLE FINANCIAL INSTITUTION.

     The following  abbreviations,  when used in the  inscription on the face of
this  certificate,  shall be  construed  as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF
GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian TEN ENT - as tenants by the  entireties  (Cust) (Minor)
JT TEN - as joint  tenants with right of  survivorship  under  Uniform  Gifts to
Minors Act and not as tenants in common  (State)  Additional  abbreviations  may
also be used though not in the above list. For value  received,  do hereby sell,
assign and transfer  unto PLEASE  INSERT  SOCIAL  SECURITY OR OTHER  IDENTIFYING
NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE  NAME AND ADDRESS,  INCLUDING ZIP
CODE,  OF  ASSIGNEE)   Shares  of  capital  stock   represented  by  the  within
Certificate,  and do hereby  irrevocably  constitute  and  appoint  Attorney  to
transfer the said shares on the books of the within-named  Corporation with full
power of substitution in the premises.
Dated,

Owner

Signature of Co-Owner, if any

IMPORTANT BEFORE SIGNING, READ AND COMPLY CAREFULLY
WITH NOTICE PRINTED ABOVE

Signature(s) guaranteed by:

                                       10
<PAGE>

                         INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT  made this day of , 1995, by and between  MIDAS FUND,  INC. a
Maryland corporation (the "Fund") and MIDAS MANAGEMENT  CORPORATION,  a Delaware
corporation (the "Investment Manager").

         WHEREAS  the Fund is  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), as an open-end management  investment company
and  proposes to offer for public sale shares of common stock that may be issued
as distinct series ("Series"), each corresponding to a distinct portfolio; and

         WHEREAS the Fund  desires to retain the  Investment  Manager to furnish
certain investment  advisory and portfolio  management  services to the Fund and
any Series thereof, and the Investment Manager desires to furnish such services;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual promises and agreements
herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby  acknowledged,  it is hereby  agreed  between  the  parties  hereto as
follows:

         1. The Fund  hereby  employs  the  Investment  Manager  to  manage  the
investment and  reinvestment  of the assets of the Fund and any Series  thereof,
including  the regular  furnishing  of advice with  respect to the Fund's or its
Series'  portfolio  transactions  subject at all times to the  control and final
direction of the Fund's Board of Directors,  for the period and on the terms set
forth in this Agreement.  The Investment  Manager hereby accepts such employment
and  agrees  during  such  period  to render  the  services  and to  assume  the
obligations  herein  set  forth,  for  the  compensation  herein  provided.  The
Investment  Manager shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an independent
contractor and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized, have no
authority to act for or represent the Fund in any way, or otherwise be deemed an
agent of the Fund.

         2. The Fund (or each Series) assumes and shall pay all the expenses (or
such Series'  proportionate  share of such expenses) required for the conduct of
its business  including,  but not limited to, (a) salaries of administrative and
clerical personnel; (b) brokerage commissions;  (c) taxes and governmental fees;
(d) costs of insurance  and  fidelity  bonds;  (e) fees of the  transfer  agent,
custodian,  legal  counsel and  auditors;  (f)  association  fees;  (g) costs of
preparing,  printing  and  mailing  proxy  materials,  reports  and  notices  to
shareholders;  (h) costs of preparing,  printing and mailing the  prospectus and
statement of additional  information  and  supplements  thereto;  (i) payment of
dividends and other distributions; (j) costs of stock certificates; (k) costs of

                                      - 1 -


<PAGE>


Board and  shareholders  meetings;  (l) fees of the independent  directors;  (m)
necessary office space rental; (n) all fees and expenses  (including expenses of
counsel)  relating to the registration  and  qualification of shares of the Fund
(or  its  Series)  under  applicable  federal  and  state  securities  laws  and
maintaining such  registrations and  qualifications;  and (o) such non-recurring
expenses  as  may  arise,  including,  without  limitation,  actions,  suits  or
proceedings  affecting the Fund (or its Series) and the legal  obligation  which
the Fund (or its Series) may have to indemnify its officers and  directors  with
respect thereto.

         3. The  Investment  Manager may, but shall not be obligated  to, pay or
provide for the payment of expenses  which are  primarily  intended to result in
the sale of the Fund's shares or the servicing and  maintenance  of  shareholder
accounts, including, without limitation,  payments for: advertising, direct mail
and promotional expenses;  compensation to and expenses,  including overhead and
telephone and other  communication  expenses,  of the Investment Manager and its
affiliates, the Fund, and selected dealers and their affiliates who engage in or
support  the  distribution  of  shares  or  who  service  shareholder  accounts;
fulfillment   expenses   including  the  costs  of  printing  and   distributing
prospectuses,  statements of additional information,  and reports for other than
existing shareholders;  the costs of preparing,  printing and distributing sales
literature and advertising materials; and, internal costs incurred by the Invest
ment Manager and its affiliates and allocated to efforts to distribute shares of
the Fund such as office rent and equipment,  employee salaries, employee bonuses
and other overhead expenses.  Such payments may be for the Investment  Manager's
own account or may be made on behalf of the Fund pursuant to a written agreement
relating to a plan of distribution adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940
Act.

         4. If  requested  by the  Fund's  Board of  Directors,  the  Investment
Manager may provide other  services to the Fund (or its Series) such as, without
limitation,   the  functions  of  billing,   accounting,   certain   shareholder
communications  and  services,  administering  state and Federal  registrations,
filings  and  controls  and  other  administrative  services.  Any  services  so
requested and performed  will be for the account of the Fund (or its Series) and
the  costs  of the  Investment  Manager  in  rendering  such  services  shall be
reimbursed by the Fund,  subject to examination  by those  directors of the Fund
who are not  interested  persons  of the  Investment  Manager  or any  affiliate
thereof.

         5.  The  services  of the  Investment  Manager  are  not  to be  deemed
exclusive,  and the Investment  Manager shall be free to render similar services
to others in  addition  to the Fund so long as its  services  hereunder  are not
impaired thereby.

                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>


         6. The Investment Manager shall create and maintain all necessary books
and records in  accordance  with all  applicable  laws,  rules and  regulations,
including  but not limited to records  required by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act
and the  rules  thereunder,  as the  same  may be  amended  from  time to  time,
pertaining to the investment  management  services performed by it hereunder and
not otherwise  created and  maintained  by another  party  pursuant to a written
contract with the Fund.  Where  applicable,  such records shall be maintained by
the Investment  Manager for the periods and in the places required by Rule 31a-2
under the 1940 Act.  The books and records  pertaining  to the Fund which are in
the possession of the Investment  Manager shall be the property of the Fund. The
Fund, or the Fund's authorized representatives,  shall have access to such books
and records at all times during the Investment  Manager's normal business hours.
Upon the  reasonable  request of the Fund,  copies of any such books and records
shall be provided by the Investment Manager to the Fund or the Fund's authorized
representatives.

         7. (a) As compensation  for its services,  with respect to the Fund (or
its  Series)  the  Investment  Manager  will be paid by the  Fund a fee  payable
monthly  and  computed  at the annual  rate of 1% of the first  $200  million of
average  daily net assets of the Fund (or its  Series),  .95% of such net assets
over $200 million up to $400 million,  .90% of such net assets over $400 million
up to $600  million,  .85% of such  net  assets  over  $600  million  up to $800
million, .80% of such net assets over $800 million up to $1 billion, and .75% of
such net assets over $1 billion.  The aggregate net assets for each day shall be
computed by  subtracting  the  liabilities  of the Fund (or its Series) from the
value of its assets, such amount to be computed as of the calculation of the net
asset value per share on each business day.

             (b) For the services  provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to
this Agreement with respect to any Series hereafter established,  the Investment
Manager  will be paid by the Fund  from the  assets  of such  Series a fee in an
amount to be agreed upon in a written fee agreement ("Fee  Agreement")  executed
by the  Fund on  behalf  of such  Series  and the  Investment  Manager.  The Fee
Agreements  shall  provide that they are subject to all terms and  conditions of
this Agreement.

          8. The  Investment  Manager  shall direct  portfolio  transactions  to
broker/dealers  for  execution on terms and at rates which it believes,  in good
faith,  to be reasonable  in view of the overall  nature and quality of services
provided by a  particular  bro  ker/dealer,  including  brokerage  and  research
services  and sales of Fund shares and shares of other  investment  companies or
series thereof for which the Investment  Manager or an affiliate  thereof serves
as  investment  adviser.  The  Investment  Manager may also  allocate  portfolio

                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>
transactions to  broker/dealers  that remit a portion of their  commissions as a
credit against Fund expenses.  With respect to brokerage and research  services,
the Investment Manager may consider in the selection of broker/dealers brokerage
or research  provided  and payment may be made of a fee higher than that charged
by another  broker/dealer  which does not furnish brokerage or research services
or which furnishes  brokerage or research services deemed to be of lesser value,
so long as the criteria of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended,  or other  applicable law are met.  Although the Invest ment Manager
may direct portfolio transactions without necessarily obtaining the lowest price
at which such  broker/dealer,  or another,  may be willing to do  business,  the
Investment  Manager  shall seek the best  value for the Fund (or its  Series) on
each trade that  circumstances  in the market place permit,  including the value
inherent in on-going  relationships with quality brokers. To the extent any such
brokerage or research  services may be deemed to be additional  compensation  to
the Investment  Manager from the Fund, it is authorized by this  Agreement.  The
Investment  Manager  may  place  Fund  brokerage  through  an  affiliate  of the
Investment Manager,  provided that: the Fund not deal with such affiliate in any
transaction in which such affiliate acts as principal; the commissions,  fees or
other remuneration received by such affiliate be reasonable and fair compared to
the commissions,  fees or other remuneration paid to other brokers in connection
with comparable  transactions  involving  similar  securities being purchased or
sold on a  securities  exchange  during a  comparable  period of time;  and such
brokerage be  undertaken  in  compliance  with  applicable  law. The  Investment
Manager's  fees  under  this  Agreement  shall not be  reduced  by reason of any
commissions,  fees or other  remuneration  received by such  affiliate  from the
Fund.

         9.  The  Investment  Manager  shall  waive  all or  part  of its fee or
reimburse  the Fund (or its Series)  monthly if and to the extent the  aggregate
operating expenses of the Fund (or its Series) exceed the most restrictive limit
imposed by any state in which shares of the Fund are  qualified for sale or such
lesser  amount as may be  agreed to by the  Fund's  Board of  Directors  and the
Investment Manager. In calculating the limit of operating expenses, all expenses
excludable  under state  regulation  or  otherwise  shall be  excluded.  If this
Agreement is in effect for less than all of a fiscal  year,  any such limit will
be applied proportionately.

         10. Subject to and in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation and
By-laws  of the  Fund  and of the  Investment  Manager,  it is  understood  that
directors,  officers,  agents  and  shareholders  of  the  Fund  are  or  may be
interested in the Fund as directors,  officers,  shareholders or otherwise, that
the  Investment  Manager is or may be interested in the Fund as a shareholder or
otherwise and that the effect and nature of any such interests shall be governed
by law and by the  provisions,  if any,  of said  Articles of  Incorporation  or
By-laws.

                                      - 4 -


<PAGE>

         11. This Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the date  hereinabove
written and, unless sooner  terminated as provided herein,  this Agreement shall
continue in effect for two years from the above written date. Thereafter, if not
terminated,  this Agreement shall continue  automatically for successive periods
of twelve months each,  provided that such continuance is specifically  approved
at least annually (a) by the Board of Directors of the Fund or by the holders of
a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities of the Fund as defined in the
1940 Act (or with  respect to any given  Series by the  holders of a majority of
the outstanding voting securities of such Series as defined in the 1940 Act) and
(b) by a vote of a majority of the  Directors of the Fund who are not parties to
this Agreement,  or interested  persons of any such party. This Agreement may be
terminated  without penalty at any time either by vote of the Board of Directors
of the Fund or by vote of the  holders of a majority of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of the Fund (or with respect to any given Series by the holders of a
majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of such  Series)  on 60 days'
written notice to the  Investment  Manager,  or by the Investment  Manager on 60
days' written notice to the Fund.  Termination of this Agreement with respect to
any given Series shall in no way affect the continued validity of this Agreement
or the performance  thereunder with respect to any other Series.  This Agreement
shall immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.

         12.  The  Investment  Manager  shall  not be  liable to the Fund or any
Series or any  shareholder  of the Fund for any error of  judgment or mistake of
law  or for  any  loss  suffered  by  the  Fund  or  any  Series  or the  Fund's
shareholders in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, but
nothing herein  contained  shall be construed to protect the Investment  Manager
against any  liability to the Fund or any Series or the Fund's  shareholders  by
reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance
of its duties or by reason of its reckless  disregard of obligations  and duties
under this Agreement.

         13.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,   the  terms  "interested  person,"
"assignment," and "majority of the outstanding voting securities" shall have the
meanings  provided  therefor  in the 1940 Act,  and the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder.

         14. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties
hereto and  supersedes  any prior  agreement  with respect to the subject hereof
whether oral or written.  If any  provision of this  Agreement  shall be held or
made  invalid  by a  court  or  regulatory  agency  decision,  statute,  rule or
otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

         15. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and

                                      - 5 -


<PAGE>

governed by the laws of the State of New York, provided,  however,  that nothing
herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule
or regulation promulgated thereunder.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on
the day and year first above written.

MIDAS FUND, INC.

By:____________________________

MIDAS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

By:____________________________




                                      - 6 -


<PAGE>

                              SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT  made  this  15th  day of May,  1995,  by and  between  MIDAS
MANAGEMENT  CORPORATION,  a Delaware corporation (the "Investment  Manager") and
LION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT LIMITED, an English corporation (the "Subadviser").

         WHEREAS  the  Investment  Manager  intends to enter into an  investment
management  agreement (the  "Management  Agreement")  with MIDAS FUND, INC. (the
"Fund")  pursuant to which the  Investment  Manager  will  furnish the Fund with
investment management and other services; and

         WHEREAS the Management  Agreement  provides that the Investment Manager
may, at its own expense,  contract  for research and other  services as it deems
necessary or desirable to fulfill such obligations; and

         WHEREAS, the Subadviser is registered under the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Investment  Manager  desires to retain the Subadviser to
provide  subadvisory  and research  services in connection with the Fund and the
Subadviser is willing to provide such services;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual promises and agreements
herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby  acknowledged,  it is hereby  agreed  between  the  parties  hereto as
follows:

1. The Investment  Manager will manage the investment  and  reinvestment  of the
assets of Fund  including  the regular  furnishing of advice with respect to the
Fund's  portfolio  transactions  subject at all times to the  control  and final
direction of the Board of Directors of the Fund, for the period and on the terms
set forth in its Management  Agreement  with the Fund.  The  Investment  Manager
retains  responsibility  for selecting  brokers,  monitoring  trade  executions,
communicating  instructions to the Fund's  custodian and other Fund agents,  and
all other functions pertaining to the management of the Fund.

2. The  Subadviser  will make itself  available  to advise and consult  with the
Investment  Manager  regarding the selection,  clearing,  and safekeeping of the
Fund's portfolio investments and assist in pricing and generally monitoring such
investments.  The Subadviser will provide the Investment  Manager with advice as
to  allocation  of the Fund's  portfolio  assets  among (1)  various  countries,
including  the United States and (2)  equities,  bullion,  and/or other types of
investments,  and  within  each  such  allocation  of  country  and/or  type  of
investment,  recommendations of specific  investments.  The Subadviser agrees to
permit the use of its name and the names of its personnel and other  information
about the  Subadviser in the marketing and other  literature in connection  with
the Fund.

3. In consideration of the Subadviser's  services,  the Investment Manager,  and
not the  Fund,  shall  pay to the  Subadviser  a  percentage  of the  Investment
Manager's Net Fees. "Net Fees" are hereby defined as the actual amounts received
by the  Investment  Manager as  compensation  pursuant to paragraph  7(a) of the
Management Agreement less  reimbursements,  if any, pursuant to the guaranty set


                                       1
<PAGE>

forth  in  paragraph  9  of  the  Management   Agreement  and  waivers  of  such
compensation  by the  Investment  Manager.  The amount of the percentage and the
timing of the payment  shall be  determined  by the  schedule  and  accompanying
definitions set forth in Appendix A hereto.

4. The Subadviser  will pay all expenses  incurred by it in connection with
this Subadvisory Agreement.

5. The services of the Subadviser hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive,  and
the Subadviser shall be free to render similar services to others in addition to
the  Investment  Manager and the Fund so long as its services  hereunder are not
impaired thereby. The Subadviser shall not render, however,  similar services to
any U.S.  registered  investment  company  either  directly or  indirectly as an
adviser,  subadviser, or otherwise,  other than to the Fund and other investment
companies for which the Investment  Manager or its affiliates provide investment
management  services.  The  Subadviser  may render  similar  services to certain
private specialist  portfolios,  as determined by the Investment Manager and the
Subadviser from time to time.

6. This  Subadvisory  Agreement  shall  become  effective  upon  approval by the
directors and shareholders of the Fund as required by the Investment Company Act
of 1940 (the  "1940  Act").  Thereafter,  if not  terminated,  this  Subadvisory
Agreement shall continue from year to year if approved annually by (a) the Board
of  Directors  of the Fund or by vote of a majority  of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of the  Fund  as  defined  in the  1940  Act  and (b) by a vote of a
majority of the  Directors  of the Fund who are not  parties to the  Subadvisory
Agreement,  or interested persons of any such party. This Subadvisory  Agreement
may be  terminated  without  penalty at any time  either by vote of the Board of
Directors of the Fund or by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding
voting  securities  of the Fund on 60 days'  written  notice  to the  Investment
Manager and the Subadviser, or by the Investment Manager or the Subadviser on 60
days'  written  notice to the Fund. In the event of  termination  upon notice as
herein described,  the Investment Manager and the Subadviser agree that, subject
to the  provisions  of the 1940 Act, no party hereto will be entitled to or seek
indemnification  or compensation  from the other party for expenses  incurred in
connection with marketing  efforts  performed during the term of this Agreement.
This  Subadvisory  Agreement  shall  immediately  terminate  in the event of its
assignment or upon the termination of the Management Agreement.

7. The Subadviser shall not be liable to the Fund or any shareholder of the Fund
for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund
in connection with the matters to which this Subadvisory  Agreement relates, but
nothing herein  contained  shall be construed to protect the Subadviser  against
any liability to the Fund by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith, or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or by  reason  of its  reckless
disregard of obligations and duties under this Subadvisory Agreement.

8. Subject to and in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of
the Fund, the Investment  Manager,  and the  Subadviser,  it is understood  that
directors,  officers,  agents  and  shareholders  of the  Fund,  the  Investment
Manager,  or Subadviser  are or may be interested  in the Fund,  the  Investment
Manager,  or the Subadviser as directors,  officers,  shareholders or otherwise,
that the  Investment  Manager or the  Subadviser  is or may be interested in the


                                       2
<PAGE>

Fund or the  Investment  Manager or the Subadviser as a shareholder or otherwise
and that the effect and nature of any such  interests  shall be  governed by law
and by the provisions, if any, of said Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.

9. All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or
sent by facsimile  transmission  that is confirmed  by regular,  registered,  or
certified mail to the following address for the respective parties:

MIDAS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

11 Hanover Square
New York, NY 10005
Fax: (212) 785-0400

LION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT LIMITED

7 - 8 Kendrick Mews
London, U.K. SW7 3HG
Fax 01-144-71-591-0535

Notice  shall be deemed  given,  five days after  depositing  in a post  office,
postage  prepaid  and  if  sent  by  facsimile   transmission  five  days  after
confirmation has been mailed.

10.  As used in this  Subadvisory  Agreement,  the  terms  "interested  person,"
"assignment,"  and "vote of a majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities"
shall have the meaning  provided  therefor in the 1940 Act, as from time to time
amended.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Subadvisory
Agreement on the day and year first above written.

                                    MIDAS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

                                    By:

                                    LION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT LIMITED

                                    By:

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                                MIDAS FUND, INC.

                                 Subadvisory Fee

                            As a percent of Net Fees

         The Investment  Manager shall pay to the  Subadviser  within 30 days of
each  Performance  Determination  Date,  as  defined  in  paragraph  A below,  a
percentage  of the Net Fees,  as  defined  in  paragraph  3 of this  Subadvisory
Agreement,  earned  since the later of the  effective  date of this  Subadvisory
Agreement or the prior Performance Determination Date, as defined in paragraph A
below. The amount of the percentage shall be determined by reference to the grid
set forth below.

                              RELATIVE PERFORMANCEa

TOTAL NET ASSETSb          More than 50         Within 50        More than 50
                           basis points       basis points       basis points

                         better than BTR         of BTR            below BTR

 $15,000,000                  30%                 20%                10%
 15,000,000 and               40%                 30%                20%
 $50,000,000

 $50,000,000                  50%                 40%                30%

A. "Relative  Performance"  shall be determined  from comparing the total return
performance  of the Fund and the  total  return  performance  of the  "Benchmark
Performance"  of the  objective  category of "precious  metals" funds ("BTR") as
determined by Morningstar,  Inc.,  or, if  unavailable,  other  similar  service
acceptable  to the  parties  and the Fund.  The  Relative  Performance  shall be
determined as of the last calendar day of each month ("Performance Determination
Date") and shall measure the Relative  Performance  for the most recent 12 month
period  ("Measurement  Period"),  except  that for the  first 12  months of this
Subadvisory  Agreement,  Relative  Performance  shall be based  upon  annualized
returns, the first three Performance Determination Dates shall be the next three
calendar  quarter ends after the effective date of this  Subadvisory  Agreement,
and the Measurement Periods shall be the most recent three months and the fourth
Performance  Determination  Date shall be the next calendar  quarter end and the
Measurement Period shall be the most recent twelve months.

B.  "Total  Net  Assets"  shall be the  total  net  assets of the Fund as of the
Performance Determination Date.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                           MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING

         This MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING between MIDAS MANAGEMENT  CORPORATION,
a Delaware  corporation (the "Investment  Manager") and LION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
LIMITED,  an English  corporation  (the  "Subadviser") is dated this 15th day of
May, 1995.

         WHEREAS,  the Investment Manager has retained the Subadviser to provide
subadvisory  and research  services in  connection  with Midas Fund,  Inc.  (the
"Fund") pursuant to the terms of a Subadvisory Agreement dated May 15, 1995 (the
"Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Agreement,  the Subadviser may
render similar services to certain private specialist portfolios,  as determined
by the Investment Manager and the Subadviser from time to time;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual promises and agreements
herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which
is hereby  acknowledged,  it is hereby  agreed  between  the  parties  hereto as
follows:

1.       Subject  to its  applicable  fiduciary  duties,  the  Subadviser  shall
         encourage  investors seeking the Subadviser's  subadvisory and research
         services to invest in the Fund and its affiliates.

2.       The Investment  Manager and the Subadviser have determined at this time
         that  permitted  private  specialist  portfolios  are those  having net
         assets in excess of the  greater  of  $5,000,000  or 10% of the  Fund's
         total net assets.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Memorandum of
Understanding on the day and year first above written.

                                    MIDAS MANAGEMENT CORPORATION

                                    By:

                                    LION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT LIMITED

                                    By:


                                       5
<PAGE>

                             DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT made as of __________________, 1995, between MIDAS FUND, INC.
("Fund"),  a corporation  organized and existing  under the laws of the State of
Maryland,  and Investor  Service  Center,  Inc.  ("Distributor"),  a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         WHEREAS  the Fund is  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940, as amended ("1940 Act"), as an open-end management investment company; and

         WHEREAS  the Fund  desires  to  retain  the  Distributor  as  principal
distributor  in  connection  with the  offering and sale of the shares of common
stock  ("Shares")  and of such  other  series  as may  hereafter  be  designated
("Series") by the Fund's Board of Directors ("Board"); and

         WHEREAS the Distributor is willing to act as principal  distributor for
each such Series on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

         1.       Appointment.  The Fund hereby appoints the Distributor as
its exclusive agent to be the principal distributor to sell and to
arrange for the sale of the Shares on the terms and for the period
set forth in this Agreement.  The Distributor hereby accepts such
appointment and agrees to act hereunder.

         2.       Services and Duties of the Distributor.

                  (a) The  Distributor  agrees  to  sell  the  Shares  on a best
efforts  basis from time to time during the term of this  Agreement as agent for
the Fund and upon the terms described in the Registration  Statement. As used in
this  Agreement,  the term  "Registration  Statement"  shall mean the  currently
effective registration statement of the Fund, and any supplements thereto, under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act"), and the 1940 Act.

                  (b)  Upon  the  later  of the  date of this  Agreement  or the
initial  offering of the Shares to the public by a Series,  the Distributor will
hold  itself  available  to  receive   purchase  orders,   satisfactory  to  the
Distributor  for Shares of that  Series and will accept such orders on behalf of
the Fund as of the time of receipt of such  orders and  promptly  transmit  such
orders as are accepted to


<PAGE>



the Fund's transfer agent. Purchase orders shall be deemed effective at the time
and in the manner set forth in the Regis tration Statement.

                  (c)  The   Distributor   in  its  discretion  may  enter  into
agreements to sell Shares to such registered and qualified retail dealers, as it
may select.  In making  agreements with such dealers,  the Distributor shall act
only as principal and not as agent for the Fund.

                  (d) The  offering  price of the Shares of each Series shall be
the net asset value per Share as next  determined by the Fund following  receipt
of an order at the  Distributor's  principal  office.  The Fund  shall  promptly
furnish the Distributor with a statement of each computation of net asset value.

                  (e)      The Distributor shall not be obligated to sell any
certain number of Shares.

                  (f)  The  Distributor   shall  provide   ongoing   shareholder
services,   which  include  responding  to  shareholder   inquiries,   providing
shareholders  with information on their  investments in the Series and any other
services now or hereafter deemed to be appropriate  subjects for the payments of
"service  fees" under  Section 26(d) of the National  Association  of Securities
Dealers,   Inc.  ("NASD")  Rules  of  Fair  Practice   (collectively,   "service
activities").

                  (g) The  Distributor  shall have the right to use any lists of
shareholders  of the Fund or any other  lists of  investors  which it obtains in
connection  with its  provision  of  services  under this  Agreement;  provided,
however,  that the Distributor shall not sell or knowingly provide such lists of
shareholders to any unaffiliated person unless reasonable payment is made to the
Fund.

         3. Authorization to Enter into Dealer Agreements and to Delegate Duties
as  Distributor.  With respect to any or all Series,  the  Distributor may enter
into a dealer  agreement with respect to sales of the Shares or the provision of
service  activities  with any  registered  and qualified  dealer.  In a separate
contract  or as part of any such  dealer  agreement,  the  Distributor  also may
delegate to another registered and qualified dealer  ("sub-distributor")  any or
all of its duties  specified  in this  Agreement,  provided  that such  separate
contract or dealer agreement  imposes on the  sub-distributor  bound thereby all
applicable  duties and conditions to which the Distributor is subject under this
Agreement,   and  further  provided  that  such  separate   contract  meets  all
requirements of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder.

         4. Services Not Exclusive.  The services  furnished by the  Distributor
hereunder are not to be deemed  exclusive and the  Distributor  shall be free to
furnish similar  services to others so long as its services under this Agreement
are not impaired thereby.  Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the
right of any director, officer or employee of the Distributor, who may also be a
director, officer or employee of the Fund, to engage in any other business or to
<PAGE>

devote his or her time and attention in part to the  management or other aspects
of any other business, whether of a similar or a dissimilar nature.

         5.       Compensation for Distribution and Service Activities.

                  (a)  As  compensation   for  its   distribution   and  service
activities   under  this   Agreement   with  respect  to  each  Series  and  its
shareholders, the Distributor shall receive from the Fund a fee (or fees) at the
rate and under the terms and conditions of the Plan of Distribution  pursuant to
Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act  ("Plan")  adopted by the Fund with respect to the
Series,  as such Plan is amended  from time to time,  and subject to any further
limitations on such fee as the Board may impose.

                  (b)      The Distributor may reallow any or all of the fees
it is paid to such dealers as the Distributor may from time to time
determine.

         6.       Duties of the Fund.

                  (a)      The Fund reserves the right at any time to withdraw
offering Shares of any or all Series by written notice to the
Distributor at its principal office.

                  (b) The Fund shall  determine in its sole  discretion  whether
certificates  shall  be  issued  with  respect  to the  Shares.  If the Fund has
determined  that  certificates   shall  be  issued,  the  Fund  will  not  cause
certificates   representing   Shares  to  be  issued   unless  so  requested  by
shareholders.  If such request is transmitted by the Distributor,  the Fund will
cause   certificates   evidencing   Shares  to  be  issued  in  such  names  and
denominations as the Distributor shall from time to time direct.

                  (c) The Fund shall keep the Distributor  fully informed of its
affairs and shall make available to the Distributor  copies of all  information,
financial  statements,  and other papers which the  Distributor  may  reasonably
request  for use in  connection  with the  distribution  of  Shares,  including,
without  limitation,  certified copies of any financial  statements prepared for
the Fund by its  independent  public  accountant and such  reasonable  number of
copies of the most current prospectus, statement of additional information,
and annual and interim reports of any Series as the Distributor may request, and
the Fund shall  cooperate  fully in the efforts of the  Distributor  to sell and
arrange for the sale of the Shares of the Series and in the  performance  of the
Distributor's duties under this Agreement.

                  (d) The Fund  shall  take,  from time to time,  all  necessary
action,  including  payment of the related  filing fee, as may be  necessary  to
register  Shares of each Series under the 1933 Act to the end that there will be
available for sale such number of Shares as the  Distributor  may be expected to
sell. The Fund agrees to file, from time to time, such amendments,  reports, and
other  documents  as may be  necessary  in order  that  there  will be no untrue
<PAGE>

statement of a material fact in the Registration Statement,  nor any omission of
a material fact which omission would make the statements therein misleading.

                  (e) The  Fund  shall  use its  best  efforts  to  qualify  and
maintain the qualification of an appropriate number of Shares of each Series for
sale under the  securities  laws of such  states or other  jurisdictions  as the
Distributor  and the Fund may  approve,  and, if  necessary  or  appropriate  in
connection therewith, to qualify and maintain the qualification of the Fund as a
broker or  dealer in such  jurisdictions;  provided  that the Fund  shall not be
required to amend its  Articles of  Incorporation  or By-Laws to comply with the
laws of any jurisdiction,  to maintain an office in any jurisdiction,  to change
the terms of the offering of the Shares in any jurisdic  tion from the terms set
forth in its Registration  Statement, to qualify as a foreign corporation in any
jurisdiction, or to consent to service of process in any jurisdiction other than
with  respect  to  claims  arising  out  of the  offering  of  the  Shares.  The
Distributor  shall furnish such  information and other material  relating to its
affairs and  activities as may be required by the Fund in  connection  with such
qualifications.

         7. Expenses of the Fund.  The Fund shall bear all costs and expenses of
registering the Shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission and state and
other regulatory  bodies,  and shall assume expenses  related to  communications
with  shareholders of each Series,  including (i) fees and  disbursements of its
counsel and independent  public  accountant;  (ii) the  preparation,  filing and
printing  of  registration  statements  and/or  prospectuses  or  statements  of
additional  information  required under the federal  securities  laws; (iii) the
preparation and mailing of annual and interim reports, prospectuses,  statements
of additional  information  and proxy  materials to  shareholders;  and (iv) the
qualifications  of Shares  for sale and of the Fund as a broker or dealer  under
the securities laws of such  jurisdictions  as shall be selected by the Fund and
the  Distributor  pursuant  to  Paragraph  6(e)  hereof,  and the costs and
expenses payable to each such jurisdiction for continuing qualification therein.

         8. Expenses of the  Distributor.  Distributor  shall bear all costs and
expenses of (i) preparing,  printing and distributing any materials not prepared
by the Fund and other  materials used by the  Distributor in connection with the
sale of Shares under this  Agreement,  including the additional cost of printing
copies of  prospectuses,  statements of additional  information,  and annual and
interim  shareholder reports other than copies thereof required for distribution
to existing  shareholders  or for filing  with any  Federal or state  securities
authorities;  (ii) any expenses of  advertising  incurred by the  Distributor in
connection   with  such  offering;   (iii)  the  expenses  of   registration  or
qualification  of the  Distributor  as a broker or dealer under federal or state
laws and the expenses of continuing such registration or qualification; and (iv)
all  compensation  paid to the  Distributor's  employees  and others for selling
<PAGE>

Shares, and all expenses of the Distributor, its employees and others who engage
in or support  the sale of Shares as may be incurred  in  connection  with their
sales efforts.

         9.       Indemnification.

                  (a)  The  Fund  agrees  to  indemnify,  defend  and  hold  the
Distributor,  its  officers  and  directors,  and any  person who  controls  the
Distributor  within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, free and harmless
from  and  against  any  and  all  claims,  demands,  liabilities  and  expenses
(including  the cost of  investigating  or  defending  such  claims,  demands or
liabilities  and any counsel fees  incurred in connection  therewith)  which the
Distributor,  its officers,  directors or any such controlling  person may incur
under the 1933 Act, or under  common law or  otherwise,  arising out of or based
upon  any  alleged  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  contained  in  the
Registration  Statement or arising out of or based upon any alleged  omission to
state a material  fact  required to be stated in the  Registration  Statement or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,  except insofar as such
claims, demands, liabilities or expenses arise out of or are based upon any such
untrue  statement or omission or alleged  untrue  statement or omission  made in
reliance upon and in  conformity  with  information  furnished in writing by the
Distributor  to  the  Fund  for  use in the  Registration  Statement;  provided,
however,  that this  indemnity  agreement  shall not inure to the benefit of any
person who is also an officer or director of the Fund or who  controls  the Fund
within the  meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,  unless a court of  competent
jurisdiction  shall  determine,  or it shall have been determined by controlling
precedent,  that such result would not be against  public policy as expressed in
the 1933 Act; and further  provided,  that in no event shall anything  contained
herein be so construed as to protect the  Distributor  against any  liability to
the Fund or to the  shareholders  of any Series to which the  Distributor  would
otherwise  be  subject  by reason  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence  in the  performance  of its  duties  or by  reason  of its  reckless
disregard of its obligations under this Agreement.  The Fund shall not be liable
to the Distributor under this indemnity agreement with respect to any claim made
against the  Distributor  or any person  indemnified  unless the  Distributor or
other such person shall have  notified the Fund in writing of the claim within a
reasonable  time after the summons or other first  written  notification  giving
information  of the  nature  of the  claim  shall  have  been  served  upon  the
Distributor  or such other person (or after the  Distributor or the person shall
have received notice of service on any designated  agent).  However,  failure to
notify the Fund of any claim shall not relieve the Fund from any liability which
it may have to the Distributor or any person against whom such action is brought
otherwise  than on  account  of this  indemnity  agreement.  The  Fund  shall be
entitled to  participate  at its own expense in the defense or, if it so elects,
to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any claims  subject to this
indemnity agreement. If the Fund elects to assume the defense of any such claim,
the defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Fund and satisfactory to
indemnified  defendants  in the suit whose  approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.  In the event that the Fund  elects to assume the  defense of any suit
and retain counsel, the indemnified  defendants shall bear the fees and expenses
<PAGE>

of any additional counsel retained by them. If the Fund does not elect to assume
the defense of a suit, it will  reimburse  the  indemnified  defendants  for the
reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of any  counsel  retained  by  the  indemnified
defendants.   The  Fund  agrees  to  notify  the  Distributor  promptly  of  the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings  against it or any of its officers
or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of any of its Shares.

                  (b) The  Distributor  shall  not be  liable  for any  error of
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss  suffered  by the Fund in  connection
with the matters to which this Agreement relates (including any loss arising out
of the receipt by the Distributor of inadequate consideration in connection with
an order to purchase  Shares whether in the form of fraudulent  check,  draft or
wire;  a  check  returned  for  insufficient  funds;  or  any  other  inadequate
consideration  (hereinafter  "Check  Loss")),  except a loss  resulting from the
willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence  on  its  part  in  the
performance  of its duties or from reckless  disregard by it of its  obligations
and duties under this Agreement;  provided,  however, that the Fund shall not be
liable for Check Loss  resulting  from willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or gross
negligence on the part of the Distributor.



<PAGE>



                  (c) The Distributor agrees to indemnify,  defend, and hold the
Fund, its officers and directors and any person who controls the Fund within the
meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act,  free and  harmless  from and against any
and all  claims,  demands,  liabilities  and  expenses  (including  the  cost of
investigating or defending  against such claims,  demands or liabilities and any
counsel fees incurred in connection  therewith) which the Fund, its directors or
officers,  or any such controlling  person may incur under the 1933 Act or under
common  law or  otherwise  arising  out of or  based  upon  any  alleged  untrue
statement of a material fact  contained in  information  furnished in writing by
the Distributor to the Fund for use in the Registration  Statement,  arising out
of or based upon any  alleged  omission to state a material  fact in  connection
with  such  information  required  to be stated  in the  Registration  Statement
necessary  to make  such  information  not  misleading,  or  arising  out of any
agreement  between the Distributor and any retail dealer,  or arising out of any
supplemental  sales  literature  or  advertising  used  by  the  Distributor  in
connection  with its  duties  under this  Agreement.  The  Distributor  shall be
entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense or, if it so elects,
to assume the  defense of any suit  brought  to  enforce  the claim,  but if the
Distributor  elects to assume the  defense,  the defense  shall be  conducted by
counsel chosen by the Distributor and satisfactory to the indemnified defendants
whose  approval  shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld.  In the  event  that the
Distributor  elects to assume the  defense of any suit and retain  counsel,  the
<PAGE>

defendants  in the suit  shall  bear the fees  and  expenses  of any  additional
counsel  retained  by them.  If the  Distributor  does not elect to  assume  the
defense of any suit, it will  reimburse the  indemnified  defendants in the suit
for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them.

         10. Services Provided to the Fund by Employees of the Distributor.  Any
person,  even  though  also an  officer,  director,  employee  or  agent  of the
Distributor who may be or become an officer, director,  employee or agent of the
Fund,  shall be deemed,  when  rendering  services  to the Fund or acting in any
business of the Fund, to be rendering  such services to or acting for solely the
Fund and not as an officer, director, employee or agent or one under the control
or direction of the Distributor even though paid by the Distributor.

         11.  Duration and Termination.

                  (a)  This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  upon  the date
hereabove  written,  provided that,  with respect to any Series,  this Agreement
shall not take effect  unless  such action has first been  approved by vote of a
majority of the Board and by vote of a majority of those  directors  of the Fund
who are not  interested  persons  of the Fund,  and have no  direct or  indirect
financial interest in the operation of the Plan relating to the Series or in any
agreements  related thereto (all such directors  collectively  being referred to
herein as the "Independent  Directors"),  cast in person at a meeting called for
the purpose of voting on such action.

                  (b)  Unless  sooner   terminated  as  provided  herein,   this
Agreement  shall  continue in effect for one year from the above  written  date.
Thereafter,  if not terminated,  this Agreement shall continue automatically for
successive  periods of twelve  months each,  provided that such  continuance  is
specifically  approved  at least  annually  (i) by a vote of a  majority  of the
Independent  Directors,  cast in person at a meeting  called for the  purpose of
voting  on such  approval,  and (ii) by the Board or with  respect  to any given
Series  by vote of a  majority  of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of such
Series.

                  (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Series,
this  Agreement  may be  terminated  at any time,  without  the  payment  of any
penalty,  by  vote  of the  Board,  by vote  of a  majority  of the  Independent
Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding  voting  securities of the
Shares of such Series on sixty days' written notice to the Distributor or by the
Distributor  at any time,  without  the payment of any  penalty,  on sixty days'
written notice to the Fund or such Series.  This  Agreement  will  automatically
terminate in the event of its assignment.

                  (d)  Termination  of this  Agreement with respect to any given
Series shall in no way affect the  continued  validity of this  Agreement or the
performance thereunder with respect to any other Series.
<PAGE>

         12. Amendment of this Agreement.  No provision of this Agreement may be
changed,  waived,  discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in
writing  signed by the party against which  enforcement  of the change,  waiver,
discharge or termination is sought.

         13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the  State of New York and the  1940  Act.  To the  extent  that the
applicable laws of the State of New York conflict with the applicable provisions
of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

         14.      Notice.  Any notice required or permitted to be given by
either party to the other shall be deemed sufficient upon receipt in
writing at the other party's principal offices.

     15.  Miscellaneous.  The  captions  in  this  Agreement  are  included  for
convenience  of  reference  only  and in no way  define  or  delimit  any of the
provisions  hereof or otherwise  affect  their  construction  or effect.  If any
provision of this Agreement  shall be held or made invalid by a court  decision,
statute,  rule or  otherwise,  the  remainder  of this  Agreement  shall  not be
affected  thereby.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective  successors.  As used in this
Agreement,   the  terms  "majority  of  the  outstanding   voting   securities,"
"interested  person" and "assignment"  shall have the same meaning as such terms
have in the 1940 Act.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed  by  their  officers  designated  as of the day and  year  first  above
written.


ATTEST:                               MIDAS FUND, INC.


                                      By:


ATTEST:                               INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC.


                                      By:


<PAGE>


                               CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


                                     Between

                                Midas Fund, Inc.

                                       and

                         INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

<PAGE>




 1. Bank Appointed Custodian..................................................4

 2. Definitions...............................................................4
  2.1 Authorized Person.......................................................4
  2.2 Security................................................................4
  2.3 Portfolio Security......................................................5
  2.4 Officers' Certificate...................................................5
  2.5 Book-Entry System.......................................................5
  2.6 Depository..............................................................5
  2.7 Proper Instructions.....................................................5

 3. Separate Accounts.........................................................6

 4. Certification as to Authorized Persons....................................6

 5. Custody of Cash...........................................................6
  5.1 Purchase of Securities..................................................6
  5.3 Distributions and Expenses of Fund......................................7
  5.4 Payment in Respect of Securities........................................7
  5.5 Repayment of Loans......................................................7
  5.6 Repayment of Cash.......................................................7
  5.8 Other Authorized Payments...............................................7
  5.9 Termination.............................................................8

 6. Securities................................................................8
  6.1 Segregation and Registration............................................8
  6.2 Voting and Proxies......................................................8
  6.3 Book-Entry System.......................................................8
  6.4 Use of a Depository....................................................10
  6.5 Use of Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper..........................11
  6.6 Use of Immobilization Programs.........................................12
  6.7 Eurodollar CDs.........................................................12
  6.8 Options and Futures Transactions.......................................12
  6.9 Segregated Account.....................................................13
  6.10 Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits................................14
  6.11 Transfer of Securities................................................15

 7. Redemptions..............................................................16

 8. Merger. Dissolution. etc. of Fund........................................17

 9. Actions of Bank Without Prior Authorization..............................17

 10. Collections and Defaults................................................18


<PAGE>

11. Maintenance of Records and Accounting Services...........................18

12. Fund Evaluation..........................................................18

13. Concerning the Bank......................................................19
 13.1 Performance of Duties and Standard of Care.............................19
 13.2 Agents and Subcustodians with Respect to Property of the Fund 
 Held in the United States...................................................20
 13.3 Duties of the Bank with Respect to Property of the Fund Held 
 Outside of the United States................................................21
          (a) Appointment of Foreign Sub-Custodians..........................21
          (b) Foreign Securities Depositories................................21
          (c) Segregation of Securities......................................21
          (d) Agreements with Foreign Banking Institutions...................21
          (e) Access of Independent Accountants of the Fund..................22
          (f) Reports by Bank................................................22
          (g) Transactions in Foreign Custody Account........................22
          (h) Liability of Selected Foreign Sub-Custodians...................23
          (i) Liability of Bank..............................................23
          (j) Monitoring Responsibilities....................................23
          (k) Tax Law........................................................24
 13.4 Insurance..............................................................24
 13.5. Fees and Expenses of Bank.............................................24
 13.6 Advances by Bank.......................................................24

14. Termination..............................................................25

15. Confidentiality..........................................................25

16. Notices..................................................................26

17. Amendments...............................................................26

18. Parties..................................................................26

19. Governing Law............................................................26

20. Counterparts.............................................................26


<PAGE>



                               CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


           AGREEMENT  made as of this day of August,  1995,  between Midas Fund,
Inc.,  a  corporation  (the  "Fund") and  INVESTORS  BANK & TRUST  COMPANY  (the
"Bank").

     WHEREAS,  the Fund is an open-end management  investment  company,  and the
Bank has at least the minimum qualifications required by Section 17(f)(1) of the
Investment  Company  Act of 1940 (the  "1940  Act") to act as  custodian  of the
portfolio securities and cash of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Bank now desire to enter into this Custodian Agreement
 hereby referred to herein as the "Agreement";

   NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1. Bank  Appointed  Custodian.  The Fund hereby  appoints  the Bank as
custodian of the Fund's  portfolio  securities and cash delivered to the Bank as
hereinafter  described  and the Bank  agrees  to act as such  upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth.

          2. Definitions. Whenever used herein, the terms listed below will have
the following meaning:

               2.1  Authorized  Person.  Authorized  Person will mean any of the
persons duly  authorized to give Proper  Instructions or otherwise act on behalf
of the Fund by appropriate  resolution of its Board of Directors or the Board of
Trustees ("the Board"),  and set forth in a certificate as required by Section 4
hereof.

               2.2 Security. The term security as used herein will have the same
meaning as when such term is used in the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,
including, without 

                                       4

<PAGE>



limitation,  any note,  stock,  treasury  stock,  bond,  debenture,  evidence of
indebtedness,  certificate  of interest or  participation  in any profit sharing
agreement,   collateral-trust   certificate,   preorganization   certificate  or
subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate,
certificate  of deposit for a security,  fractional  undivided  interest in oil,
gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call,  straddle,  option, or privilege on
any security, certificate of deposit, or group or index of securities (including
any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle,
option, or privilege entered into on a national  securities exchange relating to
a foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as
a "security",  or any certificate of interest or participation  in, temporary or
interim  certificate  for,  receipt  for,  guarantee  of, or warrant or right to
subscribe to, or option  contract to purchase or sell any of the foregoing,  and
futures, forward contracts and options thereon.

       2.3 Portfolio Security. Portfolio Security will mean any security owned 
by the Fund.

       2.4 Officers' Certificate. Officers' Certificate will mean, unless other-
wise indicated, any request, direction, instruction, or certification in writing
signed by any two Authorized Persons of the Fund.

       2.5  Book-Entry   System.   Book-Entry  System  shall  mean  the  Federal
Reserve-Treasury  Department  Book Entry  System for United  States  government,
instrumentality  and agency securities operated by the Federal Reserve Bank, its
successor or successors and its nominee or nominees.

       2.6  Depository.  Depository  shall  mean The  Depository  Trust  Company
("DTC"),   a  clearing  agency  registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  under Section 17A of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange
Act"),  its  successor  or  successors  and its  nominee or  nominees.  The term
"Depository"  shall further mean and include any other person  authorized to act
as a depository  under the 1940 Act, its successor or successors and its nominee
or nominees,  specifically identified in a certified copy of a resolution of the
Board.

       2.7 Proper Instructions.  Proper Instructions shall mean (i) instructions
regarding  the  purchase  or sale of  Portfolio  Securities,  and  payments  and
deliveries in connection therewith,  given by an Authorized Person as shall have
been designated in an Officers'  Certificate,  such  instructions to be given in
such form and  manner  as the Bank and the Fund  shall  agree  upon from time to
time, and (ii)  instructions  (which may be continuing  instructions)  regarding
other matters  signed or initialed by such two or more persons from time to time
designated in an Officers'  Certificate as having been  authorized by the Board.
Oral instructions will be considered Proper  Instructions if the Bank reasonably
believes  them  to  have  been  given  by  a  person  authorized  to  give  such
instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The Fund shall cause all
oral instructions to be promptly

                                        5

<PAGE>



confirmed  in writing.  The Bank shall act upon and comply  with any  subsequent
Proper Instruction which modifies a prior instruction and the sole obligation of
the Bank with respect to any follow-up or confirmatory  instruction  shall be to
make  reasonable  efforts  to  detect  any  discrepancy   between  the  original
instruction and such  confirmation  and to report such  discrepancy to the Fund.
The Fund shall be  responsible,  at the Fund's  expense,  for taking any action,
including any reprocessing,  necessary to correct any such discrepancy or error,
and to the extent such action  requires  the Bank to act the Fund shall give the
Bank specific Proper Instructions as to the action required.  Upon receipt of an
Officers'  Certificate  as to the  authorization  by the Board  accompanied by a
detailed description of procedures approved by the Fund, Proper Instructions may
include communication effected directly between electro-mechanical or electronic
devices  provided that the Board and the Bank are satisfied that such procedures
afford adequate safeguards for the Fund's assets.

   3. Separate Accounts. If the Fund has more than one series or portfolio,  the
Bank will  segregate  the  assets  of each  series or  portfolio  to which  this
Agreement  relates  into a separate  account for each such  series or  portfolio
containing the assets of such series or portfolio  (and all investment  earnings
thereon).

   4.  Certification  as to  Authorized  Persons.  The  Secretary  or  Assistant
Secretary  of the Fund will at all times  maintain  on file with the Bank his or
her certification to the Bank, in such form as may be acceptable to the Bank, of
(i) the names and signatures of the Authorized Persons and (ii) the names of the
Board,  it being  understood  that  upon the  occurrence  of any  change  in the
information  set  forth  in the most  recent  certification  on file  (including
without  limitation any person named in the most recent  certification who is no
longer an Authorized Person as designated  therein),  the Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of the Fund,  will sign a new or amended  certification  setting forth
the change and the new, additional or omitted names or signatures. The Bank will
be entitled to rely and act upon any  Officers'  Certificate  given to it by the
Fund  which  has been  signed by  Authorized  Persons  named in the most  recent
certification.

    5.  Custody  of Cash.  As  custodian  for the  Fund,  the Bank will open and
maintain a separate  account or  accounts in the name of the Fund or in the name
of the Bank,  as Custodian  of the Fund,  and will deposit to the account of the
Fund  all of the  cash of the  Fund,  except  for  cash  held by a  subcustodian
appointed pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof,  including borrowed funds,  delivered
to the Bank,  subject only to draft or order by the Bank acting  pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.  Upon receipt by the Bank of Proper Instructions (which
may be continuing  instructions)  or in the case of payments for redemptions and
repurchases of outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund, notification from
the Fund's  transfer  agent as provided in Section 7,  requesting  such payment,
designating  the payee or the account or accounts to which the Bank will release
funds for  deposit,  and stating  that it is for a purpose  permitted  under the
terms of this Section 5,  specifying  the applicable  subsection,  the Bank will
make  payments of cash held for the  accounts of the Fund,  insofar as funds are
available for that purpose, only as permitted in subsections 5.1-5.9 below.

      5.1 Purchase of Securities.  Upon the purchase of securities for the Fund,

                                       6
<PAGE>

against  contemporaneous  receipt  of such  securities  by the Bank or,  against
delivery of such  securities to the Bank in accordance  with generally  accepted
settlement  practices  and  customs in the  jurisdiction  or market in which the
transaction  occurs,  registered  in the name of the Fund or in the name of,  or
properly  endorsed and in form for  transfer  to, the Bank,  or a nominee of the
Bank,  or receipt for the  account of the Bank  pursuant  to the  provisions  of
Section 6 below,  each such payment to be made at the purchase  price shown on a
broker's confirmation (or transaction report in the case of Book Entry Paper) of
purchase of the securities  received by the Bank before such payment is made, as
confirmed in the Proper Instructions received by the Bank before such payment is
made.

      5.2 Redemptions.  In such amount as may be necessary for the repurchase or
redemption of common shares of the Fund offered for  repurchase or redemption in
accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement.

      5.3  Distributions and Expenses of Fund. For the payment on the account of
the Fund of dividends or other distributions to shareholders as may from time to
time be declared by the Board, interest,  taxes, management or supervisory fees,
distribution fees, fees of the Bank for its services hereunder and reimbursement
of the expenses and liabilities of the Bank as provided  hereunder,  fees of any
transfer agent,  fees for legal,  accounting,  and auditing  services,  or other
operating expenses of the Fund.
       5.4 Payment in Respect of Securities. For payments in connection with the
conversion,   exchange  or  surrender  of  Portfolio  Securities  or  securities
subscribed to by the Fund held by or to be delivered to the Bank.

       5.5 Repayment of Loans. To repay loans of money made to the Fund, but, in
the case of final  payment,  only upon  redelivery  to the Bank of any Portfolio
Securities  pledged or  hypothecated  therefor  and upon  surrender of documents
evidencing the loan;

       5.6  Repayment of Cash.  To repay the cash  delivered to the Fund for the
purpose of  collateralizing  the  obligation to return to the Fund  certificates
borrowed  from  the  Fund  representing  Portfolio  Securities,  but  only  upon
redelivery to the Bank of such borrowed certificates.

       5.7  Foreign  Exchange  Transactions.  For  payments in  connection  with
foreign  exchange  contracts or options to purchase and sell foreign  currencies
for spot and future  delivery which may be entered into by the Bank on behalf of
the Fund upon the receipt of Proper  Instructions,  such Proper  Instructions to
specify the currency  broker or banking  institution  (which may be the Bank, or
any other  subcustodian or agent hereunder,  acting as principal) with which the
contract or option is made,  and the Bank shall have no duty with respect to the
selection of such currency brokers or banking  institutions  with which the Fund
deals or for their failure to comply with the terms of any contract or option.

       5.8 Other Authorized Payments.  For other authorized  transactions of the
Fund,  or other  obligations  of the Fund  incurred  for proper  Fund  purposes;


                                       7
<PAGE>

provided  that  before  making  any such  payment  the Bank will also  receive a
certified  copy of a  resolution  of the Board  signed by an  Authorized  Person
(other  than  the  Person  certifying  such  resolution)  and  certified  by its
Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary,  naming  the person or persons to whom such
payment is to be made, and either  describing the  transaction for which payment
is to be made and declaring it to be an authorized  transaction  of the Fund, or
specifying the amount of the obligation for which payment is to be made, setting
forth the purpose for which such  obligation  was  incurred and  declaring  such
purpose to be a proper corporate purpose.

     5.9 Termination:  upon the termination of this Agreement as hereinafter set
forth pursuant to Section 8 and Section 14 of this Agreement.

  6. Securities.

       6.1 Segregation and  Registration.  Except as otherwise  provided herein,
 and  except  for  securities  to be  delivered  to any  subcustodian  appointed
 pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof,  the Bank as custodian,  will receive and hold
 pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof,  in a separate  account or  accounts  and
 physically  segregated  at all times from those of other  persons,  any and all
 Portfolio  Securities  which may now or  hereafter be delivered to it by or for
 the account of the Fund. All such Portfolio Securities will be held or disposed
 of by the Bank for, and subject at all times to, the  instructions  of the Fund
 pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement.  Subject to the  specific  provisions
 herein  relating to Portfolio  Securities  that are not physically  held by the
 Bank,  the Bank  will  register  all  Portfolio  Securities  (unless  otherwise
 directed by Proper Instructions or an Officers' Certificate),  in the name of a
 registered  nominee of the Bank as defined in the Internal Revenue Code and any
 Regulations of the Treasury Department issued thereunder,  and will execute and
 deliver all such  certificates  in  connection  therewith as may be required by
 such laws or  regulations  or under the laws of any  state.  The Fund will from
 time to time furnish to the Bank  appropriate  instruments to enable it to hold
 or deliver  in proper  form for  transfer,  or to  register  in the name of its
 registered  nominee,  any Portfolio  Securities  which may from time to time be
 registered inthe name of the Fund.

       6.2 Voting and Proxies. Neither the Bank nor any nominee of the Bank will
vote any of the Portfolio  Securities held hereunder,  except in accordance with
Proper  Instructions  or an  Officers'  Certificate.  The Bank will  execute and
deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Fund all notices, proxies
and proxy soliciting materials with respect to such Securities,  such proxies to
be executed by the registered holder of such Securities (if registered otherwise
than in the name of the Fund),  but without  indicating the manner in which such
proxies are to be voted.

       6.3  Book-Entry  System.  Provided  (i) the Bank has received a certified
copy of a resolution of the Board specifically approving deposits of Fund assets


                                       8
<PAGE>

in  the  Book-Entry  System,  and  (ii)  for  any  subsequent  changes  to  such
arrangements  following such  approval,  the Board has reviewed and approved the
arrangement  and  has  not  delivered  an  Officer's  Certificate  to  the  Bank
indicating that the Board has withdrawn its approval:

           (a) The Bank may keep Portfolio Securities in the Book-Entry System
provided  that  such  Portfolio   Securities  are   represented  in  an  account
("Account")  of the Bank (or its agent) in such  System  which shall not include
any assets of the Bank (or such agent)  other than  assets held as a  fiduciary,
custodian, or otherwise for customers;

           (b) The records of the Bank (and any such agent) with  respect to the
Fund's  participation  in the  Book-Entry  System  through the Bank (or any such
agent) will identify by book entry Portfolio  Securities which are included with
other  securities  deposited  in the Account  and shall at all times  during the
regular  business  hours of the Bank (or such agent) be open for  inspection  by
duly authorized officers,  employees or agents of the Fund. Where securities are
transferred  to the  Fund's  account,  the Bank  shall  also,  by book  entry or
otherwise,  identify  as  belonging  to the Fund a  quantity  of  securities  in
fungible  bulk of  securities  (i)  registered  in the  name of the  Bank or its
nominee, or (ii) shown on the Bank's account on the books of the Federal Reserve
Bank;

         (c) The Bank (or its agent) shall pay for securities  purchased for the
account of the Fund or shall pay cash collateral against the return of Portfolio
Securities  loaned by the Fund upon (i)  receipt of advice  from the  Book-Entry
System that such Securities have been  transferred to the Account,  and (ii) the
making of an entry on the  records of the Bank (or its  agent) to  reflect  such
payment and transfer for the account of the Fund.  The Bank (or its agent) shall
transfer securities sold or loaned for the account of the Fund upon

             (i) receipt of advice from the  Book-Entry  System that payment for
securities sold or payment of the initial cash  collateral  against the delivery
of securities loaned by the Fund has been transferred to the Account; and

             (ii) the  making  of an entry  on the  records  of the Bank (or its
agent) to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of the Fund.  Copies
of all advices from the  Book-Entry  System of transfers of  securities  for the
account of the Fund shall  identify the Fund, be maintained  for the Fund by the
Bank and shall be provided to the Fund at its  request.  The Bank shall send the
Fund a confirmation,  as defined by Rule 17f-4 of the 1940 Act, of any transfers
to or from the account of the Fund;

          (d) The Bank will promptly  provide the Fund with any report  obtained
 by the Bank or its agent on the Book-Entry System's accounting system, internal
 accounting control and procedures for safeguarding  securities deposited in the
 Book-Entry  System.  The Bank will provide the Fund and cause any such agent to
 provide,  at such times as the Fund may  reasonably  require,  with  reports by
 independent public accountants on the accounting  system,  internal  accounting
 control  and  procedures  for  safeguarding  securities,  including  Securities
 deposited in the Book-Entry  System,  relating to the services  provided by the


                                       9
<PAGE>

 Bank or such agent under the Agreement;
 
         (e) The Bank shall be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the
 Fund resulting from use of the Book-Entry  System by reason of any  negligence,
 willful  misfeasance or bad faith of the Bank or any of its agents or of any of
 its or their  employees or from any reckless  disregard by the Bank or any such
 agent of its duty to use its best efforts to enforce such rights as it may have
 against  the  Book-Entry  System;  at the  election  of the  Fund,  it shall be
 entitled to be  subrogated  for the Bank in any claim  against  the  Book-Entry
 System  or any  other  person  which  the  Bank  or its  agent  may  have  as a
 consequence  of any such loss or damage if and to the extent  that the Fund has
 not been made whole for any loss or damage;

      6.4 Use of a  Depository.  Provided  (i) the Bank has received a certified
copy of a  resolution  of the Board  specifically  approving  deposits in DTC or
other such Depository and (ii) for any subsequent  changes to such  arrangements
following such approval, the Board has reviewed and approved the arrangement and
has not delivered an Officer's Certificate to the Bank indicating that the Board
has withdrawn its approval:

          (a) The Bank may use a Depository to hold, receive, exchange, release,
lend,  deliver and otherwise  deal with  Portfolio  Securities  including  stock
dividends,  rights and other items of like  nature,  and to receive and remit to
the Bank on behalf of the Fund all income and other payments thereon and to take
all steps necessary and proper in connection with the collection thereof;

          (b) Registration of Portfolio Securities may be made in the name of 
any nominee or nominees used by such Depository;

          (c) Payment for securities  purchased and sold may be made through the
clearing  medium  employed by such  Depository for  transactions of participants
acting  through it. Upon any purchase of Portfolio  Securities,  payment will be
made only upon delivery of the  securities to or for the account of the Fund and
the Bank shall pay cash  collateral  from the  account of the Fund  against  the
return of  Portfolio  Securities  loaned  bythe Fund only upon  delivery  of the
Securities  to or for the  account of the Fund;  and upon any sale of  Portfolio
Securities, delivery of the Securities will be made only against payment thereof
or, in the event Portfolio Securities are loaned, delivery of Securities will be
made only against  receipt of the initial cash  collateral to or for the account
of the Fund; and
         (d) The Bank  shall be subject  to the same  liability  and duty to the
Fund and its  shareholders  with respect to all  securities of the Fund, and all
cash,  stock  dividends,  rights  and items of like  nature to which the Fund is
entitled, held or received by a central securities system as agent for the Bank,
pursuant to the foregoing authorization, as if the same were held or received by
the Bank at its own offices. In this connection,  with respect to the use of the
Depository by the Bank but without limiting the foregoing duty or liability, the
Bank, without cost to the Fund, shall ensure that:

                                       10
<PAGE>

            (i) The Depository obtains replacement of any certificated Portfolio
Security  deposited  with it in the  event  such  Security  is lost,  destroyed,
wrongfully  taken or otherwise not available to be returned to the Bank upon its
request;

            (ii) Any proxy  materials  received by a Depository  with respect to
Portfolio Securities deposited with such Depository are forwarded immediately to
the Bank for prompt transmittal to the Fund;

            (iii) Such Depository  immediately forwards to the Bank confirmation
of any  purchase or sale of Portfolio  Securities  and of the  appropriate  book
entry made by such Depository to the Fund's account;

            (iv) Such Depository  prepares and delivers to the Bank such records
with respect to the performance of the Bank's  obligations and duties  hereunder
as may be necessary for the Fund to comply with the  recordkeeping  requirements
of Section 31 (a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 3 l(a) thereunder; and

              (v) Such Depository delivers to the Bank and the Fund all internal
accounting  control  reports,  whether or not audited by an  independent  public
accountant,  as well as such other reports as the Fund may reasonably request in
order to verify the Portfolio Securities held by such Depository.

      6.5 Use of Book-Entry System for Commercial  Paper.  Provided (i) the Bank
has  received  a  certified  copy  of a  resolution  of the  Board  specifically
approving  participation  in a system  maintained by the Bank for the holding of
commercial paper in book-entry form ("Book-Entry  Paper") and (ii) for each year
following  such  approval the Board has received and approved the  arrangements,
upon receipt of Proper  Instructions  and upon receipt of  confirmation  from an
Issuer (as defined below) that the Fund has purchased  such Issuer's  Book-entry
Paper,  the Bank shall issue and hold in book-entry form, on behalf of the Fund,
commercial  paper  issued  by  issuers  with  whom the Bank has  entered  into a
book-entry  agreement  (the  "Issuers").  In maintaining  its  Book-entry  Paper
System, the Bank agrees that:

         (a) the Bank will maintain all Book-Entry  Paper held by the Fund in an
account of the Bank that includes only assets held by it for customers;

         (b) the  records of the Bank with  respect to the  Fund's  purchase  of
Book-entry Paper through the Bank will identify, by book-entry, Commercial Paper
belonging to the Fund which is included in the Book-entry Paper System and shall
at all  times  during  the  regular  business  hours  of the  Bank be  open  for
inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund;

         (c) the Bank shall pay for Book-Entry  Paper  purchased for the account


                                       11
<PAGE>

of the Fund upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of advice from the Issuer that such
sale of Book-Entry  Paper has been effected,  and (ii) the making of an entry on
the records of the Bank to reflect  such payment and transfer for the account of
the Fund;

         (d) the Bank shall cancel such  Book-Entry  Paper  obligation  upon the
maturity  thereof  upon  contemporaneous  (i) receipt of advice that payment for
such Book-Entry  Paper has been  transferred to the Fund, and (ii) the making of
an entry on the records of the Bank to reflect  such  payment for the account of
the Fund;

         (e)  the  Bank  shall  transmit  to  the  Fund a  transaction  journal
confirming each  transaction in Book-Entry  Paper for the account of the Fund on
the next business day following the transaction; and

         (f) the Bank  will  send to the Fund  such  reports  on its  system  of
internal  accounting  control with respect to the Book-Entry Paper System as the
Fund may reasonably request from time to time.

         6.6 Use of Immobilization Programs.  Provided (i) the Bank has received
a  certified  copy of a  resolution  of the  Board  specifically  approving  the
maintenance of Portfolio  Securities in an immobilization  program operated by a
bank  which  meets  the  requirements  of the 1940  Act,  and (ii) for each year
following such approval the Board has reviewed and approved the  arrangement and
has not delivered an Officer's Certificate to the Bank indicating that the Board
has  withdrawn  its  approval,  the Bank shall  enter  into such  immobilization
program with such bank acting as a subcustodian hereunder.

         6.7 Eurodollar CDs. Any Portfolio  Securities  which are Eurodollar CDs
may be physically  held by the European branch of the U.S.  banking  institution
that is the issuer of such  Eurodollar CD (a "European  Branch"),  provided that
such Securities are identified on the books of the Bank as belonging to the Fund
and that the  books  of the Bank  identify  the  European  Branch  holding  such
Securities.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  except as stated in the first  sentence of this  subsection  6.7, the
Bank shall be under no other duty with respect to such  Eurodollar CDs belonging
to the Fund,  and shall have no liability to the Fund or its  shareholders  with
respect to the  actions,  inactions,  whether  negligent  or  otherwise  of such
European  Branch in connection  with such Eurodollar CDs, except for any loss or
damage to the Fund resulting from the Bank's own negligence, willful misfeasance
or bad faith in the performance of its duties hereunder.

     6.8 Options and Futures Transactions.

             (a) Puts and Calls Traded on Securities Exchanges, NASDAQ or
                 Over-the-Counter.

             1. Upon receipt of Proper  Instructions  the Bank shall take action


                                       12
<PAGE>

as to put  options  ("puts")  and  call  options  ("calls")  purchased  or  sold
(written) by the Fund regarding  escrow or other  arrangements (i) in accordance
with the  provisions  of any  agreement  entered  into  between  the  Bank,  any
broker-dealer  registered  under the  Exchange  Act and a member of the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the "NASD"),  and, if necessary,  the
Fund  relating  to  the  compliance  with  the  rules  of the  Options  Clearing
Corporation  and of  any  registered  national  securities  exchange,  or of any
similar organization or organizations.

             2. Unless another agreement requires it to do so, the Bank shall be
under no duty or obligation to see that the Fund has deposited or is maintaining
adequate margin, if required, with any broker in connection with any option, nor
shall the Bank be under duty or  obligation to present such option to the broker
for exercise  unless it receives  Proper  Instructions  from the Fund.  The Bank
shall have no  responsibility  for the legality of any put or call  purchased or
sold on behalf of the Fund,  the  propriety of any such purchase or sale, or the
adequacy of any collateral delivered to a broker in connection with an option or
deposited to or withdrawn  from a Segregated  Account (as defined in  subsection
6.9 below).  The Bank specifically,  but not by way of limitation,  shall not be
under any duty or obligation to: (i) periodically  check or notify the Fund that
the amount of such collateral  held by a broker or held in a Segregated  Account
is sufficient  to protect such broker of the Fund against any loss;  (ii) effect
the return of any  collateral  delivered  to a broker;  or (iii) advise the Fund
that any option it holds, has or is about to expire.  Such duties or obligations
shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund.

                 (b) Puts, Calls and Futures Traded on Commodities Exchanges

             1. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions,  the Bank shall take action
as to puts,  calls and futures  contracts  ("Futures")  purchased or sold by the
Fund in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Bank
and a Futures Commission  Merchant  registered under the Commodity Exchange Act,
relating  to  compliance  with  the  rules  of  the  Commodity  Futures  Trading
Commission  and/or  any  Contract  Market,   or  any  similar   organization  or
organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the
Fund.

             2. The  responsibilities and liabilities of the Bank as to futures,
puts and calls traded on commodities exchanges,  any Futures Commission Merchant
account and the Segregated Account shall be limited as set forth in subparagraph
(a)(2)  of  this  Section  6.8  as if  such  subparagraph  referred  to  Futures
Commission Merchants rather than brokers, and Futures and puts and calls thereon
instead of options.


       6.9   Segregated   Account.   The  Bank  shall  upon  receipt  of  Proper
Instructions  establish and maintain a Segregated Account or Accounts for and on
behalf of the Fund,  into which  Account or  Accounts  may be  transferred  upon
receipt of Proper Instructions cash and/or Portfolio Securities:

                                       13
<PAGE>

          (a) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund,
the Bank and a broker-dealer  registered  under the Exchange Act and a member of
the NASD or any  Futures  Commission  Merchant  registered  under the  Commodity
Exchange  Act,  relating to  compliance  with the rules of the Options  Clearing
Corporation and of any registered  national securities exchange or the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission or any registered  Contract Market, or of any similar
organizations   regarding  escrow  or  other  arrangements  in  connection  with
transactions by the Fund;

          (b) for the purpose of  segregating  cash or  securities in connection
with options  purchased or written by the Fund or commodity futures purchased or
written by the Fund,

          (c) for the deposit of liquid assets,  such as cash,  U.S.  Government
securities or other high grade debt  obligations,  having a market value (marked
to market on a daily  basis) at all times  equal to not less than the  aggregate
purchase  price due on the settlement  dates of all the Fund's then  outstanding
forward  commitment  or  "when-issued"  agreements  relating to the  purchase of
Portfolio  Securities  and all the Fund's  then  outstanding  commitments  under
reverse repurchase agreements entered into with broker-dealer firms;

          (d) for the  deposit of any  Portfolio  Securities  which the Fund has
     agreed to sell on a forward commitment basis, and; .

          (e) for other proper corporate  purposes,  but only n the case of this
clause (f),  upon  receipt of, in addition to Proper  Instructions,  a certified
copy of a resolution of the Board,  or of the Executive  Committee  signed by an
officer of the Fund and  certified by the  Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary,
setting forth the purpose or purposes of such  Segregated  Account and declaring
such purposes to be proper corporate purposes.

          (f) Segregated  accounts  established  and maintained  hereunder shall
comply with the procedures required by Investment Company Act, including Release
No. 10666, or any subsequent  release or releases of the Securities and Exchange
Commission  relating to the  maintenance  of  Segregated  Accounts by registered
investment companies;

          (g) Assets may be withdrawn  from the Segregated  Account  pursuant to
     Proper Instructions only

                  (i) in  accordance  with the  provisions  of any  agreements
          referenced in (a) or (b) above;

                 (ii) for sale or delivery to meet the Fund's obligations under
          outstanding firm commitment or when-issued agreements for the purchase
          of Portfolio Securities and under reverse repurchase agreements;

                (iii)  for  exchange  for  other  liquid  assets of equal or


                                       14
<PAGE>

          greater value deposited in the Segregated Account;

               (iv) to the extent that the Fund's outstanding forward commitment
         or when-issued  agreements for the purchase of portfolio  securities or
         reverse  repurchase  agreements are sold to other parties or the Fund's
         obligations thereunder are met from assets of the Fund other than those
         in the Segregated Account; or

              (v) for delivery upon settlement of a forward commitment agreement
         for the sale of Portfolio Securities.

     6.10 Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits.  The Bank shall,  upon receipt
of Proper Instructions  relating to the purchase by the Fund of interest-bearing
fixed-term  and call  deposits,  transfer  cash, by wire or  otherwise,  in such
amounts  and to such  bank  or  banks  as  shall  be  indicated  in such  Proper
Instructions.  The Bank shall  include in its records with respect to the assets
of the Fund  appropriate  notation  as to the amount of each such  deposit,  the
banking  institution with which such deposit is made (the "Deposit  Bank"),  and
shall retain such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit,  if any, as
may be forwarded to the Bank by the Deposit Bank.  Such deposits shall be deemed
Portfolio  Securities of the Fund and the  responsibility  of the Bank therefore
shall be the same as and no greater than the Bank's responsibility in respect of
other Portfolio Securities of the Fund.

       6.11 Transfer of Securities. The Bank will transfer, exchange, deliver or
release  Portfolio  Securities held by it hereunder,  insofar as such Securities
are  available  for such  purpose,  provided  that before  making any  transfer,
exchange,  delivery or release  under this Section the Bank will receive  Proper
Instructions  requesting such transfer,  exchange or delivery stating that it is
for a purpose  permitted  under the terms of this Section 6.11,  specifying  the
applicable  subsection,  or  describing  the  purpose  of the  transaction  with
sufficient  particularity  to  permit  the  Bank  to  ascertain  the  applicable
subsection, only

          (a) upon sales of  Portfolio  Securities  for the account of the Fund,
against  contemporaneous  receipt by the Bank of payment  therefor in full,  or,
against  payment to the Bank in accordance  with generally  accepted  settlement
practices  and customs in the  jurisdiction  or market in which the  transaction
occurs,  each such  payment  to be in the  amount of the sale  price  shown in a
broker's  confirmation of sale of the Portfolio  Securities received by the Bank
before such payment is made, as confirmed in the Proper Instructions received by
the Bank before such payment is made;

         (b) in exchange for or upon conversion into other  securities  alone or
other  securities  and  cash  pursuant  to any  plan of  merger,  consolidation,
reorganization,  share  split-up,  change  in  par  value,  recapitalization  or
readjustment or otherwise,  upon exercise of  subscription,  purchase or sale or
other  similar  rights  represented  by such  Portfolio  Securities,  or for the
purpose of tendering  shares in the event of a tender offer  therefor,  provided


                                       15
<PAGE>

however  that in the  event of an  offer of  exchange,  tender  offer,  or other
exercise of rights  requiring  the  physical  tender or  delivery  of  Portfolio
Securities,  the Bank  shall  have no  liability  for  failure to so tender in a
timely manner unless such Proper  Instructions are received by the Bank at least
two business days prior to the date required for tender, and unless the Bank (or
its agent or subcustodian  hereunder) has actual  possession of such Security at
least two business days prior to the date of tender;

     (c) upon  conversion of Portfolio  Securities  pursuant to their terms into
other securities;

     (d)  for  the  purpose  of  redeeming  in  kind  shares  of the  Fund  upon
authorization from the Fund;

     (e) in the case of option  contracts owned by the Fund, for presentation to
the endorsing broker;

     (f) when such  Portfolio  Securities  are  called,  redeemed  or retired or
otherwise become payable;

     (g) for the purpose of effectuating the pledge of Portfolio Securities held
by the Bank in  order  to  collateralize  loans  made to the  Fund by any  bank,
including the Bank;  provided,  however,  that such Portfolio Securities will be
released only upon payment to the Bank for the account of the Fund of the moneys
borrowed, except that in cases where additional collateral is required to secure
a  borrowing  already  made,  and  such  fact is made to  appear  in the  Proper
Instructions,  further  Portfolio  Securities  may be released  for that purpose
without  any  such  payment.  In the  event  that  any  such  pledged  Portfolio
Securities  are held by the Bank,  they will be so held for the  account  of the
lender,  and after  notice to the Fund from the  lender in  accordance  with the
normal  procedures of the lender,  that an event of deficiency or default on the
loan has occurred,  the Bank may deliver such pledged Portfolio Securities to or
for the account of the lender;

            (h) for the purpose of releasing certificates representing Portfolio
Securities, against contemporaneous receipt by the Bank of the fair market value
of such security,  as set forth in the Proper Instructions  received by the Bank
before such payment is made;

            (i) for the purpose of delivering  portfolio  securities lent by the
Fund to a bank or broker  dealer,  but only against  receipt in accordance  with
street delivery custom as set forth in Proper Instructions and subject to as may
be otherwise provided herein, of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time to
time by the Fund and the Bank,  and upon receipt of payment in  connection  with
any repurchase  agreement relating to such portfolio  securities entered into by
the Fund;

            (j) for  other  authorized  transactions  of the  Fund or for  other
proper corporate purposes;  provided that before making such transfer,  the Bank
will also receive a certified  copy of  resolutions  of the Board,  signed by an
authorized  officer  of  the  Fund  (other  than  the  officer  certifying  such
resolution)  and certified by its Secretary or Assistant  Secretary,  specifying


                                       16
<PAGE>

the Portfolio  Securities to be delivered,  setting forth the  transaction in or
purpose for which such delivery is to be made,  declaring such transaction to be
an authorized  transaction of the Fund or such purpose to be a proper  corporate
purpose,  and naming the person or persons to whom  delivery  of such  portfolio
securities shall be made; and

            (k) upon  termination  of this  Agreement as  hereinafter  set forth
pursuant to Section 8 and Section 14 of this Agreement.

   As to any deliveries made by the Bank pursuant to subsections  (a), (b), (c),
(e), (f), (g), (h) and (i)  securities or cash  receivable in exchange  therefor
shall be delivered to the Bank.

     7.  Redemptions.  In the case of  payment of assets of the Fund held by the
Bank  in  connection  with  redemptions  and  repurchases  by  the  Fund  of its
outstanding  common  shares,  the Bank will rely on  notification  by the Fund's
transfer  agent of receipt of a request  for  redemption  and  certificates,  if
issued, in proper form for redemption before such payment is made. Payment shall
be made in  accordance  with the Articles  and By-laws of the Fund,  from assets
available for said purpose.

     8.  Merger.  Dissolution.  etc.  of  Fund.  In the  case  of the  following
transactions,  not in the ordinary course of business, namely, the merger of the
Fund into or the consolidation of the Fund with another investment company where
the  Fund  is not the  surviving  entity,  the  sale  by the  Fund  of  all,  or
substantially  all,  of  its  assets  to  another  investment  company,  or  the
liquidation or dissolution of the Fund and distribution of its assets,  the Bank
will  deliver  the  Portfolio  Securities  held by it under this  Agreement  and
disburse  cash  only  upon  the  order of the  Fund  set  forth in an  Officers'
Certificate,  accompanied  by a  certified  copy of a  resolution  of the  Board
authorizing any of the foregoing transactions.  Upon completion of such delivery
and disbursement and the payment of the fees,  disbursements and expenses of the
Bank, this Agreement will terminate.

     9. Actions of Bank Without Prior  Authorization.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein  to the  contrary,  unless  and  until  the Bank  receives  an  Officers'
Certificate to the contrary,  it will without prior authorization or instruction
of the Fund or the transfer agent:

          9.1 Endorse for collection and collect on behalf of and in the name of
the Fund all checks, drafts, or other negotiable or transferable  instruments or
other orders for the payment of money received by it for the account of the Fund
and hold for the account of the Fund all income,  dividends,  interest and other
payments or distribution  of cash with respect to the Portfolio  Securities held
thereunder;

         9.2 Present for payment all coupons and other  income  items held by it


                                       17
<PAGE>

for the account of the Fund which call for payment  upon  presentation  and hold
the cash received by it upon such payment for the account of the Fund;

         9.3  Receive  and hold  for the  account  of the  Fund  all  securities
received  as a  distribution  on  Portfolio  Securities  as a result  of a stock
dividend,   share   split-up,    reorganization,    recapitalization,    merger,
consolidation,  readjustment,  distribution  of rights  and  similar  securities
issued with respect to any Portfolio Securities held by it hereunder.

         9.4 Execute as agent on behalf of the Fund all necessary  ownership and
other  certificates and affidavits  required by the Internal Revenue Code or the
regulations of the Treasury Department issued thereunder,  or by the laws of any
state,  now  or  hereafter  in  effect,   inserting  the  Fund's  name  on  such
certificates as the owner of the securities  covered  thereby,  to the extent it
may lawfully do so and as may be required to obtain  payment in respect  thereof
The Bank will execute and deliver such certificates in connection with Portfolio
Securities  delivered  to it or by it under this  Agreement  as may be  required
under the  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code and any  Regulations  of the
Treasury Department issued thereunder, or under the laws of any state;

         9.5  Present for payment  all  Portfolio  Securities  which are called,
redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable, and hold cash received by it upon
payment for the account of the Fund; and

          9.6 Exchange interim  receipts or temporary  securities for definitive
securities.

   10.  Collections  and Defaults.  The Bank will use all reasonable  efforts to
collect any funds which may to its  knowledge  become  collectible  arising from
Portfolio  Securities,  including  dividends,  interest and other income, and to
transmit to the Fund notice actually  received by it of any call for redemption,
offer of exchange,  right of subscription,  reorganization  or other proceedings
affecting such  Securities.  If Portfolio  Securities  upon which such income is
payable are in default or payment is refused  after due demand or  presentation,
the Bank will notify the Fund in writing of any default or refusal to pay within
two business days from the day on which it receives knowledge of such default or
refusal.  In  addition,  the Bank will send the Fund a written  report once each
month showing any income on any Portfolio Security held by it which is more than
ten days  overdue on the date of such report and which has not  previously  been
reported.

   11.  Maintenance of Records and Accounting  Services.  The Bank will maintain
records with respect to transactions for which the Bank is responsible  pursuant
to the  terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  and in  compliance  with the
applicable rules and regulations of the 1940 Act and will furnish the Fund daily
with a statement of condition of the Fund.  The Bank will furnish to the Fund at
the end of every month,  and at the close of each  quarter of the Fund's  fiscal
year, a list of the Portfolio  Securities and the aggregate  amount of cash held
by it for the Fund. The books and records of the Bank  pertaining to its actions
under this  Agreement  and  reports by the Bank or its  independent  accountants


                                       18
<PAGE>

concerning its accounting  system,  procedures for  safeguarding  securities and
internal  accounting controls will be open to inspection and audit at reasonable
times by officers of or auditors  employed by the Fund and will be  preserved by
the  Bank  in the  manner  and in  accordance  with  the  applicable  rules  and
regulations under the 1940 Act.

   The Bank shall keep the books of account and render statements or copies from
time to time as reasonably  requested by the Treasurer or any executive  officer
of the Fund.

   The Bank shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to shareholders
and others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of like nature.

   12. Fund Evaluation. The Bank shall compute and, unless otherwise directed by
the Board,  determine as of the close of business on the New York Stock Exchange
on each day on which said  Exchange is open for  unrestricted  trading and as of
such other hours,  if any, as may be authorized by the Board the net asset value
and the  public  offering  price of a share of capital  stock of the Fund,  such
determination  to be made in accordance  with the provisions of the Articles and
By-laws of the Fund and  Prospectus  and  Statement  of  Additional  Information
relating  to the  Fund,  as they  may  from  time to  time be  amended,  and any
applicable  resolutions  of the Board at the time in force and  applicable;  and
promptly  to notify  the Fund,  the proper  exchange  and the NASD or such other
persons  as the  Fund  may  request  of the  results  of  such  computation  and
determination.

   The  Bank  shall  use  reasonable  care  in  computing  the net  asset  value
hereunder, and the Bank shall be liable and shall hold the fund harmless for any
losses to the Fund occasioned by the Bank's own negligence in the performance of
its duties under this paragraph, provided however that the Bank may rely in good
faith upon  information  furnished to it by any Authorized  Person in respect of
(i) the  manner of  accrual  of the  liabilities  of the Fund and in  respect of
liabilities  of the Fund not appearing on its books of account kept by the Bank,
(ii)  reserves,  if any,  authorized  by the Board of  Directors or that no such
reserves have been authorized,  (iii) the source of the quotations to be used in
computing the net asset value, (iv) the value to be assigned to any security for
which no price  quotations are  available,  and (v) the method of computation of
the public offering price on the basis of the net asset value of the shares, and
the Bank shall not be  responsible  for any loss  occasioned by such reliance or
for any good faith reliance on any source pursuant to (iii) above,  provided the
Bank has timely supplied the Fund with such variance reports as are specifically
set forth on Schedule B annexed hereto.

   13. Concerning the Bank.

      13.1 Performance of Duties and Standard of Care.
      In  performing  its duties  hereunder  and any other duties  listed on any
Schedule  hereto,  if any, the Bank will be entitled to receive and act upon the
advice of independent counsel of its own selection, which may be counsel for the
Fund,  and will be  without  liability  for any  action  taken or thing  done or
omitted to be done in accordance with this Agreement in good faith in conformity


                                       19
<PAGE>

with such advice.  Except as otherwise  expressly provided in Section 12, in the
performance  of its  duties  hereunder,  the Bank will be  protected  and not be
liable,  and will be  indemnified  and held  harmless  for any  action  taken or
omitted  to be  taken  by it in good  faith  reliance  upon  the  terms  of this
Agreement,  any Officers'  Certificate,  Proper Instructions,  resolution of the
Board,  telegram,  notice,  request,  certificate or other instrument reasonably
believed  by the Bank to be genuine and for any other loss to the Fund except in
the case of its negligence,  willful misfeasance or bad faith in the performance
of its duties or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.

   The Bank will be under no duty or  obligation to inquire into and will not be
liable for:

          (a) the validity of the issue of any Portfolio Securities purchased by
     or for the Fund, the legality of the purchases  thereof or the propriety of
     the price incurred therefor;

          (b) the legality of any sale of any Portfolio Securities by or for the
     Fund or the propriety of the amount for which the same are sold;

          (c) the legality of an issue or sale of any common  shares of the Fund
     or the  sufficiency  of the amount to be  received  therefor  except to the
     extent provided in Section 12;

          (d) the legality of the repurchase of any common shares of the Fund or
     the  propriety  of the  amount to be paid  therefor  except  to the  extent
     provided in Section 12;

          (e) the legality of the  declaration  of any dividend by the Fund or
     the legality of the distribution of any Portfolio  Securities as payment in
     kind of such dividend; and
 
          (f) any  property or moneys of the Fund  unless and until  received by
     it, and any such property or moneys delivered or paid by it pursuant to the
     terms hereof.

   Moreover,  the Bank will not be under  any duty or  obligation  to  ascertain
whether any Portfolio  Securities at any time delivered to or held by it for the
account  of the Fund  are such as may  properly  be held by the Fund  under  the
provisions of its Articles,  By-laws,  any federal or state statutes or any rule
or regulation of any governmental agency.

   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall
the Bank be liable hereunder or to any third party:

         (a) for any losses or damages of any kind  resulting  from acts of God,
earthquakes,  fires, floods, storms or other disturbances of nature,  epidemics,
strikes, riots, nationalization,  expropriation,  currency restrictions, acts of
war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, nuclear fusion, fission or radiation,
the  interruption,  loss  or  malfunction  of  utilities,   transportation,  the
unavailability  of energy sources and other similar  happenings or events except
as results from the Bank's own gross negligence; or

                                       20
<PAGE>

         (b) for special,  punitive or  consequential  damages  arising from the
provision  of  services  hereunder,  even if the Bank has  been  advised  of the
possibility of such damages.

      13.2 Agents and Subcustodians with Respect to Property of the Fund Held in
the United States.  The Bank may employ agents in the  performance of its duties
hereunder and shall be responsible  for the acts and omissions of such agents as
if performed by the Bank hereunder.

    Upon  receipt of Proper  Instructions,  the Bank may  employ  Subcustodians,
provided that any such  subcustodian  meets at least the minimum  qualifications
required by Section 17(f)(1) of the 1940 Act to act as a custodian of the Fund's
assets with respect to property of the Fund held in the United States.  The Bank
shall have no  liability to the Fund or any other person by reason of any act or
omission of any such subcustodian and the Fund shall indemnify the Bank and hold
it  harmless  from and against any and all  actions,  suits and claims,  arising
directly or indirectly  out of the  performance of any such  subcustodian.  Upon
request of the Bank,  the Fund shall  assume the entire  defense of any  action,
suit, or claim subject to the foregoing  indemnity.  The Fund shall pay all fees
and expenses of any subcustodian.

          13.3  Duties of the Bank with  Respect  to  Property  of the Fund Held
Outside of the United States.

          (a) Appointment of Foreign Sub-Custodians.  The Fund hereby authorizes
and  instructs  the Bank to employ as  sub-custodians  for the Fund's  Portfolio
Securities  and other assets  maintained  outside the United  States the foreign
banking  institutions  and foreign  securities  depositories  designated  on the
Schedule  attached  hereto  (each,  a "Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodian").  Upon
receipt of Proper  Instructions,  together  with a certified  resolution  of the
Fund's  Board  of  Trustees,  the Bank  and the  Fund  may  agree  to  designate
additional foreign banking  institutions and foreign securities  depositories to
act as  Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodians  hereunder.  Upon  receipt  of  Proper
Instructions,  the Fund may instruct the Bank to cease the employment of any one
or more such Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodians  for  maintaining  custody of the
Fund's assets,  and the Bank shall so cease to employ such sub-custodian as soon
as alternate custodial arrangements have been implemented.

          (b) Foreign Securities Depositories. Except as may otherwise be agreed
upon in writing by the Bank and the Fund, assets of the Fund shall be maintained
in foreign securities depositories only through arrangements  implemented by the
foreign banking institutions serving as Selected Foreign Sub-Custodians pursuant
to the terms hereof. Where possible,  such arrangements shall include entry into
agreements  containing  the  provisions  set forth in  subparagraph  (d) hereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as may otherwise be agreed upon in writing
by the Bank and the Fund,  the Fund  authorizes  the deposit in  Euroclear,  the
securities clearance and depository facilities operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company  of New York in  Brussels,  Belgium,  of  Foreign  Portfolio  Securities


                                       21
<PAGE>

eligible  for  deposit  therein and to utilize  such  securities  depository  in
connection with  settlements of purchases and sales of securities and deliveries
and  returns  of  securities,   until  notified  to  the  contrary  pursuant  to
subparagraph (a) hereunder.

          (c) Segregation of Securities. The Bank shall identify on its books as
belonging to the Fund the Foreign  Portfolio  Securities  held by each  Selected
Foreign  Sub-Custodian.  Each  agreement  pursuant  to which the Bank  employs a
foreign  banking  institution  shall require that such  institution  establish a
custody  account  for the  Bank  and  hold in that  account,  Foreign  Portfolio
Securities and other assets of the Fund, and, in the event that such institution
deposits Foreign Portfolio Securities in a foreign securities  depository,  that
it shall  identify  on its  books as  belonging  to the Bank the  securities  so
deposited.

          (d)  Agreements  with  Foreign  Banking  Institutions.   Each  of  the
agreements  pursuant to which a foreign banking  institution holds assets of the
Fund (each, a "Foreign  Sub-Custodian  Agreement") shall be substantially in the
form  previously  made  available to the Fund and shall  provide  that:  (a) the
Fund's assets will not be subject to any right, charge,  security interest, lien
or  claim  of any  kind in  favor  of the  foreign  banking  institution  or its
creditors  or  agent,  except a claim of  payment  for  their  safe  custody  or
administration  (including,  without limitation,  any fees or taxes payable upon
transfers or  reregistration  of  securities);  (b) beneficial  ownership of the
Fund's assets will be freely transferable  without the payment of money or value
other than for custody or administration  (including,  without  limitation,  any
fees or taxes  payable upon  transfers or  reregistration  of  securities);  (c)
adequate records will be maintained identifying the assets as belonging to Bank;
(d) officers of or auditors employed by, or other  representatives  of the Bank,
including to the extent permitted under  applicable law, the independent  public
accountants  for the Fund,  will be given access to the books and records of the
foreign banking institution relating to its actions under its agreement with the
Bank; and (e) assets of the Fund held by the Selected Foreign Sub-Custodian will
be subject only to the instructions of the Bank or its agents.

         (e) Access of Independent  Accountants of the Fund. Upon request of the
Fund,  the  Bank  will use its  best  efforts  to  arrange  for the  independent
accountants  of the Fund to be  afforded  access to the books and records of any
foreign banking institution employed as a Selected Foreign Sub-Custodian insofar
as such books and records  relate to the  performance  of such  foreign  banking
institution under its Foreign Sub-Custodian Agreement.

         (f)  Reports  by Bank.  The Bank  will  supply to the Fund from time to
time, as mutually agreed upon, statements in respect of the securities and other
assets of the Fund held by Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodians,  including but not
limited to an  identification  of  entities  having  possession  of the  Foreign
Portfolio Securities and other assets of the Fund.

         (g) Transactions in Foreign Custody Account.  Transactions with respect


                                       22
<PAGE>

to the  assets of the Fund held by a  Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodian  shall be
effected pursuant to Proper  Instructions from the Fund to the Bank and shall be
effected in accordance with the applicable Foreign Sub-Custodian  Agreement.  If
at any time any Foreign Portfolio  Securities shall be registered in the name of
the nominee of the Selected Foreign  Sub-Custodian,  the Fund agrees to hold any
such nominee  harmless from any liability by reason of the  registration of such
securities in the name of such nominee.

         Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  to the  contrary,
settlement and payment for Foreign Portfolio Securities received for the account
of the Fund and  delivery of Foreign  Portfolio  Securities  maintained  for the
account of the Fund may be effected in accordance with the customary established
securities  trading or securities  processing  practices  and  procedures in the
jurisdiction  or market  in which the  transaction  occurs,  including,  without
limitation,  delivering  securities  to the  purchaser  thereof  or to a  dealer
therefor (or an agent for such  purchaser or dealer)  against a receipt with the
expectation of receiving  later payment for such  securities from such purchaser
or dealer.

         In  connection  with any action to be taken with respect to the Foreign
Portfolio Securities held hereunder, including, without limitation, the exercise
of any voting rights,  subscription rights,  redemption rights, exchange rights,
conversion  rights or tender rights,  or any other action in connection with any
other   right,   interest  or  privilege   with   respect  to  such   Securities
(collectively,  the "Rights"), the Bank shall promptly transmit to the Fund such
information  in  connection  therewith  as is made  available to the Bank by the
Foreign  Sub-Custodian,  and shall promptly  forward to the  applicable  Foreign
Sub-Custodian  any instructions,  forms or  certifications  with respect to such
Rights,  and any instructions  relating to the actions to be taken in connection
therewith,  as  the  Bank  shall  receive  from  the  Fund  pursuant  to  Proper
Instructions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank shall have no further duty
or obligation with respect to such Rights,  including,  without limitation,  the
determination  of whether  the Fund is entitled  to  participate  in such Rights
under  applicable  U.S. and foreign  laws, or the  determination  of whether any
action  proposed  to be taken with  respect to such Rights by the Fund or by the
applicable  Foreign  Sub-Custodian  will  comply with all  applicable  terms and
conditions of any such Rights or any applicable laws or  regulations,  or market
practices within the market in which such action is to be taken or omitted.

         (h)  Liability  of  Selected  Foreign   Sub-Custodians.   Each  Foreign
Sub-Custodian  Agreement with a foreign  banking  institution  shall require the
institution to exercise  reasonable care in the performance of its duties and to
indemnify,  and hold harmless,  the Bank and each Fund from and against  certain
losses,  damages,  costs,  expenses,  liabilities or claims arising out of or in
connection with the institution's  performance of such  obligations,  all as set
forth in the applicable Foreign Sub-Custodian  Agreement.  The Fund acknowledges
that the Bank,  as a  participant  in  Euroclear,  is  subject  to the Terms and
Conditions  Governing  the  Euroclear  System,  a copy of which  has  been  made
available to the Fund.  The Fund  acknowledges  that  pursuant to such Terms and
Conditions,  Morgan  Guaranty  Brussels shall have the sole right to exercise or


                                       23
<PAGE>

assert any and all rights or claims in  respect of actions or  omissions  of, or
the  bankruptcy  or insolvency  of, any other  depository,  clearance  system or
custodian  utilized by Euroclear in connection  with the Fund's  securities  and
other assets.

         (i)   Liability  of  Bank.   The  Bank  shall  have  no  more  or  less
responsibility  or liability on account of the acts or omissions of any Selected
Foreign  Sub-Custodian   employed  hereunder  than  any  such  Selected  Foreign
Sub-Custodian  has to the Bank and,  without  limiting the  foregoing,  the Bank
shall not be liable for any loss,  damage,  cost,  expense,  liability  or claim
resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of
war or  terrorism,  political  risk  (including,  but not limited  to,  exchange
control  restrictions,   confiscation,   insurrection,  civil  strife  or  armed
hostilities) other losses due to Acts of God, nuclear incident or any loss where
the Selected Foreign Sub-Custodian has otherwise exercised reasonable care.

         (j) Monitoring Responsibilities. The Bank shall furnish annually to the
Fund,  information  concerning  the  Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodians  employed
hereunder for use by the Fund in evaluating such Selected Foreign Sub-Custodians
to  ensure  compliance  with the  requirements  of Rule  17f-5  of the  Act.  In
addition,  the Bank will promptly  inform the Fund in the event that the Bank is
notified  by a  Selected  Foreign  Sub-Custodian  that  there  appears  to  be a
substantial  likelihood  that its  shareholders'  equity will decline below $200
million  (U.S.  dollars or the  equivalent  thereof)  or that its  shareholders'
equity has declined below $200 million (in each case computed in accordance with
generally  accepted U.S.  accounting  principles) or any other capital  adequacy
test applicable to it by exemptive order, or if the Bank has actual knowledge of
any material loss of the assets of the Fund held by a Foreign Sub-Custodian.

         (k) Tax Law. The Bank shall have no responsibility or liability for any
obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or the Bank as custodian of the
Fund by the tax laws of any jurisdiction,  and it shall be the responsibility of
the Fund to notify the Bank of the  obligations  imposed on the Fund or the Bank
as the  custodian  of the  Fund  by the tax  law of any  non-U.S.  jurisdiction,
including  responsibility for withholding and other taxes,  assessments or other
governmental  charges,  certifications  and  governmental  reporting.  The  sole
responsibility  of the  Custodian  with  regard  to such tax law shall be to use
reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or
refund under the tax law of  jurisdictions  for which the Fund has provided such
information.

       13.4  Insurance.  The Bank  shall use the same care with  respect  to the
safekeeping  of Portfolio  Securities and cash of the Fund held by it as it uses
in respect of its own similar property and will maintain insurance in accordance
with  industry  practice but it need not maintain any special  insurance for the
benefit of the Fund.

       13.5.  Fees and Expenses of Bank. The Fund will pay or reimburse the Bank
from time to time for any  transfer  taxes  payable  upon  transfer of Portfolio
Securities made hereunder, and for all necessary proper disbursements,  expenses


                                       24
<PAGE>

and charges made or incurred by the Bank in the  performance  of this  Agreement
(including  any duties  listed on any Schedule  hereto,  if any)  including  any
indemnities for any loss,  liabilities or expense to the Bank as provided above.
For the services  rendered by the Bank hereunder,  the Fund will pay to the Bank
such compensation or fees at such rate and at such times as shall be agreed upon
in writing by the parties  from time to time.  The Bank will also be entitled to
reimbursement by the Fund for all reasonable out of pocket expenses  incurred in
conjunction with termination of this Agreement by the Fund.

       13.6  Advances  by Bank.  The Bank may, in its sole  discretion,  advance
funds on behalf of the Fund to make any payment permitted by this Agreement upon
receipt of any Proper Authorization for such payments by the Fund. Should such a
payment  or  payments,  with  advanced  funds,  result in an  overdraft  (due to
insufficiencies  of the Fund's  account with the Bank,  or for any other reason)
this Agreement deems any such overdraft or related indebtedness,  a loan made by
the Bank to the Fund payable on demand and bearing  interest at the current rate
charged by the Bank for such loans  unless the Fund shall  provide the Bank with
agreed upon  compensating  balances.  The Fund agrees that the Bank shall have a
continuing  lien  and  security  interest  to the  extent  of any  overdraft  or
indebtedness,  in and to any  property  at any  time  held by it for the  Fund's
benefit  or in which the Fund has an  interest  and which is then in the  Bank's
possession or control (or in the possession or control of any third party acting
on the Bank's behalf). The Fund authorizes the Bank, in its sole discretion,  at
any time to charge any  overdraft or  indebtedness,  together  with interest due
thereon against any balance of account standing to the credit of the Fund on the
Bank's books.

   14. Termination.

       14.1 This  Agreement may be  terminated at any time without  penalty upon
 sixty days  written  notice  delivered by either party to the other by means of
 registered mail, and upon the expiration of such sixty days this Agreement will
 terminate;  provided,  however, that the effective date of such termination may
 be  postponed  to a date not more than ninety days from the date of delivery of
 such notice (i) by the Bank in order to prepare for the transfer by the Bank of
 all of the assets of the Fund held hereunder,  and (ii) by the Fund in order to
 give the Fund an  opportunity  to make  suitable  arrangements  for a successor
 custodian. At any time after the termination of this Agreement,  the Fund will,
 at its  request,  have  access  to the  records  of the  Bank  relating  to the
 performance of its duties as custodian.

      14.2 In the  event of the  termination  of this  Agreement,  the Bank will
immediately  upon  receipt  or  transmittal,  as the case may be,  of  notice of
termination, commence and prosecute diligently to completion the transfer of all
cash and the delivery of all Portfolio  Securities duly endorsed and all records
maintained  under Section 11 to the successor  custodian  when  appointed by the
Fund.  The obligation of the Bank to deliver and transfer over the assets of the


                                       25
<PAGE>

Fund held by it directly to such  successor  custodian  will commence as soon as
such successor is appointed and will continue until  completed as aforesaid.  If
the Fund does not select a successor  custodian within ninety (90) days from the
date of  delivery  of  notice  of  termination  the  Bank  may,  subject  to the
provisions of subsection  (14.3),  deliver the Portfolio  Securities and cash of
the Fund held by the Bank to a bank or trust company of its own selection  which
meets the  requirements  of Section  17(f)(1) of the 1940 Act and has a reported
capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating not less than $2,000,000,  to
be held as the  property of the Fund under terms  similar to those on which they
were held by the Bank,  whereupon  such bank or trust company so selected by the
Bank will  become the  successor  custodian  of such assets of the Fund with the
same effect as though selected by the Board.

       14.3  Prior to the  expiration  of  ninety  (90)  days  after  notice  of
termination  has been given,  the Fund may furnish the Bank with an order of the
Fund advising that a successor custodian cannot be found willing and able to act
upon  reasonable  and customary  terms and that there has been  submitted to the
shareholders  of the Fund the question of whether the Fund will be liquidated or
will  function  without a custodian for the assets of the Fund held by the Bank.
In that event the Bank will  deliver the  Portfolio  Securities  and cash of the
Fund  held  by it,  subject  as  aforesaid,  in  accordance  with  one  of  such
alternatives  which may be approved by the requisite vote of shareholders,  upon
receipt by the Bank of a copy of the minutes of the meeting of  shareholders  at
which  action was taken,  certified  by the Fund's  Secretary  and an opinion of
counsel to the Fund in form and content satisfactory to the Bank.

          15.  Confidentiality.  Both parties  hereto agree than any  non-public
 information  obtained hereunder  concerning the other party is confidential and
 may not be  disclosed  to any other  person  without  the  consent of the other
 party,  except as may be  required  by  applicable  law or at the  request of a
 governmental  agency. The parties further agree that a breach of this provision
 would  irreparably  damage the other party and  accordingly  agree that each of
 them  is  entitled,  without  bond  or  other  security,  to an  injunction  or
 injunctions to prevent breaches of this provision.

    16.  Notices.  Any  notice or other  instrument  in  writing  authorized  or
required  by  this  Agreement  to be  given  to  either  party  hereto  will  be
sufficiently  given if  addressed to such party and mailed or delivered to it at
its office at the address set forth below; namely:

 (a) In the case of notices sent to the Fund to:
    Midas Fund, Inc.
    11 Hanover Square
    New York, New York   10005
    Attn: President

                                       26
<PAGE>

(b) In the case of notices sent to the Bank to:

   Investors Bank & Trust Company
   89 South Street
   Boston, Massachusetts 02111
   Attention: Henry Joyce

 or at such  other  place as such  party  may  from  time to time  designate  in
 writing.

   17. Amendments. This Agreement may not be altered or amended, except by an
 instrument in writing,  executed by both parties,  and in the case of the Fund,
 such alteration or amendment will be authorized and approved by its Board.

   18.  Parties.  This  Agreement  will be binding  upon and shall  inure to the
benefit of the  parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and  assigns;
provided,  however,  that  this  Agreement  will not be  assignable  by the Fund
without  the  written  consent of the Bank or by the Bank  without  the  written
consent of the Fund,  authorized and approved by the Board; and provided further
that termination proceedings pursuant to Section 14 hereof will not be deemed to
be an assignment within the meaning of this provision.

     19.  Governing  Law. This Agreement and all  performance  hereunder will be
 governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts.  20.  Counterparts.
 his  Agreement  may be  executed in any number of  counterparts,  each of which
 shall be deemed  to be an  original,  but such  counterparts  shall,  together,
 constitute only one instrument.

                                       27
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their  respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized as of the day
and year first written above.


     Midas Fund, Inc.




     By:_____________________________
        Name:
        Title:
     ATTEST:

     -----------------------------


     Investors Bank & Trust Company


     By:_____________________________
     Name:
     Title:

     ATTEST:

     -----------------------------





DATE: _______________________

 

                                       28
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          Foreign Subcustodian Network

                                                                                        Securities Depository /
Country                             Subcustodian                                        Clearing Agency
<S>                        <C>                                                          <C>
Argentina                  Citibank, N. A., Buenos Aires                                Caja de Valores
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Australia                  National Australia Bank Limited                              Austraclear
                           Agreement December 1990                                      CHESS
                                                                                        RITS

Austria                    Euroclear / Creditanstalt Bankverein                         OEKB
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Bangladesh                          Standard Chartered Bank, Dhaka                      None
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Belgium                    Euroclear / General de Banque                                CIK
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                              Banque Nationale
                                                                                        de Belge

Botswana                   Barclays Bank PLC/Barclays Bank of Botswana Ltd.             None
                           Barclays Regional Agreement November 21, 1994

Brazil                     Banco de Boston, Sao Paulo                                  BOVESPA
                           Agreement                                                   BVRJ

Canada                     Euroclear / Royal Bank of Canada                            CDS
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Canada                     Royal Trust Corporation of Canada                           CDS
                           Agreement October 22,1991

China                      Standard Chartered Bank, Shanghai                           SSCCRC
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

China                      Standard Chartered Bank, Shenzhen                           Shenzen Central
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992         Registrars Co.

Colombia                   Cititrust Colombia S. A. Sociedad Fiduciaria, Bogota        None
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Czech Republic             Chase Manhattan, N. A. / Ceskoslovenska Obchodni Banka      SCP
                           Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Denmark                    Euroclear / Den Danske Bank                                 Vardipapercentralen
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990
</TABLE>

                                       29
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>                                                         <C>
Egypt                      Chase Manhattan, N. A. / National Bank of Egypt             None
                           Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Finland                    Euroclear / Kansallis-Osake-Pankki                          Central Share Registry
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                             Helsinki Money Market

France                     Euroclear / Morgan Guaranty Paris, Societe Generale         Sicovam
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                             Banque de France

Germany                    Euroclear / Deutsche Bank A. G.                             Kassenverein
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Ghana                      Barclays Bank PLC / Barclays Bank of Ghana Ltd.             None
                           Barclays Regional Agreement November 21,1994

Greece                     Citibank, N. A., Athens                                     CSD
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Hong Kong                  Standard Chartered Bank, Hong Kong                          CCASS
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Hungary                    Citibank, Rt., Budapest                                     Keler
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Indonesia                  Standard Chartered Bank, Jakarta                            PT Klering Dep Efek
                           Standard Charterd Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Ireland                    Bank of Ireland Securities Services                         Gilts Settlement Of fice
                           Agreement February 22, 1995

Israel                     Chase Manhattan, N.A. / Bank Leumi le-Israel                The Stock Exchange
                           Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994                      Clearing House Ltd.

Italy                      Citibank, N. A., Milan                                      Monte Titoli
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990               Banca d'Italia

Italy                      Euroclear / Credito Italiano                                Banca d'Italia
                           EuroclearAgreementMay 1, 1990

Japan                      Standard Chartered Bank, Tokyo                              JASDEC
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992         Bank of Japan

Jordan                     Citibank, N. A., Amman                                      None
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15,1990
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>                                                         <C>
Korea                      Standard Chartered Bank, Seoul                              KSD
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Luxembourg                 Euroclear / Banque et Caisse d'Epargne de l'Etat            None
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Malaysia                   Standard Chartered Bank Malaysia Berhad, Kuala Lumpur       MCD
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Mauritius                  Chase Manhattan, N. A. / Hongkong Shanghai Banking Corp.    None
                           Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Mexico                     Bancomer, S. A.                                                       S. D. Indeval
                           Agreement October 7,1994                                    Banco de Mexico

Morocco                    Chase Manhattan, N. A. / Banque Commercial du Maroc                   None
                           Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Netherlands                Euroclear / ABN Amro Bank                                   NECIGEF
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                             De Nederlandsche Bank

New Zealand                National Australia Bank                                     Austraclear
                           AgreementDecember, 1990

Norway                     Euroclear I Christiania Bank                                VPS
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Pakistan                   Standard Chartered Bank, Karachi                            None
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Peru                       Citibank, N. A., Lima                                       CAVAL
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Philippines                Standard Chartered Bank, Manila                             None
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

Poland                     Citibank (Poland), S.A., Warsaw                             National Depository of
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990               Securities

Portugal                   Citibank Portugal S. A., Lisbon                             Central de Valores
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15,1990                Mobiliarios

Portugal                   Euroclear / Banco Comercial Portugues                       Central de Valores
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1,1990                              Mobiliarios
</TABLE>

                                       31
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>                                                         <C>
Singapore                  Standard Chartered Bank, Singapore                          CDS
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992

South Africa               Chase Manhattan N. A. / Standard Bank of South Africa       None
                           Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Spain                      Euroclear I Banco Santander                                 SCLV
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990                             Banco de Espana

Sri Lanka                  Standard Chartered Bank, Colombo                            Central Depository
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23,1992          System

Sweden                     Euroclear I Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken                   Vardepapperscentralen
                           Euroclear Agreement May 1, 1990

Switzerland                Citibank (Switzerland), Zurich                              SEGA
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Switzerland                Euroclear I Credit Suisse                                   SEGA
                           EuroclearAgreementMay 1, 1990

Taiwan                     Standard Chartered Bank, Taipei                             Taiwan Securities
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23, 1992         Depository

Thailand                   Standard Chartered Bank, Bangkok                            SDC
                           Standard Chartered Regional Agreement July 23,1992

Turkey                     Chase Manhattan N. A., Istanbul                             IMKB
                           Chase New York Agreement March 1, 1994

Transnational              Investors Bank & Trust Company                              Euroclear

United Kingdom             Barclays Bank PLC                                           CGO
                           Barclays Bank Regionl Agreement November 21,1994            CMO

Venezuela                  Citibank, N. A., Caracas                                    None
                           Citibank New York Agreement November 15, 1990

Zambia                     Barclays Bank PLC                                           None
                           Barclays Bank Regional Agreement November 21, 1994

Zimbabwe                   Barclays Bank PLC                                           None
                           Barclays Bank Regional Agreement November 21,1994



</TABLE>

                                       32
<PAGE>

                        PRECIOUS METALS STORAGE AGREEMENT


     This Agreement dated as of the 20th day of June, 1995,  between  Wilmington
Trust Company,  a Delaware  Corporation,  having its principal  office at Rodney
Square North,  Wilmington,  Delaware 19890 ("Wilmington Trust"), and Midas Fund,
Inc. a Maryland  corporation,  having its principal office at 11 Hanover Square,
New York,  NY 10005  ("Fund"),  with respect to  Wilmington  Trust's  accepting,
holding as custodian,  storing,  transferring,  and delivering  precious  metals
owned by the Fund.

     WHEREAS,  the  Fund  is  registered  as an  investment  company  under  the
Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended  (the "1940  Act"),  as an open-end
management company: and

     WHEREAS, Wilmington Trust desires to serve as custodian for the Fund; and

     WHEREAS,  Wilmington Trust has aggregate  capital,  surplus,  and undivided
profits in excess of Two Million Dollars  ($2,000,000) and has its functions and
physical facilities  supervised by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and
the Delaware State Bank  Commissioner and is ready and willing to serve pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Fund  is  authorized  to  invest  in  precious  metals  and,
therefore,  wishes to enter into this  Agreement  in order  that it may  provide
storage for said precious metals at Wilmington Trust.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein made, Fund
and Wilmington Trust agree as follows:


1.   Definitions.  The  term  "proper  instructions"  shall  mean a  request  or
     direction by a tested telex,  or written  (including,  without  limitation,
     facsimile  transmission) request,  direction,  instruction or certification
     signed or initialed by or on behalf of the Fund by at least two  Authorized
     Persons (as hereinafter defined).

                                        1


<PAGE>


2.   Names, Titles and Signatures of Authorized Signers. An officer of Fund will
     certify to  Wilmington  Trust the names,  titles  and  signatures  of those
     persons  authorized to sign in accordance  with Sec. 1 hereof  ("Authorized
     Persons"),  and on a timely  basis,  of any changes  which  thereafter  may
     occur.

3.   Delivery to Bank.  Wilmington Trust will receive  shipments said to contain
     precious  metals for the Fund's  account and will store such  shipments  in
     safekeeping for the Fund in the State of Delaware.

4.   Accounts.  All such shipments said to contain  precious metals delivered to
     Wilmington  Trust will be held and stored by Wilmington  Trust and shall be
     credited (in accordance  with  instructions of Fund), to the Fund's account
     and maintained in reasonably  detailed books of account.  Wilmington  Trust
     shall open and maintain a separate bank account(s) in the name of the Fund,
     subject only to draft or order by Wilmington  Trust acting  pursuant to the
     terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account(s),  subject to the
     provisions hereof, all cash received by it for the account of the Fund.

5.   Holding of Precious Metals. Wilmington Trust shall hold all precious metals
     received by it for the account of the Fund,  pursuant to the  provisions of
     Section  17(f) of the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 and the  regulations
     hereof.  All  such  precious  metals  are  to be  held  or  disposed  of by
     Wilmington  Trust for, and subject at all times to the proper  instructions
     of, Fund,  pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Wilmington Trust shall
     have no power or  authority  to assign,  hypothecate,  pledge or  otherwise
     dispose  of any  such  precious  metals,  except  pursuant  to  the  proper
     instructions of Fund.

6.   Instructions-Purchase.  Upon  receipt  of proper  instructions  from  Fund,
     Wilmington Trust is hereby  authorized to pay for bullion purchased for the
     account of the Fund only upon  receipt of bullion by  Wilmington  Trust for
     the account of the Fund.

7.   Instructions-Sales.   Upon  receipt  of  proper   instructions  from  Fund,
     Wilmington  Trust is  authorized to make delivery of bullion which has been
     sold for the account of the Fund, but only against receipt of cash proceeds

                                       2
<PAGE>

    by Wilmington Trust for the account of the Fund.

8.   Reports by Custodian  Wilmington  Trust shall each business day furnish the
     Fund and Company with a statement  summarizing all transactions and entries
     for the  account  of the  Fund  for the  preceding  business  day  provided
     activity  occurred  within the Fund's account such day. At the end of every
     month  Wilmington  Trust shall  furnish the Fund with an account  statement
     which summarizes  account activity during the month and provides details of
     account  inventory  as of the close of the last  business day of the month,
     which  shall  include  bar  size,  quantity,  brand  name,  serial  number,
     fineness,  gross  weight in troy  ounces,  fine weight and fine troy weight
     contained in the Fund's bullion  inventory.  Wilmington Trust shall furnish
     such other reports as may be mutually agreed upon from time-to time.

9.   Disclaimer.  Wilmington  Trust will not  ascertain nor be  responsible  nor
     liable for the  authenticity  or  correctness  of the  markings  on, or the
     weight, contents or fineness of precious metals held in safekeeping for the
     Fund.

10.  Insurance.  Wilmington Trust agrees to maintain adequate insurance coverage
     on the precious metals stored. This insurance consists of a Bankers Blanket
     Bond Form 24 followed by all-risk  property  policies  which shall  provide
     that the loss  thereunder  shall be payable to the Fund.  Wilmington  Trust
     will  provide  certificates  of  insurance  to  the  Fund  evidencing  such
     insurance after receipt of a written request to provide such certificates.

11.  Force  Majeure.  Wilmington  Trust  shall not be liable for any  failure to
     transfer or re-deliver or physically deliver precious metals as provided in
     instructions  to it pursuant to this  Agreement  during any period in which
     Wilmington  Trust is  prevented  from doing so as the direct and  proximate
     result of war  (whether  an  actual  declaration  thereof  is made or not),
     sabotage,  insurrection,  riot,  act of civil  disobedience,  act of public
     enemy, act of any government or any agency or subdivision thereof, judicial
     action, labor dispute,  explosion, storm, technical failure, fire or flood,


                                        3
<PAGE>

     provided,   however,   that  nothing  contained  herein  shall  impair  the
     obligation  which  Wilmington  Trust  shall  have to  substitute  insurance
     proceeds  therefor  unless such proceeds are not payable by the appropriate
     insurance  carriers  by  reason of an  exclusion  contained  in  applicable
     policies.

12.  Fees.  Exhibit A hereto  sets forth  Wilmington  Trust's  current  fees and
     charges for its services hereunder.  Fees may be changed upon not less than
     ninety (90) day's notice to Fund.

13.  Liability.     (a) The physical safekeeping and the settlement of purchase 
               and sale  transactions are the  responsibility of Wilmington
               Trust,  and Fund shall have the right to bring  directly  against
               Wilmington  Trust any claim for  failure of  Wilmington  Trust to
               perform its obligations hereunder.
                    (b)  Wilmington  Trust  shall not be liable  for any  action
               taken in good faith upon  either any proper  instructions  herein
               described or a certified  copy of any  resolution of the Board of
               Directors of Fund,  and may rely on the  genuineness  of any such
               document which it may in good faith believe to have been validly
               executed. 
                    (c) So long as and to the extent that it is in the  exercise
               of reasonable care, Wilmington Trust shall not be responsible for
               the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence or
               title thereto  received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this
               Agreement  and shall be held  harmless in acting upon any notice,
               request,  consent,  certificate  or other  instrument  from  Fund
               reasonably  believed  by it to be genuine and to be signed by the
               proper  party or parties.  Wilmington  Trust shall be entitled to
               rely on and may act upon advice of non-in-house  counsel (who may
               be counsel for  Wilmington  Trust Company or counsel for Fund) on
               all  matters,  and  shall be  without  liability  for any  action
               reasonably taken or omitted  pursuant to such advice.  Wilmington
               Trust  shall be liable  only for its own  negligent  or bad faith
               performance  of this  Agreement,  its own  negligent or bad faith
               acts or failures to act. Fund shall  indemnify  Wilmington  Trust
               and hold it harmless  from and  against all claims,  liabilities,
               and  expenses  (including   reasonable   attorney's  fees)  which
               Wilmington  Trust  may  suffer  or  incur  on  account  of  being
               Custodian hereunder except such claims,  liabilities and expenses
               arising from  Wilmington  Trust's own negligence or bad faith. 
 
                                        4



<PAGE>

     If Fund requires Wilmington Trust to take any action, which action involves
the payment of money or which  action may, in the opinion of  Wilmington  Trust,
result in  Wilmington  Trust being  liable for the payment of money or incurring
liability of some other form,  Fund, as a prerequisite  to requiring  Wilmington
Trust to take such action,  shall provide  indemnity to  Wilmington  Trust in an
amount and form satisfactory to it.

14.  Records.  Wilmington  Trust  hereby  acknowledges  that all of the records,
     except the records retained on magnetic tape, it shall prepare and maintain
     pursuant to this Agreement, shall be the property of the Fund and that upon
     proper instructions of Fund, it shall:
          (a)  Deliver  said  records  to  Fund  or a  successor  custodian,  as
     appropriate;  
          (b) Provide the auditors or other representative, agent or employee of
     the Fund with a copy of such records without  charge;  and provide the Fund
     or successor  custodian  with a reasonable  number of reports and copies of
     such  records  at  a  mutually  agreed  upon  charge   appropriate  to  the
     circumstances;
          (c) Permit the  auditors or any  representative,  agent or employee of
     the Fund to inspect or copy during Wilmington Trust's normal business hours
     any such records, and;
          (d) Provide the Fund and its  auditors  with copies of the Third Party
     audit report by Wilmington  Trust's  auditors  regarding  internal  control
     matters relevant to Wilmington Trust's duties hereunder.
          (e) As may be  requested  from  time to time by the  Fund,  Wilmington
     Trust shall create and maintain all records  relating to its activities and
     obligations  under this Agreement in such manner as will reasonably  assist
     the Fund in meeting the Fund's obligations under the Investment Company Act
     of 1940,  with  particular  attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1
     and 31a-2 thereunder,  applicable  federal and state tax laws and any other
     law or  administrative  rules or procedures  which may be applicable to the
     Fund.  Wilmington Trust shall take all reasonable  action to allow the Fund
     to obtain from year to year favorable  opinions from the Fund's independent
     accountants with respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the
     preparation  of the  Fund's  Form  N-1A,  as the Fund may from time to time
     request,  and the Fund's Form N- SAR or other annual or semi-annual reports
     to the  Securities  and Exchange  commission  and with respect to any other
     requirements of the Commission.

15.      Appointment of Agents.

                                       5
<PAGE>

          (a) Wilmington Trust shall have the authority,  in its discretion,  to
     appoint an agent or agents to do and  perform any acts or things for and on
     behalf of Wilmington Trust,  pursuant at all times to its instructions,  as
     Wilmington Trust is permitted to do under this Agreement.
          (b) Any agent or agents appointed to have physical custody of precious
     metals  held under this  Agreement  or any part  thereof  must be a bank or
     banks,  as that term is defined in Section 2(a) (5) of the 1940 Act, having
     an aggregate,  surplus and  undivided  profits of not less than Two Million
     Dollars  ($2,000,000)  (or  such  greater  sum as may then be  required  by
     applicable laws.) (c) The delegation of any  responsibilities or activities
     by  Wilmington  Trust to any agent or agents  shall not relieve  Wilmington
     Trust  from  any  liability  which  would  exist  if  there  were  no  such
     delegation. 

16. Assignment and Termination.
          (a) This  Agreement  may not be assigned by Fund or  Wilmington  Trust
     without written consent of the other party.
          (b)  Either  Wilmington  Trust or Fund may  terminate  this  Agreement
     without  payment of any penalty,  at any time upon ninety (90) days written
     notice thereof  delivered by the one to the other,  and upon the expiration
     of said  ninety  (90)  days,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate;  provided,
     however,  that this Agreement shall continue  thereafter for such period as
     may be necessary for the complete divestiture of all assets held hereunder.
     In the event of such  termination,  Wilmington  Trust will immediately upon
     the receipt or transmittal of such notice, as the case may be, commence and
     prosecute  diligently to completion the transfer of all precious  metals to
     its  successor  when  appointed by Fund.  Fund shall select such  successor
     custodian  within  sixty  (60)  days  after the  giving  of such  notice of
     termination, and the obligation of Wilmington Trust to deliver and transfer
     over said assets  directly to such  successor  custodian  shall commence as
     soon as such successor is appointed,  and all fees due Wilmington Trust are
     paid by Fund and shall continue until completed,  as aforesaid. At any time
     after  termination  hereof  Fund  may have  access  to the  records  of the
     administration  of this  custodianship  whenever the same may be necessary.

                                       6
<PAGE>

          (c) If, after  termination  of the services of  Wilmington  Trust,  no
     successor  custodian has been appointed  within the period above  provided,
     Wilmington  Trust may deliver the  precious  metals  owned by the Fund to a
     bank or trust  company of its own  selection  having an aggregate  capital,
     surplus  and  undivided  profits  of not  less  than  Two  Million  Dollars
     ($2,000,000)  (or such  greater sum as may then be required by the laws and
     regulations  governing  the  conduct  by the  Fund  of its  business  as an
     investment  company)  and  having its  functions  and  physical  facilities
     supervised by federal or state authority, to be held as the property of the
     Fund under the terms similar to those on which they were held by Wilmington
     Trust, whereupon such bank or trust company so selected by Wilmington Trust
     shall  become  the  successor  custodian  with the same  effect  as  though
     selected by Fund.

17.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. Fund
     agrees  that  jurisdiction  and venue for any  action  arising  under  this
     Agreement shall be exclusively with the State and Federal courts located in
     Delaware. This Agreement shall not be amended, except pursuant to a writing
     signed by both parties hereto.

19.      Notice.
          (a) Account  statements and bills sent from  Wilmington  Trust to Fund
     shall be sent as follows:
                                Midas Fund, Inc.
                                Attn: Treasurer
                                11 Hanover Street
                                New York, NY 10005

                                       7
<PAGE>

          (b) All  notices  sent by Fund to  Wilmington  Trust  shall be sent as
     follows:
                            Wilmington Trust Company
                            Precious Metals Services Division
                            c/o Michael B. Clark, Vice President
                            Rodney Square North
                            1100 North Market Street
                            Wilmington, DE 1989
  
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as
of the date set forth at the beginning of this Agreement.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY MIDAS FUND, INC.

By:......................................... By:...............................
(signature) (signature)

Name:....................................... Name:.............................


Title:...................................... Title:............................


Date:....................................... Date:.............................





                                       8
<PAGE>

                          SERVICE AND AGENCY AGREEMENT

         This Service and Agency Agreement (the  "Agreement") is among Investors
Bank &  Trust  Company  (hereinafter  referred  to as  "Investors  Bank &  Trust
Company") and Midas Fund, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as "Midas Fund"), and is
effective as of  ____________,  1995. As of its effective  date,  this Agreement
supersedes any prior agreement relating to the subject matter hereof.

                               Article 1: Recitals

         1.1 Midas Fund has developed  certain  materials that may be used by an
individual  to establish an individual  retirement  custodial  account  ("IRA").
These Midas Fund  materials use the  provisions  of IRS Form 5305-A,  Individual
Retirement Custodial Account, provisions developed by Midas Fund in Article VIII
of Form 5305-A, an IRA disclosure statement and related forms and materials (and
such materials are hereinafter collectively called the "IRA Materials"), and the
provisions  of IRS Form  5305-SEP,  Simplified  Employee  Pension  -  Individual
Retirement Accounts Contribution  Agreement,  and related informational or other
materials (and such materials are hereafter referred to collectively as the "SEP
Materials."  In addition,  Midas Fund has  developed or  contracted  for certain
materials  that may be used by an individual to establish a 403(b)(7)  custodial
account (the "403(b) Account  Materials") and master or prototype qualified plan
materials  that may be used by an Employer to establish a  tax-qualified  profit
sharing or money purchase pension plan (the "Prototype Plan Materials"). The IRA
Materials,  the SEP Materials,  the 403(b) Account Materials,  and the Prototype
Plan Materials are  hereinafter  referred to  collectively  as the  "Materials".
Contributions to an IRA, 403(b) Account or Employer Plan  established  using the
IRA Materials,  the 403(b) Account Materials or the Prototype Plan Materials (as
the case may be) may be  invested  in shares of  open-end  regulated  investment
companies in the Midas Fund Funds Group ("Shares").

         1.2 Midas Fund desires to have  Investors Bank & Trust Company serve as
Custodian of IRAs or 403(b) Accounts  established using the IRA Materials or the
403(b) Account Materials,  and to serve as Trustee of Employer Plans established
using the Prototype Plan Materials. Investors Bank & Trust Company is willing to
serve as such  Custodian or Trustee in accordance  with the terms and conditions
of this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, in its capacity as Custodian
or Trustee of a Customer Arrangement  hereunder,  Investors Bank & Trust Company
will be referred to as the  "Custodian"  (even  though with  respect to Employer
Plans, Investors Bank & Trust Company is serving as Trustee).

         1.3 Investors Bank & Trust  represents to Midas Fund that it is and, as
long as any Customer Arrangements established hereunder are in effect, will be a

<PAGE>

"bank" as defined in Section  408(n)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.

                             Article 2: Definitions

         As used in this  Agreement,  the  following  terms  have the  following
meanings:

         2.1 "Customer"  means an individual or business  maintaining a Customer
IRA, Customer 403(b) Account, or Employer Plan.

         2.2  "Customer  Arrangement"  means a Customer  IRA, a Customer  403(b)
Account, or an Employer Plan.

         2.3 "Customer IRA" means the individual  retirement  custodial account,
as hereafter adopted by an individual using the IRA Materials.

         2.4 "Customer 403(b) Account" means the 403(b)(7) custodial account, as
hereafter adopted by an individual using the 403(b) Account Materials.

         2.5 "Employer"  means an entity (whether  incorporated or not) that has
established an Employer SEP or an Employer Plan.

         2.6 "Employer Plan" means a tax-qualified  prototype  profit sharing or
money  purchase  pension plan as hereafter  established by an Employer using the
Prototype Plan Materials.

         2.7  "Employer  SEP"  means a  simplified  employee  pension  plan,  as
hereafter established by an Employer using the SEP Materials.

                            Article 3: IRA Materials

     3.1 Midas Fund will be  responsible  for  preparing and  maintaining  all 
of the Materials. Midas Fund will be responsible for the legal and tax effect of
such  Materials,  and will  take all  steps  necessary  to  ensure  that all the
Materials contain such terms and conditions and meet such other  requirements as
are necessary to comply with all provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and any
other laws applicable to individual  retirement  accounts,  simplified  employee
pension plans,  403(b)(7) custodial accounts or tax-qualified  profit sharing or
money purchase pension plans, in order to achieve tax deferral for Customers who
establish  or  employees  or owner-employees  who  participate  in a  Customer
Arrangement  and  to  achieve  tax   deductibility  for  the  Employer  for  any
contributions to any such Customer Arrangement (within applicable  limitations).
This  responsibility  will  include  (without  limitation)  timely  amending the
Materials and causing  amended  Materials to be  distributed to and if necessary
signed by Customers and/or  Employers.  All costs and expense of the preparation
and  maintenance  of the Materials  will be borne by Midas Fund.  
<PAGE>

     Midas  Fund  may  contract  for or  arrange  with a  vendor  selected  with
reasonable  care by Midas Fund for the  provision  of any or all the  Materials,
provided that, as between Midas Fund and Investors  Bank & Trust Company,  Midas
Fund will be  responsible  for all the  Materials  as provided in the  preceding
paragraph and for all other purposes of this Agreement.

         The Materials (and all  explanatory,  advertising,  marketing or other
Materials used in connection  with any Customer  Arrangement)  will provide that
Investors  Bank & Trust  Company as Custodian of any Customer  Arrangement  will
have no investment  responsibilities and no fiduciary or other responsibility or
liability for the selection of  investments  for any Customer  Arrangement,  and
will  not  serve  as the  "plan  administrator"  (as  defined  in  the  Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) of any Customer Arrangement.

           Article 4: Employment of Investors Bank & Trust Company as
                                    Custodian

         4.1 Investors  Bank & Trust Company agrees to serve as Custodian of any
Customer Arrangement hereafter established by a Customer using the Materials. As
such  Custodian,  Investors Bank & Trust Company will be designated as the owner
of the Shares  purchased for each Customer  Arrangement  on the records of Midas
Fund.  Midas Fund represents and warrants to Investors Bank & Trust Company that
the Shares will meet all applicable legal requirements,  including  registration
in accordance  with the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended,  in order to be legal  investments for Customer
Arrangements.

         4.2 Records of the  Custodian's  ownership of Shares will be maintained
by Midas Fund in the name of Investors Bank & Trust Company as Custodian (or its
nominee) and no physical shares will be issued.

         4.3 Investors Bank & Trust Company and Midas Fund acknowledge and agree
that:

                  (a) Under the Materials, Investors Bank & Trust Company
         as Custodian has no investment responsibility for the
         selection of Shares for any Customer  Arrangement  and Investors Bank &
         Trust  Company will have no liability  for any  investments  made for a
         Customer Arrangement.

                  (b)  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  will not serve as "plan
         administrator"  (as defined in the Employee  Retirement Income Security
         Act of 1974, as amended) of any Customer Arrangement whatsoever,  or in
         any other administrative capacity or other capacity except as Custodian
         thereof.

                  (c)  Midas  Fund  agrees  that,  in  any  written,   oral,  or
         electronic  communications from Midas Fund to any prospective or actual

<PAGE>

         Customer or  Employer,  it will not state or represent  that  Investors
         Bank & Trust  Company  has any  investment  discretion  or other  power
         concerning  investments of any Customer Arrangement,  or that Investors
         Bank & Trust  Company  will  serve  as plan  administrator  or have any
         administrative  or  other  responsibility  for  the  administration  or
         operation of any Customer Arrangement.

     4.4 (a) Investors Bank & Trust Company  hereby  delegates to Midas Fund all
record  keeping and other duties of the Custodian as are specified in any of the
Materials or as may be necessary or convenient  to  administer  and maintain any
Customer  Arrangement.  With  respect to any Customer  Arrangement,  such duties
include,  without implied  limitation,  receiving and maintaining  copies of the
signed Materials and other documentation  necessary to reflect the establishment
of and activity in each Customer Arrangement,  processing all contributions to a
Customer  Arrangement  (including  rollover or direct  rollover  contributions),
properly  investing  all such  contributions  in Shares in  accordance  with the
Customer's  instructions,   processing  investment  transfers  among  Shares  in
accordance  with  the  Customer's  instructions,  processing  distributions  and
rollovers  or  transfers  from  the  Customer  Arrangement,  providing  periodic
Customer  Arrangement  account  statements  (including  a  year-end  statement),
performing  all required  government  reporting in a timely manner in accordance
with applicable  requirements,  including timely filing Form 5498 and Form 1099R
(where   applicable)  with  the  Customer  and  the  Internal  Revenue  Service,
performing income tax withholding, where applicable, timely providing a Schedule
P to each  Employer  with an Employer Plan to be filed with the Annual Report of
the  Employer  Plan to the  Internal  Revenue  Service,  and  responding  to all
Customer and other inquiries concerning a Customer Arrangement.  With respect to
Employer  SEPs and  Employer  Plans,  such duties may include,  without  implied
limitation,  receiving  Employer SEP or Employer Plan contributions and properly
allocating such  contributions to  participants'  accounts or (in the case of an
Employer SEP) individual  retirement  accounts operating in connection with such
Employer  SEP or  Employer  Plan,  and  responding  to all  Employer  and  other
inquiries  concerning an Employer SEP or Employer Plan.  Midas Fund will perform
all such duties, and will do so with the same degree of care that Investors Bank
& Trust Company would be required to exercise if it were  performing such duties
itself.

                  (b)  Midas  Fund may  delegate  any of its  duties  under  the
preceding  subsection  (a) to a third party service  provider or service  bureau
(which  may  include  an  affiliate  of  Midas  Fund or the  transfer  agent  or
distributor  of the  Shares)  selected  by  Midas  Fund  with  reasonable  care.
Notwithstanding  any such  delegation,  Midas Fund will  remain  responsible  to
Investors Bank & Trust Company for the complete and proper  performance of Midas
Fund's duties under the preceding subsection (a).
<PAGE>

         4.5 Midas  Fund will upon  reasonable  advance  notice  make  available
access to its  facilities  and access to or copies of such  records to Investors
Bank & Trust Company as Investors Bank & Trust Company may request in order that
Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  may  determine  that  Midas  Fund is  properly
performing its duties and obligations hereunder or as may be necessary to comply
with bank regulatory or other legal requirements to which Investors Bank & Trust
Company is subject;  Investors Bank & Trust Company's right of access under this
sentence  will  include  access  to  any  service  provider  or  service  bureau
performing  any of Midas Fund's duties and  obligations  under this Agreement on
behalf of Midas Fund.

                         Article 5: Reviews of Materials

         5.1 Midas Fund will submit to Investors  Bank & Trust Company and await
its advance  approval of all  Materials  and of any other  materials  concerning
Investors Bank & Trust Company or the duties of the Custodian which will be used
by Midas Fund in marketing the Materials to prospective  or actual  Customers or
Employers or in  communicating  with  Customers or Employers.  Investors  Bank &
Trust Company will not unreasonably withhold its approval of any such materials.

         5.2 Any  approvals by Investors  Bank & Trust Company under Section 5.1
will constitute Investors Bank & Trust Company's acquiescence to the use of such
materials  and not its approval of their  contents or their  effect.  Midas Fund
will assume full  responsibility  to Investors  Bank & Trust  Company and to all
other interested persons  (including  Customers and Employers) for such contents
and such effect.

                   Article 6: Applications and Correspondence

         6.1  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  will  sign all  applications  to
establish  a  Customer  Arrangement  or  other  documents  related  to  Customer
Arrangements  which Midas Fund submits to Investors Bank & Trust Company for its
signature.  However,  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company may in writing  authorize
Midas Fund or Midas Fund's designee to execute  Investors Bank & Trust Company's
name to one or more  specific  documents or  categories  of documents  (and such
authorization  may be a blanket  or  standing  authorization  until  revoked  by
Investors Bank & Trust Company). In no event will Midas Fund sign Investors Bank
& Trust  Company's name on any application or other document  without  Investors
Bank & Trust Company's prior written approval.

         6.2 Upon receipt,  Investors Bank & Trust Company will promptly forward
or refer all written and oral inquiries from Customers,  Employers  and/or other
parties to Midas  Fund.  Midas  Fund will  appropriately  handle  all  inquiries
directed to the Custodian.

                         Article 7: Returns and Reports
<PAGE>

         7.1 Midas Fund will timely  prepare and file all  returns,  reports and
statements  relating  to  Customer   Arrangements   required  by  the  Code  and
regulations  thereunder  or any other  applicable  federal or state  law,  or as
agreed to in the relevant Materials relating to a Customer Arrangement.

                          Article 8: Fees and Expenses

         8.1 In  consideration  for Investors Bank & Trust Company's  service as
Custodian  hereunder,  Midas Fund will pay  Investors  Bank & Trust Company such
compensation as is specified in attached Schedule A. In addition, Investors Bank
& Trust  Company will be entitled to be  reimbursed  by Midas Fund for Investors
Bank & Trust Company's  reasonable  expenses (including fees of legal counsel or
other  advisors)  incurred in performing any services under this Agreement other
than  serving  as  Custodian  of a Customer  Arrangement  (such as, by way of an
example of a reimbursable  expense and not by way of  limitation,  fees of legal
counsel to review the Materials) or any services requested by Midas Fund.

         8.2 Investors Bank & Trust Company will receive  reimbursement  for any
expenses it incurs in  connection  with  serving as  Custodian  of any  Customer
Arrangement  to the extent  provided  for under the  relevant  Materials  and as
Custodian  will have the right to charge  such  expenses  directly to a Customer
Arrangement  (or an  account  thereunder)  as  provided  for under the  relevant
Materials.  To the extent that  Investors  Bank & Trust Company does not collect
the entire amount of any such expense


<PAGE>



from the Customer  Arrangement  involved,  Midas Fund will pay such shortfall to
Investors Bank & Trust Company.

     Article 9: Indemnification of Investors Bank & Trust Company

         9.1 Midas Fund and its successors and assigns will at all times jointly
and  severally  indemnify  and  hold  Investors  Bank &  Trust  Company  and its
successors  and assigns  harmless from any and all liability,  claims,  actions,
loss,  costs or expense  (including (a) reasonable fees for counsel,  (b) taxes,
penalties,  expenses  or  fees,  and  (c)  any  liability  imposed  directly  or
indirectly as a consequence of limiting  investment  options available under any
Customer Arrangement to the Shares),  hereinafter referred to as "Losses", which
Investors  Bank &  Trust  Company  incurs  in any  manner  arising  directly  or
indirectly  from  or  out of or in  connection  with  the  performance  or  non-
performance  by Midas Fund of Midas  Fund's  duties and  obligations  under this
Agreement or applicable law, or arising  directly or indirectly  from, out of or
in connection with Investors Bank & Trust Company's being named Custodian of any
Customer Arrangement under this Agreement or under any of the Materials.

         The  indemnification  of  Investors  Bank  &  Trust  Company  (and  its
successors  and assigns)  provided for in the preceding  paragraph  will include
indemnification  for any Losses arising directly or indirectly from or out of or
<PAGE>

in connection with the performance or  non-performance by either any third-party
service  provider or service  bureau to whom Midas Fund has delegated any of its
duties under  Section  4.4(b) or any provider or vendor with whom Midas Fund has
contracted for the provision of any of the Materials under Section 3.1.

         9.2 No Losses which might be subject to the  indemnification  provision
in Section 9.1 will be confessed,  settled or  compromised  by Investors  Bank &
Trust Company until Investors Bank & Trust Company gives Midas Fund at least ten
business  days' written  notice of the material facts as then known to Investors
Bank & Trust  Company,  and Midas Fund will have the right,  upon written demand
given to Investors  Bank & Trust Company within ten business days after the date
of such notice from Investors Bank & Trust Company, to confess or defend against
such Losses at its expense.

                 Article 10: Resignation or Removal of Custodian

     10.1 If at any time hereafter, Midas Fund chooses to discontinue performing
any  of  its  duties  and  obligations  described  in or  contemplated  by  this
Agreement,  either of a  general  nature or in  respect  to any or all  Customer
Arrangements,  it will give  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company  at least 90 days'
written notice prior to such discontinuance.  Investors Bank & Trust Company may
thereupon resign as Custodian in respect to any or all Customer  Arrangements in
accordance  with the  provisions  of the relevant  Materials.  If within 30 days
after Investors Bank & Trust Company  receives such a notice from Midas Fund, or
if any other time prior to receipt of any such notice from Midas Fund, Investors
Bank & Trust  Company  chooses  to resign as  Custodian  of any or all  Customer
Arrangements, Midas Fund will promptly distribute the notice of Investors Bank &
Trust Company's resignation to such persons and in such manner as are called for
under  the  applicable  provisions  of the  relevant  Materials  and in form and
content satisfactory to Investors Bank & Trust Company. Midas Fund will continue
to perform such duties and obligations in respect to such Customer  Arrangements
at least until Investors Bank & Trust Company's resignation takes effect and the
assets have been transferred to its successor  custodian or trustee or have been
distributed.

                            Article 11: Miscellaneous

         11.1 No party to this  Agreement  will be liable to any other party for
consequential  damages  under  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  or  for  any
consequential  damages  arising  out of  any  act or  failure  to act  hereunder
(provided that this Section 11.1 is not intended to and will not be construed to
reduce or  terminate in any way Midas Fund's  indemnification  obligation  under
Section 9.1).

         11.2 This Agreement  will become  effective as of the date stated above
<PAGE>

and will continue in full force while  Investors  Bank & Trust Company serves as
Custodian of any Customer Arrangements, and will terminate when Investors Bank &
Trust Company no longer  serves as Custodian of any such  Customer  Arrangement;
provided,  however,  that  the  indemnification  provisions  of  Article  9 will
continue to apply after termination of this Agreement with respect to any act or
omission which is alleged to have occurred while this Agreement was in effect.

         11.3 This  Agreement may be amended from time to time by mutual written
agreement of the parties.  Any such  amendment  must be in writing and signed by
both  parties.  Schedules  appended  hereto may be amended by written  agreement
between the parties without re-execution of this Agreement.

     11.4 Midas Fund  represents  and warrants to Investors Bank & Trust Company
that  it  has  power  under  its  Articles  of  Incorporation  and  by-laws  (or
equivalent) to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement,  and
has duly  executed  this  Agreement  so as to  constitute  its valid and binding
obligation.

         11.5 Notices delivered or mailed postage prepaid to:

                  Midas Fund at
                  11 Hanover Square
                  New York, NY  10005
                  Attn:  Thomas B. Winmill, Co-President

                  Investors Bank & Trust Company at
                  P.O. Box 1537 - ADM27
                  Boston, MA  02205
                  Attn:  Henry N. Joyce, Managing Director

or to such other  addresses  Midas Fund or  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company may
hereafter specify to the other in writing.

         11.6  This  Agreement  will be  construed  and the  provisions  thereof
interpreted  under  and in  accordance  with  the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.  Midas  Fund  hereby  submits to the  jurisdiction  of the courts
located in the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  including any appellate  court
thereof or the  federal  district  court  located  therein  with  respect to any
litigation involving this Agreement.

         11.7 Unless otherwise required by law, each party agrees to maintain in
confidence any  confidential  or proprietary  information of any other party and
not to disclose  any such  information  without the consent of the party  owning
such information.
<PAGE>

 IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  parties  has  caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed  in its name and behalf by its duly  authorized  officer and to be duly
attested.

ATTEST:
                                            MIDAS FUND, INC.


                                       By:
                                                     Authorized Signer


                                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                       By:
                                                     Authorized Signer



<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE A


         In  consideration  for  Investors  Bank & Trust  Company's  service  as
Custodian, Midas Fund will pay Investors Bank & Trust Company the per account or
per participant amount shown below per calendar year or any portion thereof that
Investors  Bank & Trust  Company is serving as Custodian of one or more Customer
Arrangements:


                           Customer IRAs (including SEP - IRAs):
                                    $1.00 Per Customer IRA

                           Customer 403(b) Accounts:
                                    $1.00 per Customer 403(b) Account

                           Employer Plans
                                    $10.00 Per Participant in the Employer Plan



                                  SELF-DIRECTED
                              INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT
                                CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT
                              DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

                       SELF-DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT
                     CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT DISCLOSURE STATEMENT

   If you do not receive this statement at least seven days before you establish
your Individual  Retirement  Account,  you have the right to revoke your account
within seven days after it is established  and to receive a return of the entire
amount of your investment in the account. If this right to revoke applies to you
and if you  should  desire to  exercise  your  right to revoke  your  Individual
Retirement  Custodial  Account,  you should mail or deliver a written  notice of
revocation to the Service  Company,  the name and address of which appear on the
Application  and Adoption  Agreement.  Mailed notice will be deemed given on the
date it is postmarked (or, if sent by certified or registered  mail, on the date
of  certification  or  registration by the post office.) The Service Company has
the  right  under  the  Custodial   Account   Agreement  to  hold  your  initial
contribution  uninvested  until the period when you may revoke your  account has
expired.

1. ELIGIBILITY

   You are  eligible to set up an IRA if you are younger than age 70 1/2 and if,
at any time  during  the year,  you are an  employee  or are  self-employed  and
receive compensation or earned income that is includible in your gross income.

   Additionally,  regardless  of your  age,  you may also  transfer  funds  from
another IRA or certain  qualified plan  distributions to a "Rollover" IRA, which
is described in paragraph 9 of this statement.

2. LIMIT ON ANNUAL CONTRIBUTIONS

   (a) You can make annual  contributions  to an individual IRA of up to $2,000,
or 100% of your compensation or earned income, whichever is less.

   (b) If you and your spouse both work and have compensation that is includible
in your gross income,  each of you can annually  contribute to a separate IRA up
to the lesser of $2,000 or 100% of compensation or earned income.

   (c) If your spouse earns no income from employment, or elects to be treated
as earning no income (this can be  advantageous  if your spouse has $250 or less
in earned  income),  and is under age 70 1/2, you can  establish a "spousal IRA"
<PAGE>

with two separate accounts if you file a joint Federal tax return. The aggregate
annual amount you can contribute to both IRAs each year cannot exceed the lesser
of $2,250 or 100% of your earned income or compensation.  This amount is divided
between the two spousal IRA accounts as you direct, but not more than $2,000 may
be contributed to one account each year.

   (d) If you are a divorced spouse, all taxable alimony received by you under a
decree of divorce or separate  maintenance  will be treated as compensation  for
purposes  of the IRA  contribution  limit and the rules  for  contributing  to a
regular IRA will apply. Accordingly,  you can make annual contributions of up to
the  lesser of  $2,000,  or 100% of  compensation  or earned  income  (including
taxable alimony).

3. DEDUCTIBILITY OF CONTRIBUTIONS

   (a) You may deduct the full amount of your IRA  contribution up to the annual
maximum limit if you are not an "active  participant"  in an  employer-sponsored
retirement plan (including qualified 401(k),  profit sharing or retirement plans
maintained by your employer,  Simplified  Employee Pension plans,  tax-sheltered
annuity plans, and certain governmental plans) for any part of such year. If you
are married and you and your spouse file a joint  return,  or you live  together
with your spouse at anytime  during the year, you will be deemed to be an active
participant  in an  employer-sponsored  retirement  plan if  either  you or your
spouse is an active participant in such a plan.

   You are (or your spouse is) an "active participant" for a year if at any time
during the year you are covered by any employer  plan under which  contributions
are  made  to  your  account   (including  a  required  or  voluntary   employee
contribution  by you) or under which you are  eligible to earn  pension  benefit
credits.  You are  considered an active  participant  even if you are not vested
under the plan.  Your Form W-2 for the year should  indicate your  participation
status.  You should consult your own tax or financial advisor if you should have
any further questions.

     Even if you are an active  participant  in such a plan,  you may deduct the
full amount of your IRA  contribution up to the annual maximum limit if you have
adjusted  gross income equal to or below a specified  level ($40,000 for married
taxpayers  filing joint  returns and $25,000 for single  taxpayers).  If you are
single and an active participant in an  employer-sponsored  retirement plan, the
amount of your IRA  contribution  which is deductible  will be phased out on the
basis of adjusted gross income between  $25,000 and $35,000.  If you are married
and you and your spouse file a joint return,  if either you or your spouse is an
active participant in an employer-sponsored  retirement plan, the amount of your
IRA  contribution  which is  deductible  will be phased out on the basis of your
<PAGE>

combined  adjusted gross income between $40,000 and $50,000.  If you are married
and file a separate return, the deduction for IRA contributions  phases out with
adjusted gross income between $0 and $10,000.

   In general,  the IRA  deduction is phased out at a rate of $200 per $1,000 of
adjusted  gross  income in excess of the phase out  amount  ($25,000  for single
taxpayers,  $40,000  for  married  taxpayers  who file joint  returns and $0 for
married taxpayers who file separate  returns).  However,  if you contribute to a
spousal  IRA,  your IRA  deduction is phased out at a rate of $225 per $1,000 of
adjusted gross income in excess of $40,000.

   When calculating your reduced IRA deduction limit, you always round up to the
next highest $10.  Therefore,  your deduction limit is always a multiple of $10.
In addition,  if your adjusted  gross income is within the  phase-out  range and
your  reduced  deduction  limit is more  than $0 but  less  than  $200,  you are
permitted to deduct up to $200 of your IRA contributions.

   If your adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable  level  specified  above
and you are an active participant in an  employer-sponsored  retirement plan (or
your spouse is an active  participant  in such a plan if you are married),  then
you may not deduct any portion of your IRA contribution.

   (b) Even if you  will  not be able to  deduct  the  full  amount  of your IRA
contribution  under the rules described  above,  you can still  contribute up to
your  annual  maximum  amount  with  all or  part  of the  contribution  being a
non-tax-deductible contribution. Of course, the combined total of deductible and
non-deductible  contributions  must not exceed your annual maximum  contribution
limit  amount.  Any  earnings  on all your  IRA  contributions  (deductible  and
nondeductible) accumulate tax-free until you withdraw them.

4. CONTRIBUTIONS WHICH CAN NEVER BE DEDUCTED

   You may not make any  contribution  (other than a rollover  contribution)  to
your IRA with  respect  to the tax year in  which  you  reach  age 70 1/2 or any
subsequent  year.  However,  you  may  continue  to make  contributions  to your
spouse's  spousal IRA and deduct the  deductible  portion of such payments until
the year in which your spouse reaches age 70 1/2.

   You may not deduct any portion of IRA contributions  allocable to the cost of
life insurance.  For this reason, life insurance is not offered as an investment
for your IRA.

5. ANNUAL CONTRIBUTIONS

   Contributions  to your IRA for a tax year  must be made in cash on or  before
the due date (not including  extensions)  for your Federal income tax return for
that  tax  year  (April  15 for  most  individuals).  If you  intend  to  report
<PAGE>

contributions  made  between  January 1 and April 15 as  contributions  for your
prior tax year,  you should  notify us in writing that such  contributions  have
been made on account  of such  prior tax year.  Otherwise,  the  Custodian  will
assume the payment is for the current tax year.

6. EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

   If you  contribute  to your IRA  more  than the  maximum  contribution  limit
allowed any year, the excess contribution could be subject to a 6% nondeductible
excise tax. The excess is taxed in the year the excess  contribution is made and
each year that the excess remains in your IRA at the end of the year. (Remember,
the excess  contribution  excise tax is based on contributions above the maximum
contribution limit, not the maximum deduction limit.)

   If, by accident,  you should contribute more than the maximum amount allowed,
you can eliminate the excess contribution as follows:

   (a) You can avoid the 6% excise tax by  withdrawing  the excess  contribution
and the net  earnings  attributable  to it before  the due date  (including  any
extensions)  for filing your  Federal  income tax return for the year the excess
occurred.  Upon removing an excess contribution in this manner, the net earnings
attributable  to it are  includible in your income for the tax year in which the
excess  contribution  was made,  and you may also have to pay an additional  10%
premature  distribution  tax on the amount of such net earnings  (see  paragraph
7(a)).  However,  the excess  contribution  itself  will not be included in your
taxable income and will not be subject to the 10% premature distribution tax.

   (b) If you elect not to withdraw an excess  contribution,  you can  eliminate
the excess by contributing less than the maximum amount allowed to your IRA in a
later year. This is known as a "make-up" contribution and is allowed only to the
extent that you  under-contribute in the later year. Further, to the extent that
you have not contributed  your full  deductible  amount for that later year, the
amount of the excess so eliminated  may be deductible as a "make-up"  deduction,
depending on your active  participant  status and adjusted  gross income for the
year.  The 6% excise  tax will,  however,  be  imposed  in the year you make the
excess contribution and each subsequent year until eliminated.

   (c) If you do not withdraw an excess contribution on or before the due date
for filing your Federal income tax return and your  contribution  did not exceed
$2,250, you can withdraw the excess at any time as long as you have not deducted
it on your Federal tax return.  The amount of the excess which you withdraw will
not be included in your gross income and will not be subject to regular  Federal
<PAGE>

income tax. However, the 6% excise tax will be imposed for the year in which you
make  the  excess  contribution  and each  subsequent  year,  until  the year of
withdrawal.  

     (d) If you do not withdraw an excess contribution on or before the due date
for filing your Federal income tax return and your contribution exceeded $2,250,
you must include in your gross income any excess  amount which you withdraw even
if you have not deducted it on your Federal income tax return. You may also have
to pay a 10%  premature  distribution  tax  on  the  amount  you  withdraw  (See
paragraph 7 (a)).  Additionally,  the 6% excise tax will be imposed for the year
in which you make the excess  contribution  and each subsequent  year, until the
year of withdrawal. 

7. PAYMENTS FROM YOUR IRA DURING YOUR LIFE

   (a) You can make  withdrawals  from  your IRA at any  time.  However,  if you
withdraw any of the funds in your IRA before age 59 1/2,  the amount  includible
in your gross income is subject to a 10% non-deductible  premature  distribution
tax unless:

     (i)   the withdrawal is made because of your death or permanent disability;

     (ii)  the withdrawal is an exempt withdrawal of an excess contribution; or

     (iii) the withdrawal is rolled over into another qualified plan or IRA.

   You are considered "disabled" for purposes of clause (i) if you are unable to
engage in any  substantial  gainful  activity  because of a  physical  or mental
impairment  which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-lasting or
indefinite duration.

   You can also withdraw  funds held in your IRA without any tax penalty  before
you  reach  age  59  1/2  if  you  choose  to  receive  systematic  payments  in
substantially  equal  amounts  over a period  that  does not  exceed  your  life
expectancy or the life  expectancy of you and your designated  beneficiary.  You
should  be  aware,  however,  that the 10%  premature  distribution  tax will be
applied  retroactively  (with interest) to all systematic payments if you change
to a method of  distribution  that does not  qualify  for the  exception  either
before   you  attain  age  59  1/2  or  during  the  first  five  years  of  the
distributions.

   The 10% premature distribution tax discussed above does not apply to the
portion of your IRA distribution which is not includible in your gross income.

   (b) When you reach age 70 1/2,  you must  elect to receive  distributions  in
either (a) systematic payments (monthly, quarterly or annually), or (b) one lump
sum  distribution  of all the funds held in your IRA. The law requires  that you
<PAGE>

begin to receive distributions from your IRA no later than the April 1 following
the year in which you reach age 70 1/2 (the "Required  Distribution  Date").  If
you elect systematic payments, there is a minimum amount which you must withdraw
by the Required Distribution Date and by each December 31 thereafter. This could
result in two minimum distributions in one calendar year. This minimum amount is
determined  by  your  life  expectancy  or the  joint  life  and  last  survivor
expectancy  of you and  your  designated  beneficiary,  subject  to the  minimum
distribution  incidental  death benefit  rule.  Your life  expectancy  (and your
spouse's life expectancy if your spouse is your designated  beneficiary)  may be
recalculated  each year. If you established a spousal IRA, the minimum  required
annual distribution from the spousal IRA is determined using the life expectancy
of your spouse.

   You should  consult  your own tax or  financial  advisor  with  regard to the
calculation of the amount of your minimum  distribution  each year because it is
your  responsibility to make sure that this requirement is met. The Custodian is
not  required to advise you in this matter and will only make  distributions  to
you from your IRA in accordance with your specific instructions.

   You may receive installment payments larger than the minimum amount. However,
if the amount  distributed during a taxable year is less than the minimum amount
required to be distributed,  the Internal Revenue Service may impose a tax equal
to 50% of the deficiency,  unless it is satisfied that the deficiency was due to
reasonable  error  and that  responsible  steps are  being  taken to remedy  the
deficiency.

8. PAYMENTS FROM YOUR IRA AFTER YOUR DEATH

     If you die before all the funds held in your IRA have been distributed, the
remaining   funds  in  the  account  will  be  distributed  to  your  designated
beneficiary  either outright or periodically,  as selected by such  beneficiary.
The Custodian will make distributions to your beneficiary in accordance with his
or her specific instructions. Your beneficiary should be aware that he or she is
subject to minimum  distribution  rules and it is his or her  responsibility  to
make  sure that the rules are met.  Under the  post-death  minimum  distribution
rules, if you die after your Required  Distribution Date, the funds remaining in
your IRA must continue to be distributed to your designated beneficiary at least
as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect prior to your death. If
you die prior to your Required Distribution Date, all the funds in your IRA must
be completely  distributed to your designated  beneficiary by December 31 of the
year  containing  the fifth  anniversary  of your death  unless your  designated
beneficiary  elects, no later than December 31 of the year following the year of
your death, to receive funds from your IRA over a fixed period that is no longer
than his or her life expectancy.  If your beneficiary is your surviving  spouse,
distribution  of  funds  from  your  IRA can be made to him or her  over a fixed
period that is no longer than his or her life  expectancy  and commencing at any
<PAGE>

date prior to  December 31 of the year in which you would have  attained  age 70
1/2. In all instances,  your spousal  beneficiary may also elect to rollover the
funds in your IRA into his or her own  account  or treat  your IRA as his or her
own by making  contributions  to it. In this case,  he or she is not required to
make  withdrawals  from the IRA until April 1 following  the year in which he or
she reaches age 70 1/2.

   The designation of a beneficiary to receive funds from your IRA at your death
is not considered a transfer subject to Federal gift taxes.  However,  any funds
remaining in your IRA at your death would be  includible  in your Federal  gross
estate.

   Be sure to keep your  designation of beneficiary  up-to-date as your personal
or financial circumstances change. You may file a new designation of beneficiary
form at any time with the  Custodian.  If no  designation  of  beneficiary is in
effect at your death, or if all designated  beneficiaries  have predeceased you,
the balance in your account will be paid to your estate.

9. TAX-FREE ROLLOVERS

   (a) Under certain circumstances,  you can receive a distribution from an IRA,
or from a qualified plan, or a tax-sheltered  annuity or other arrangement under
Section  403(b) of the Code,  and  transfer  the amount  received to another IRA
without  including  the  distribution  in your  income  for  federal  income tax
purposes.  Such a "tax-free rollover" must be completed within 60 days after you
receive the distribution. A transfer from a qualified plan or 403(b) arrangement
directly  to an IRA is a way to avoid the  required  20% income tax  withholding
requirements.  Starting in 1993,  most  distributions  from  qualified  plans or
403(b) accounts are subject to 20% withholding  unless  transferred  directly to
another plan or 403(b) or to an IRA (this is called a "direct rollover").

   There are complex,  specific  rules for each kind of transfer,  so you should
consult your tax advisor or the IRS if you have questions about the rules.

   Rollover contributions are not subject to the limits on annual contributions
to an IRA.  However, all amounts in your IRA, including rollover contributions,
are subject to the rules discussed above concerning the time and method of
withdrawal.

   (b) IRA-to-IRA Rollover.  If you have an IRA, you can withdraw all or part of
the amount in that account and  transfer all or part of the amount  withdrawn to
another IRA. The amount  transferred  will not be subject to federal  income tax
(or the 10% premature withdrawal penalty) if you complete the transfer within 60
days after the withdrawal.  After an IRA-to-IRA tax-free rollover, you must wait
<PAGE>

at least a year before making another IRA-to-IRA rollover.

   (c) Direct  Transfer.  As an alternative to a rollover,  arrangements  may be
made for a direct  transfer  from one IRA  custodian or trustee to another.  The
one-year  waiting  period  does  not  apply  to  direct  transfers  from one IRA
custodian or trustee to another.

   (d)  Rollovers  from  Qualified  Plan or  403(b)  Arrangement  to  IRA.  Most
distributions  from a qualified plan or 403(b)  arrangement are now eligible for
rollover to an IRA. The main exceptions are:

          *    payments over the lifetime or life expectancy of the participant
               (or participant and a designated beneficiary),

          *    installment payments for a period of 10 years or more,

          *    required distributions starting at age 70 1/2, and

          *    payments that are a return of after-tax amounts previously
               contributed by the individual.

   If you will receive an eligible  distribution from a qualified plan or 403(b)
or a distribution upon termination of such a plan, you can defer paying taxes by
requesting the plan administrator or 403(b) sponsor to transfer the distribution
amount (except  amounts  previously  contributed by you) directly to an IRA in a
direct rollover. Or, you may receive the distribution and roll it over to an IRA
within 60 days after you receive the distribution.  However,  unless you elect a
direct  rollover of your  distribution,  the person making payment MUST WITHHOLD
20% OF YOUR  DISTRIBUTION for federal income taxes.  Your plan or 403(b) sponsor
will  provide you with a notice  concerning  direct  rollovers,  regular  60-day
rollovers and withholding taxes before you receive your distribution.

     If you have a regular IRA,  you should  establish a separate IRA to receive
any rollover  contribution  from a qualified  plan.  You can later  transfer the
separate rollover IRA into a different  employer plan if you desire and the plan
permits such transfers.

   (e)  Rollovers  by A  Surviving  Spouse.  If a  surviving  spouse  receives a
distribution  from a qualified plan or 403(b)  because of the  employee-spouse's
death, the surviving spouse may be able to defer income taxes by having all or a
part  of the  distribution  (other  than  employee  contributions  to the  plan)
transferred directly to an IRA.
<PAGE>

   (f)  Rollovers  or  transfers  cannot  include any amount you are required to
receive for the year from the qualified plan or IRA.

   (g) Please note that:  (i) the IRA you set up to receive  "rollover"  amounts
should be separate from an IRA you set up to receive annual contributions;  (ii)
rollover  amounts you  receive  may not be  deposited  in your  spouse's  IRA or
deducted on your Federal income tax return;  (iii) if you establish a "Rollover"
IRA  during  the year in  which  you  reach  age 70 1/2,  you must be  receiving
distributions  from such IRA no later than April 1 of such following  year; (iv)
if you establish a "Rollover"  IRA after the year in which you reach age 70 1/2,
you must begin receiving distributions from such IRA immediately; and (v) strict
limitations  apply to  rollovers,  and a variety of tax and  financial  planning
issues  should  be  considered  in  determining   whether  to  make  a  rollover
contribution.  You should  consult your own tax or financial  advisor  regarding
these matters.

10.   FEDERAL TAX RETURNS

   (a) Deductible and  non-deductible IRA contributions are reported on IRS Form
1040 or Form 1040A. You may choose to file your Federal income tax return before
it is due (without extensions) and report your IRA contributions before they are
made.  You  must,  however,  make the  contributions  by the due  date  (without
extensions) of such return. To the extent your  contribution is deductible,  you
can claim a deduction on your tax return. To the extent your contribution is not
deductible,  you must  designate  it on Form 8606.  There is a $100 penalty each
time you overstate the amount of your  non-deductible  contributions  unless you
can prove that the  overstatement  was due to reasonable cause. You will also be
required  to give  additional  information  on Form  8606 in  years  you  make a
withdrawal  from your IRA. If you fail to file a required Form 8606,  there is a
$50  penalty for each such  failure  unless you can prove the failure was due to
reasonable cause.

     (Special  Note:  This  Disclosure   Statement   discusses  the  effect  and
requirements  of  the  Federal  tax  laws.  For   Massachusetts   tax  purposes,
contributions  to an IRA are not  deductible,  but interest  earned each year is
currently not taxable until distributed. If you are a resident of another state,
you should check with your tax advisor with regard to the applicable tax laws of
your state.)

   (b)   IRS Form 5329 is required as an attachment to Form 1040 (or separately
if you do not file a Form 1040) for any year the contribution limits in
paragraph 2 are exceeded, a premature distribution (as described in paragraph
7(a)) takes place, less than the required minimum amount (as described in
paragraph 7(b)) is distributed, or a prohibited transaction (as described in
paragraph 11(e)) takes place.
<PAGE>

11.   TAX CONSEQUENCES

   (a) Income on your IRA account is not taxed as it is earned, but only when it
is distributed to you.

   (b) Amounts paid to you from your IRA are taxable as ordinary income,  except
that you recover your  nondeductible IRA contributions tax free. The special tax
rules which  permit  recipients  of certain  lump sum  distributions  from other
tax-qualified  retirement  plans to get certain tax advantages  (such as capital
gains  treatment and five or ten-year  averaging) do not apply to  distributions
from IRAs.

   (c) If you withdraw an amount from any IRA during a taxable year and you have
previously  made  non-deductible  IRA  contributions,  then  part of the  amount
withdrawn is excludible  from ordinary  income and not subject to taxation.  The
amount  excludible for the taxable year is determined by multiplying  the amount
withdrawn by a fraction, the numerator of which is your aggregate non-deductible
IRA contributions remaining in all your IRAs and the denominator of which is the
aggregate  balance  of all  your  IRAs at the end of the year  plus  the  amount
withdrawn during the year. For example,  in 1992 an individual  withdraws $1,000
from an IRA to which both deductible and non-deductible contributions were made.
At the end of 1992,  the  account  balance  of all his IRAs is  $4,000  of which
$2,500 is  non-deductible  contributions.  The amount  excludible from income is
$500  ($2,500/$5,000 x $1,000).  It should also be pointed out that in the event
you receive a distribution from your IRA within the last 60 days of the calendar
year,  if you do not roll this amount into another IRA by December 31 but you do
so after December 31 and before the 60th day after the distribution, this amount
must be added to the denominator of the fraction discussed above.

   (d) In general,  if you receive  distributions  from your IRAs, Section 403
annuities and custodial  accounts,  and qualified plans which, in the aggregate,
exceed $150,000 in any calendar year, you may be subject to a 15% penalty tax on
the amount in excess of $150,000.  If the total amount of your benefits  payable
from such plans at your death exceeds a certain permissible level, a similar 15%
estate tax is imposed on the amount in excess of the permissible level.  Special
rules apply in certain  circumstances and you should consult your tax adviser if
you have any questions regarding this tax.

   (e) If you engage in a so-called  "prohibited  transaction" as defined in the
Internal  Revenue Code, your IRA will be disqualified  and the entire balance in
your IRA  will be  taxed  as  ordinary  income  during  the  year in which  such
transaction  occurs.  You may also have to pay the 10% penalty tax on  premature
distributions. A "prohibited transaction" includes:

      (i)   the sale, exchange, or leasing of any property between your IRA
            account and you;
<PAGE>

      (ii)  the lending of money or other extension of credit between your IRA
            account and you;

      (iii) the furnishing of goods, services, or facilities between your IRA
            account and you; or

      (iv)  the transfer of assets of your IRA account for your use or for your
            benefit.

   (f) If you pledge all or part of your IRA as security  for a loan,  or invest
your IRA in  "collectibles"  such as art,  antiques,  coins  (other than certain
United  States gold and silver coins or coins issued by a state  government)  or
gems,  the amount so pledged or invested is considered  by the Internal  Revenue
Service to have been  distributed  to you and will be taxed as  ordinary  income
during the year in which you make such pledge or  investment.  You may also have
to pay the 10% premature distribution tax.

   (g) Amounts  withdrawn  from your IRA are subject to  withholding  of Federal
income tax unless you direct no withholding. Form W-4P provides a space to elect
against withholding, and contains additional information on withholding. To make
a  withdrawal  or to  establish  a program of  installment  withdrawals,  simply
complete  the  Withdrawal  Form and the W-4P  Form  and send  both  forms to the
Service Company which invests your funds. 

   (h) Be sure to start  withdrawals no later than the required starting date to
avoid penalties for insufficient  withdrawals.  Also,  remember that the minimum
amount required to be withdrawn may change from year to year because of earnings
or changes in the value of your  account or because you  recalculated  your life
expectancy.  Therefore,  if  you  have  established  a  program  of  installment
withdrawals,  you should submit a new Withdrawal  Form each year if you need (or
want) to adjust the amount of each installment.

   (i)   If tax, or estate or financial planning considerations affect the
timing of your IRA withdrawals, be sure to consult a qualified professional.

12.   CUSTODIAN

   The Custodian of your IRA is Investors Bank & Trust  Company.  The Custodian,
through the Service  Company,  will invest your  contributions  and  earnings in
accordance with your  instructions in any of the investment  vehicles  permitted
under the Individual  Retirement  Custodian Account Agreement.  You will receive
periodic  reports  describing each  transaction in your account,  and proxies on
securities will be sent to you to vote as you wish. Since the investment of your
account is at your discretion and return of the permissible  investment vehicles
<PAGE>

is  generally  not  guaranteed,  growth in the value of your  account  cannot be
projected.

   For  information  concerning the custodial  charges and service charges which
will be assessed  against your account by Investors Bank & Trust Company,  or by
the Service  Company,  be sure to read the schedule of charges  attached to this
Statement.  Custodial  and service  charges may be changed or adjusted on thirty
days' notice to you. In addition, you will incur normal brokerage commissions on
the purchases and sales of securities.  Before making any decision whatsoever to
establish an IRA, you should  carefully  review all applicable  commissions with
your Service Company representative.

13.   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

   (a) Your IRA will  help  build  your  retirement  income.  Your IRA funds are
non-forfeitable.  They are always yours, and will be invested  according to your
agreement  with  the  Custodian.  Your IRA will be  clearly  identified  as your
property and will not be commingled with property of any other depositor.

   (b) The form of this Individual Retirement Custodial Account uses the precise
language of Form 5305-A, currently provided by the Internal Revenue Service, and
has  therefore  been  approved  as a  form  to  use  as a  qualified  Individual
Retirement  Account.  The  IRS  approval  of  the  form  does  not  represent  a
determination as to the merits of the account.  It simply means that the form of
the printed IRA document satisfies the requirements of the IRS. However,  if you
adopt and maintain  your IRA within the stated  guidelines,  you may assume that
you are properly meeting all requirements for a bona fide individual  retirement
plan under Federal income tax law.

   (c) Further information concerning your IRA can be obtained from any district
office of the Internal Revenue Service.

   (d) You  should  consult  with your tax or  financial  advisor  to  determine
whether this Individual Retirement Custodial Account is the right investment
for you, since we cannot offer legal or tax advice.

Schedule of Charges

1. Investors Bank & Trust Company:


2. Service Company:





                              AGREEMENT FOR 
                              SELF-DIRECTED 
                          INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT 
                            CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT 
 
                                                                Form 5305-A 
                                                       (Rev. October, 1992) 

                    SELF-DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT 
                             CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT 

   The Depositor whose name appears on the Application is establishing an  
individual retirement account (under section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue  
Code) to provide for his or her retirement and for the support of his or her 
beneficiaries after death. 

   The Custodian, Investors Bank & Trust Company, has through its agent,  
given the Depositor the disclosure statement required under the Income Tax  
Regulations under section 408(i) of the Code. 

   The Depositor has made a cash deposit with the Custodian as indicated on  
the Application. 

   The Depositor and the Custodian make the following agreement: 

                                 ARTICLE I 

   The Custodian may accept additional cash contributions on behalf of the  
Depositor for a tax year of the Depositor.  The total cash contributions are  
limited to $2,000 for the tax year unless the contribution is a rollover 
contribution described in section 402(c) (but only after December 31, 1992),  
403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or an employer contribution to a simplified  
employee pension plan as described in section 408(k).  Rollover contributions  
before January 1, 1993 include rollovers described in section 402(a)(5),  
402(a)(6), 402(a)(7), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or an employer  
contribution to a simplified employee pension plan as described in section  
408(k). 

                                ARTICLE II 

   The Depositor's interest in the balance in the custodial account is  
nonforfeitable. 

                                ARTICLE III 

   1. No part of the custodial funds may be invested in life insurance  
contracts, nor may the assets of the custodial account be commingled with  
other property except in a common trust fund or common investment fund 
(within the meaning of section 408(a)(5)). 

   2. No part of the custodial funds may be invested in collectibles (within  
<PAGE>

the meaning of section 408(m)) except as otherwise permitted by section  
408(m)(3) which provides an exception for certain gold and silver coins 
and coins issued under the laws of any state. 

                                ARTICLE IV 

   1. Notwithstanding any provision of this agreement to the contrary, the  
distribution of the Depositor's interest in the custodial account shall be  
made in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise 
comply with section 408(a)(6) and Proposed Regulations section 1.408-8,  
including the incidental death benefit provisions of Proposed Regulations  
section 1.401(a)(9)-2, the provisions of which are incorporated by reference. 

   2. Unless otherwise elected by the time distributions are required to  
begin to the Depositor under paragraph 3, or to the surviving spouse under  
paragraph 4, other than in the case of a life annuity, life expectancies  
shall be recalculated annually.  Such election shall be irrevocable as to the  
Depositor and the surviving spouse and shall apply to all subsequent years.   
The life expectancy of a nonspouse beneficiary may not be recalculated. 

   3. The Depositor's entire interest in the custodial account must be or  
begin to be, distributed by the Depositor's required beginning date (April 1  
following the calendar year end in which the Depositor reaches age 70 1/2).  By
that date, the Depositor may elect, in a manner acceptable to the Custodian,  
to have the balance in the custodial account distributed in: 

      (a)   A single sum payment. 

      (b)   An annuity contract that provides equal or substantially equal  
            monthly, quarterly, or annual payments over the life of the  
            Depositor. 

       (c)   An annuity contract that provides equal or substantially equal  
            monthly, quarterly, or annual payments over the joint and last  
            survivor lives of the Depositor and his or her designated  
            beneficiary. 

      (d)   Equal or substantially equal annual payments over a specified  
            period that may not be longer than the Depositor's life expectancy. 
<PAGE>

      (e)   Equal or substantially equal annual payments over a specified  
            period that may not be longer than the joint life and last survivor 
            expectancy of the Depositor and his or her designated beneficiary. 

   4. If the Depositor dies before his or her entire interest is distributed to
      him or her, the entire remaining interest will be distributed as follows: 

      (a)   If the Depositor dies on or after distribution of his or her  
            interest has begun, distribution must continue to be made in  
            accordance with paragraph 3. 

      (b)   If the Depositor dies before distribution of his or her interest  
            has begun, the entire remaining interest will, at the election of  
            the Depositor or, if the Depositor has not so elected, at the  
            election of the beneficiary or beneficiaries, either  

            (i)   Be distributed by the December 31 of the year containing the  
                  fifth anniversary of the Depositor's death, or 

            (ii)  Be distributed in equal or substantially equal payments over  
                  the life or life expectancy of the designated beneficiary or  
                  beneficiaries starting by December 31 of the year following  
                  the year of the Depositor's death.  If, however, the  
                  beneficiary is the Depositor's surviving spouse, then this  
                  distribution is not required to begin before December 31 of  
                  the year in which the Depositor would have turned age 70 1/2. 

      (c)   Except where distribution in the form of an annuity meeting the  
            requirements of section 408(b)(3) and its related regulations has  
            irrevocably commenced, distributions are treated as having begun 
            on the Depositor's required beginning date, even though payments  
            may actually have been made before that date. 

      (d)   If the Depositor dies before his or her entire interest has been  
            distributed and if the beneficiary is other than the surviving  
            spouse, no additional cash contributions or rollover contributions  
            may be accepted in the account. 

   5. In the case of distribution over life expectancy in equal or  
substantially equal annual payments, to determine the minimum annual payment  
for each year, divide the Depositor's entire interest in the custodial  
account as of the close of business on December 31 of the preceding year by  
the life expectancy of the Depositor (or the joint life and last survivor  
expectancy of the Depositor and the Depositor's designated beneficiary, or  
the life expectancy of the designated beneficiary, whichever applies).  In  
the case of distributions under paragraph 3, determine the initial life  
expectancy (or joint life and last survivor expectancy) using the attained  
ages of the Depositor and designated beneficiary as of their birthdays in the  
year the Depositor reaches age 70 1/2.  In the case of distribution in  
<PAGE>

accordance with paragraph 4(b)(ii), determine life expectancy using the  
attained age of the designated beneficiary as of the beneficiary's birthday  
in the year distributions are required to commence. 
   6. The owner of two or more individual retirement accounts may use the  
"alternative method" described in Notice 88-38, 1988-1 C B. 524, to satisfy  
the minimum distribution requirements described above.  This method permits  
an individual to satisfy these requirements by taking from one individual  
retirement account the amount required to satisfy the requirement for another. 

                                 ARTICLE V 

   1. The Depositor agrees to provide the Custodian with information necessary  
for the Custodian to prepare any reports required under section 408(i) and  
Regulations sections 1.408-5 and 1.408-6. 

   2. The Custodian agrees to submit reports to the Internal Revenue Service  
and the Depositor prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service. 

                                ARTICLE VI 

   Notwithstanding any other articles which may be added or incorporated, the  
provisions of Articles I through III and this sentence will be controlling.   
Any additional articles that are not consistent with section 408(a) and 
related regulations will be invalid. 

                                ARTICLE VII 

   This agreement will be amended from time to time to comply with the  
provisions of the Code and related regulations.  Other amendments may be made  
with the consent of the persons whose signatures appear below.   

                                ARTICLE VIII 

   1. Except as otherwise permitted in Paragraph 5(a) below, all contributions  
made under this Agreement shall be deposited in the form of cash.  All such  
contributions shall be credited to a Custodial Account for the account of the  
Depositor.  Any contribution so made with respect to a tax year of the  
Depositor shall be made prior to the due date of the Depositor's tax return  
(not including extensions).  Unless otherwise indicated in writing by the  
Depositor, contributions shall be credited to the tax year in which they are  
received by the Custodian.  Subject to the limitations set forth in the  
Application, all funds in the Custodial Account (including contributions,  
<PAGE>

dividends, interest, proceeds from the sale or other disposition of  
investments and any other cash receipts) shall be invested and reinvested in: 

      (a)   any marketable securities obtainable through the service company  
            which is designated by the Depositor on the Application (the  
            "Service Company") either "over the counter" or on a recognized  
            exchange (excluding securities issued by the Custodian or the  
            Service Company); 

      (b)   any interest-bearing deposits in any bank (including the  
            Custodian, the Service Company if it is a bank, or any bank  
            affiliated with the Service Company) approved by the Custodian; 

      (c)   any shares of open-end regulated investment companies designated  
            by the Service Company; and  

      (d)   any other investment, but only if, in the sole judgment of the  
            Custodian, such investment will not impose upon it an  
            administrative burden greater than that normally incident to  
            investments described in (a) above (such judgment by the  
            Custodian not to be construed in any respect as a judgment  
            concerning the prudence or advisability of such an investment). 

   Such investments shall be made in such specific securities and other  
investments, in such proportions and in such amounts as the Depositor may  
direct from time to time by notice to the Service Company (in such form as 
may be acceptable to the Service Company).  However, the Custodian or the  
Service Company may establish minimum amounts for any type of investment. 

   The Service Company shall be responsible for the execution of such orders.   
The Custodian shall maintain or cause to be maintained adequate records thereof
(provided that the Custodian may retain the Service Company as its agent or  
recordkeeper to maintain adequate records of transactions on behalf of the  
Custodian).  However, if any such orders are not received as required or, if  
received, are unclear or incomplete in the opinion of the Service Company,  
all or a portion of the assets of the Custodial Account may be held uninvested  
without liability for loss of income or appreciation, and without liability for 
interest, pending receipt of complete orders or  
clarification; or such assets may be invested in an interest-bearing account  
described in (b) above or in a money-market type open-end investment company  
designated by the Service Company.   

   2. Any brokerage account maintained in connection herewith shall be in the  
name of the Custodian for the benefit of the Depositor.  All assets of the  
Custodial Account shall be registered in the name of the Custodian or of a  
<PAGE>

suitable nominee (and the same nominee may be used with respect to assets of  
other investors whether or not held under agreements similar to this one or in  
any capacity whatsoever); provided, however, that the Custodian may hold any  
security in bearer form or by or through the Service Company, or by or through  
a central clearing corporation maintained by institutions active in the  
national securities markets; provided further, however, that (a) the books  
and records of the Custodian (or the Service Company acting as the agent or  
recordkeeper for the Custodian) shall show that all such investments are part  
of the Custodial Account; (b) each Custodial Account shall be separate and  
distinct; (c) a separate account thereof shall be maintained by the party  
having actual custody of such assets; and (d) the assets thereof shall be held  
in individual or bulk segregation in such party's vaults or in depositories  
approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities  
Exchange Act of 1934. 

   3. Neither the Custodian, the Service Company nor any other party providing  
services to the Custodial Account assumes any responsibility for rendering  
advice with respect to the investment or reinvestment of the Depositor's  
Custodial Account and shall not be liable for any loss which results from  
Depositor's exercise of control over his or her Custodial Account.  Depositor  
shall have and exercise exclusive responsibility for and 
control over the investment of the assets of his or her Custodial Account in  
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and neither the Custodian, the  
Service Company nor any other such party shall have any duty to question his  
or her directions in that regard or to advise him or her regarding purchase,  
retention, or sale of such assets. 

   4. The Depositor shall have the right by written notice to the Custodian to  
designate (or to change) one or more beneficiaries to receive any amount  
remaining in the Custodial Account in the event of his or her death prior to  
the complete distribution of all assets in the Custodial Account.  Any such  
designation (or change of designation) of beneficiary may be on a form  
provided by the Custodian or the Service Company or on a written instrument  
acceptable to the Custodian, signed by the Depositor and filed with the  
Custodian.  Any designation or change of designation shall be effective upon  
receipt by the Custodian.  Any change of designation received by the  
Custodian will revoke all prior designations previously filed with the  
Custodian.  If no such designation is in effect on the Depositor's death, or  
if all designated beneficiaries have predeceased the Depositor, the  
Depositor's estate shall be deemed to be the beneficiary. 

   5. (a)   The Custodian shall have the right to receive rollover  
            contributions as described in Article I of this Agreement and  
            amounts transferred from another individual retirement account or  
            individual retirement annuity.  Any property so transferred to it  
            in a form other than cash shall be held by the Custodian in  
<PAGE>

            accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 of this Article  
            VIII.  The Custodian reserves the right to refuse to accept any  
            property which is not in the form of cash. 

      (b)   The Custodian, upon written direction of the Depositor, shall  
            transfer the assets held under this Agreement (reduced by (i) any  
            amounts referred to in paragraph 7 of this Article VIII and (ii) any
            amounts required to be distributed during the calendar year of  
            transfer to the Depositor under Section 408(a)(6) or 408(b)(3) of  
            the Code) to a successor individual retirement account or  
            individual retirement annuity for the Depositor's benefit. 

      (c)   Any amounts received or transferred by the Custodian under this  
            paragraph 5 shall be accomplished by such instructions, records and
            other documents as the Custodian deems necessary. 

   6. The Depositor hereby delegates to the Custodian the power to amend at any
      time and from time to time the terms and provisions of this Agreement  
      and hereby consents to all such amendments, provided that an amendment  
      is not contrary to any applicable provision of the Internal Revenue Code,
      the regulations thereunder, or any other applicable law, regulation or  
      ruling.  Any such amendments shall be effective when the notice of such  
      amendments is mailed to the address of the Depositor indicated by the  
      Custodian's records. 

   7. Any income taxes or other taxes of any kind whatsoever which may be  
levied or assessed upon or in respect of the assets of the Custodial Account,  
or the income arising therefrom, any transfer taxes incurred, any expenses  
incurred by the Custodian in the performance of its duties including fees for  
legal services rendered to the Custodian, and the Custodian's and the Service  
Company's compensation as set forth in the Disclosure Statement, may be paid  
by the Depositor and, unless and until so paid within such time period as the  
Custodian may establish, shall be paid from the assets of the Custodial  
Account.  The Custodian and the Service Company shall be empowered to take  
any action necessary to effectuate the provisions of this paragraph and shall  
have no liability to the Depositor therefor.  The Custodian and the Service  
Company shall each have the right to change or adjust its fees and  
compensation upon 30 days' notice to the Depositor, and may reduce or waive  
fees with respect to any class or group of Depositors. 

   8. Amounts in the Custodial Account and the benefits provided hereunder  
shall not be subject to alienation, assignment, garnishment, attachment,  
execution or levy of any kind, and any attempt to cause such benefits to be  
so subjected shall not be recognized, except to such extent as may be required  
by law.   
<PAGE>

   9. Any pledging of assets in the Custodial Account by the Depositor as a  
security for a loan, or any loan or other extension of credit from the  
Custodial Account to the Depositor, shall be prohibited.   

   10.   In taking or refraining from taking any action or determining any  
factor or question which may arise under this Custodial Agreement, the  
Custodian may rely upon any statement by the Depositor or the Service Company  
with respect thereto.  The Depositor hereby agrees that the Custodian will not  
be liable for any loss or expense resulting from taking or not taking such  
action or determination taken in reliance on any such statement.   

   11.   The Custodian may resign at any time upon 90 days' written notice to  
the Depositor and may be removed by the Depositor at any time upon 90 days'  
written notice to the Custodian.  Upon the resignation or removal of the  
Custodian, a successor Custodian shall be appointed by the Depositor within  
90 days of such resignation or removal and, in the absence of such  
appointment, the Custodian may designate a successor unless this Agreement is  
sooner terminated.  Any successor Custodian shall be a bank (as defined in  
section 408(n) of the Code) or another person found qualified to act as  
custodian under an individual retirement account plan by the Secretary of  
Treasury or his delegate.  The appointment of a successor custodian shall be  
effective upon receipt by the Custodian of such successor's written  
acceptance which shall be submitted to the Custodian and to the Depositor.   
As soon as reasonably practical after the effective date of the successor  
custodian's appointment, the Custodian shall transfer and deliver to the  
successor custodian applicable account records and assets of the Custodial  
Account (reduced by any unpaid amounts referred to in paragraph 7 of this  
Article VIII).  The successor custodian shall be subject to the provisions of  
this Agreement (or any successor thereto) on the effective date of its 
appointment. 

   12.   The Custodian shall, from time to time, in accordance with  
instructions in writing from the Depositor, make distributions out of the Cus- 
todial Account to the Depositor in the manner and amounts as may be specified 
in such instructions.  Notwithstanding the provision of Article IV above, the  
Custodian assumes (and shall have) no responsibility to make any distribution  
to the Depositor (or the Depositor's beneficiary if the Depositor is deceased)  
unless and until such written instructions specify the occasion for such  
distribution, the elected manner of distribution, and any other information  
that may be required. If the Depositor (or, following the Depositor's death,  
the beneficiary) does not direct the Custodian to make distributions from the  
Custodial Account by the time that such distributions are required to begin  
in accordance with the preceding Articles, the Custodian and the Service  
Company may assume that the Depositor (or the beneficiary) is meeting the  
minimum distribution requirements from another individual retirement  
arrangement maintained by the Depositor and the Custodian and the Service  
<PAGE>

Company shall be fully protected in so doing. 

   Prior to making any distribution from the Custodial Account, the Custodian  
shall be furnished with any and all applications, certificates, tax waivers,  
signature guarantees, and other documents (including proof of any legal  
representative's authority) deemed necessary or advisable by the Custodian, but
the Custodian shall not be liable for complying with written instructions  
which appear on their face to be genuine, or for refusing to comply if not 
satisfied such instructions are genuine, and assumes no duty of further  
inquiry.  Upon receipt of proper written instructions as required above, the  
Custodian shall cause the assets of the Custodial Account to be distributed, as 
specified in such written order. 

   13.   Distribution of the assets of the Custodial Account shall (subject to  
the first paragraph of paragraph 12 of this Article VIII) be made in accordance
with the provisions of Article IV as the Depositor (or Depositor's  
beneficiary if the Depositor is deceased) shall elect by written instructions  
to the Custodian; subject, however, to the provisions of Sections 401(a)(9),  
408(a)(6) and 408(b)(3) of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, 
and the following: 

         (i)   No distribution from the Custodial Account shall be made in the  
               form of an annuity contract. 

         (ii)  The recalculation of life expectancy of the Depositor and/or the
               Depositor's spouse shall only be made at the written election  
               of the Depositor.  The recalculation of life expectancy of the 
               surviving spouse shall only be made at the written election of  
               the surviving spouse.  By establishing the Custodial Account,  
               the Depositor (for himself and his surviving spouse, if any)  
               elects not to recalculate life expectancies unless the  
               Depositor (or surviving spouse) specifically elects the  
               recalculation of life expectancies approach in accordance with  
               the following sentence.  Any such election may be made in such  
               form as the Depositor (or the surviving spouse) provides for  
               (including instructions to such effect to the Custodian, or the 
               calculation of minimum distribution amounts in accordance with a
               method that provides for recalculation of life expectancy and  
               instructions to the Custodian to make distributions in  
               accordance with such method). 

         (iii) If the Depositor dies before his/her entire interest in the  
               Custodial Account has been distributed, and if the designated  
               beneficiary of the Depositor is the Depositor's surviving   
               spouse, the spouse may treat the Custodial Account as the  
               spouse's own individual retirement arrangement.  This election  
<PAGE>

               will be deemed to have been made if the surviving spouse makes 
               a regular IRA contribution to the Custodial Account, makes a  
               rollover to or from the Custodial Account, or fails to receive  
               a payment from the Custodial Account within the appropriate  
               time period applicable to the deceased Depositor under Section  
               401(a)(9)(B) of the Code. 

         (iv)  If the Depositor's designated beneficiary is not his/her spouse,
               then distributions to the Depositor and his/her beneficiary,  
               commencing with the Depositor's required beginning date, shall  
               comply with the minimum distribution incidental benefit  
               requirement. 

   14.   If the Depositor is disabled, as that term is defined in Section 72(m)
of the Code, he or she may give notice to the Custodian of such disability and  
request that up to the balance of the Custodial Account be distributed.  The  
Custodian, within a reasonable time after submission of satisfactory proof of  
such disability, shall order the distribution of the balance of the Custodial  
Account to the Depositor or such portion as the Depositor requested. 

   15.   This Agreement shall terminate coincident with the complete  
distribution of the assets of the Custodial Account, and the Custodian shall  
have no further duties or responsibilities with respect to the Custodial Account
after its termination. 

   16.   The Depositor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the  
Custodian from and against any and all claims, loss, damages, costs or  
expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) which the Custodian may incur 
or pay out by reason of any alleged or actual act, or failure to act, on the  
part of the Depositor, the Service Company, or any other person.  The  
preceding sentence will survive the termination of the Agreement.   

   17.   Any notice herein required or permitted to be given to the Custodian  
shall be sufficiently given if mailed to the Custodian by first class mail,  
care of Investors Bank & Trust Company, P.O. Box 1537, L07FPS, Boston, MA  
02205-1537, or to such other address as the Custodian shall provide the  
Depositor from time to time in writing, stating that such other address shall  
be used for purposes of this Agreement.  Any notice herein required or  
permitted to be given to the Depositor shall be sufficiently given if mailed to
the Depositor at the Depositor's address appearing on the Application, or at  
such other address as the Depositor shall have provided the Custodian from  
time to time in writing, which writing shall state that such other address is  
to be used for purposes of this Agreement. 
<PAGE>

   18.   The Custodian and the Service Company shall keep or cause to be kept  
adequate records of the transactions they are required to perform hereunder.   
In addition to the reports required by paragraph 2 of Article V, the  
Custodian or the Service Company shall cause to be mailed to the Depositor in  
respect of each tax year an account of all transactions affecting the  
Custodial Account during such year and a statement showing the Custodial 
Account as of the end of such year.  If, within 60 days after such mailing, the
Depositor has not given the Custodian or the Service Company written notice  
of any exception or objection thereto, the annual accounting shall be deemed  
to have been approved, and in such case, or upon the written approval of the  
Depositor, the Custodian and the Service Company shall be released, relieved  
and discharged with respect to all matters and statements set forth in such  
accounting as though the account had been settled by judgment or decree of a  
court of competent jurisdiction. 

   19.   The Service Company shall deliver, or cause to be executed and  
delivered, to the Depositor all notices, prospectuses, financial statements,  
proxies and proxy soliciting materials relating to securities or other  
investments credited to the Custodial Account.  No shares of stock shall be  
voted, and no other action shall be taken pursuant to such documents except  
upon receipt of adequate written instructions from the Depositor.   

   20.   The Custodian and the Service Company shall be agents for the  
Depositor to perform the duties conferred on each of them, respectively  
hereunder, as directed by the Depositor.  The parties do not intend to 
confer any fiduciary duties on the Custodian or the Service Company, and none  
shall be implied.  Neither shall be liable (nor assumes any responsibility  
for) the collection of contributions, the deductibility of any contribution or 
the propriety of any contributions under this Agreement, the selection of any  
investments for the Custodial Account, or the purpose or propriety of any  
distribution ordered in accordance with Article IV or paragraphs 12, 13, or  
14 of this Article VIII, which matters are the sole responsibility of the  
Depositor or the Depositor's beneficiary, as the case may be. 

   21.   The Custodian and the Service Company shall each be responsible solely
for performance of those duties expressly assigned to it in this Agreement;  
neither assumes any responsibility as to duties assigned to anyone else  
hereunder or by operation of law. 

   22.   This Agreement, which incorporates the Application as a part hereof,  
shall be governed by and construed, administered and enforced according to  
the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 

   23.   Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, any  
provision which is inconsistent with section 219 and 408 of the Code shall be  
disregarded and the regulations promulgated under said sections of the Code  
<PAGE>

shall be incorporated by reference and this Agreement shall be administered in  
accordance with said regulations. 

   24.   The Depositor may revoke the Custodial Account established under this  
Agreement by written notice to the Custodian received by the Custodian within 7
calendar days after the Depositor establishes the Custodial Account.  Upon  
revocation, the amount of the Depositor's initial deposit or contribution will  
be returned to him, without adjustment for interest, earnings, investment  
fluctuations or fees or expenses.  The Custodian or the Service Company may  
retain the Depositor's initial contribution for a period of up to 10 days after
the receipt thereof, without investing such amount in accordance with the  
Depositor's instructions, and may invest such amount after the expiration of  
such period if the Depositor has not revoked the Custodial Account. 

   25.   The Depositor acknowledges that he or she has received and read the  
Disclosure Statement relating to the Custodial Account. 

   26.   Articles I through VII of this Agreement are in the form promulgated  
by the Internal Revenue Service as Form 5305-A.  It is anticipated that, if  
and when the Internal Revenue Service promulgates changes to Form 
5305-A, the Custodian will adopt such changes as an amendment to this  
Agreement.  Pending the adoption of any amendment necessary or desirable to  
conform this Agreement to the requirements of any amendment to the Internal  
Revenue Code or regulations or rulings thereunder, the Custodian and the  
Service Company may operate the Depositor's Custodial Account in accordance  
with such requirements to the extent that the Custodian and/or the Service  
Company deem necessary to preserve the tax benefits of the Custodial Account. 

                               *     *     * 

Purpose.  This model custodial account may be used by an individual who wishes  
to adopt an individual retirement account under section 408(a).  When fully  
executed by the Depositor and the Custodian not later than the time  
prescribed by law for filing the federal income tax return for the Depositor's  
tax year (not including any extensions thereof), an individual will have an  
individual retirement account (IRA) custodial account which meets the  
requirements of section 408(a).  This account must be created in the United  
States for the exclusive benefit of the Depositor or his/her beneficiaries. 

Definitions.  Custodian - The Custodian must be a bank or savings and loan  
association, as defined in section 408(n), or other person who has the  
approval of the Internal Revenue Service to act as custodian.  The Custodian 
in this plan is Investors Bank & Trust Company. 

   Depositor - The Depositor is the person who establishes the custodial  
               account. 
<PAGE>

IRA FOR NON-WORKING SPOUSE 

   Contributions to an IRA custodial account for a non-working spouse must be  
made to a separate IRA custodial account established by the non-working spouse. 

   This form may be used to establish the IRA custodial account for the non- 
working spouse. 

   An employee's social security number will serve as the identification number
of his or her individual retirement account.  An employer identification  
number is only required for each individual retirement account that needs to  
file an unrelated business income tax return.  An employer identification  
number is also required for a common fund created for individual retirement  
accounts. 

   For more information, get a copy of the required disclosure statement from  
your Custodian or get Publication 590, Individual Retirement Arrangements  
(IRAs). 

SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS 

ARTICLE IV. Distributions made under this Article may be made in a single sum,  
periodic payments, or a combination of both.  The distribution option should be
reviewed in the year the Depositor reaches age 70 1/2 to make sure the  
requirements of section 408(a)(6) have been met. 

ARTICLE VIII.  This Article and any that follow it may incorporate additional  
provisions that are agreed upon by the Depositor and Custodian to complete  
the agreement.  These may include for example:  definitions, investment  
powers, voting rights, exculpatory provisions, amendment and termination,  
removal of Custodian, Custodian's fees, State law requirements, beginning  
date of distributions, prohibited transactions with the Depositor, etc.  Use  
additional pages if necessary and attach them to this form. 


                            TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

         This Agreement made as of the _____ of ____________, 1995 between Midas
Fund,  Inc., a Maryland  corporation  ("Fund"),  having its principal office and
place of  business  at 11  Hanover  Square,  New  York,  New York  10005 and DST
Systems,  Inc.,  ("DST") a Delaware  corporation having its principal office and
place  of  business  at  1055  Broadway,   Kansas  City,   Missouri   64105-1594
(hereinafter referred to as the "Transfer Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

That for and in consideration of the mutual promises  hereinafter set forth, the
parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings:
         1.  "APPROVED   INSTITUTION"  shall  mean  an  entity  so  named  in  a
Certificate.  From  time to time  the  Fund  may  amend a  previously  delivered
Certificate  by  delivering  to the  Transfer  Agent  a  Certificate  naming  an
additional  entity  or  deleting  any  entity  named in a  previously  delivered
Certificate.
         2.       THE "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" shall mean the Board of Directors
of the Fund.
         3.       "CERTIFICATE" shall mean any notice, instruction, or other
instrument in writing,  authorized or required by this  Agreement to be given to
the Transfer  Agent by the Fund which is signed by any Officer,  as  hereinafter
defined, and actually received by the Transfer Agent.

                                       1
<PAGE>

         4.       "CUSTODIAN" shall mean the financial institution appointed
as custodian under the terms and conditions of the Custody Agreement
between the financial institution and the Fund, or its successor(s).
         5.       "FUND BUSINESS DAY" shall be deemed to be each day on
which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading.
         6.  "OFFICER"  shall be deemed  to be the  Fund's  President,  any Vice
President of the Fund, the Fund's Secretary,  the Fund's  Treasurer,  the Fund's
Controller, any Assistant Controller of the Fund, any Assistant Treasurer of the
Fund  and any  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Fund,  and any  other  person  duly
authorized  by the Board of  Directors  of the Fund to execute any  Certificate,
instruction,  notice or other  instrument on behalf of the Fund and named in the
Certificate  annexed  hereto as Appendix A, as such  Certificate  may be amended
from time to time, and any person  reasonably  believed by the Transfer Agent to
be such a person.
         7.       "OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES" means amounts reasonably
necessary and actually  incurred by Transfer  Agent in the provision of Transfer
Agent services or pursuant to this Agreement for the following purposes: postage
(and first class mail insurance in connection with mailing share  certificates),
envelopes,  check forms,  continuous  forms,  forms for reports and  statements,
stationery, and other similar items, telephone and telegraph charges incurred in
answering  inquiries  from  dealers or  shareholders,  microfilm  used to record


                                       2
<PAGE>

transactions  in  shareholder  accounts  and computer  tapes used for  permanent
storage of records and cost of insertion  of  materials in mailing  envelopes by
outside  firms.  Transfer  Agent may,  at its  option,  arrange to have  various
service   providers  submit  invoices  directly  to  the  Fund  for  payment  of
out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable  hereunder;  and such other expenses paid or
incurred by Transfer  Agent at the request of the Fund.  Any charges  associated
with  special or exception  processing  shall also be  considered  Out-of-Pocket
Expenses. 
        8. "PROSPECTUS" shall mean the most recent Fund prospectus actually
received by the Transfer  Agent from the Fund with respect to which the Fund has
indicated a registration  statement under the Federal Securities Act of 1933 has
becomes   effective,   including  the   Statement  of  Additional   Information,
incorporated by reference therein.
         9.  "SHARES"  shall mean all or any part of each class or series of the
shares of common stock of the Fund or Portfolio  listed in the Certificate as to
which the Transfer  Agent acts as transfer  agent  hereunder,  as may be amended
from time to time, which are authorized and/or issued by the Fund.
         10.      "TRANSFER AGENT" shall mean DST Systems, Inc., ("DST"),
as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent under the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, its successor(s) or assign(s).

                                   ARTICLE II
                          APPOINTMENT OF TRANSFER AGENT

         1. The Fund hereby  constitutes  and  appoints  the  Transfer  Agent as
transfer  agent of all the Shares of the Fund and as dividend  disbursing  agent


                                       3
<PAGE>

during the period of this Agreement.
         2. The Transfer Agent hereby accepts  appointment as transfer agent and
dividend  disbursing  agent and agrees to perform  duties thereof as hereinafter
set forth.
         3. In connection  with such  appointment,  the Fund upon the request of
the Transfer Agent, shall deliver the following documents to the Transfer Agent:
                  (i)        A copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund
and all amendments thereto certified by the Secretary of the Fund;
                  (ii)       A copy of the By-Laws of the Fund certified by the
Secretary of the Fund;
                  (iii) A copy of a resolution  of the Board of Directors of the
Fund  certified by the Secretary of the Fund  appointing  the Transfer Agent and
authorizing the execution of this Transfer Agency Agreement;
                  (iv)      A Certificate signed by the Secretary of the Fund
specifying:  the number of  authorized  Shares,  the  number of such  authorized
Shares  issued,  the  number of such  authorized  Shares  issued  and  currently
outstanding;  the names and specimen signatures of the Officers of the Fund; and
the name and  address of the legal  counsel  for the Fund;  
                  (v)  Specimen  Share certificate for each or series class of
Shares  in the form  approved  by the Board of  Directors  of the Fund (and in a
format compatible with the Transfer Agent's system), together with a Certificate
signed by the Secretary of the Fund as to such approval;


                                       5
<PAGE>

                  (vi) Copies of the Fund's Registration  Statement,  as amended
to date, and the most recently filed Post-Effective  Amendment thereto, filed by
the Fund with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of
1933,  as amended,  and under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as amended,
together with any applications filed in connection therewith; and
                  (vii)  Opinion  of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity of the authorized and outstanding Shares, whether such Shares are fully
paid and  non-assessable  and the status of such Shares under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended,  and any other applicable  federal law or regulation (i.e.,
if  subject  to  registration,  that  they  have  been  registered  and that the
Registration  Statement has become effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds
therefor.)
                                   ARTICLE III
                      AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES

         1. The Fund shall deliver to the Transfer Agent the following documents
on or before the effective  date of any increase or decrease in the total number
of Shares authorized to be issued:
                  (a)      A certified copy of the amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation giving effect to such increase or decrease;
                  (b) In the case of an increase,  an opinion of counsel for the
Fund with  respect to the  validity  of the Shares of the Fund and the status of
such  Shares  under  the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  and any  other
applicable  federal law or regulation  (i.e., if subject to  registration,  that
they  have  been  registered  and that the  Registration  Statement  has  become
effective or, if exempt, the specific grounds therefor); and
                  (c) In the  case of an  increase,  if the  appointment  of the
Transfer  Agent  was  theretofore  expressly  limited,  a  certified  copy  of a
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund increasing the authority of the
Transfer Agent.
         2. Prior to the issuance of any additional  Shares of the Fund pursuant
to stock  dividends or stock  splits,  etc.,  and prior to any  reduction in the
number of shares outstanding,  the Fund shall deliver the following documents to
the Transfer Agent:
                  (a) A certified copy of the resolution(s) adopted by the Board
of Directors  and/or the  shareholders of the Fund  authorizing such issuance of
additional Shares of the Fund or such reduction, as the case may be, and
                  (b) An  opinion of  counsel  for the Fund with  respect to the
validity  of the  Shares  of the Fund and the  status of such  Shares  under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and any other  applicable  federal law or
regulation (i.e., if subject to registration, that they have been registered and
that the  Registration  Statement  has  become  effective,  or, if  exempt,  the
specific grounds therefor).

                                   ARTICLE IV
                     RECAPITALIZATION OR CAPITAL ADJUSTMENT

         1. In the case of any negative stock split,  recapitalization  or other
capital  adjustment  requiring a change in the form of Share  certificates,  the


                                       6
<PAGE>

Transfer Agent will issue Share certificates in the new form in exchange for, or
upon  transfer  of,  outstanding  Share  certificates  in  the  old  form,  upon
receiving:
                  (a)      A Certificate authorizing the issuance of the Share
certificates in the new form;
                  (b)      A certified copy of any amendment to the Articles of
Incorporation with respect to the change;
                  (c) Specimen  Share  certificates  for each class of Shares in
the new form approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund,  with a Certificate
signed by the Secretary of the Fund as to such approval; and
                  (d)      An opinion of counsel for the Fund with respect to
the  validity of the Shares in the new form and the status of such Shares  under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and any other applicable federal law or
regulation  (i.e.,  if  subject  to  registration,  that the  Shares  have  been
registered  and that the  Registration  Statement  has become  effective  or, if
exempt, the specific grounds therefor.)
         2. The Fund at its  expense  shall  furnish the  Transfer  Agent with a
sufficient  supply of blank Share  certificates in the new form and from time to
time will  replenish  such supply upon the request of the Transfer  Agent.  Such
blank Share  certificates  shall be compatible with the Transfer  Agent's system
and shall be properly  signed by  facsimile or otherwise by Officers of the Fund
authorized by law or by the By-Laws to sign Share  certificates and, if required


                                       7
<PAGE>

shall bear the corporate Seal or facsimile thereof. The Fund agrees to indemnify
and exonerate,  save and hold the Transfer Agent harmless,  from and against any
and all claims or demands that may be asserted  against the Transfer  Agent with
respect to the  genuineness  of any Share  certificate  supplied to the Transfer
Agent by the Fund pursuant to this section 2.

                                   ARTICLE V
                                   ISSUANCE,
                       REDEMPTION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

         1.       (a)      The Transfer Agent acknowledges that it has received
a copy of the  Fund's  Prospectus,  which  Prospectus  describes  how  sales and
redemption of shares of the Fund shall be made, and the Transfer Agent agrees to
accept  purchase  orders and redemption  requests with respect to Fund shares on
each Fund Business Day in accordance  with such  Prospectus.  The Fund agrees to
provide the Transfer Agent with sufficient advance notice to enable the Transfer
Agent to effect  any  changes  in the  procedures  set  forth in the  Prospectus
regarding such purchase and redemption procedure;  provided, however, that in no
event will such advance notice be less than 30 days.
                  (b) The Transfer  Agent shall also accept with respect to each
Fund  Business  Day,  at such times as are agreed  upon from time to time by the
Transfer  Agent and the Fund, a computer  tape or electronic  data  transmission
consistent in all respects with the Transfer  Agent's record format,  as amended
from time to time,  which is  reasonably  believed by the  Transfer  Agent to be
furnished by or on behalf of any Approved Institution.  The Transfer Agent shall


                                       8
<PAGE>

not be liable for any losses or damages to the Fund or its  shareholders  in the
event that a computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission  from an Approved
Institution  is unable to be processed  for any reason beyond the control of the
Transfer  Agent,  or if any of the  information on such tape or  transmission is
found to be incorrect.
         2.       On each Fund Business Day the Transfer Agent shall, as of
the time at which the Fund  computes  the net asset value of the Fund,  issue to
and redeem from the accounts specified in a purchase order,  redemption request,
or computer tape or electronic data  transmission,  which in accordance with the
Prospectus  is effective on such Fund Business  Day, the  appropriate  number of
full and  fractional  Shares based on the net asset value per Share of such Fund
specified  in an  advice  received  on such  Fund  Business  Day from the  Fund.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if a redemption  specified in a computer tape or
electronic  data  transmission  is for a dollar value of Shares in excess of the
dollar value of  uncertificated  Shares in the specified  account,  the Transfer
Agent  shall not effect  such  redemption  in whole or in part and shall  within
twenty-four  hours orally advise the Approved  Institution  which  supplied such
tape of the discrepancy.
         3. In connection  with a reinvestment  of a dividend or distribution of
Shares of the Fund,  the Transfer  Agent shall as of each Fund  Business Day, as
specified in a Certificate or resolution  described in paragraph 1 of succeeding
Article VI,  issue  Shares of the Fund based on the net asset value per Share of


                                       9
<PAGE>

such Fund  specified in an advice  received  from the Fund on such Fund Business
Day.
         4. On each Fund  Business Day the Transfer  Agent shall supply the Fund
with a statement  specifying  with  respect to the  immediately  preceding  Fund
Business  Day:  the total  number of  Shares of the Fund  (including  fractional
Shares) issued and outstanding at the opening of business on such day; the total
number of Shares of the Fund sold on such day, pursuant to preceding paragraph 2
of  this  Article;  the  total  number  of  Shares  of the  Fund  redeemed  from
Shareholders  by the  Transfer  Agent on such day; the total number of Shares of
the Fund,  if any,  sold on such day pursuant to  preceding  paragraph 3 of this
Article, and the total number of Shares of the Fund issued and outstanding.
         5. In connection with each purchase and each redemption of Shares,  the
Transfer  Agent  shall send such  statements  as are  prescribed  by the Federal
Securities laws applicable to transfer agents or as described in the Prospectus.
If the Prospectus  indicates that  certificates  for Shares are available and if
specifically  requested in writing by any shareholder,  or if otherwise required
hereunder,  the  Transfer  Agent  will  countersign,  issue  and  mail  to  such
shareholder  at the  address set forth in the  records of the  Transfer  Agent a
Share certificate for any full Share requested.
         6. As of each Fund  Business Day the Transfer  Agent shall  furnish the
Fund with an advice  setting  forth the number and dollar amount of Shares to be
redeemed  on such Fund  Business  Day in  accordance  with  paragraph  2 of this
Article.


                                       10
<PAGE>

         7. Upon receipt of a proper redemption request and moneys paid to it by
the Custodian in  connection  with a redemption  of Shares,  the Transfer  Agent
shall cancel the redeemed Shares and after making appropriate  deduction for any
withholding  of  taxes  required  of it by  applicable  law (a) in the case of a
redemption of Shares pursuant to a redemption  described in preceding  paragraph
1(a) of this Article,  make payment in accordance with the Fund's redemption and
payment  procedures  described  in the  Prospectus,  and  (b) in the  case  of a
redemption of Shares pursuant to a computer tape or electronic data transmission
described in preceding paragraph 1(b) of this Article, make payment by directing
a federal funds wire order to the account previously  designated by the Approved
Institution specified in said computer tape or electronic data transmission.
         8. The  Transfer  Agent shall not be required to issue any Shares after
it has received  from an Officer of the Fund or from an  appropriate  federal or
state authority written  notification that the sale of Shares has been suspended
or  discontinued,  and the  Transfer  Agent  shall be entitled to rely upon such
written notification.
         9. Upon the issuance of any Shares in  accordance  with this  Agreement
the  Transfer  Agent shall not be  responsible  for the payment of any  original
issue or other  taxes  required to be paid by the Fund in  connection  with such
issuance of any Shares.


                                       11
<PAGE>

         10. The Transfer Agent shall accept a computer tape or electronic  data
transmission consistent with the Transfer Agent's record format, as amended from
time to time, which is reasonably believed by the Transfer Agent to be furnished
by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Approved  Institution  and  is  represented  to  be
instructions  with  respect to the  transfer  of Shares from one account of such
Approved  Institution  to another such  account,  and shall effect the transfers
specified in said computer tape or electronic  data  transmission.  The Transfer
Agent shall not be liable for any losses to the Fund or its  shareholders in the
event that a computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission  from an Approved
Institution  is unable to be processed  for any reason beyond the control of the
Transfer  Agent,  or if any of the  information on such tape or  transmission is
found to be incorrect.
         11.(a)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  sub-paragraph  (b) of this
paragraph and in paragraph 13 of this  Article,  Shares will be  transferred  or
redeemed  upon  presentation  to the  Transfer  Agent of Share  certificates  or
instructions  properly endorsed for transfer or redemption,  accompanied by such
documents as the Transfer Agent deems necessary to evidence the authority of the
person making such transfer or redemption,  and bearing satisfactory evidence of
the  payment of stock  transfer  taxes.  In the case of small  estates  where no
administration  is contemplated,  the Transfer Agent may, when furnished with an
appropriate  surety bond, and without further approval of the Fund,  transfer or
redeem  Shares  registered  in the name of a decedent  where the current  market


                                       12
<PAGE>

value of the Shares  being  transferred  does not exceed such amount as may from
time to time be prescribed by various  states.  The Transfer  Agent reserves the
right to refuse to  transfer or redeem  Shares  until it is  satisfied  that the
endorsement on the stock  certificate or instructions is valid and genuine,  and
for that purpose it will require,  unless otherwise  instructed by an authorized
officer  of the  Fund,  a  guarantee  of  signature  by an  "Eligible  Guarantor
Institution"  as that term is defined by SEC Rule 17Ad-15  under the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934.  The Transfer  Agent also  reserves the right to refuse to
transfer or redeem Shares until it is satisfied  that the requested  transfer or
redemption  is  legally  authorized,  and it shall  incur no  liability  for the
refusal,  in good faith,  to make  transfers or  redemptions  which the Transfer
Agent,  in its  judgement,  deems  improper  or  unauthorized,  or  until  it is
satisfied  that there is no basis to any  claims  adverse  to such  transfer  or
redemption.  The Transfer Agent may, in effecting  transfers and  redemptions of
Shares,  rely upon those provisions of the Uniform Act for the Simplification of
Fiduciary  Security Transfers or the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be
amended from time to time,  applicable  to the transfer of  securities,  and the
Fund shall  indemnify  the  Transfer  Agent for any act done or omitted by it in
good faith in reliance upon such laws.  In no event will the Fund  indemnify the
Transfer  Agent for any act done by it as a result of willful  misfeasance,  bad
faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties.
         (b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision
contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Transfer Agent


                                       13
<PAGE>

shall  be  fully  protected  by the  Fund  in  not  requiring  any  instruments,
documents,   assurances,   endorsements   or  guarantees,   including,   without
limitation,  any  signature  guarantees,  in connection  with a  redemption,  or
transfer,  of Shares  whenever  the  Transfer  Agent  reasonably  believes  that
requiring  the same  would be  inconsistent  with the  transfer  and  redemption
procedures as described in the Prospectus.
         12.  Notwithstanding  any provision  contained in this agreement to the
contrary,  the Transfer Agent shall not be required or expected to require, as a
condition to any transfer of any Shares pursuant to paragraph 13 of this Article
or any redemption of any Shares  pursuant to a computer tape or electronic  data
transmission  described in this  Agreement,  any documents,  including,  without
limitation,  any  documents  of  the  kind  described  in  sub-paragraph  (a) of
paragraph 13 of this Article, to evidence the authority of the person requesting
the transfer or redemption  and/or the payment of any stock transfer taxes,  and
shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with the applicable  provisions
of this Article.
         13.  (a) As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the  terms  "computer  tape or
electronic data  transmission" and "computer tape believed by the Transfer Agent
to be furnished by an Approved  Institution",  shall include any tapes generated
by the Transfer Agent to reflect  information  believed by the Transfer Agent to
have been  input by an  Approved  Institution,  via a remote  terminal  or other
similar link,


                                       14
<PAGE>

into a data processing,  storage,  or collection  system, or similar system (the
"System"), located on the Transfer Agent's premises. For purposes of paragraph 1
of this Article,  such a computer tape or electronic data transmission  shall be
deemed to have been furnished at such times as are agreed upon from time to time
by the Transfer  Agent and Fund only if the  information  reflected  thereon was
input to the  System at such times as are  agreed  upon in writing  from time to
time by the Transfer Agent and the Fund.
         (b) Nothing  contained in this Agreement shall constitute any agreement
or representation  by the Transfer Agent to permit,  or to agree to permit,  any
Approved Institution to input information into a System.
         (c) The Transfer Agent reserves the right to approve,  in advance,  any
Approved  Institution,  such  approval  not  to be  unreasonably  withheld.  The
Transfer  Agent also reserves the right to terminate any and all automated  data
communications,  at its discretion, upon a reasonable attempt to notify the Fund
when in the  reasonable  opinion  of the  Transfer  Agent  continuation  of such
communications  would  jeopardize  the accuracy  and/or  integrity of the Fund's
records on the System.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                           DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

         1.       The Fund shall furnish to the Transfer Agent a copy of a
resolution  of  its  Board  of  Directors,  certified  by the  Secretary  or any
Assistant  Secretary,  either (i) setting forth the date of the declaration of a
dividend or  distribution,  the date of accrual or payment,  as the case may be,
thereof,  the record  date as of which  Shareholders  entitled  to  payment,  or


                                       15
<PAGE>

accrual,  as the case may be, shall be determined,  the amount per Share of such
dividend or distribution,  the payment date on which all previously  accrued and
unpaid  dividends are to be paid, and the total amount,  if any,  payable to the
Transfer  Agent on such payment date, or (ii)  authorizing  the  declaration  of
dividends and  distributions  on a daily or other periodic basis and authorizing
the  Transfer  Agent to rely on a  Certificate  setting  forth  the  information
described in subsection (i) of this paragraph.
         2. Upon the mail date specified in such  Certificate or resolution,  as
the case may be, the Fund shall, in the case of a cash dividend or distribution,
cause the  Custodian to deposit in an account in the name of the Transfer  Agent
on behalf of the Fund an amount of cash,  if any,  sufficient  for the  Transfer
Agent to make the payment, as of the mail date, specified in such Certificate or
resolution,  as the case may be, to the  Shareholders  who were of record on the
record  date.  The  Transfer  Agent will,  upon  receipt of any such cash,  make
payment of such cash dividends or distributions to the shareholders of record as
of the  record  date  by:  (i)  mailing  a  check,  payable  to  the  registered
shareholder,  to the  address of record or  dividend  mailing  address,  or (ii)
wiring  such  amounts  to the  accounts  previously  designated  by an  Approved
Institution,  as the case may be. The Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any
improper payments made in good faith and without negligence,  in accordance with
a  Certificate  or  resolution  described  in the  preceding  paragraph.  If the
Transfer  Agent shall not receive  from the  Custodian  sufficient  cash to make
payments of any cash dividend or distribution to all shareholders of the Fund as
of the record date, the

                                       16
<PAGE>

Transfer  Agent  shall,  upon  notifying  the  Fund,  withhold  payment  to  all
shareholders  of record as of the record date until  sufficient cash is provided
to the Transfer Agent.
         3.  It is  understood  that  the  Transfer  Agent  shall  in no  way be
responsible  for the  determination  of the rate or form of dividends or capital
gain  distributions  due  to  the  shareholders.  It  is  expressly  agreed  and
understood  that the  Transfer  Agent is not  liable for any loss as a result of
processing a distribution based on information  provided in the Certificate that
is incorrect.  The Fund agrees to pay the Transfer  Agent for any and all costs,
both direct and  out-of-pocket  expenses,  incurred in such  corrective  work as
necessary to remedy such error.
         4. It is understood that the Transfer Agent shall file such appropriate
information  returns  concerning  the  payment  of  dividend  and  capital  gain
distributions  with the  proper  federal,  state  and local  authorities  as are
required by law to be filed by the Fund but shall in no way be  responsible  for
the collection or  withholding  of taxes due on such dividends or  distributions
due to shareholders, except and only to the extent, required by applicable law.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                               CONCERNING THE FUND

         1.       The Fund represents to the Transfer Agent that:
                  (a)      It is a corporation duly organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Maryland.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                  (b) It is empowered under  applicable laws and by its Articles
of Incorporation and By-Laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (c) All  requisite  corporate  proceedings  have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (d)      It is an investment company registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
                  (e) A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended,  with respect to the Shares is effective.  The Fund shall notify the
Transfer  Agent  if  such   registration   statement  or  any  state  securities
registrations have been terminated or a stop order has been entered with respect
to the Shares.
         2.       Each copy of the Articles of Incorporation of the Fund and
copies of all  amendments  thereto  shall be certified by the Secretary of State
(or  other  appropriate  official)  of the  state of  organization,  and if such
Articles of Incorporation and/or amendments are required by law also to be filed
with a county or other officer or official  body, a  certificate  of such filing
shall be filed with a certified copy submitted to the Transfer Agent.  Each copy
of the By-Laws and copies of all amendments  thereto,  and copies of resolutions
of the Board of  Directors of the Fund,  shall be certified by the  Secretary of
the Fund.
         3. The Fund shall promptly deliver to the Transfer Agent written notice
of  any  change  in  the  Officers   authorized  to  sign  Share   Certificates,
notifications  or  requests,  together  with a  specimen  signature  of each new


                                       18
<PAGE>

Officer.  In the event any  Officer  who shall  have  signed  manually  or whose
facsimile  signature shall have been affixed to blank Share  certificates  shall
die,  resign or be removed  prior to  issuance of such Share  certificates,  the
Transfer  Agent may issue such Share  certificates  of the Fund  notwithstanding
such death,  resignation or removal,  and the Fund shall promptly deliver to the
Transfer Agent such  approval,  adoption or  ratification  as may be required by
law.
         4. It shall be the sole  responsibility  of the Fund to  deliver to the
Transfer Agent the Fund's  currently  effective  Prospectus and, for purposes of
this  Agreement,  the  Transfer  Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of any
information  contained in such Prospectus until a reasonable time, not to exceed
ten (10) business days, after it is actually received by the Transfer Agent.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                          CONCERNING THE TRANSFER AGENT

         1.       The Transfer Agent represents and warrants to the Fund
that:
                  (a)      It is a corporation duly organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Delaware.
                  (b)      It is empowered under applicable law and by its
Charter and By-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (c) All  requisite  corporate  proceedings  have been taken to
authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.
                  (d) It is duly  registered  as a transfer  agent under Section
17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


                                       19
<PAGE>

         2. The Transfer  Agent shall not be liable and shall be  indemnified in
acting  upon any  computer  tape or  electronic  data  transmission,  writing or
document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or made
by an Officer of the Fund or person designated by the Fund and shall not be held
to have any notice of any change of  authority  of any person  until  receipt of
written notice thereof from the Fund or such person.  It shall also be protected
in processing Share certificates which bear the proper  countersignature  of the
Transfer  Agent and which it  reasonably  believes to bear the proper  manual or
facsimile signature of the Officers of the Fund.
         3.       The Transfer Agent upon reasonable notice to the Fund may
establish  such  additional  procedures,  rules and  regulations  governing  the
transfer or  registration  of Share  certificates  as it may deem  advisable and
consistent  with such rules and  regulations  generally  adopted by mutual  fund
transfer agents.
         4. The  Transfer  Agent  shall keep such  records as are  specified  in
Schedule II hereto in the form and manner,  and for such period,  as it may deem
advisable and is agreeable to the Fund but not  inconsistent  with the rules and
regulations of appropriate government authorities, in particular Rules 31a-2 and
31a-3 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended.  The Transfer Agent
acknowledges  that such records are the property of the Fund. The Transfer Agent
may deliver to the Fund from time to time at its discretion,  for safekeeping or
disposition by the Fund in accordance with law, such records,  papers, documents


                                       20
<PAGE>

accumulated  in the  execution  of its  duties as such  Transfer  Agent,  as the
Transfer Agent may deem expedient,  other than those which the Transfer Agent is
itself  required to maintain  pursuant to applicable laws and  regulations.  The
Fund shall assume all  responsibility  for any failure thereafter to produce any
record,  paper,  cancelled Share certificate,  or other document so returned, if
and when required. The records specified in Schedule II hereto maintained by the
Transfer  Agent  pursuant to this  paragraph  4, which have not been  previously
delivered to the Fund pursuant to the foregoing  provisions of this paragraph 4,
shall be considered to be the property of the Fund, shall be made available upon
request for inspection by the officers, employees, auditors of the Fund, or such
staff of applicable  regulatory agencies as the Fund may designate,  and records
shall be  delivered  to the Fund upon  request and in any event upon the date of
termination of this Agreement,  as specified in Article IX of this Agreement, in
the form and manner kept by the Transfer  Agent on such date of  termination  or
such earlier date as may be requested by the Fund.
         5. The  Transfer  Agent  shall  not be liable  for any loss or  damage,
including  counsel  fees,  resulting  from its  actions or  omissions  to act or
otherwise,  except  for  any  loss  or  damage  arising  out of its  bad  faith,
negligence,  willful misfeasance,  gross negligence or reckless disregard of its
duties under this agreement.
         6 (a) The Fund shall  indemnify and  exonerate,  save and hold harmless
the Transfer Agent from and against any and all claims  (whether with or without


                                       21
<PAGE>

basis in fact or law), demands,  expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees)
and  liabilities of any and every nature which the Transfer Agent may sustain or
incur or which may be  asserted  against  the  Transfer  Agent by any  person by
reason of or as a result of any action taken or omitted to be taken by any prior
transfer  agent of the Fund or as a result of any action  taken or omitted to be
taken by the  Transfer  Agent in good faith and  without  negligence  or willful
misconduct  or in reliance upon (i) any  provision of this  Agreement;  (ii) the
Prospectus;  (iii) any instruction or order including,  without limitation,  any
computer  tape  or  electronic  data  transmission  reasonably  believed  by the
Transfer  Agent to have been  received  from an Approved  Institution;  (iv) any
instrument,  order or Share certificate  reasonably believed by it to be genuine
and to be signed,  countersigned  or executed by any duly authorized  Officer of
the Fund; (v) any Certificate or other  instructions of an Officer;  or (vi) any
opinion of legal  counsel  for the Fund or the  Transfer  Agent.  The Fund shall
indemnify  and  exonerate,  save and hold the Transfer  Agent  harmless from and
against  any and all  claims  (whether  with or  without  basis in fact or law),
demands,  expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) and liabilities of any
and every nature  which the Transfer  Agent may sustain or incur or which may be
asserted against the Transfer Agent by any person by reason of or as a result of
any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Transfer  Agent in good faith and
without  negligence in connection  with its  appointment or in reliance upon any
law, act, regulation or any interpretation of the same even though such law, act


                                       22
<PAGE>

or regulation may thereafter have been altered, changed, amended or repealed.
                  (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall not settle any claim,  demand,
expense or liability to which it may seek  indemnity  pursuant to paragraph 6(a)
above (each, an "Indemnifiable Claim") without the express written consent of an
Officer of the Fund.  The Transfer Agent shall notify the Fund within 15 days of
receipt of notification of an Indemnifiable Claim, provided that the failure by
the Transfer  Agent to furnish such  notification  shall not impair its right to
seek  indemnification  from the Fund  unless  the Fund is unable  to  adequately
defend the Indemnifiable Claim as a result of such failure, or if as a result of
the  Transfer  Agent's  failure to provide  the Fund with  timely  notice of the
institution of litigation a judgment by default is entered.  The Fund shall have
the right to defend any  Indemnifiable  Claim at its own expense,  provided that
such defense  shall be conducted by counsel  selected by the Fund.  The Transfer
Agent may join in such  defense at its own  expense,  but to the extent  that it
shall so desire the Fund shall  direct such  defense.  The Fund shall not settle
any  Indemnifiable  Claim  without the express  written  consent of the Transfer
Agent if the  Transfer  Agent  determines  that such  settlement  would  have an
adverse effect on the Transfer Agent beyond the scope of this Agreement.  In the
event the Transfer Agent does not provide its written consent,  each of the Fund
and the Transfer Agent shall be  responsible  for their own defense at their own


                                       23
<PAGE>

cost and  expense,  and such claim  shall not be deemed an  Indemnifiable  Claim
hereunder.  If the Fund shall fail or refuse to defend an  Indemnifiable  Claim,
the  Transfer  Agent may  provide its own defense at the cost and expense of the
Fund. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Fund shall
not indemnify the Transfer Agent against any liability or expense arising out of
the Transfer  Agent's  willful  misfeasance,  bad faith,  negligence or reckless
disregard of its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
         The Transfer Agent shall  indemnify and hold the Fund harmless from and
against any and all losses,  damages,  costs,  charges,  counsel fees, payments,
expenses and liability  arising out of or  attributable to any action or failure
or omission to act by the  Transfer  Agent as a result of the  Transfer  Agent's
lack of good faith, negligence or willful misconduct.
         7. The  Transfer  Agent shall not be liable to the Fund with respect to
any  redemption  draft on which the  signature of the drawer is forged and which
the Fund's  Custodian or Cash  Management Bank has advised the Transfer Agent to
honor the  redemption.  Provided  that the Transfer  Agent  inspects  redemption
drafts with reasonable care to verify the drawer's  signature against signatures
on file, the Transfer  Agent shall not be liable for any material  alteration or
absence or forgery of any endorsement.
         8. There  shall be  excluded  from the  consideration  of  whether  the
Transfer Agent has been negligent or has breached this Agreement,  any period of


                                       24
<PAGE>

time,  and  only  such  period  of  time,  during  which  the  Transfer  Agent's
performance  is  materially  affected,  by reason of  circumstances  beyond  its
control and not  reasonably  foreseeable  in that the  Transfer  Agent could not
reasonable  have  made  back-up  or  alternative   arrangements   (collectively,
"Causes"),  including, without limitation (except as provided below), mechanical
breakdowns of equipment  (including any  alternative  power supply and operating
systems   software),   flood  or   catastrophe,   acts  of  God,   failures   of
transportation, communication or power supply, strikes, lockouts, work stoppages
or other similar circumstances.
         9. At any time the  Transfer  Agent may apply to an Officer of the Fund
for written  instructions  with respect to any matter arising in connection with
the  Transfer  Agent's  duties and  obligations  under this  Agreement,  and the
Transfer  Agent shall not be liable for any action  taken or  permitted by it in
good faith in accordance with such written instructions. Such application by the
Transfer  Agent for  written  instructions  from an  Officer of the Fund may set
forth in writing  any  action  proposed  to be taken or omitted by the  Transfer
Agent with respect to its duties or  obligations  under this  Agreement  and the
date on and/or after which such action shall be taken.  The Transfer Agent shall
not be liable for any action  taken or  omitted  in  accordance  with a proposal
included in any such application on or after the date specified  therein unless,
prior to taking or omitting  any such action,  the  Transfer  Agent has received
written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be
taken or omitted.  The  Transfer  Agent may consult  counsel of the Fund,  or if
acceptable to the Fund, its own counsel, at the expense of the Fund and shall be


                                       25
<PAGE>

fully  protected with respect to anything done or omitted by it in good faith in
accordance with the advice or opinion of counsel to the Fund or its own counsel.
         10.      The Transfer Agent may issue new Share certificates in
place of certificates  represented to have been lost,  stolen, or destroyed upon
receiving written  instructions from the shareholder  accompanied by proof of an
indemnity or surety bond issued by a recognized insurance  institution specified
by the Fund or the  Transfer  Agent.  If the  Transfer  Agent  receives  written
notification  from the shareholder or broker dealer that the certificate  issued
was never received,  and such notification is made within 30 days of the date of
issuance,  the Transfer Agent may reissue the  certificate  without  requiring a
surety  bond.  The  Transfer  Agent  may also  reissue  certificates  which  are
represented  as lost,  stolen,  or  destroyed  without  requiring  a surety bond
provided  that  the   notification   is  in  writing  and   accompanied   by  an
indemnification signed on behalf of a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange
and  signed  by  an  officer  of  said  firm  with  the  signature   guaranteed.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Transfer  Agent will reissue a certificate
upon written authorization from an Officer of the Fund.
         11.  In case of any  requests  or  demands  for the  inspection  of the
shareholder  records of the Fund, the Transfer Agent will endeavor to notify the
Fund promptly and to secure  instructions from an Officer as to such inspection.
The Transfer  Agent  reserves  the right,  however,  to exhibit the  shareholder
records to any person  whenever  it receives  an opinion  from its counsel  that


                                       26
<PAGE>

there is a reasonable likelihood that the Transfer Agent will be held liable for
the  failure to  exhibit  the  shareholder  records  to such  person;  provided,
however,  that in connection  with any such  disclosure the Transfer Agent shall
promptly notify the Fund that such disclosure has been made or is to be made.
         12.      At the request of an Officer of the Fund the Transfer
Agent will address and mail such appropriate notices to shareholders as the Fund
may direct.
         13.      Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this
Agreement, the Transfer Agent shall be under no duty or obligation
to inquire into, and shall not be liable for:
                  (a) The  legality  of the  issue  or sale of any  Shares,  the
sufficiency  of the amount to be  received  therefor,  or the  authority  of the
Approved Institution or of the Fund, as the case may be, to request such sale or
issuance;
                  (b) The  legality of a transfer of Shares,  or of a redemption
of any Shares, the propriety of the amount to be paid therefor, or the authority
of the Approved  Institution or of the Fund, as the case may be, to request such
transfer or redemption;
                  (c)      The legality of the declaration of any dividend by
the Fund, or the legality of the issue of any Shares in payment of
any stock dividend; or
                  (d)      The legality of any recapitalization or readjustment
of Shares.


                                       27
<PAGE>

         14.      The Transfer Agent shall be entitled to receive and the
Fund hereby agrees to pay to the Transfer Agent for its  performance  hereunder,
including  its  performance  of the duties and functions set forth in Schedule I
hereto, (i) its reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses (including  reasonable legal
expenses  and  attorney's  fees)  incurred in  connection  with its  performance
hereunder and (ii) such  compensation as may be agreed upon in writing from time
to time by the Transfer Agent and the Fund.
         15.  The  Transfer  Agent  shall  have no  duties  or  responsibilities
whatsoever except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth
in this  Agreement,  and no  covenant  or  obligation  shall be  implied in this
Agreement against the Transfer Agent.
         16.      Purchase and Prices of Services.
                  (a) The Fund will  compensate  the  Transfer  Agent  for,  and
Transfer  Agent will provide,  beginning on the execution date of this Agreement
and continuing until the termination of this Agreement as provided  hereinafter,
the Services set forth in Schedule I.
                  (b) The current  unit prices for the Services are set forth in
Schedule III (the  "Schedule III Fee  Schedule").  Once in each  calendar  year,
after the third anniversary of the date hereof,  the Transfer Agent may elect to
raise the  Schedule  III Fees upon  ninety  (90) days prior  notice to the Fund.
Notwithstanding  the annual right to raise the  Schedule III Fees,  the Transfer
Agent may  increase  prices due to changes in legal or  regulatory  requirements


                                       28
<PAGE>

subject to the approval of the Fund,  which approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.
         17.      Billing and Payment.
                  (a) The  Transfer  Agent shall bill the Fund as  follows:  (i)
monthly in arrears for Accounts maintained and Out-of-Pocket  Expenses; and (ii)
monthly in advance for estimated postage expenses to be incurred by the Transfer
Agent for the following month. Documentation to support reconciliation of actual
postage expense charges will be provided to the Fund monthly. The Transfer Agent
may  from  time to time  request  the  Fund to  make  additional  advances  when
appropriate.
                  (b) The Fund  shall  pay the  Transfer  Agent  in  immediately
available funds at United  Missouri Bank in Kansas City,  Missouri within thirty
(30)  days of the date of the bill and  receipt  of  supporting  documents.  Any
amounts due under this Agreement  which are not paid within said thirty (30) day
period shall bear interest at the rate of one and one-half  percent (1 1/2%) per
month from such date until paid in full.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   TERMINATION

                  Either of the parties  hereto may terminate  this Agreement by
giving  to the  other  party a notice  in  writing  specifying  the date of such
termination,  which  shall be not less than  ninety  (90) days after the date of
receipt of such notice.  In the event such notice is given by the Fund, it shall
be  accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund,
certified by the  Secretary or any  Assistant  Secretary,  electing to terminate


                                       29
<PAGE>

this Agreement and designating the successor  transfer agent or transfer agents.
In the event such notice is given by the  Transfer  Agent,  the Fund shall on or
before  the  termination  date,  deliver  to the  Transfer  Agent  a  copy  of a
resolution of its Board of Directors certified by the Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary  designating a successor  transfer  agent or transfer  agents.  In the
absence of such  designation by the Fund, the Fund shall upon the date specified
in the notice of  termination  of this  Agreement  and  delivery  of the records
maintained  hereunder,  be deemed to be its own transfer  agent and the Transfer
Agent shall thereby be relieved of all duties and  responsibilities  pursuant to
this Agreement.
         In the event this  Agreement  is  terminated  as provided  herein,  the
Transfer Agent,  upon the written request of the Fund, shall deliver the records
of the  Fund on  electromagnetic  media to the  Fund or its  successor  transfer
agent.  The Fund shall be  responsible  to the Transfer Agent for the reasonable
costs and expenses associated with the preparation and delivery of such media.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         1.       The Fund agrees that prior to effecting any change in the
Prospectus  which  would  increase  or alter the duties and  obligations  of the
Transfer  Agent  hereunder,  it shall advise the Transfer Agent of such proposed
change  at least 30 days  prior to the  intended  date of the  same,  and  shall


                                       30
<PAGE>

proceed with such change only if it shall have  received the written  consent of
the Transfer Agent thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
         2. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by
this Agreement to be given to the Fund shall be sufficiently  given if addressed
to the Fund and mailed or  delivered  to it at its office at the  address  first
above  written,  or at such  other  place  as the  Fund  may  from  time to time
designate in writing.
         3. Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by
this Agreement to be given to the Transfer Agent shall be sufficiently  given if
addressed to the Transfer Agent and mailed or delivered to the Secretary at 1055
Broadway,  Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594 with a copy to the President at 1055
Broadway,  Kansas  City,  Missouri  64105-1594  or at such  other  place  as the
Transfer Agent may from time to time designate in writing.
         4.       This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any
manner except by a written agreement executed by both parties with
the formality of this Agreement.
         5. This Agreement shall extend to and shall be binding upon the parties
hereto, and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement shall not be
assignable  by either  party  without  the written  consent of the other  party,
except  that the  Transfer  Agent  may  assign  this  Agreement  to a  corporate
affiliate with advance written notice to and consent by the Fund,  which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
         6.       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the  State of Illinois.


                                       31
<PAGE>

         7. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of
which shall be deemed to be an original;  but such counterparts shall, together,
constitute only one instrument.
         8. The  provisions  of this  Agreement are intended to benefit only the
Transfer  Agent and the Fund, and no rights shall be granted to any other person
by virtue of this Agreement.
         9.  (a) The  Transfer  Agent  will  endeavor  to  assist  in  resolving
shareholder  inquiries  and errors  relating  to the period  during  which prior
transfer  agents acted as such for the Fund.  Any such inquiries or errors which
cannot be  expediently  resolved by the  Transfer  Agent will be referred to the
Fund.
                  (b) The  Transfer  Agent  shall  only be  responsible  for the
safekeeping and maintenance of transfer agency records,  cancelled  certificates
and  correspondence  of the  Fund  created  or  produced  prior  to the  time of
conversion which are under its control and acknowledged in a writing to the Fund
to be in its  possession.  Any expenses or liabilities  incurred by the Transfer
Agent as a result of  shareholder  inquiries,  regulatory  compliance  or audits
related to such  records  and not  caused as a result of  Transfer  Agent's  bad
faith, willful malfeasance or negligence shall be the responsibility of the Fund
as provided in Article VIII herein.
         10. The  Transfer  Agent shall enter into and shall  maintain in effect
with appropriate parties one or more agreements making reasonable  provision for
periodic  backup  or  computer  files  and  data  with  respect  to the Fund and
emergency use of electronic data processing equipment. In the event of equipment


                                       32
<PAGE>

failures the Transfer Agent shall at no additional expense to the Fund, take all
reasonable  steps to minimize  service  interruptions,  the Transfer Agent shall
have no  liability  with  respect to the loss of data or  service  interruptions
caused by equipment  failures,  provided such loss or interruption is not caused
by the negligence of the Transfer  Agent and provided  further that the Transfer
Agent has complied with the provisions of this Paragraph.
         11.  The  Transfer  Agent  agrees  on its own  behalf  and  that of its
employees to make  reasonable  efforts to keep  confidential  all records of the
Fund and information  relating to the Fund and its shareholders  (past,  present
and future),  its investment advisor and its principal  underwriter,  unless the
release of such records or information is otherwise consented to, in writing, by
the Fund prior to its release.  The Fund agrees that such  consent  shall not be
unreasonably  withheld,  and may not be  withheld  where  Transfer  Agent may be
exposed to civil or criminal  contempt  proceedings  or when required to divulge
such information or records to duly constituted authorities.
         12. The Transfer Agent shall maintain insurance of the types and in the
amounts deemed by it to be appropriate. To the extent that policies of insurance
may provide for coverage of claims for liability or indemnity by the parties set
forth in this Agreement,  the contracts of insurance shall take precedence,  and
no provision of this  Agreement  shall be construed to relieve an insurer of any
obligation to pay claims to the Fund,  the Transfer Agent or other insured party


                                       33
<PAGE>

which would otherwise be a covered claim in the absence of any provision of this
Agreement.
         13. The Transfer Agent represents and warrants that, to the best of its
knowledge,  the various  procedures  and systems  which the  Transfer  Agent has
implemented with regard to the safeguarding from loss or damage  attributable to
fire, theft or any other cause (including  provision for twenty-four hours a day
restricted access) of the Fund's blank checks,  certificates,  records and other
data and the Transfer Agent's  equipment,  facilities and other property used in
the performance of its obligations hereunder are adequate, and that it will make
such  changes  therein from time to time as in its judgment are required for the
secure performance of its obligations hereunder. The Transfer Agent shall review
such systems and  procedures on a periodic  basis and the Fund shall have access
to review these systems and procedures.
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be executed by their respective  corporate officer,  thereunto duly
authorized and their respective  corporate seals to be hereunto affixed,  as the
day and year first above written.



DST SYSTEMS, INC. MIDAS FUND, INC.


By: __________________________ By: _______________________
(Signature) (Signature)

--------------------------         -----------------------
(Name) (Name)

--------------------------         -----------------------
(Title) (Title)


                                       34
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE I
                             DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES

         In  consideration  of the  fees to be paid in such  manner  and at such
times as Fund and  Transfer  Agent may agree,  Transfer  Agent will  provide the
services set forth below:

         Examine and Process New Accounts,  Subsequent  Payments,  Liquidations,
Exchanges,  Telephone  Transactions,  Check Redemptions,  Automatic Withdrawals,
Certificate Issuance, Wire Order Trades, Dividends,  Dividend Statements, Dealer
Statements.

DAILY ACTIVITY

         Maintain the following shareholder  information in such a manner as the
         Transfer Agent shall determine:

         Name and Address, including Zip Code

         Balance of Uncertificated Shares

         Balance of Certificated Shares

         Certificate number, number of shares, issuance date of each certificate
         outstanding and  cancellation  date for each  certificate date for each
         certificate no longer outstanding, if issued

         Balance of dollars available for redemption

         Dividend code (daily accrual, monthly reinvest, monthly cash or
         quarterly cash)

         Type of account code

         Establishment date indicating the date an account was opened,
         carrying forward pre-conversion data as available

         Original establishment date for accounts opened by exchange

         W-9 withholding status and periodic reporting

         State of residence code

         Social Security or taxpayer identification number, and
         indication of certification

         Historical  transactions  on the account for the most recent 18 months,
         or other period as mutually agreed to from time-to-time


                                       35
<PAGE>

         Indication as to whether phone transactions can be accepted for
         this account. Beneficial owner code, i.e. male, female, joint
         tenant, etc.

         An alternate or "secondary" account number issued by a dealer
         (or bank, etc.) to a customer for use, inquiry and transaction
         input by "remote accessors"


FUNCTIONS

         Answer investor and dealer telephone and/or written  inquiries,  except
         those concerning Fund policy,  or requests for investment  advice which
         will be referred to the Fund, or those which the Fund chooses to answer

         Deposit  Fund  share   certificates   into  accounts  upon  receipt  of
         instructions from the investor or other authorized person, if issued

         Examine and process  transfers  of shares  insuring  that all  transfer
         requirements and legal documents have been supplied

         Process and confirm address changes

         Process standard account record changes as required, i.e.
         Dividend Codes, etc.

         Microfilm source documents for transactions, such as account
         applications and correspondence

         Perform backup withholding for those accounts which federal
         government regulations indicate is necessary

         Perform withholdings on liquidations, if applicable, for
         employee benefit plans.  Prepare and mail 5498s and 1099R's

         Solicit missing taxpayer identification numbers

         Provide  remote  access  inquiry  to Fund  records  via  Fund  supplied
         hardware (Fund responsible for connection line and monthly fee)

REPORTS PROVIDED

Daily Journals                                   Reflecting all shares and
                                                 dollar activity for the
                                                 previous day

Blue Sky Report                                  Supply information monthly
                                                 for Fund's preparation of
                                                 Blue Sky Reporting

                                       36
<PAGE>

N-SAR Report                                     Supply monthly correspondence,
                                                 redemption and liquidation
                                                 information for use in fund's
                                                 N-SAR Report

         Additionally, monthly average daily balance reports will be provided at
         the Fund's request to the Fund at no charge. Prepare and mail copies of
         summary statements to dealers and investment advisers

         Generate and mail confirmation statements for financial
         transactions


DIVIDEND ACTIVITY

         Reinvest or pay in cash including reinvesting in other funds within the
         fund group  serviced by the  Transfer  Agent as  described in each Fund
         Prospectus

         Distribute capital gains simultaneously with income dividends


DEALER SERVICES

         Prepare and mail confirmation statements to dealers daily

         Prepare and mail copies of statements to dealers, same
         frequency as investor statements

ANNUAL MEETINGS

         Assist  Fund in  obtaining a  qualified  service  to:  address and mail
         proxies  and related  material,  tabulate  returned  proxies and supply
         daily reports when sufficient proxies have been received

         Prepare certified list of stockholders, hard copy or microform

PERIODIC ACTIVITIES

         Mail transaction confirmation statements daily to investors

         Address and mail four (4) periodic  financial reports (material must be
         adaptable  to  Transfer  Agent's  mechanical  equipment  as  reasonably
         specified by the Transfer Agent)

         Mail periodic statement to investors

         Compute, prepare and furnish all necessary reports to


                                       37
<PAGE>

         Governmental authorities:  Forms 1099R, 1099DIV, 1099B, 1042
         and 1042S

         Enclose  various  marketing  material  as  designated  by the  Fund  in
         statement  mailings,  i.e. monthly and quarterly  statements  (material
         must be adaptable to mechanical  equipment as  reasonably  specified by
         the Transfer Agent)

                                       38
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE II
                      RECORDS MAINTAINED BY TRANSFER AGENT


         -        Account applications

         -        Cancelled certificates plus stock powers and supporting
                  documents

         -        Checks including check registers, reconciliation records,
                  any adjustment records and tax withholding documentation

         -        Indemnity bonds for replacement of lost or missing stock
                  certificates and checks

         -        Liquidation, redemption, withdrawal and transfer requests
                  including stock powers, signature guarantees and any
                  supporting documentation


                                       39
<PAGE>

                                AGENCY AGREEMENT

         This Agency Agreement is made as of _____________,  1995 by and between
Midas Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation,  having its principal office and place
of business at 11 Hanover Square, New York, New York 10005 (hereinafter referred
to as "Midas Fund"), and DST Systems,  Inc., a Delaware corporation,  having its
principal office and place of business at 1055 Broadway,  Kansas City,  Missouri
64105-1594 (hereinafter referred to as the "Agent").

         WHEREAS, Agent is the transfer agent of certain affiliated mutual funds
("Funds"), which Funds are listed on the attached Exhibit A; and

         WHEREAS, Midas Fund is the sponsor of certain Individual
Retirement Accounts (the "Accounts") in the Funds; and

         WHEREAS,  Midas  Fund  wishes to retain  the Agent to  perform  certain
recordkeeping  and other  duties  which  have been  delegated  to Midas  Fund by
Investors Bank & Trust Company ("IBT") as Custodian for the Accounts pursuant to
the Service and Agency  Agreement  ("SAA")  attached hereto as Exhibit B and the
Agent wishes to perform such duties.

         NOW, THEREFORE, Midas Fund and the Agent agree as follows:

         1.       Midas Fund hereby retains and employs the Agent to perform
the duties described herein.  The Agent accepts such employment and
agrees to perform such duties.

         2. The Agent shall,  in fulfilling  its duties  hereunder,  act in good
faith, with due diligence,  and without negligence.  The Agent shall perform its
duties  in  accordance  with  the  copy  of the  Individual  Retirement  Account
Custodial  Agreement which is attached hereto and made a part hereof ("Custodial
Agreement")  and  present  and  future  requirements  of  Section  408(a) of the
Internal  Revenue Code and any rule or regulation  issued in  interpretation  of
Section 408(a) and applicable law ("IRS Requirements").

         3.       The duties of the Agent will include the following:

                  (a)      Receiving all Accounts which are in existence,
         opening new Accounts and receiving cash contributions for
         Accounts;

                  (b) Making  distributions from Accounts as well as withholding
                  tax  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Custodial
                  Agreement and IRS Requirements.

                  (c) Preparing and  delivering all returns,  reports,  proxies,
         valuations,  and accounting in accordance with IRS  Requirements and as
         reasonably required by Midas Fund or by IBT.

                                       1
<PAGE>

                  (d)      Maintaining all records for the Accounts in
         accordance with IRS Requirements and as reasonably required by
         Midas Fund or by IBT; and

                  (e)      assuming all duties and obligations of Midas Fund
         as set forth in Article 4.4(a) of the SAA.

         4.  Agent  agrees  to  permit  Midas  Fund  and IBT to  conduct  review
procedures as either may deem  necessary to monitor the  activities of the Agent
under this  Agreement.  The Agent also agrees to perform or have  performed such
audit review procedures of those activities as Midas Fund and IBT may reasonably
request at the expense of Midas Fund.

         5.       No provision of this Agreement shall modify or supersede
any provision of the Transfer Agency Agreements executed by the
Agent and Midas Fund.

         6. Midas Fund agrees to indemnify  and  exonerate,  save and hold Agent
harmless  from and against any and all claims  (whether with or without basis in
fact or law),  demands,  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees) and
liabilities  of any nature  which Agent may sustain or incur unless such claims,
demands,  expenses, and liabilities are caused as a result of Agent's bad faith,
willful  misconduct,  negligence  or failure to perform its duties  hereunder in
accordance with the standards set forth herein.

         7. This  Agreement may be  terminated at any time by mutual  consent of
the parties  hereto or upon thirty (30) days'  written  notice by either  party.
Further,  this  Agreement may be  immediately  terminated by either party in the
event the Midas Fund appoints a successor Custodian as provided in the Custodial
Agreement. Upon termination, Agent shall transfer the records of the Accounts as
directed by Midas Fund at Midas Fund's expense.

         8.       For its services hereunder, Agent shall be entitled to
receive 75% of all annual maintenance (fiduciary) fees collected
from the accounts.

         9.       No modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be
valid or binding on the  parties  unless made in writing and signed on behalf of
each  of  the  parties  by  their   respective  duly   authorized   officers  or
representatives.

         10.  Notices shall be  communicated  by fax and first class mail, or by
such  other  means as the  parties  may  agree,  to the  persons  and  addresses
specified  below or to such other  persons  and  addresses  as the  parties  may
specify in writing.

                                       2
<PAGE>


        If to Midas Fund:                  Midas Fund, Inc.
                                           11 Hanover Square
                                           New York, NY 10005

        with copy to:                      Midas Management Corporation
                                           11 Hanover Square
                                           New York, NY  10005
                                           Attn: Legal Department

        If to Agent:              DST Systems, Inc.
                                  1055 Broadway
                                  Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594
                                  Attn:  Thomas A. McCullough

        with copy to:             DST Systems, Inc.
                                  Legal Department
                                  1055 Broadway
                                  Kansas City, Missouri 64105-1594

         11.      This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Missouri.

         12. This Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  and
by the parties hereto on separate  counterparts,  each of which when so executed
shall  be  deemed  an  original  and all of  which  when  taken  together  shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

         Executed by the parties on the date(s) set forth below.

                                            MIDAS FUND, INC.
                                            "Midas Fund"

                                       By:      ___________________________
                                                Thomas B. Winmill

                                       Its:     Co-President

                                       Date:

                                            DST SYSTEMS, INC.
                                            "Agent"

                                       By:    ______________________________

                                       Its:   Senior Vice President

                                      Date:


                                       3
<PAGE>

                                        EXHIBIT A - Dated ___________, 1995



Bull & Bear Dollar Reserves
Bull & Bear Global Income Fund
Bull & Bear Gold Investors Ltd.
Bull & Bear Municipal Income Fund
Bull & Bear Quality Growth Fund
Bull & Bear Special Equities Fund, Inc.
Bull & Bear U.S. and Overseas Fund
Bull & Bear U.S. Government Securities Fund

Midas Fund, Inc.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                      SHAREHOLDER ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT


         AGREEMENT made as of  ______________,  1995 between Midas Fund, Inc., a
Maryland corporation ("Fund"), and Investor Service
Center, Inc. ("ISC"), a Delaware corporation.

         WHEREAS,  the Fund is registered as an open-end  management  investment
company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Fund desires to retain ISC to provide certain shareholder
services for the Fund and each Series of shares now  existing or as  hereinafter
may be established; and

         WHEREAS,  as a  convenience  to the  Fund and its  shareholders  ISC is
willing to furnish such services at cost and without a view to profit thereby;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows:

         1.  Appointment.  The Fund hereby  appoints ISC as agent to perform the
services  for the  period  and on the  terms set  forth in this  Agreement.  ISC
accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish the services herein set forth, in
return for the  reimbursement  specified in paragraph 3 of this  Agreement.  ISC
agrees to comply with all relevant provisions of the 1940 Act and the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  ("1934  Act"),  and  applicable  rules  and
regulations thereunder in performing such services.

         2.  Services  and  Duties  of ISC.  ISC  shall be  responsible  for the
following  services relating to shareholders of the Fund  ("Shareholders"):  (a)
assisting  the  transfer  agent in  receiving  and  responding  to  written  and
telephone  Shareholder  inquiries  concerning  their  accounts;  (b)  processing
Shareholder telephone requests for transfers, purchases, redemptions, changes of
address and similar matters;  (c) assisting as necessary in proxy  solicitation;
(d)  providing a service  center for  coordinating,  researching  and  answering
general  inquiries,  as well as  those  required  by  legal  process,  regarding
Shareholder  account data; and (e)  administering and correcting Fund records as
authorized by the Board of Direc tors of the Fund.


                                        1

<PAGE>



         3. Reimbursement. For the performance of its obligations hereunder, the
Fund  will  reimburse  ISC the  actual  costs  incurred  with  respect  thereto,
including,  without  limitation,  the  following  costs and all  other  expenses
related to the performance of ISC's obligations hereunder: (a) benefits, payroll
taxes,  and  search  costs  of ISC  personnel;  (b)  telephone;  (c)  rent;  (d)
equipment,   including  telephone  PBX,  answering  machine,  call  distributor,
conversation   recording   machine  and  maintenance   thereon;   (e)  blue  sky
registration and filing for ISC and its registered  representatives;  (f) travel
and meals; (g) mail, postage, and overnight delivery services; (h) allocated E&O
and fidelity bond insurance; (i) publications,  memberships,  and subscriptions;
(j) office  supplies;  (k) printing;  (l) Shareholder  service related  training
courses;  and (m) corporate audit and franchise  taxes.  Such costs and expenses
shall be  allocated  among the Fund and the other Bull & Bear Funds based on the
relative  number  of  open   Shareholder   accounts  and  other  factors  deemed
appropriate by the Board of Directors of the Fund.

         4.  Cooperation with  Accountants.  ISC shall cooperate with the Fund's
independent  public  accountants  and shall  take all  reasonable  action in the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement to assure that the necessary
information  is made available to such  accountants  for the expression of their
unqualified  opinion,  including but not limited to the opinion  included in the
Fund's semi-annual reports on Form N-SAR.

         5.       Equipment Failures.  In the event of failures beyond
ISC's control, ISC shall take reasonable steps to minimize service
interruptions but shall have no liability with respect thereto.

         6. Responsibility of ISC. ISC shall be under no duty to take any action
on behalf of the Fund or any Series except as  specifically  set forth herein or
as may be  specifically  agreed to by ISC in writing.  In the performance of its
duties  hereunder,  ISC shall be obligated to exercise care and  diligence,  but
shall not be liable for any act or omission  which does not  constitute  willful
misfeasance,  bad  faith or  gross  negligence  on the  part of ISC or  reckless
disregard  by ISC of its  duties  under this  Agreement.  Without  limiting  the
generality  of the  foregoing or of any other  provision of this  Agreement,  in
connection  with its duties  under this  Agreement,  ISC shall not be liable for
delays or errors  occurring by reason of  circumstances  beyond  ISC's  control,
including acts of civil or military  authorities,  national  emergencies,  labor
difficulties,  fire,  mechanical breakdown,  flood or catastrophe,  acts of God,
insurrection, war, riots or failure

                                        2

<PAGE>



of the mails, transportation, communication or power supply.

         7. Indemnification.  The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless ISC
and its  agents  from all  taxes,  charges,  expenses,  assessments,  claims and
liabilities  including  (without  limitation)   liabilities  arising  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  the 1934 Act and any state  and  foreign
securities and blue sky laws and regulations,  all as or to be amended from time
to time,  and  expenses,  including  (without  limitation)  attorneys'  fees and
disbursements arising directly or indirectly from any action or matter which ISC
takes or does or omits to take or do.

         8.  Duration and  Termination.  This  Agreement  shall  continue  until
terminated  by the Fund with  respect to any or all Series  thereof,  or by ISC.
Termination  of this  Agreement with respect to any given Series shall in no way
affect the continued  validity of this Agreement or the  performance  thereunder
with respect to any other Series.

         9.       Amendments.  This Agreement or any part thereof may be
changed or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the
party against which enforcement of such change or waiver is
sought.

         10.  Miscellaneous.  This  Agreement  embodies the entire  contract and
understanding  between the parties  hereto.  The captions in this  Agreement are
included for  convenience  of reference only and in no way define or delimit any
of the provisions  thereof or otherwise affect their  construction or effect. If
any  provision  of this  Agreement  shall  be held  or made  invalid  by a court
decision,  statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not
be  affected  thereby.  This  Agreement  shall be binding and shall inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their officers designated below as of the date first above written.



ATTEST:                                           MIDAS FUND, INC.



                                                  By:
Secretary                                         Co-President


ATTEST:                                           INVESTOR SERVICE CENTER, INC.



Secretary                                         By: President


                                        3

<PAGE>

August 23, 1995

Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc.
16955 Via Del Campo
San Diego, CA  92127

Re: Post Effective Amendment No. 17

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to Excel Midas Gold Shares,  Inc., a Minnesota
corporation (the "Fund"), in connection with the Fund's  Registration  Statement
on Form N-1A (File No.  2-98229).  We understand  that the Fund is about to file
Post Effective Amendment No. 17 to its Registration Statement for the purpose of
registering  additional shares of capital stock of the Fund under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended,  and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. In
that connection,  we have examined such documents and reviewed such questions of
law as we have  considered  necessary  and  appropriate  for the purpose of this
opinion. Based thereon, we advise you that, in our opinion, the shares of common
stock,  $.01 par value per share, to be registered  pursuant to Section 24(e)(1)
as reflected in Post  Effective  Amendment No. 17, when sold in accordance  with
the Fund's  Articles of  Incorporation  and Bylaws and upon the terms and in the
manner set forth in the  Registration  Statement of the Fund  referred to above,
will be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.
         We hereby consent to this opinion accompanying Post Effective Amendment
No. 17 which you are about to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Very truly yours,

Dorsey & Whitney P.L.L.P.


<PAGE>

                       Consent of Independent Accountants


We consent to the inclusion in this the  Post-Effective  Amendment  Number 17 to
the Form N1-A of Excel Midas Gold Shares, Inc., of our report dated February 10,
1995,  on our audit of the  statement of assets and  liabilities  of Excel Midas
Gold Shares,  Inc.,  including the statement of  investments  as of December 31,
1994,  and the related  statement  of  operations  for the year then ended,  the
statement  of changes in net assets for each of the two years in the period then
ended, and financial highlights for the four years then ended.


Squire & Co.
Poway, California
August 7, 1995


<PAGE>


                        Standardized Profit Sharing Plan
                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT
_____________________________________________________________________________ 

SECTION 1.     EMPLOYER INFORMATION   

   Name of Employer:______________________________________________________ 
   Address_______________________________________________________________ 
   City: _______________________State:______________________ Zip: _____________ 
   Telephone: _________________ Federal Tax Identification Number______________
   Income Tax Year End __________________________ 

   Type of Business  (Check only one)   [   ]  Sole Proprietorship    
   [   ]  Partnership  [   ] Corporation  [   ] Other (Specify)_______________

   Nature of Business 
(Describe)_______________________________________________ 

   Plan Sequence No. __________  (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
   the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is the second, etc.)    

   For a plan which covers only the owner of the business, please provide the  
   following information about the owner: 

   Social Security No._________________ Date Business Established  ____________ 
   Date of Birth________________________ Marital Status_______________________ 
   Home Address _______________________________________________________________ 


SECTION 2.     EFFECTIVE DATES   Check and complete Option A or B   


   Option A:   [   ]   This is the initial adoption of a profit sharing plan by
              the Employer.  The Effective Date of this Plan is ________, 19  . 
              NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan  
              Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.   

   Option B:   [    ]  This is an amendment and restatement of an existing  
              profit sharing plan (a Prior Plan).  The Prior Plan was initially
              effective on _____________.  The Effective Date of this amendment
              and restatement is ________________.   NOTE: The effective date  
              is usually the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption 
              Agreement is signed.    


SECTION 3.    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A, B and C  
   Part A.    Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:  
       An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan after  
       completing _______ (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years of Eligibility Service.    
       NOTE: If  more than 1 year is selected, the immediate 100% vesting  
       schedule of Section 5, Option C will automatically apply.  If left  
       blank, the Years of Eligibility Service required will be deemed to be 0. 

   Part B.    Age Requirement:  
       An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan after  
       attaining age ____________ (no more than 21). NOTE:  If left blank, it  
       will be deemed there is no age requirement for eligibility.   

#705(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401 
<PAGE> 
   Part C.     Class of Employees Eligible to Participate:  
       All Employees shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan,  
       except the following (if checked):  
       [   ]  Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by the  
              terms of a collective bargaining agreement between Employee  
              representatives (the term "Employee representatives" does not  
              include any organization more than half of whose members are  
              Employees who are owners, officers or executives of the Employer)
              and the Employer under which retirement benefits were the subject
              of good faith bargaining unless the agreement provides that such  
              Employees are to be included in the Plan, and except those  
              Employees who are non-resident aliens pursuant to Section 410(b) 
              (3)(C) of the Code and who received no earned income from the  
              Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United 
              States. 

SECTION 4.     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION FORMULA 

   Part A.     Contribution Formula 
               For each Plan Year the Employer will contribute an amount to be  
               determined from year to year. 

   Part B.     Allocation Formula:  (Check Option 1 or 2) 
 Option 1: [  ]  Pro Rata Formula.  Employer Contributions and Forfeitures  
                 shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of qualifying  
                 Participants in the ratio that each qualifying Participant's
                 Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation
                 of all qualifying Participants for the Plan Year. 

 Option 2: [  ]  Integrated Formula:  Employer Contributions and Forfeitures  
                 shall be allocated as follows (Start with Step 3 if this Plan  
                 is not a Top-Heavy Plan): 

             Step 1.  Employer Contributions and Forfeitures shall first be  
                      allocated pro rata to qualifying Participants in the  
                      manner described in Section 4, Part B, Option 1.  The  
                      percent so allocated shall not exceed 3% of each  
                      qualifying Participant's Compensation. 

             Step 2.  Any Employer Contributions and Forfeitures remaining  
                      after the allocation in Step 1 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying Participant's Individual Account in the ratio  
                      that each qualifying Participant's Compensation for the  
                      Plan Year in excess of the integration level bears to all
                      qualifying Participants' Compensation in excess of the  
                      integration level, but not in excess of 3%. 

             Step 3.  Any Employer Contributions and Forfeitures remaining  
                      after the allocation in Step 2 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying Participant's Individual Account in the ratio  
                      that the sum of each qualifying Participant's total  
                      Compensation and Compensation in excess of the  
                      integration level bears to the sum of all qualifying  
                      Participants' total Compensation and Compensation in  
                      excess of the integration level, but not in excess of the
                      profit sharing maximum disparity rate as described in  
                      Section 3.01(B)(3) of the Plan. 

             Step 4.  Any Employer Contributions and Forfeitures remaining  
                      after the allocation in Step 3 shall be allocated pro  
                      rata to qualifying Participants in the manner described  
                      in Section 4, Part B, Option 1. 


      The integration level shall be (Choose one): 

      Option 1:  [  ]  The Taxable Wage Base 
      Option 2:  [  ]  $______ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base)
      Option 3:  [  ]  ______% of the Taxable Wage Base 
      NOTE: If no box is checked, the integration level shall be the Taxable  
            Wage Base. 

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401 

<PAGE> 
SECTION 5.     VESTING   
           A Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account  
           attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures as follows  
           (Choose one): 
_____________________________________________________________________ 

                            YEARS OF VESTING SERVICE
  Option A [ ]  Option B [ ]  Option C [ ]  Option D [ ] (Complete if Chosen) 
___________________________________________________________________________ 
                                VESTED PERCENTAGE
        1             0%        0%    100%     ____% 
        2             0%       20%    100%     ____% 
        3           100%       40%    100%     ____% (not less than 20%) 
        4           100%       60%    100%     ____% (not less than 40%) 
        5           100%       80%    100%     ____% (not less than 60%) 
        6           100%      100%    100%     ____% (not less than 80%) 
_____________________________________________________________________ 
_________ 

  NOTE:  If left blank, Option C, 100% vesting, will be deemed to be selected. 
           
SECTION 6.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE 
       The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age _____ (not to exceed 65).
       NOTE:  If left blank, the Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to be age
              59 1/2. 

SECTION 7.     HOURS REQUIRED   Complete Parts A and B 
   Part A.     ________ Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be required
               to constitute a Year of Vesting Service or a Year of Eligibility
               Service. 

   Part B.     ________ Hours of Service (no more than 500) must be exceeded to
               avoid a Break in Vesting Service or a Break in Eligibility  
               Service. 
               NOTE:  The number of hours in Part A must be greater than the  
               number of hours in Part B. 

SECTION 8.     OTHER OPTIONS  Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following  
               questions by checking the appropriate box.  If a box is not  
               checked for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No." 

     A.   Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the  
          Plan be permitted?     [   ] Yes  [   ] No 

     B.   Participant Direction of Investments:  Will Participants be permitted
          to direct the investment of their Individual Accounts pursuant to  
          Section 5.14 of the Plan?        [   ] Yes   [   ] No 

     C.   In-Service Withdrawals:  Will Participants be permitted to make  
          withdrawals during service pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(3) of the  
          Plan?                  [   ] Yes   [  ] No   
          NOTE:  If the Plan is being adopted to amend and replace a Prior Plan
          which permitted in-service withdrawals you must answer "Yes."         
          Check here if such withdrawals will be permitted only on account of  
          hardship.   [   ]      

SECTION 9.     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY 
   Part A.     Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor: 
               Will the safe harbor provisions of Section 6.05(F) of the Plan  
               apply (Choose only one Option)? 
 Option 1:  [   ]    Yes 
 Option 2:  [   ]    No 
            NOTE:  You must select "No" if you are adopting this Plan as an  
            amendment and restatement of a Prior Plan that was subject to the  
            joint and survivor annuity requirements. 

   Part B.     Survivor Annuity Percentage:  (Complete only if your answer in  
               Section 9, Part A is "No.") 

               The survivor annuity portion of the Joint and Survivor Annuity  
               shall be a percentage equal to _____ (at least 50% but no more  
               than 100%) of the amount paid to the Participant prior to his or
               her death. 
           
#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401 
<PAGE> 


SECTION 10.    ADDITIONAL PLANS 
          An Employer who has ever maintained or who later adopts any plan  
          (including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of  
          the Code, which provides post-retirement medical benefits allocated  
          to separate accounts for key employees as defined in Section 419A(d) 
          (3) of the Code or an individual medical account, as defined in  
          Section 415(1)(2) of the Code) in addition to this Plan (other than a
          paired standardized profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No.
          03) may not rely on the opinion letter issued by the National Office  
          of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is  
          qualified under Section 401 of the Code.  If the Employer who adopts  
          or maintains multiple plans wishes to obtain reliance that the  
          Employer's plan(s) are qualified, application for a determination  
          letter should be made to the appropriate Key District Director of  
          Internal Revenue. 

          This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic  
          Plan Document No. 03.   

SECTION 11.    EMPLOYER SIGNATURE  Important:  Please read before signing 
          I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and I  
          state the following: 

          1.   I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding  
               the completion of this Adoption Agreement and the legal and tax  
               implications of adopting this Plan. 
          2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption  
               Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan. 
          3.   I understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me of any  
               amendments made to the Plan and will notify me should it  
               discontinue or abandon the Plan. 
          4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the  
               corresponding Basic Plan Document. 

  Signature for Employer_____________________________Date 
Signed_______________ 

  Type 
Name________________________________________________________________ 
____ 

SECTION 12.    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN     Check and complete only one option 
      Option A.   [   ]   Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian 
      Check One:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust powers,
                  or   [   ] Trustee with full trust powers 


      NOTE:  Custodian will be deemed selected if no box is checked. 

      Financial Organization 
__________________________________________________ 
      
Signature_____________________________________________________________ 
____ 
      Type 
Name________________________________________________________________ 

      Option B.  [   ]    Individual Trustee(s) 

      Signature _____________________________ 
Signature_________________________ 
      Type Name _____________________________ Type 
Name_________________________ 
           
SECTION 13.    PROTOTYPE SPONSOR 

      Name of Prototype Sponsor                                                 
      
Address_______________________________________________________________ 
___ 
      Telephone 
Number_________________________________________________________ 

SECTION 14.    LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan 
      If you maintain or ever maintained another qualified plan (other than a  
      paired standardized money purchase pension plan using Basic Plan Document
      No. 03) in which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant  
      or could become a Participant, you must complete this section.  You must  
      also complete this section if  you maintain a welfare benefit fund, as  
      defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical account,  
      as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are  
      treated as annual additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan. 

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401 
<PAGE> 
   Part A.  If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined  
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master  
            or prototype plan: 

         1. [  ]  The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of  
                  the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or  
                  prototype plan. 

         2. [  ]  Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans  
                  will limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible  
                  amount, and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a  
                  manner that precludes Employer discretion.) ________________ 
                  ____________________________________________________________ 

   Part B.   If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined  
             benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the Employer will provide
             below the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of  
             Section 415(e) of the Code.  Such language must preclude Employer  
             discretion. (Complete)____________________________________________ 

   Part C.   Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one): 
            Option 1:  [   ]    Section 3121(a) wages 
            Option 2:  [   ]    Section 3401(a) wages 
            Option 3:  415 safe-harbor compensation 
            NOTE:  If no box is checked, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

   Part D.   The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period: 
             _______________________________________ 

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN 56401 


                      QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN AND TRUST
                  Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document 03
_______________________________________________________________________________

SECTION ONE      DEFINITIONS
     The following  words and phrases when used in the Plan with initial capital
     letters  shall,  for the purpose of this Plan,  have the meanings set forth
     below unless the context indicates that other meanings are intended:

    1.01  ADOPTION AGREEMENT
          Means the document  executed by the Employer  through  which it adopts
          the Plan and  Trust  and  thereby  agrees to be bound by all terms and
          conditions of the Plan and Trust.

    1.02  BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
          Means this prototype Plan and Trust document.

    1.03  BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
          Means  a  12  consecutive   month  period  which   coincides  with  an
          Eligibility  Computation  Period  during  which an  Employee  fails to
          complete  more than 500 Hours of  Service  (or such  lesser  number of
          Hours  of  Service  specified  in  the  Adoption  Agreement  for  this
          purpose).

    1.04  BREAK IN VESTING SERVICE
          Means a Plan Year during which an Employee fails to complete more than
          500  Hours of  Service  (or such  lesser  number  of Hours of  Service
          specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

    1.05  CODE
          Means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time-to-time.

    1.06  COMPENSATION
          For Plan Years  beginning on or after  January 1, 1989,  the following
          definition of Compensation shall apply:

    Compensation  will mean  Compensation  as that term is  defined  in  Section
    3.05(E)(2) of the Plan. For any Self-Employed  Individual  covered under the
    Plan, Compensation will mean Earned Income.  Compensation shall include only
    that  Compensation  which is  actually  paid to the  Participant  during the
    applicable period. Except as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the applicable
    period  shall be the Plan Year  unless the  Employer  has  selected  another
    period in the Adoption Agreement.

    Unless otherwise  indicated in the Adoption  Agreement,  Compensation  shall
<PAGE>

    include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary
    reduction  agreement and which is not  includible in the gross income of the
    Employee under Sections 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

    For years beginning after December 31, 1988, the annual Compensation of each
    Participant  taken into account under the Plan for any year shall not exceed
    $200,000.  This  limitation  shall be adjusted by the  Secretary at the same
    time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code, except that
    the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective
    for years  beginning in such calendar  year and the first  adjustment to the
    $200,000  limitation  is effected on January 1, 1990.  If a Plan  determines
    Compensation  on a period  of time  that  contains  fewer  than 12  calendar
    months,  then the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the annual
    Compensation  limit for the calendar year in which the  compensation  period
    begins  multiplied  by the ratio  obtained  by  dividing  the number of full
    months in the period by 12.



<PAGE>



    In  determining  the  Compensation  of a  Participant  for  purposes of this
    limitation,  the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply,  except
    in applying such rules,  the term "family"  shall include only the spouse of
    the Participant  and any lineal  descendants of the Participant who have not
    attained age 19 before the close of the year.

    If, as a result of the  application  of such  rules  the  adjusted  $200,000
    limitation is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the portion
    of  Compensation  up to the  integration  level if this  Plan  provides  for
    permitted  disparity),  the limitation  shall be prorated among the affected
    individuals  in  proportion  to  each  such  individual's   Compensation  as
    determined under this Section prior to the application of this limitation.

    If Compensation for any prior Plan Year is taken into account in determining
    an  Employee's   contributions   or  benefits  for  the  current  year,  the
    Compensation  for  such  prior  year is  subject  to the  applicable  annual
    Compensation  limit in effect for that prior  year.  For this  purpose,  for
    years beginning before January 1, 1990, the applicable  annual  Compensation
    limit is $200,000.

    Unless  otherwise  indicated  in the Adoption  Agreement,  where an Employee
    enters the Plan (and thus becomes a Participant) on an Entry Date other than
    the Entry  Date in a Plan  Year,  his  Compensation  will  include  any such
    earnings paid to him during the whole of such Plan Year.

    Where this Plan is being adopted as an amendment and  restatement to bring a
    Prior  Plan into  compliance  with the Tax  Reform  Act of 1986,  such Prior
    Plan's  definition  of  Compensation  shall  apply for Plan Years  beginning
    before January 1, 1989.

    In  addition  to other  applicable  limitations  set forth in the Plan,  and
    notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for Plan
    Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each
    Employee  taken  into  account  under the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA '93
    annual  Compensation  limit.  The  OBRA  '93  annual  Compensation  limit is
    $150,000,  as  adjusted by the  Commissioner  for  increases  in the cost of
    living in  accordance  with Section  401(a)(17)(B)  of the Internal  Revenue
    Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to
    any period,  not exceeding 12 months,  over which Compensation is determined
    (determination  period)  beginning in such calendar year. If a determination
    period  consists of fewer than 12 months,  the OBRA '93 annual  Compensation
    limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number
    of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.


<PAGE>



    For Plan Years  beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in this
    Plan to the limitation  under Section  401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the
    OBRA '93 annual Compensation limit set forth in this provision.

    If Compensation for any prior determination  period is taken into account in
    determining  an Employee's  benefits  accruing in the current Plan Year, the
    Compensation for that prior determination  period is subject to the OBRA '93
    annual Compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period. For
    this purpose,  for  determination  periods beginning before the first day of
    the  first  Plan Year  beginning  on or after  January  1, 1994 the OBRA '93
    annual Compensation limit is $150,000.
<PAGE>
    1.07  CUSTODIAN
          Means an entity  specified in the  Adoption  Agreement as Custodian or
          any duly appointed successor as provided in Section 5.09.

    1.08  DISABILITY
          Means the inability to engage in any substantial,  gainful activity by
          reason of any  medically  determinable  physical or mental  impairment
          that can be  expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be
          expected to last for a  continuous  period of not less than 12 months.
          The  permanence  and degree of such  impairment  shall be supported by
          medical evidence.

    1.09  EARNED INCOME
          Means the net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business
          with  respect  to which the Plan is  established,  for which  personal
          services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net
          earnings  will be determined  without  regard to items not included in
          gross income and the deductions  allocable to such items. Net earnings
          are reduced by  contributions  by the Employer to a qualified  plan to
          the extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

    1.09  EARNED INCOME
          Means the net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business
          with  respect  to which the Plan is  established,  for which  personal
          services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net
          earnings  will be determined  without  regard to items not included in
          gross income and the deductions  allocable to such items. Net earnings
          are reduced by  contributions  by the Employer to a qualified  plan to
          the extent deductible under Section 404 of the Code.

          Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction  allowed
          to the  Employer  by  Section  164(f)  of the Code for  taxable  years
          beginning after December 31, 1989.


<PAGE>



    1.10  EFFECTIVE DATE
          Means the date the Plan becomes effective as indicated in the Adoption
          Agreement.  However, where a separate date is stated in the Plan as of
          which a particular Plan provision  becomes  effective,  such date will
          control with respect to that provision.

    1.11  ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD
          An Employee's initial  Eligibility  Computation Period shall be the 12
          consecutive  month period commencing with the date such Employee first
          performs  an Hour  of  Service  (employment  commencement  date).  His
          subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods shall be the 12 consecutive
          month  periods  commencing  on the  anniversaries  of  his  employment
          commencement  date;  provided,  however,  if pursuant to the  Adoption
          Agreement,  an Employee  is required to complete  one or less Years of
          Eligibility  Service  to  become a  Participant,  then his  subsequent
          Eligibility  Computation  Periods  shall be the Plan Years  commencing
          with  the  Plan  Year   beginning   during  his  initial   Eligibility
          Computation Period.

    1.12  EMPLOYEE
          Means any person  employed by an Employer  maintaining  the Plan or of
          any other employer  required to be aggregated with such Employer under
          Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) or the Code.

          The term Employee shall also include any Leased  Employee deemed to be
          an Employee of any Employer  described  in the  previous  paragraph as
          provided in Section 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

    1.13  EMPLOYER
          Means  any  corporation,  partnership,  sole-proprietorship  or  other
          entity  named  in the  Adoption  Agreement  and any  successor  who by
          merger,  consolidation,  purchase or otherwise assumes the obligations
          of the Plan. A partnership is considered to be the Employer of each of
          the  partners  and a  sole-proprietorship  is  considered  to  be  the
          Employer of a sole proprietor.

    1.14  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION
          Means the amount  contributed  by the Employer each year as determined
          under this Plan.

    1.15  ENTRY DATES
          Means the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the  seventh
          month of the  Plan  Year,  unless  the  Employer  has  specified  more
          frequent dates in the Adoption Agreement.



<PAGE>



    1.16  ERISA
          Means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974 as amended
          from time-to-time.

    1.17  FORFEITURE
          Means that portion of a  Participant's  Individual  Account as derived
          from Employer Contributions which he or she is not entitled to receive
          (i.e., the nonvested portion).

    1.18  FUND
          Means  the  Plan  assets  held by the  Trustee  for the  Participants'
          exclusive benefit.

    1.19  HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE
          The term  Highly  Compensated  Employee  includes  highly  compensated
          active employees and highly compensated former employees.

          A  highly  compensated  active  employee  includes  any  Employee  who
          performs  service for the Employer during the  determination  year and
          who,  during the look-back  year: (a) received  Compensation  from the
          Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted  pursuant to Section 415(d)
          of the Code); (b) received Compensation from the Employer in excess of
          $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code) and was a
          member of the top-paid  group for such year;  or (c) was an officer of
          the  Employer  and  received  Compensation  during  such  year that is
          greater  than 50% of the dollar  limitation  in effect  under  Section
          415(b)(1)(A)  of the Code. The term Highly  Compensated  Employee also
          includes:  (a)  Employees  who are  both  described  in the  preceding
          sentence if the term "determination  year" is substituted for the term
          "look-back  year" and the  Employee  is one of the 100  Employees  who
          received  the  most   Compensation   from  the  Employer   during  the
          determination  year;  and (b)  Employees who are 5% owners at any time
          during the look-back year or determination year.

          If no officer has satisfied the Compensation  requirement of (c) above
          during either a determination year or look-back year, the highest paid
          officer  for such  year  shall  be  treated  as a  Highly  Compensated
          Employee.

          For this purpose,  the determination  year shall be the Plan Year. The
          look-back year shall be the 12 month period immediately  preceding the
          determination year.

          A  highly  compensated  former  employee  includes  any  Employee  who
          separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the


<PAGE>



          determination  year,  performs no service for the Employer  during the
          determination  year, and was a highly  compensated active employee for
          either the  separation  year or any  determination  year  ending on or
          after the Employee's 55th birthday.

          If an Employee is, during a  determination  year or look-back  year, a
          family member of either a 5% owner who is an active or former Employee
          or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the 10 most
<PAGE>
          Highly Compensated  Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid
          by the Employer  during such year,  then the family  member and the 5%
          owner or top 10 Highly  Compensated  Employee shall be aggregated.  In
          such case, the family member and 5% owner or top 10 Highly Compensated
          Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving  Compensation
          and  Plan   contributions  or  benefits  equal  to  the  sum  of  such
          Compensation and contributions or benefits of the family member and 5%
          owner or top 10 Highly  Compensated  Employee.  For  purposes  of this
          Section,  family member  includes the spouse,  lineal  ascendants  and
          descendants of the Employee or former Employee and the spouses of such
          lineal ascendants and descendants.

          The determination of who is a Highly Compensated  Employee,  including
          the  determinations  of the number and  identity of  Employees  in the
          top-paid group, the top 100 Employees, the number of Employees treated
          as officers and the Compensation  that is considered,  will be made in
          accordance  with  Section  414(q)  of the  Code  and  the  regulations
          there-under.

    1.20  HOURS OF SERVICE - Means
          A. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
             for the performance of duties for the Employer.  These hours will
             be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which
             the duties are performed; and

          B. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by
             the  Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties
             are performed  (irrespective of whether the employment relationship
             has  terminated)  due to  vacation,  holiday,  illness,  incapacity
             (including  disability),  layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave
             of  absence.  No more than 501 Hours of  Service  will be  credited
             under this paragraph for any single  continuous  period (whether or
             not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours under
             this paragraph shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Section
             2530.200b-2  of  the  Department  of  Labor  Regulations  which  is
             incorporated herein by this reference;


<PAGE>



             and

          C. Each  hour for  which  back  pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation  of
             damages,  is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.  The same
             Hours of Service will not be credited  both under  paragraph (A) or
             paragraph  (B), as the case may be, and under this  paragraph  (C).
             These hours will be credited to the  Employee  for the  computation
             period or periods to which the award or agreement  pertains  rather
             than the  computation  period in which  the  award,  agreement,  or
             payment is made.

          D. Solely for purposes of  determining  whether a Break in Eligibility
             Service or a Break in Vesting Service has occurred in a computation
             period (the computation period for purposes of determining  whether
             a Break in Vesting  Service  has  occurred  is the Plan  Year),  an
             individual  who is absent  from  work for  maternity  or  paternity
             reasons shall  receive  credit for the Hours of Service which would
             otherwise  have  been  credited  to such  individual  but for  such
             absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8
             Hours of Service  per day of such  absence.  For  purposes  of this
             paragraph,  an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons
             means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the  individual,
             (2) by  reason  of a birth  of a child  of the  individual,  (3) by
             reason  of  the  placement  of  a  child  with  the  individual  in
             connection with the adoption of such child by such  individual,  or
             (4) for  purposes  of caring for such child for a period  beginning
             immediately following such birth or placement. The Hours of Service
             credited  under  this  paragraph  shall  be  credited  (1)  in  the
             Eligibility  Computation  Period or Plan Year in which the  absence
             begins  if the  crediting  is  necessary  to  prevent  a  Break  in
             Eligibility Service or a Break in Vesting Service in the applicable
             period,  or (2) in all other cases,  in the  following  Eligibility
             Computation Period or Plan Year.

          E. Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members
             of an affiliated  service group (under Section 414(m) of the Code),
             a controlled  group of  corporations  (under  Section 414(b) of the
             Code),  or a group of trades or  businesses  under  common  control
             (under Section  414(c) of the Code) of which the adopting  Employer
             is a member,  and any other entity  required to be aggregated  with
             the  Employer  pursuant  to  Section  414(o)  of the  Code  and the
             regulations thereunder.

             Hours  of  Service  will  also  be  credited  for  any   individual
             considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code


<PAGE>



             Sections 414(n) or 414(o) and the regulations thereunder.

          F. Where the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer,
             service for such predecessor employer shall be treated as service
             for the Employer.

          G. The above method for determining Hours of Service may be altered
             as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

    1.21  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT
          Means the account  established and maintained under this Plan for each
          Participant in accordance with Section 4.01.

    1.22  INVESTMENT FUND
          Means a subdivision of the Fund established pursuant to Section 5.05.

    1.23  KEY EMPLOYEE
          Means any person who is determined to be a Key Employee  under Section
          10.08.

    1.24  LEASED EMPLOYEE
          Means  any  person  (other  than an  Employee  of the  recipient)  who
          pursuant to an agreement  between the  recipient  and any other person
          ("leasing  organization") has performed services for the recipient (or
          for the recipient and related  persons  determined in accordance  with
          Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially  full time basis for
          a period  of at  least  one  year,  and  such  services  are of a type
          historically  performed  by  Employees  in the  business  field of the
          recipient  Employer.  Contributions  or  benefits  provided  a  Leased
          Employee  by  the  leasing  organization  which  are  attributable  to
          services  performed  for the  recipient  Employer  shall be treated as
          provided by the recipient Employer.

          A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient
          if: (1) such  employee  is covered by a money  purchase  pension  plan
          providing:  (a) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least
          10% of compensation,  as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but
          including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
          which are excludable  from the  employee's  gross income under Section
          125, Section 402(a)(8),  Section 402(h) or Section 403(b) of the Code,
          (b) immediate  participation,  and (c) full and immediate vesting; and
          (2)  Leased   Employees  do  not  constitute  more  than  20%  of  the
          recipient's nonhighly compensated work force.

    1.25  NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE


<PAGE>



          Means the age  specified in the Adoption  Agreement.  However,  if the
          Employer  enforces a mandatory  retirement  age which is less than the
          Normal  Retirement  Age, such mandatory age is deemed to be the Normal
          Retirement Age. If no age is specified in the Adoption Agreement,  the
          Normal Retirement Age shall be age 59 1/2.

    1.26  OWNER - EMPLOYEE
          Means an  individual  who is a sole  proprietor,  or who is a  partner
          owning more than 10% of either the capital or profits  interest of the
          partnership.

    1.27  PARTICIPANT
          Means any Employee or former  Employee of the Employer who has met the
          Plan's  eligibility  requirements,  has entered the Plan and who is or
          may become eligible to receive a benefit of any type from this Plan or
          whose Beneficiary may be eligible to receive any such benefit.

    1.28  PLAN
          Means the prototype defined contribution plan adopted by the Employer.
          The Plan consists of this Basic Plan  Document plus the  corresponding
          Adoption Agreement as completed and signed by the Employer.

    1.29  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
          Means the person or persons determined to be the Plan Administrator in
          accordance with Section 8.01.

    1.30  PLAN YEAR
          Means  the 12  consecutive  month  period  which  coincides  with  the
          Employer's  tax year or such other 12  consecutive  month period as is
          designated in the Adoption Agreement.

    1.31  PRIOR PLAN
          Means a plan which was  amended or  replaced  by adoption of this Plan
          document as indicated in the Adoption Agreement.

    1.32  PROTOTYPE SPONSOR
          Means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement. Such entity must
          meet the definition of a sponsoring  organization set forth in Section
          3.07 of Revenue Procedure 89-13.

    1.33  SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL
          Means an  individual  who has Earned  Income for the taxable year from
          the trade or  business  for which the Plan is  established;  also,  an
          individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the


<PAGE>



          trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

    1.34  SEPARATE FUND
          Means a  subdivision  of the  Fund  held in the  name of a  particular
          Participant representing certain assets held for that Participant. The
          assets which comprise a  Participant's  Separate Fund are those assets
          earmarked  for him  and  those  assets  subject  to the  Participant's
          individual direction pursuant to Section 5.14.

    1.35  TAXABLE WAGE BASE
          Means,  with  respect  to any  taxable  year,  the  maximum  amount of
          earnings  which may be  considered  wages for such year under  Section
          3121(a)(1) of the Code.

    1.36  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
          A Termination  of Employment of an Employee of an Employer shall occur
          whenever  his status as an  Employee of such  Employer  ceases for any
          reason  other than his death.  An Employee who does not return to work
          for the Employer on or before the expiration of an authorized leave of
          absence  from  such  Employer  shall  be  deemed  to have  incurred  a
          Termination of Employment when such leave ends.

    1.37  TOP-HEAVY PLAN
          This Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is determined to
          be such pursuant to Section 10.08.

    1.38  TRUSTEE
          Means an  individual,  individuals  or  corporation  specified  in the
          Adoption  Agreement  as Trustee  or any duly  appointed  successor  as
          provided in Section 5.09.  Trustee  shall mean  Custodian in the event
          the financial  organization  named as Trustee does not have full trust
          powers.

    1.39  VALUATION DATE
          Means the last day of the Plan Year and each other date  designated by
          the  Plan   Administrator   which  is   selected   in  a  uniform  and
          non-discriminatory  manner  when the  assets of the Fund are valued at
          their then fair market value.

    1.40  VESTED
          Means  nonforfeitable,  that is, a claim  which is  unconditional  and
          legally  enforceable against the Plan obtained by a Participant or his
          Beneficiary to that part of an immediate or deferred benefit under the
          Plan which arises from a Participant's Years of Vesting Service.



<PAGE>



    1.41  YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE
          Means  a  12  consecutive   month  period  which   coincides  with  an
          Eligibility  Computation  period during which an Employee completes at
          least  1,000  Hours of  Service  (or such  lesser  number  of Hours of
          Service specified in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

    1.42  YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE
          Means a Plan Year during  which an Employee  completes  at least 1,000
          Hours of Service (or such lesser number of Hours of Service  specified
          in the Adoption Agreement for this purpose).

          In the case of a Participant who has 5 or more  consecutive  Breaks in
          Vesting  Service,  all Years of Vesting  Service  after such Breaks in
          Vesting Service will be disregarded for the purpose of determining the
          Vested  portion  of  his  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employer
          Contributions  that  accrued  before such breaks.  Such  Participant's
          prebreak  service  will  count in  vesting  the  postbreak  Individual
          Account derived from Employer Contributions only if either:

            (A)   such  Participant  had any Vested  right to any portion of his
                  Individual Account derived from Employer  Contributions at the
                  time of his Termination of Employment; or

            (B)   upon returning to service, the number of consecutive Breaks in
                  Vesting  Service  is less than his  number of Years of Vesting
                  Service before such breaks.

          Separate subaccounts will be maintained for the Participant's
<PAGE>
          prebreak and postbreak portions of his Individual Account derived from
          Employer  Contributions.  Both subaccounts will share in the gains and
          losses of the Fund.

          Years of Vesting Service shall not include any period of time excluded
          from Years of Vesting Service in the Adoption Agreement.

          In the  event  the Plan  Year is  changed  to a new  12-month  period,
          Employees  shall  receive  credit  for Years of  Vesting  Service,  in
          accordance with the preceding provisions of this definition,  for each
          of the Plan  Years  (the old and new Plan  Years)  which  overlap as a
          result of such change.


SECTION TWO ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION



<PAGE>



    2.01  ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE
          Each Employee of the Employer,  except those Employees who belong to a
          class of Employees which is excluded from  participation  as indicated
          in the Adoption  Agreement,  shall be eligible to  participate in this
          Plan upon the satisfaction of the age and Years of Eligibility Service
          requirements specified in the Adoption Agreementment.

    2.02  PLAN ENTRY

          A. If this  Plan is a  replacement  of a Prior  Plan by  amendment  or
             restatement, each Employee of the Employer who was a Participant in
             said Prior Plan before the  Effective  Date shall  continue to be a
             Participant in this Plan.

          B. An  Employee  will  become  a  Participant  in the  Plan  as of the
             Effective  Date  if he has  met  the  eligibility  requirements  of
             Section  2.01 as of such  date.  After  the  Effective  Date,  each
             Employee  shall  become  a  Participant  on the  first  Entry  Date
             following  the  date  the  Employee   satisfies   the   eligibility
             requirements of Section 2.01.

          C. The Plan  Administrator  shall  notify  each  Employee  who becomes
             eligible to be a Participant  under this Plan and shall furnish him
             with the  application  form,  enrollment  forms or other  documents
             which are required of  Participants.  The eligible  Employee  shall
             execute such forms or documents and make available such information
             as may be required in the administration of the Plan.

    2.03  TRANSFER TO OR FROM INELIGIBLE CLASS
          If an  Employee  who had  been a  Participant  becomes  ineligible  to
          participate  because he is no longer a member of an eligible  class of
          Employees,  but has not incurred a Break in Eligibility Service,  such
          Employee shall participate  immediately upon his return to an eligible
          class of  Employees.  If such Employee  incurs a Break in  Eligibility
          Service, his eligibility to participate shall be determined by Section
          2.04.

          An Employee  who is not a member of the  eligible  class of  Employees
          will become a  Participant  immediately  upon becoming a member of the
          eligible  class provided such Employee has satisfied the age and Years
          of  Eligibility  Service  requirements.   If  such  Employee  has  not
          satisfied the age and Years of Eligibility Service  requirements as of
          the date he becomes a member of the eligible  class, he shall become a
          Participant  on the first Entry Date  following  the date he satisfies
          said requirements.


<PAGE>




    2.04  RETURN AS A PARTICIPANT AFTER BREAK IN ELIGIBILITY SERVICE

          A. Employee Not  Participant  Before  Break - If an Employee  incurs a
             Break  in  Eligibility   Service   before   satisfying  the  Plan's
             eligibility  requirements,  such  Employee's  Years of  Eligibility
             Service before such Break in Eligibility  Service will not be taken
             into account.

          B. Nonvested  Participants - In the case of a Participant who does not
             have a Vested  interest  in his  Individual  Account  derived  from
             Employer  Contributions,  Years  of  Eligibility  Service  before a
             period of  consecutive  Breaks in  Eligibility  Service will not be
             taken  into  account  for  eligibility  purposes  if the  number of
             consecutive Breaks in Eligibility  Service in such period equals or
             exceeds  the  greater  of 5 or the  aggregate  number  of  Years of
             Eligibility  Service before such break.  Such  aggregate  number of
             Years  of  Eligibility  Service  will  not  include  any  Years  of
             Eligibility  Service  disregarded  under the preceding  sentence by
             reason of prior breaks.

             If a  Participant's  Years of Eligibility  Service are  disregarded
             pursuant  to the  preceding  paragraph,  such  Participant  will be
             treated  as  a  new  Employee  for  eligibility   purposes.   If  a
             Par-ticipant's  Years of Eligibility Service may not be disregarded
             pursuant  to  the  preceding  paragraph,   such  Participant  shall
             continue  to  participate  in the Plan,  or, if  terminated,  shall
             participate immediately upon reemployment.

          C. Vested  Participants  - A Participant  who has sustained a Break in
             Eligibility  Service  and who  had a  Vested  interest  in all or a
             portion  of  his   Individual   Account   derived   from   Employer
             Contributions  shall  continue to  participate  in the Plan, or, if
             terminated, shall participate immediately upon reemployment.

    2.05  DETERMINATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION
          The  Plan  Administrator  shall  determine  the  eligibility  of  each
          Employee to be a Participant.  This determination  shall be conclusive
          and binding upon all persons except as otherwise provided herein or by
          law.

    2.06  TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
          Neither the fact of the  establishment of the Plan nor the fact that a
          common law Employee has become a Participant shall give to that common
          law Employee any right to continued employment; nor shall


<PAGE>



          either fact limit the right of the  Employer to  discharge  or to deal
          otherwise with a common law Employee without regard to the effect such
          treatment may have upon the Employee's rights under the Plan.

SECTION THREE  CONTRIBUTIONS

    3.01  EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

          A. Obligation to Contribute - The Employer shall make contributions to
             the Plan in accordance with the contribution  formula  specified in
             the Adoption Agreement.  If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, the
             Employer shall, in its sole discretion,  make contributions without
             regard to current or accumulated earnings or profits.

          B. Allocation Formula and the Right to Share in the Employer Profit
             Sharing Contribution -

             1. General - The  Employer  Contribution  for any Plan Year will be
                allocated  or  contributed   to  the   Individual   Accounts  of
                qualifying  Participants  in accordance  with the  allocation or
                contribution  formula specified in the Adoption  Agreement.  The
                Employer  Contribution  for any Plan Year will be  allocated  to
                each Participant's Individual Account as of the last day of that
                Plan Year.
<PAGE>
                Any Employer  Contribution  for a Plan Year must satisfy Section
                401(a)(4) and the regulations thereunder for such Plan Year.

             2. Qualifying   Participants   -  A  Participant  is  a  qualifying
                Participant   and  is   entitled   to  share  in  the   Employer
                Contribution for any Plan Year if (1) he was a Participant on at
                least  one day  during  the  Plan  Year,  (2) if this  Plan is a
                nonstandardized  plan,  he  completes a Year of Vesting  Service
                during the Plan Year and (3) where the Employer has selected the
                "last  day  requirement"  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  he is an
                Employee of the  Employer  on the last day of Plan Year  (except
                that  this  last   requirement   (3)  shall  not  apply  if  the
                Participant  has  died  during  the  Plan  Year  or  incurred  a
                Termination  of  Employment  during the Plan Year  after  having
                reached  his  Normal   Retirement  Age  or  having   incurred  a
                Disability).  Notwithstanding  anything in this paragraph to the
                contrary, a Participant will not be a qualifying Participant for
                a Plan Year if he incurs a Termination of Employment during such
                Plan Year with not more than 500 Hours of  Service  if he is not
                an Employee on the last day of the Plan Year. The  determination
                of whether a Participant


<PAGE>



                is entitled to share in the Employer  Contribution shall be made
                as of the last day of each Plan Year.

             3. Special  Rules  for  Integrated  Plans  - If  the  Employer  has
                selected the integrated  contribution  or allocation  formula in
                the Adoption Agreement, then the maximum disparity rate shall be
                determined in accordance with the following table.

                             MAXIMUM DISPARITY RATE

                                        Top-Heavy       Nontop-Heavy
Integration Level      Money Purchase   Profit Sharing  Profit Sharing
---------------------------------------------------------------------
----------

Taxable Wage Base (TWB)        5.7%       2.7%             5.7%

More than $0 but not more
than X*                        5.7%       2.7%             5.7%

More than X* of TWB but
not more than 80% of TWB       4.3%       1.3%             4.3%

More than 80% of TWB but
not more than TWB              5.4%       2.4%             5.4%

                               * X means the greater of $10, 000 or 20% of TWB.

        C.  Allocation of Forfeitures - Forfeitures for a Plan Year which arise
            as a result of the application of Section 6.01(D) shall be allo-
            cated as follows:

            1. Profit  Sharing  Plan  -  If  this  is  a  profit  sharing  plan,
               Forfeitures  shall be allocated in the manner provided in Section
               3.01 (B) (for Employer  Contributions) to the Individual Accounts
               of  Participants  who  are  entitled  to  share  in the  Employer
               Contribution for such Plan Year.

            2. Money Purchase  Pension and Target Benefit Plan - If this Plan is
               a money purchase plan or a target benefit plan, Forfeitures shall
               be applied towards the reduction of Employer Contributions to the
               Plan.  However,  if the  Employer  has  indicated in the Adoption
               Agreement that  Forfeitures  shall be allocated to the Individual
               Accounts of Participants,  then Forfeitures shall be allocated in
               the manner provided in Section 3.01(B) (for


<PAGE>



               Employer   Contributions)   to   the   Individual   Accounts   of
               Participants   who  are   entitled  to  share  in  the   Employer
               Contributions for such Plan Year.

        D.  Timing  of  Employer  Profit  Sharing  Contribution  - The  Employer
            Contribution  for each Plan Year shall be  delivered  to the Trustee
            (or Custodian, if applicable) not later than the due date for filing
            the  Employer's  income tax return for its fiscal  year in which the
            Plan Year ends, including extensions thereof.

        E.  Minimum  Allocation  for  Top-Heavy  Plans  - The  contribution  and
            allocation  provisions  of this Section  3.01(E) shall apply for any
            Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

            1. Except as otherwise  provided in (3) and (4) below,  the Employer
               Contributions   and  Forfeitures   allocated  on  behalf  of  any
               Participant  who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the
               lesser of 3% of such  Participant's  Compensation or (in the case
               where the Employer has no defined  benefit plan which  designates
               this  Plan  to  satisfy  Section  401 of the  Code)  the  largest
               percentage  of  Employer  Contributions  and  Forfeitures,  as  a
               percentage of the first $200,000 (increased by any cost of living
               adjustment  made by the Secretary of Treasury or his delegate) of
               the Key Employee's  Compensation,  allocated on behalf of any Key
               Employee  for that year.  The minimum  allocation  is  determined
               without regard to any Social Security contribution.  This minimum
               allocation shall be made even though under other Plan provisions,
               the  Participant  would not  otherwise  be entitled to receive an
               allocation,  or would have received a lesser  allocation  for the
               year because of (a) the  Participant's  failure to complete 1,000
               Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), or (b)
               the   Participant's    failure   to   make   mandatory   Employee
               Contributions to the Plan, or (c) Compensation less than a stated
               amount.

            2. For purposes of computing  the minimum  allocation,  Compensation
               shall mean Compensation as defined in Section 1.06 of the Plan.

            3. The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant
               who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan
               Year.

            4. The provision in (1) above shall not apply to any Participant to
               the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or
               plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the adop-


<PAGE>



               tion agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement
               applicable  to  Top-Heavy  Plans will be met in the other plan or
               plans.

            5. The minimum  allocation  required under this Section  3.01(E) and
               Section  3.01(F)(1) (to the extent required to be  nonforfeitable
               under  Code  Section  416(b))  may not be  forfeited  under  Code
               Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

        F.  Special  Requirements  for  Paired  Plans - The  Employer  maintains
            paired plans if the Employer has adopted both a standardized  profit
            sharing plan and a standardized  money  purchase  pension plan using
            this Basic Plan Document.
<PAGE>
            1. Minimum Allocation - The mandatory minimum  allocation  provision
               of  Section  3.01(E)  shall not apply to any  Participant  if the
               Employer maintains paired plans.  Rather, for each Plan Year, the
               Employer  will  provide  a  minimum  contribution  equal to 3% of
               Compensation  for each  non-Key  Employee  who is  entitled  to a
               minimum contribution. Such minimum contribution will only be made
               to one of the Plans.  If an Employee is a Participant in only one
               of the  Plans,  the  minimum  contribution  shall be made to that
               Plan. If the Employee is a Participant in both Plans, the minimum
               contribution shall be made to the money purchase plan.

            2. Only One  Plan  Can Be  Integrated  - If the  Employer  maintains
               paired plans, only one of the Plans may provide for the disparity
               in  contributions  which is permitted under Section 401(l) of the
               Code. In the event that both Adoption Agreements provide for such
               integration, only the money purchase pension plan shall be deemed
               to be integrated.

        G.  Return of the Employer  Contribution  to the Employer  Under Special
            Circumstances - Any  contribution  made by the Employer because of a
            mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer  within one year of
            the contribution.

            In the event that the  Commissioner of Internal  Revenue  determines
            that  the  Plan is not  initially  qualified  under  the  Code,  any
            contributions  made  incident to that initial  qualification  by the
            Employer must be returned to the Employer  within one year after the
            date  the  initial   qualification  is  denied.,  but  only  if  the
            application for  qualification is made by the time prescribed by law
            for filing the  Employer's  return for the taxable year in which the
            Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury
            may


<PAGE>



            prescribe.

            In the event that a  contribution  made by the  Employer  under this
            Plan is conditioned  on  deductibility  and is not deductible  under
            Code  Section  404,  the  contribution,  to the extent of the amount
            disallowed,  must be returned to the Employer  within one year after
            the deduction is disallowed.

        H.  Omission of Participant

            1. If the Plan is a money  purchase  plan or a target  benefit  plan
               and, if in any Plan Year,  any Employee who should be included as
               a  Participant  is  erroneously  omitted  and  discovery  of such
               omission is not made until after a  contribution  by the Employer
               for the year has been made and allocated, the Employer shall make
               a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Employee in
               the amount which the Employer would have contributed with respect
               to that Employee had he not been omitted.

            2. If the Plan is a profit  sharing  plan,  and if in any Plan Year,
               any  Employee  who  should  be  included  as  a  Participant   is
               erroneously  omitted and  discovery of such  omission is not made
               until  after  the  Employer   Contribution   has  been  made  and
               allocated,  then the Plan Administrator must re-do the allocation
               (if  a  correction   can  be  made)  and  inform  the   Employee.
               Alternatively,  the  Employer  may choose to  contribute  for the
               omitted  Employee  the  amount  which  the  Employer  would  have
               contributed for him.

   3.02  EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
         This Plan will not  accept  nondeductible  employee  contributions  and
         matching  contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in
         which this Plan is adopted by the Employer.  Employee contributions for
         Plan Years,  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  together  with any
         matching  contributions  as defined in Section 401(m) of the Code, will
         be limited so as to meet the  nondiscrimination  test of Section 401(m)
         of the Code.

         A separate account will be maintained by the Plan Administrator for the
         nondeductible employee contributions of each Participant.

         A  Participant  may,  upon a  written  request  submitted  to the  Plan
         Administrator  withdraw  the lesser of the  portion  of his  Individual
         Account attributable to his nondeductible employee contributions or the
         amount he contributed as nondeductible employee contributions.



<PAGE>



         Employee  contributions  and earnings thereon will be nonforfeitable at
         all times. No Forfeiture will occur solely as a result of an Employee's
         withdrawal of employee contributions.

         The  Plan   Administrator   will   not   accept   deductible   employee
         contributions  which  are  made  for a  taxable  year  beginning  after
         December  31,  1986.  Contributions  made  prior to that  date  will be
         maintained in a separate  account which will be  nonforfeitable  at all
         times.  The  account  will share in the gains and losses of the Fund in
         the same manner as described  in Section  4.03 of the Plan.  No part of
         the deductible employee  contribution  account will be used to purchase
         life  insurance.  Subject to Section 6.05,  joint and survivor  annuity
         requirements (if applicable),  the Participant may withdraw any part of
         the  deductible  employee  contribution  account  by  making a  written
         application to the Plan Administrator.

   3.03  ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
         If the Plan Administrator so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
         manner, an Employee may contribute a rollover contribution to the Plan;
         provided   that  such   Employee   submits  a  written   certification,
         satisfactory  to the  Trustee  (or  Custodian),  that the  contribution
         qualifies as a rollover contribution.

         A separate  account shall be maintained by the Plan  Administrator  for
         each Employee's rollover  contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
         all times.  Such  account will share in the income and gains and losses
         of the Fund in the  manner  described  in  Section  4.03  and  shall be
         subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.

         For  purposes of this Section  3.03,  "rollover  contribution"  means a
         contribution described in Sections 402(a)(5), 403(a)(4) or 408(d)(3) of
         the Code or in any other provision which may be added to the Code which
         may authorize rollovers to the Plan.


   3.04  TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS
         If the Plan Administrator so permits in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
         manner,  the  Trustee (or  Custodian,  if  applicable)  may receive any
         amounts transferred to it from the trustee or custodian of another plan
         qualified under Code Section 401(a).

         A separate  account shall be maintained by the Plan  Administrator  for
         each Employee's transfer  contributions which will be nonforfeitable at
         all times.  Such  account will share in the income and gains and losses
         of the Fund in the manner described in Section 4.03 and shall be


<PAGE>



         subject to the Plan's provisions governing distributions.

   3.05  LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS
         A.  If  the  Participant   does  not  participate  in,  and  has  never
             participated  in another  qualified plan maintained by the Employer
             or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code
             maintained by the Employer,  or an individual  medical account,  as
             defined  in  Section  415(l)(2)  of  the  Code,  maintained  by the
             Employer,  which provides an annual  addition as defined in Section
             3.08(E)(1), the following rules shall apply:
<PAGE>
             1. The  amount of annual  additions  which may be  credited  to the
                Par-ticipant's  Individual  Account for any limitation year will
                not exceed the lesser of the maximum  permissible  amount or any
                other  limitation  contained  in  this  Plan.  If  the  Employer
                Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to
                the  Partici-pant's  Individual  Account  would cause the annual
                additions  for  the  limitation   year  to  exceed  the  maximum
                permissible  amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be
                reduced so that the annual  additions  for the  limitation  year
                will equal the maximum permissible amount.

             2. Prior to determining the Participant's  actual  compensation for
                the  limitation  year,  the Employer may  determine  the maximum
                permissible   amount  for  a  Participant  on  the  basis  of  a
                reasonable estimation of the Participant's  Compensation for the
                limitation  year,  uniformly  determined  for  all  participants
                similarly situated.

             3. As soon as is  administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
                limitation  year,  the  maximum   permissible   amount  for  the
                limitation   year  will  be  determined  on  the  basis  of  the
                Participant's actual compensation for the limitation year.

             4. If  pursuant  to  Section  3.08(A)(3)  or  as a  result  of  the
                allocation of Forfeitures there is an excess amount,  the excess
                will be disposed of as follows:

                a.  Any nondeductible voluntary employee contributions, to the
                    extent they would reduce the excess amount, will be returned
                    to the Participant;

                b.  If after the application of paragraph (a) an excess amount
                    still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at
                    the end of the limitation year, the excess amount in the


<PAGE>



                    Participant's  Individual  Account  will be  used to  reduce
                    Employer   Contributions   (including   any   allocation  of
                    Forfeitures)  for such  Participant  in the next  limitation
                    year, and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.

                c.  If after the application of paragraph (b) an excess amount
                    still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan
                    at the end of a limitation year, the excess amount will be
                    held unallocated in a suspense account.  The suspense
                    account will be applied to reduce future Employer Contri-
                    butions (including allocation of any Forfeitures) for all
                    remaining Participants in the next limitation year, and each
                    succeeding limitation year if necessary;

                d.  If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a
                    limitation year pursuant to this Section, it will not par-
                    ticipate in the allocation of the Fund's investment gains
                    and losses.  If a suspense account is in existence at any
                    time during a particular limitation year, all amounts in the
                    suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to Par-
                    ticipants' Individual Accounts before any Employer Contribu-
                    tions or any Employee contributions may be made to the Plan
                    for that limitation year.  Excess amounts may not be distri-
                    buted to Participants or former Participants.

        B. If, in  addition  to this Plan,  the  Participant  is  covered  under
           another  qualified  master or  prototype  defined  contribution  plan
           maintained  by the  Employer,  a welfare  benefit fund, as defined in
           Section  419(e)  of  the  Code  maintained  by  the  Employer,  or an
           individual  medical account,  as defined in Section  415(l)(2) of the
           Code,  maintained by the Employer,  which provides an annual addition
           as defined in Section  3.05(E)(1),  during any  limitation  year, the
           following rules apply:

           1. The annual  additions  which may be  credited  to a  Participant's
              Individual  Account under this Plan for any such  limitation  year
              will not  exceed the  maximum  permissible  amount  reduced by the
              annual additions  credited to a Participant's  Individual  Account
              under  the  other  plans and  welfare  benefit  funds for the same
              limitation  year.  If the  annual  additions  with  respect to the
              Participant  under other  defined  contribution  plans and welfare
              benefit funds maintained by the employer are less than the maximum
              permissible  amount  and  the  Employer  Contribution  that  would
              otherwise  be  contributed  or  allocated  to  the   Participant's
              Individual   Account  under  this  Plan  would  cause  the  annual
              additions for the limitation year to exceed this  limitation,  the
              amount contributed


<PAGE>



              or allocated  will be reduced so that the annual  additions  under
              all such  plans and funds for the  limitation  year will equal the
              maximum  permissible  amount. If the annual additions with respect
              to the Participant under such other defined contribution plans and
              welfare  benefit  funds in the  aggregate  are equal to or greater
              than the maximum permissible amount, no amount will be contributed
              or allocated to the  Participant's  Individual  Account under this
              Plan for the limitation year.

           2. Prior to determining the Participant's actual compensation for the
              limitation   year,   the  Employer  may   determine   the  maximum
              permissible  amount for a Participant  in the manner  described in
              Section 3.05(A)(2).

           3. As  soon  as is  administratively  feasible  after  the end of the
              limitation year, the maximum permissible amount for the limitation
              year will be determined on the basis of the  Participant's  actual
              compensation for the limitation year.

           4. If,  pursuant  to  Section  3.05(B)(3)  or  as  a  result  of  the
              allocation of Forfeitures a Participant's  annual  additions under
              this Plan and such other  plans would  result in an excess  amount
              for a limitation year, the excess amount will be deemed to consist
              of  the  annual  additions  last  allocated,  except  that  annual
              additions  attributable  to a welfare  benefit fund or  individual
              medical  account  will be  deemed  to have  been  allocated  first
              regardless of the actual allocation date.

           5. If  an  excess  amount  was  allocated  to  a  Participant  on  an
              allocation  date of this Plan which  coincides  with an allocation
              date of another plan,  the excess  amount  attributed to this Plan
              will be the product of,

              a.  the total excess amount allocated as of such date, times
              b.  the ration of (i) the annual additions allocated to the Parti-
                  cipant for the limitation year as of such date under this Plan
                  to  (ii)  the  total   annual   additions   allocated  to  the
                  Participant for the limitation year as of such date under this
                  and all the other  qualified  prototype  defined  contribution
                  plans.

           6. Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
              manner described in Section 3.05(A)(4).

        C. If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contri-
           bution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a master or pro-


<PAGE>



           totype  plan,   annual   additions  which  may  be  credited  to  the
           Partici-pant's  Individual Account under this Plan for any limitation
           year will be limited in accordance with Sections  3.05(B)(1)  through
           3.08(B)(6)  as though the other plan were a master or prototype  plan
           unless the Employer  provides other limitations in the Section of the
           Adoption  Agreement titled  "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One
           Plan."
<PAGE>
        D. If the Employer  maintains,  or at any time  maintained,  a qualified
           defined  benefit plan covering any  Participant in this Plan, the sum
           of the  Participant's  defined  benefit  plan  fraction  and  defined
           contribution  plan  fraction  will not exceed  1.0 in any  limitation
           year. The annual additions which may be credited to the Participant's
           Individual  Account under this Plan for any  limitation  year will be
           limited in  accordance  with the  Section of the  Adoption  Agreement
           titled "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One Plan."

        E. The following terms shall have the following meanings when used in
           this Section 3.05:

           1. Annual additions:  The sum of the following amounts credited to a
              Participant's Individual Account for the limitation year:

              a.  Employer Contributions,

              b.  Employee contributions,

              c.  Forfeitures, and

              d.  amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual
                  medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code,
                  which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the
                  Employer are treated as annual additions to a defined contri-
                  bution plan.  Also amounts derived from contributions paid or
                  accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after
                  such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical
                  benefits, allocated to the separate account of a key employee,
                  as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare
                  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, main-
                  tained by the Employer are treated as annual additions to a
                  defined contribution plan.

                  For this  purpose,  any excess  amount  applied  under Section
                  3.05(A)(4)  or  3.05(B)(6)  in the  limitation  year to reduce
                  Employer Contributions will be considered annual additions for


<PAGE>



                  such limitation year.

           2. Compensation:  As elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreem-
              ent (and if no election is made, Section 3401(a) wages will be
              deemed to have been selected), Compensation shall mean all of a
              Participant's:

              a.  Section 3121 wages.  Wages as defined in Section 3121(a) of
                  the Code, for purposes of calculating Social Security taxes,
                  but determined without regard to the wage base limitation in
                  Section 3121(a)(1), the special rules in Section 3121(v), any
                  rules that limit covered employment based on the type or loca-
                  tion of an Employee's Employer, and any rules that limit the
                  remuneration included in wages based on familial relationship
                  or based on the nature or location of the employment or the
                  services performed (such as the exceptions to the definition
                  of employment in Section 3121(b)(1) through (2)).

              b.  Section 3401(a) wages.  Wages as defined in Section 3401(a) of
                  the Code,  for the purposes of income tax  withholding  at the
                  source but  determined  without regard to any rules that limit
                  the  remuneration  included  in wages  based on the  nature or
                  location of the employment or the services  performed (such as
                  the exception for agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2)).

              c.  415 safe-harbor compensation.  Wages, salaries, and fees for
                  professional services and other amounts received (without
                  regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for per-
                  sonal services actually rendered in the course of employment
                  with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the
                  amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not
                  limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for ser-
                  vices on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on
                  insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, reimburse-
                  ments, and expense allowances), and excluding the following:

                  1. Employer  contributions to a plan of deferred  compensation
                     which are not includible in the Employee's gross income for
                     the  taxable  year  in  which   contributed,   or  employer
                     contributions  under a simplified  employee pension plan to
                     the  extent  such   contributions  are  deductible  by  the
                     Employee,  or any  distributions  from a plan  of  deferred
                     compensation;

                  2. Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
                     option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the


<PAGE>



                     Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
                     subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                  3. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposit-
                     ion of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

                  4. Other  amounts  which  received  special tax  benefits,  or
                     contributions  made by the Employer (whether or not under a
                     salary  reduction  agreement)  towards  the  purchase of an
                     annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or
                     not the  amounts  are  actually  excludable  from the gross
                     income of the Employee).

                     For any  Self-Employed  Individual,  Compensation will mean
                     Earned  Income.   For  limitation   years  beginning  after
                     Decem-ber   31,   1991,   for   purposes  of  applying  the
                     limitations  of  this  Section  3.05,  compensation  for  a
                     limitation  year  is  the  compensation  actually  paid  or
                     includible in gross income during such limitation year.

                     Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  compensation for a
                     Participant   in  a  defined   contribution   plan  who  is
                     permanently  and  totally  disabled  (as defined in Section
                     22(e)(3) of the Code) is the compensation  such Participant
                     would  have  received  for  the  limitation   year  if  the
                     Participant had been paid at the rate of compensation  paid
                     immediately   before   becoming   permanently  and  totally
                     disabled;   such  imputed  compensation  for  the  disabled
                     participant   may  be  taken  into   account  only  if  the
                     Participant  is  not  a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  (as
                     defined  in Section  414(q) of the Code) and  contributions
                     made on behalf of such Participant are nonforfeitable  when
                     made.

           3. Defined benefit  fraction:  A fraction,  the numerator of which is
              the sum of the  Participant's  projected annual benefits under all
              the defined benefit plans (whether or not  terminated)  maintained
              by the  Employer,  and the  denominator  of which is the lesser of
              125% of the dollar  limitation  determined for the limitation year
              under  Section  415(b) and (d) of the Code or 140% of the  highest
              average  compensation,  including  any  adjustments  under Section
              415(b) of the Code.

              Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as
              of the first day of the first limitation year beginning after
<PAGE>

              December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained
              by the  employer  which  were in  existence  on May 6,  1986,  the
              denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125% of the sum
              of the annual  benefits under such plans which the participant had
              accrued  as of the  close of the last  limitation  year  beginning
              before January 1, 1987,  disregarding any changes in the terms and
              conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986.  The preceding  sentence
              applies only if the defined benefit plans  individually and in the
              aggregate  satisfied the  requirements  of Section 415 of the Code
              for all limitation years beginning before January 1, 1987.

           4. Defined contribution dollar limitation:  $30,000 or if greater,
              one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in
              Section 415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect for the limitation
              year.

           5. Defined contribution  fraction: A fraction, the numerator of which
              is the sum of the annual  additions to the  Participant's  account
              under  all  the  defined   contribution   plans  (whether  or  not
              terminated)  maintained  by the  Employer  for the current and all
              prior   limitation   years   (including   the   annual   additions
              attributable   to   the   Participant's   nondeductible   employee
              contributions  to  all  defined  benefit  plans,  whether  or  not
              terminated,  maintained by the Employer,  and the annual additions
              attributable  to all welfare  benefit funds, as defined in Section
              419(e) of the Code, and individual medical accounts, as defined in
              Section  415(l)(2) of the Code,  maintained by the Employer),  and
              the  denominator  of  which  is the sum of the  maximum  aggregate
              amounts for the current and all prior  limitation years of service
              with the Employer  (regardless  of whether a defined  contribution
              plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount
              in any  limitation  year  is the  lesser  of  125%  of the  dollar
              limitation  determined under Section 415(b) and (d) of the Code in
              effect  under  Section  415(c)(1)(A)  of  the  Code  or 35% of the
              Participant's compensation for such year.

              If the Employee was a  participant  as of the end of the first day
              of the first limitation year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
              one or more defined  contribution plans maintained by the Employer
              which were in  existence  on May 6, 1986,  the  numerator  of this
              fraction  will be  adjusted  if the sum of this  fraction  and the
              defined  benefit  fraction  would  otherwise  exceed 1.0 under the
              terms of this Plan.  Under the adjustment,  an amount equal to the
              product  of (1) the  excess of the sum of the  fractions  over 1.0
              times (2) the  denominator of this  fraction,  will be permanently
              subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is


<PAGE>



              calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the
              end of the last limitation year beginning  before January 1, 1987,
              and  disregarding  any changes in the terms and  conditions of the
              Plan made after May 5, 1986,  but using the Section 415 limitation
              applicable  to the first  limitation  year  beginning  on or after
              January 1, 1987.

              The annual  addition  for any  limitation  year  beginning  before
              Jan-uary 1, 1987,  shall not be  recomputed  to treat all employee
              contributions as annual additions.

           6. Employer:  For purposes of this Section 3.05,  Employer shall mean
              the  Employer  that  adopts  this  Plan,  and  all  members  of  a
              controlled  group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of
              the Code as modified by Section 415(h)),  all commonly  controlled
              trades or businesses  (as defined in Section 414(c) as modified by
              Section  415(h))  or  affiliated  service  groups  (as  defined in
              Section 414(m)) of which the adopting  Employer is a part, and any
              other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer  pursuant
              to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

           7. Excess amount:  The excess of the Participant's annual additions
              for the limitation year over the maximum permissible amount.

           8. Highest average compensation:  The average compensation for the
              three consecutive years of service with the Employer that produces
              the highest average.

           9. Limitation  year: A calendar  year,  or the  12-consecutive  month
              period  elected by the  Employer  in the  Section of the  Adoption
              Agreement titled  "Limitation on Allocation - More Than One Plan."
              All qualified  plans  maintained by the Employer must use the same
              limitation  year. If the limitation year is amended to a different
              12-consecutive month period, the new limitation year must begin on
              a date within the limitation year in which the amendment is made.

         10.  Master or prototype plan:  A plan the form of which is the subject
              of a favorable notification letter from the Internal Revenue
              Service.

         11.  Maximum  permissible  amount: The maximum annual addition that may
              be contributed or allocated to a Participant's  Individual Account
              under the Plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser
              of:



<PAGE>



              a.  the defined contribution dollar limitation, or
              b.  25% of the Participant's compensation for the limitation year.

              The compensation  limitation referred to in (b) shall not apply to
              any  contribution  for  medical  benefits  (within  the meaning of
              Section  401(h)  or  Section  419A(f)(2)  of the  Code)  which  is
              otherwise treated as an annual addition under Section 415(l)(1) or
              419A(d)(2) of the Code.

              If a short  limitation  year is created  because  of an  amendment
              changing the limitation year to a different  12-consecutive  month
              period, the maximum permissible amount will not exceed the defined
              contribution   dollar  limitation   multiplied  by  the  following
              fraction:

              Number of months in the short limitation year / 12

         12.  Projected annual benefit:  The annual retirement benefit (adjusted
              to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit
              is  expressed  in a form  other than a  straight  life  annuity or
              qualified  joint and  survivor  annuity) to which the  Participant
              would be entitled under the terms of the Plan assuming:

              a.  the Participant will continue employment until normal retire-
                  ment age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and

              b.  the Participant's compensation for the current limitation year
                  and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits
                  under the Plan will remain constant for all future limitation
                  years.
<PAGE>
SECTION FOUR   INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF PARTICIPANTS AND VALUATION

     4.01  INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
           A.  The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain an Individual
               Account  in the name of each  Participant  to  reflect  the total
               value  of his  interest  in the  Fund.  Each  Individual  Account
               established hereunder shall consist of such subaccounts as may be
               needed for each Participant including:

             1. a subaccount to reflect Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
                allocated on behalf of a Participant;

             2. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's rollover contributions;



<PAGE>



             3. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's transfer contributions;

             4. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's nondeductible employee
                contributions; and

             5. a subaccount to reflect a Participant's deductible employee
                contributions.

         B. The Plan Administrator may establish  additional  accounts as it may
            deem necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, including,
            but not limited to, a suspense  account for  Forfeitures as required
            pursuant to Section 6.01(D).

     4.02  VALUATION OF FUND
           The Fund will be valued each Valuation Date at fair market value.

     4.03  VALUATION OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
           A. Where all or a portion of the assets of a Participant's Individual
              Account are invested in a Separate Fund for the Participant,  then
              the value of that portion of such Participant's Individual Account
              at any relevant  time equals the sum of the fair market  values of
              the assets in such Separate Fund,  less any applicable  charges or
              penalties.

           B. The fair market value of the remainder of each Individual Account
              is determined in the following manner:

              1. First,  the portion of the Individual  Account invested in each
                 Investment   Fund  as  of  the  previous   Valuation   Date  is
                 determined. Each such portion is reduced by any withdrawal made
                 from the applicable  Investment Fund to or for the benefit of a
                 Participant or his Beneficiary,  further reduced by any amounts
                 forfeited by the  Participant  pursuant to Section  6.01(D) and
                 further  reduced by any  transfer  to another  Investment  Fund
                 since  the  previous  Valuation  Date and is  increased  by any
                 amount  transferred  from  another  Investment  Fund  since the
                 previous  Valuation  Date.  The  resulting  amounts are the net
                 Individual Account portions invested in the Investment Funds.

              2. Secondly,  the net Individual Account portions invested in each
                 Investment  Fund are adjusted  upwards or  downwards,  pro rata
                 (i.e.,  ratio of each net Individual Account portion to the sum
                 of all net Individual  Account portions) so that the sum of all
                 the net Individual  Account portions  invested in an Investment
                 Fund will equal the then fair market value of the Investment


<PAGE>



                 Fund. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, for the first Plan
                 Year only, the net Individual Account portions shall be the sum
                 of all  contributions  made  to each  Participant's  Individual
                 Account during the first Plan Year.

              3. Thirdly,  any  contributions  to the Plan and  Forfeitures  are
                 allocated  in  accordance  with  the   appropriate   allocation
                 provisions   of   Section  3.  For   purposes   of  Section  4,
                 contributions  made by the Employer for any Plan Year but after
                 that Plan Year will be considered to have been made on the last
                 day of that Plan Year  regardless  of when paid to the  Trustee
                 (or Custodian, if applicable).

                 Amounts   contributed  between  Valuation  Dates  will  not  be
                 credited  with  investment  gains  or  losses  until  the  next
                 following Valuation Date.

              4. Finally,  the portions of the  Individual  Account  invested in
                 each  Investment  Fund  (determined in accordance with (1), (2)
                 and (3) above) are added together.


     4.04  SEGREGATION OF ASSETS
           If a Participant elects a mode of distribution other than a lump sum,
           the Plan Administrator may place that  Participant's  account balance
           into a segregated  Investment Fund for the purpose of maintaining the
           necessary  liquidity to provide  benefit  installments  on a periodic
           basis.


     4.05  STATEMENT OF INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS
           No later than 270 days  after the close of each Plan  Year,  the Plan
           Administrator   shall   furnish  a  statement  to  each   Participant
           indicating the Individual  Account balances of such Participant as of
           the last Valuation Date in such Plan Year.

     4.06  MODIFICATION OF METHOD FOR VALUING  INDIVIDUAL  ACCOUNTS If necessary
           or appropriate,  the Plan  Administrator  may establish  different or
           additional procedures (which shall be uniform and non-discriminatory)
           for determining the fair market value of the Individual Accounts.


SECTION FIVE   TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN



<PAGE>



     5.01  CREATION OF FUND
           By adopting this Plan, the Employer  establishes the Fund which shall
           consist of the assets of the Plan held by the Trustee (or  Custodian,
           if applicable) pursuant to this Section 5. Assets within the Fund may
           be pooled on behalf of all Participants,  earmarked on behalf of each
           Participant  or be a  combination  of pooled  and  earmarked.  To the
           extent that assets are earmarked for a particular  Participant,  they
           will be held in a Separate Fund for that Participant.

           No part of the  corpus  or  income  of the Fund may be used  for,  or
           diverted  to,  purposes  other  than  for the  exclusive  benefit  of
           Participants or their Beneficiaries.

     5.02  INVESTMENT AUTHORITY
           Except as provided in Section 5.14 (relating to individual direction
           of investments by Participants), the Employer, not the Trustee (or
<PAGE>
           Custodian,  if  applicable),  shall  have  exclusive  management  and
           control  over  the   investment   of  the  Fund  into  any  permitted
           investment.  Notwithstanding the preceding  sentence,  a Trustee with
           full trust powers (under  applicable  law) may make an agreement with
           the Employer whereby the Trustee will manage the investment of all or
           a portion of the Fund. Any such agreement shall be in writing and set
           forth such matters as the Trustee deems necessary or desirable.

     5.03  FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION CUSTODIAN OR TRUSTEE WITHOUT FULL
TRUST POWERS
           This  Section  5.03  applies  where  a  financial   organization  has
           indicated in the Adoption  Agreement that it will serve, with respect
           to this Plan,  as Custodian  or as Trustee  without full trust powers
           (under applicable law). Hereinafter, a financial organization Trustee
           without full trust powers (under applicable law) shall be referred to
           as a Custodian.

           A. Permissible Investments - The assets of the Plan shall be invested
              only  in  those   investments  which  are  available  through  the
              Custodian in the ordinary  course of business  which the Custodian
              may  legally  hold in a  qualified  plan and which  the  Custodian
              chooses  to  make   available  to  Employers  for  qualified  plan
              investments.

           B. Responsibilities of the Custodian - The responsibilities of the
              Custodian shall be limited to the following:

              1. To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and reinvest
                 the Fund without distinction between principal and interest;


<PAGE>



                 provided,  however, that nothing in this Plan shall require the
                 Custodian to maintain  physical  custody of stock  certificates
                 (or  other   indicia  of   ownership  of  any  type  of  asset)
                 representing assets within the Fund;

              2. To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings, with-
                 drawals and other information the Custodian deems relevant with
                 respect to the Plan;

              3. To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or Benefic-
                 iaries upon the proper authorization of the Plan Administrator;
                 and

              4. To furnish to the Plan Administrator a statement which reflects
                 the value of the  investments  in the hands of the Custodian as
                 of the end of each Plan Year.

        C. Powers of the Custodian - Except as otherwise  provided in this Plan,
           the Custodian shall have the power to take any action with respect to
           the Fund which it deems  necessary  or  advisable  to  discharge  its
           responsibilities  under this Plan including,  but not limited to, the
           following powers:

           1. To  invest  all or a  portion  of the Fund  (including  idle  cash
              balances)  in  time  deposits,   savings  accounts,  money  market
              accounts  or  similar  investments  bearing a  reasonable  rate of
              interest in the Custodian's own savings  department or the savings
              department of another financial organization;

           2. To vote  upon any  stocks,  bonds,  or other  securities;  to give
              general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without
              power of  substitution;  to exercise any conversion  privileges or
              subscription  rights and to make any payments  incidental thereto;
              to  oppose,  or  to  consent  to,  or  otherwise  participate  in,
              corporate  reorganizations  or other changes  affecting  corporate
              securities,  and to pay any  assessment  or charges in  connection
              therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner
              with respect to stocks, bonds, securities or other property;

           3. To hold securities or other property of the Fund in its own name,
              in the name of its nominee or in bearer form; and

           4. To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents
              of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that
              may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein


<PAGE>



              granted.

     5.04  FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION TRUSTEE WITH FULL TRUST POWERS AND
INDIVIDUAL
            TRUSTEE

           This  Section  5.04  applies  where  a  financial   organization  has
           indicated  in the  Adoption  Agreement  that it will serve as Trustee
           with full trust  powers.  This Section also applies where one or more
           individuals  are  named  in  the  Adoption   Agreement  to  serve  as
           Trustee(s).

           A. Permissible Investments - The Trustee may invest the assets of the
              Plan in property of any  character,  real or personal,  including,
              but not  limited to the  following:  stocks,  including  shares of
              open-end  investment  companies  (mutual  funds);   bonds;  notes;
              debentures;  options;  limited partnership  interests;  mortgages;
              real estate or any  interests  therein;  unit  investment  trusts;
              Treasury  Bills,  and other U.S.  Government  obligations;  common
              trust funds, combined investment trusts, collective trust funds or
              commingled  funds  maintained  by  a  bank  or  similar  financial
              organization  (whether  or not  the  Trustee  hereunder);  savings
              accounts,  time  deposits  or money  market  accounts of a bank or
              similar  financial   organization  (whether  or  not  the  Trustee
              hereunder); annuity contracts; life insurance policies; or in such
              other   investments   as  is  deemed  proper   without  regard  to
              investments  authorized  by statute or rule of law  governing  the
              investment of trust funds but with regard to ERISA and this Plan.

              Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Prototype Sponsor may,
              as a condition  of making the Plan  available  to the Employer for
              adoption,  limit the types of property in which the Trustee (other
              than a financial  organization Trustee with full trust powers), is
              permitted to invest.

        B. Responsibilities of the Trustee - The responsibilities of the Trustee
           shall be limited to the following:

           1. To receive Plan contributions and to hold, invest and reinvest the
              Fund without distinction between physical and interest;  provided,
              however,  that  nothing in this Plan shall  require the Trustee to
              maintain physical custody of stock  certificates (or other indicia
              of ownership) representing assets within the Fund;

           2. To maintain accurate records of contributions, earnings, with-
              drawals and other information the Trustee deems relevant with re-


<PAGE>



              spect to the Plan;

           3. To make disbursements from the Fund to Participants or Beneficiar-
              ies upon the proper authorization of the Plan Administrator; and

           4. To furnish to the Plan  Administrator  a statement  which reflects
              the value of the investments in the hands of the Trustee as of the
              end of each Plan Year.

        C. Powers of the  Trustee - Except as  otherwise  provided in this Plan,
           the Trustee  shall have the power to take any action with  respect to
           the Fund which it deems  necessary  or  advisable  to  discharge  its
           responsibilities  under this Plan including,  but not limited to, the
           following powers:
<PAGE>
           1. To hold any securities or other property of the Fund in its own
              name, in the name of its nominee or in bearer form;

           2. To purchase or subscribe for securities  issued,  or real property
              owned,  by the  Employer  or any trade or  business  under  common
              control with the Employer but only if the prudent  investment  and
              diversification requirements of ERISA are satisfied;

           3. To sell,  exchange,  convey,  transfer or otherwise dispose of any
              securities  or other  property  held by the  Trustee,  by  private
              contract or at public auction.  No person dealing with the Trustee
              shall be bound to see to the  application of the purchase money or
              to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such
              sale or other disposition, with or without advertisement;

           4. To vote  upon any  stocks,  bonds,  or other  securities;  to give
              general or special  proxies or powers of attorney  with or without
              power of  substitution;  to exercise any conversion  privileges or
              subscription  rights and to make any payments  incidental thereto;
              to  oppose,  or  to  consent  to,  or  otherwise  participate  in,
              corporate  reorganizations  or other changes  affecting  corporate
              securities,  and to delegate  discretionary powers, and to pay any
              assessments or charges in connection  therewith;  and generally to
              exercise  any of the  powers of an owner  with  respect to stocks,
              bonds, securities or other property;

           5. To  invest  any  part  or all of the  Fund  (including  idle  cash
              balances) in  certificates  of deposit,  demand or time  deposits,
              savings accounts,  money market accounts or similar investments of
              the  Trustee  (if  the  Trustee  is a bank  or  similar  financial
              organiza-


<PAGE>



              tion), the Prototype Sponsor or any affiliate of such Trustee or
              Prototype Sponsor, which bear a reasonable rate of interest;

           6. To provide  sweep  services  without the receipt by the Trustee of
              additional   compensation  or  other  consideration   (other  than
              reimbursement of direct expenses properly and actually incurred in
              the performance of such services);

           7. To hold in the form of cash for  distribution  or investment  such
              portion  of the Fund as,  at any time and from  time-to-time,  the
              Trustee  shall deem  prudent  and  deposit  such cash in  interest
              bearing or noninterest bearing accounts.;

           8. To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents
              of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that
              may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein
              granted;

           9. To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts,
              or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend
              suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the
              Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

          10. To employ suitable agents and counsel,  to contract with agents to
              perform  administrative and recordkeeping  duties and to pay their
              reasonable  expenses,  fees and  compensation,  and such  agent or
              counsel may or may not be agent or counsel for the Employer;

         11.  To cause any part or all of the Fund, without limitation as to
              amount, to be commingled with the funds of other trusts (including
              trusts for qualified employee benefit plans) by causing such money
              to be invested as a part of any pooled, common, collective or
              commingled trust fund heretofore or hereafter created by any
              trustee (if the Trustee is a bank), by the Prototype Sponsor, by
              any affiliate bank of such a Trustee or by such a Trustee or the
              Prototype Sponsor, or by such an affiliate in participation with
              others; the instrument or instruments establishing such trust fund
              or funds, as amended, being made part of this Plan and trust so
              long as any portion of the Fund shall be invested through the
              medium thereof.

         12.  Generally  to do all such  acts,  execute  all  such  instruments,
              initiate  such  proceedings,  and  exercise  all such  rights  and
              privileges with relation to property  constituting  the Fund as if
              the Trustee were the absolute owner thereof.


<PAGE>



     5.05  DIVISION OF FUND INTO INVESTMENT FUNDS
           The Employer may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) from  time-to-time
           to divide and  redivide the Fund into one or more  Investment  Funds.
           Such Investment Funds may include,  but not be limited to, Investment
           Funds  representing  the assets  under the  control of an  investment
           manager  pursuant to Section 5.12 and Investment  Funds  representing
           investment options available for individual direction by Participants
           pursuant  to Section  5.14.  Upon each  division or  redivision,  the
           Employer  may  specify the part of the Fund to be  allocated  to each
           such  Investment  Fund and the terms and  conditions,  if any,  under
           which the assets in such Investment Fund shall be invested.

     5.06  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES
           The  Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if  applicable)  shall  receive  such
           reasonable  compensation  as may be agreed  upon by the  Trustee  (or
           Custodian)  and the  Employer.  The Trustee (or  Custodian)  shall be
           entitled to  reimbursement  by the Employer  for all proper  expenses
           incurred  in  carrying  out his duties  under  this  Plan,  including
           reasonable legal,  accounting and actuarial expenses.  If not paid by
           the Employer,  such  compensation and expenses may be charged against
           the Fund.

           All taxes of any kind that may be levied or assessed  under  existing
           or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Fund or the income thereof
           shall be paid from the Fund.

     5.07  NOT OBLIGATED TO QUESTION DATA
           The Employer shall furnish the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable)
           and  Plan  Administrator  the  information  which  each  party  deems
           necessary  for the  administration  of the  Plan  including,  but not
           limited to, changes in a Participant's status,  eligibility,  mailing
           addresses  and other such data as may be  required.  The  Trustee (or
           Custodian)  and Plan  Administrator  shall be entitled to act on such
           information   as  is  supplied   them  and  shall  have  no  duty  or
           responsibility to further verify or question such information.

     5.08  LIABILITY FOR WITHHOLDING ON DISTRIBUTIONS
           The Plan Administrator  shall be responsible for withholding  federal
           income taxes from distributions from the Plan, unless the Participant
           (or  Beneficiary,  where  applicable)  elects  not to have such taxes
           withheld.  However, the Trustee (or Custodian) shall act as agent for
           the  Plan  Administrator  to  withhold  such  taxes  and to make  the
           appropriate distribution reports, subject to the Plan Administrator's
           obligation to furnish all the necessary information to so withhold to
           the Trustee (or Custodian).



<PAGE>



     5.09  RESIGNATION  OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE  (OR  CUSTODIAN)  The  Trustee (or
           Custodian,  if  applicable)  may resign at any time by giving 30 days
           advance written notice to the Employer.  The resignation shall become
           effective  30 days  after  receipt  of such  notice  unless a shorter
           period is agreed upon.

           The  Employer  may remove any Trustee (or  Custodian)  at any time by
           giving written notice to such Trustee (or Custodian) and such removal
           shall be  effective  30 days after  receipt of such  notice  unless a
           shorter  period is agreed upon.  The Employer shall have the power to
           appoint a successor Trustee (or Custodian).

           Upon such resignation or removal, if the resigning or removed Trustee
           (or Custodian) is the sole Trustee (or Custodian),  he shall transfer
           all of the  assets of the Fund then held by him as  expeditiously  as
           possible to the  successor  Trustee (or  Custodian)  after  paying or
           reserving  such  reasonable  amount  as he shall  deem  necessary  to
           provide for the expense in the  settlement  of the  accounts  and the
           amount of any  compensation  due him and any sums chargeable  against
           the Fund for which he may be liable. If the Funds as reserved are not
           sufficient   for  such   purpose,   then  he  shall  be  entitled  to
           reimbursement  from the successor  Trustee (or  Custodian) out of the
           assets in the successor  Trustee's (or Custodian's)  hands under this
           Plan.  If the  amount  reserved  shall  be in  excess  of the  amount
           actually needed,  the former Trustee (or Custodian) shall return such
           excess to the successor Trustee (or Custodian).

           Upon receipt of such assets,  the  successor  Trustee (or  Custodian)
           shall  thereupon  succeed to all of the  powers and  responsibilities
           given to the Trustee (or Custodian) by this Plan.

           The  resigning  or removed  Trustee (or  Custodian)  shall  render an
           accounting  to the  Employer  and unless  objected to by the Employer
           within 30 days of its receipt, the accounting shall be deemed to have
           been approved and the resigning or removed Trustee (or Custodian)
<PAGE>
           shall be released and  discharged  as to all matters set forth in the
           accounting.  Where a financial organization is serving as Trustee (or
           Custodian)  and it is merged  with or bought by another  organization
           (or comes  under the control of any  federal or state  agency),  that
           organization  shall serve as the successor  Trustee (or Custodian) of
           this  Plan,  but only if it is the type of  organization  that can so
           serve under applicable law.

           Where the Trustee or Custodian is serving as a nonbank trustee or
           custodian   pursuant  to  Section   1.401-12(n)  of  the  Income  Tax
           Regulations,  the  Employer  will  appoint a  successor  Trustee  (or
           Custodian) upon  notification by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
           that such substitution is required because the Trustee (or Custodian)
           has failed to comply with the requirements of Section  1.401-12(n) or
           is not keeping such records or making such returns or rendering  such
           statements as are required by forms or regulations.

     5.10  DEGREE OF CARE
           Limitations  of Liability - The Trustee (or  Custodian)  shall not be
           liable for any losses incurred by the Fund by any lawful direction to
           invest  communicated  by  the  Employer,  Plan  Administrator  or any
           Participant or Beneficiary. The Trustee (or Custodian) shall be under
           no  liability  for  distributions  made or other  action taken or not
           taken  at the  written  direction  of the Plan  Administrator.  It is
           specifically understood that the Trustee (or Custodian) shall have no
           duty or  responsibility  with respect to the determination of matters
           pertaining to the eligibility of any Employee to become a Participant
           or remain a Participant  hereunder,  the amount of benefit to which a
           Participant  or Beneficiary  shall be entitled to receive  hereunder,
           whether a  distribution  to Participant or Beneficiary is appropriate
           under the terms of the Plan or the size and type of any  policy to be
           purchased from any insurer for any  Participant  hereunder or similar
           matters; it being understood that all such responsibilities under the
           Plan are vested in the Plan Administrator.

     5.11  INDEMNIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR AND TRUSTEE (OR
CUSTODIAN)
           Notwithstanding  any other  provision  herein,  and  except as may be
           otherwise  provided by ERISA,  the Employer shall  indemnify and hold
           harmless the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable) and the Prototype
           Sponsor, their officers,  directors,  employees, agents, their heirs,
           executors,  successors  and  assigns,  from and  against  any and all
           liabilities, damages, judgments, settlements, losses, costs, charges,
           or expenses  (including legal expenses) at any time arising out of or
           incurred in  connection  with any action taken by such parties in the
           performance  of their duties with respect to this Plan,  unless there
           has  been  a  final  adjudication  of  gross  negligence  or  willful
           misconduct in the performance of such duties.

           Further,  except as may be otherwise  provided by ERISA, the Employer
           will indemnify the Trustee (or custodian) and Prototype  Sponsor from
           any liability,  claim or expense  (including legal expense) which the
           Trustee (or Custodian) and Prototype Sponsor shall incur by reason of
           or which results, in whole or in part, from the Trustee's (or Custo-


<PAGE>



           dian's)  or  Prototype  Sponsor's  reliance  on the  facts  and other
           directions  and  elections  the  Employer  communicates  or  fails to
           communicate.

     5.12  INVESTMENT MANAGERS

           A. Definition of Investment Manager - The Employer may appoint one or
              more investment managers to make investment decisions with respect
              to all or a portion of the Fund. The  investment  manager shall be
              any firm or individual  registered as an investment  adviser under
              the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank as defined in said Act
              or an insurance  company qualified under the laws of more than one
              state  to  perform   services   consisting   of  the   management,
              acquisition or disposition of any assets of the Plan.

           B. Investment  Manager's Authority - A separate Investment Fund shall
              be established representing the assets of the Fund invested at the
              direction of the investment  manager.  The  investment  manager so
              appointed shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable )
              with  respect  to the  investment  of such  Investment  Fund.  The
              investments  which  may  be  acquired  at  the  direction  of  the
              investment  manager are those  described  in Section  5.03(A) (for
              Custodians) or Section 5.04(A) (for Trustees).

           C. Written  Agreement - The  appointment  of any  investment  manager
              shall  be by  written  agreement  between  the  Employer  and  the
              investment   manager  and  a  copy  of  such  agreement  (and  any
              modification or termination  thereof) must be given to the Trustee
              (or Custodian).

              The agreement shall set forth, among other matters,  the effective
              date   of   the   investment   manager's    appointment   and   an
              acknowledgement  by the investment  manager that it is a fiduciary
              of the Plan under ERISA.

           D. Concerning  the Trustee (or  Custodian)  - Written  notice of each
              appointment of an investment manager shall be given to the Trustee
              (or   Custodian)  in  advance  of  the  effective   date  of  such
              appointment.  Such notice shall  specify which portion of the Fund
              will  constitute  the  Investment  Fund subject to the  investment
              manager's direction.  The Trustee (or Custodian) shall comply with
              the investment direction given to it by the investment manager and
              will not be liable  for any loss which may result by reason of any
              action (or inaction) it takes at the  direction of the  investment
              manager.


<PAGE>



     5.13  MATTERS RELATING TO INSURANCE

           A. If a life  insurance  policy is to be purchased for a Participant,
              the  aggregate   premium  for  certain  life  insurance  for  each
              Participant  must  be  less  than  a  certain  percentage  of  the
              aggregate  Employer  Contributions and Forfeitures  allocated to a
              Partici-pant's  Individual  Account  at  any  particular  time  as
              follows:

              1. Ordinary  Life  Insurance - For  purposes  of these  incidental
                 insurance  provisions,  ordinary life  insurance  contracts are
                 contracts   with  both   nondecreasing   death   benefits   and
                 nonincreasing  premiums. If such contracts are purchased,  less
                 than  50%  of  the   aggregate   Employer   Contributions   and
                 Forfeitures  allocated to any Participant's  Individual Account
                 will be used to pay the premiums attributable to them.

              2. Term and  Universal  Life  Insurance  - No more than 25% of the
                 aggregate Employer  Contributions and Forfeitures  allocated to
                 any  Participant's  Individual  Account will be used to pay the
                 premiums  on term  life  insurance  contracts,  universal  life
                 insurance  contracts,  and all other life  insurance  contracts
                 which are not ordinary life.

              3. Combination  - The sum of 50% of the  ordinary  life  insurance
                 premiums and all other life insurance  premiums will not exceed
                 25% of the aggregate  Employer  Contributions  and  Forfeitures
                 allocated to any Participant's Individual Account.

        B. Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts for a Partici-
           pant shall be allocated to such Participant's Individual Account.

        C. Subject to Section 6.05, the contracts on a Participant's life will
           be converted to cash or an annuity or distributed to the Participant
           upon commencement of benefits.

        D. The Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) shall apply for and will be
           the owner of any insurance  contract(s)  purchased under the terms of
           this Plan. The insurance  contract(s) must provide that proceeds will
           be payable to the Trustee (or  Custodian),  however,  the Trustee (or
           Custodian)  shall  be  required  to  pay  over  all  proceeds  of the
           contract(s) to the Participant's designated Beneficiary in accordance
           with the distribution provisions of this Plan. A Participant's spouse
           will  be  the   designated   Beneficiary   of  the  proceeds  in  all
           circumstances unless a qualified election has been made in accordance
           with Section 6.05. Under no circumstances shall the Fund retain any


<PAGE>



           part of the proceeds.  In the event of any conflict between the terms
           of this  Plan  and the  terms  of any  insurance  contract  purchased
           hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

        E. The Plan  Administrator may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) to sell
           and distribute  insurance or annuity  contracts to a Participant  (or
           other party as may be permitted) in accordance with applicable law or
           regulations.

     5.14  DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS BY PARTICIPANT
           If so indicated  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  each  Participant  may
           individually  direct  the  Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if  applicable)
           regarding the investment of part or all of his Individual Account. To
           the extent so directed, the Employer, Plan Administrator, Trustee (or
           Custodian) and all other  fiduciaries are relieved of their fiduciary
           responsibility under Section 404 of ERISA.


           The  Plan  Administrator   shall  direct  that  a  Separate  Fund  be
           established  in  the  name  of  each   Participant  who  directs  the
           investment of part or all of his  Individual  Account.  Each Separate
           Fund shall be charged or credited (as appropriate) with the earnings,
           gains,  losses or expenses  attributable  to such  Separate  Fund. No
           fiduciary  shall  be  liable  for  any  loss  which  results  from  a
           Participant's  individual direction. The assets subject to individual
           direction  shall  not be  invested  in  collectibles  as that term is
           defined in Section 408(m) of the Code.

           The   Plan   Administrator   shall   establish   such   uniform   and
           nondiscriminatory  rules relating to individual direction as it deems
           necessary  or  advisable   including,   but  not  limited  to,  rules
           describing (1) which portions of Participant's Individual Account can
           be individually  directed;  (2) the frequency of investment  changes;
           (3) the forms and procedures for making investment  changes;  and (4)
           the effect of a Participant's failure to make a valid direction.

           Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Prototype   Sponsor,   the  Plan
           Administrator may, in a uniform and  nondiscriminatory  manner, limit
           the available  investments for Participants'  individual direction to
           certain specified investment options (including,  but not limited to,
           certain  mutual funds,  investment  contracts,  deposit  accounts and
           group trusts).  The Plan  Administrator  may permit, in a uniform and
           nondiscriminatory  manner, a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant to
           individually direct in accordance with this Section.



<PAGE>



SECTION SIX VESTING AND DISTRIBUTION
     6.01  DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANT
        A. When Distributable

           1. Entitlement   to   Distribution   -  The   Vested   portion  of  a
              Partici-pant's  Individual  Account shall be  distributable to the
              Participant upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

              a.   the Participant's Termination of Employment;

              b.   the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age;

              c.   the Participant's Disability;

              d.   the termination of the Plan;

           2. Written  Request:  When  Distributed - A  Participant  entitled to
              distribution  who wishes to receive a  distribution  must submit a
              written request to the Plan  Administrator.  Such request shall be
              made upon a form provided by the Plan Administrator.  Upon a valid
              request,  the Plan  Administrator  shall  direct the  Trustee  (or
              Custodian,  if applicable) to commence  distribution no later than
              90 days following the later of:

              a.  the close of the Plan Year within which the event occurs which
                  entitles the Participant to distribution; or

              b.  the close of the Plan Year in which the request is received.

           3. Special Rules for Withdrawals During Service - If this is a profit
              sharing plan and the Adoption Agreement so provides, a Participant
              who is not otherwise entitled to a distribution under Section 6.01
<PAGE>
              (A)(1) may elect to receive a  distribution  of all or part of the
              Vested  portion  of  his  Individual   Account,   subject  to  the
              requirements  of Section 6.05 and further subject to the following
              limits:

              a.  Participant  for 5 or more years.  An Employee  who has been a
                  Participant in the Plan for 5 or more years may withdraw up to
                  his entire Vested portion of his Individual Account.

              b.  Participant  for less than 5 years. An Employee who has been a
                  Participant  in the Plan for less  than 5 years  may  withdraw
                  only  the  amount  which  has  been in his  Vested  Individual
                  Account attributable to Employer Contributions for at least 2


<PAGE>



                  full Plan Years.

                  However,  if the  distribution is on account of hardship,  the
                  Participant  may withdraw up to his entire  Vested  portion of
                  his  Individual   Account.   For  purposes  of  the  preceding
                  sentence,  hardship  is  defined  as an  immediate  and  heavy
                  financial need of the Participant where such Participant lacks
                  other  available   resources.   The  following  are  the  only
                  financial  needs  considered  immediate  and  heavy:  expenses
                  incurred or necessary for medical  care,  described in Section
                  213(d) of the Code, of the Employee,  the Employee's spouse or
                  dependents;  the purchase  (excluding  mortgage payments) of a
                  principal  residence for the Employee;  payment of tuition and
                  related   educational   fees  for  the  next  12   months   of
                  post-secondary  education  for the  Employee,  the  Employee's
                  spouse,  children  or  dependents;  or the need to prevent the
                  eviction  of  the  Employee  from,  or a  foreclosure  on  the
                  mortgage of, the Employee's principal residence.

                  A  distribution  will be considered as necessary to satisfy an
                  immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee only if:

                  1)   The employee has obtained all distributions, other than
                       hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under
                       all plan maintained by the Employer;

                  2)   The  distribution  is not in excess  of the  amount of an
                       immediate and heavy  financial  need  (including  amounts
                       necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes
                       or penalties  reasonably  anticipated  to result from the
                       distribution)

               4. Commencement   of   Benefits  -   Notwithstanding   any  other
                  provision,    unless   the   Participant   elects   otherwise,
                  distribution of benefits will begin no later than the 60th day
                  after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

                  a.   the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

                  b.   occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Par-
                       ticipant commenced participation in the Plan; or

                  c.   the Participant incurs a Termination of Employment.

        B. Determining the Vested Portion - In determining the Vested portion of


<PAGE>



           a Participant's Individual Account, the following rules apply:

               1. Employer Contributions and Forfeitures - The Vested portion of
                  a  Participant's  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employer
                  Contributions  and  Forfeitures  is determined by applying the
                  vesting  schedule  selected in the Adoption  Agreement (or the
                  vesting schedule described in Section 6.01(C) if the Plan is a
                  Top-Heavy Plan).

               2. Rollover and Transfer  Contributions  - A Participant is fully
                  Vested   in   his   rollover    contributions   and   transfer
                  contributions.

               3. Fully Vested Under Certain  Circumstances  - A Participant  is
                  fully Vested in his Individual Account if any of the following
                  occurs:

                  a.   the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age;
                  b.   the Participant incurs a Disability;
                  c.   the Participant dies;
                  d.   the Plan is terminated or partially terminated; or
                  e.   there exists a complete discontinuance of contributions
                       under the Plan.

               4. Participants  in  a  Prior  Plan  -  If a  Participant  was  a
                  participant in a Prior Plan on the Effective  Date, his Vested
                  percentage  shall  not be less than it would  have been  under
                  such Prior Plan as computed on the Effective Date.

        C. Minimum Vesting Schedule for Top-Heavy Plans - The following  vesting
           provisions  apply for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy
           Plan.

           Notwithstanding  the other  provisions  of this  Section  6.01 or the
           vesting  schedule  selected in the Adoption  Agreement  (unless those
           provisions  or that  schedule  provide  for more  rapid  vesting),  a
           Participant's  Vested portion of his Individual Account  attributable
           to Employer  Contributions  and  Forfeitures  shall be  determined in
           accordance with the following minimum vesting schedule:

               Years of Vesting Service      Vested Percentage
                   1                           0
                   2                          20
                   3                          40
                   4                          60
                   5                          80
                   6                         100
<PAGE>
            This minimum  vesting  schedule  applies to all benefits  within the
            meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the Code, except those  attributable
            to employee  contributions  including  benefits  accrued  before the
            effective  date of  Section  416 of the  Code and  benefits  accrued
            before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan.  Further,  no decrease in a
            Participant's  Vested  percentage  may occur in the event the Plan's
            status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan Year. However,  this
            Section  6.01(C)  does not apply to the  Individual  Account  of any
            Employee  who does not have an Hour of  Service  after  the Plan has
            initially  become a Top-Heavy  Plan and such  Employee's  Individual
            Account attributable to Employer  Contributions and Forfeitures will
            be determined without regard to this Section.

            If this Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy  Plan, then in accordance with
            the above  restrictions,  the  vesting  schedule  as selected in the
            Adoption  Agreement will govern.  If the vesting  schedule under the
            Plan  shifts  in or  out  of  top-heavy  status,  such  shift  is an
            amendment  to the vesting  schedule and the election in Section 9.04
            applies.

        D. Break in Vesting Service and Forfeitures - If a Participant  incurs a
           Termination  of  Employment,  any portion of his  Individual  Account
           which  is not  Vested  shall  be held  in a  suspense  account.  Such
           suspense  account shall share in any increase or decrease in the fair
           market value of the assets of the Fund in  accordance  with Section 4
           of the Plan.  The  disposition  of such suspense  account shall be as
           follows:

           1. No Breaks in Vesting Service - If a Participant  neither  receives
              nor is deemed to receive a  distribution  pursuant to Section 6.01
              (D)(2) or (3) and the  Participant  returns to the  service of the
              Employer before incurring 5 consecutive Breaks in Vesting Service,
              there  shall be no  Forfeiture  and the  amount  in such  suspense
              account  shall  be  recredited  to such  Participant's  Individual
              Account.

           2. Cash-out  of  Certain  Participants  - If the value of the  Vested
              portion of such  Participant's  Individual  Account  derived  from
              Employee and Employer  Contributions  does not exceed $3,500,  the
              Participant  shall  receive a  distribution  of the entire  Vested
              portion of such  Individual  Account and the portion  which is not
              Vested shall be treated as a Forfeiture  and allocated in the year
              of the cash-


<PAGE>



              out.  For  purposes  of this  Section,  if the value of the Vested
              portion  of  a  Participant's  Individual  Account  is  zero,  the
              Participant  shall be deemed to have  received a  distribution  of
              such Vested Individual Account. A Participant's  Vested Individual
              Account balance shall not include accumulated  deductible employee
              contributions  within the  meaning of Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the
              Code for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989.

           3. Participants  Who  Elect  to  Receive   Distributions  -  If  such
              Participant  elects to receive a distribution,  in accordance with
              Section  6.02(B),  of the  value  of  the  Vested  portion  of his
              Individual    Account   derived   from   Employee   and   Employer
              Contributions, the portion which is not Vested shall be treated as
              a Forfeiture.

           4. Re-employed  Participants - If a Participant receives or is deemed
              to receive a  distribution  pursuant to Section  6.01(D)(2) or (3)
              above and the Participant  resumes  employment  covered under this
              Plan,  the  Participant's   Employer-derived   Individual  Account
              balance will be restored to the amount on the date of distribution
              if the  Participant  repays  to the Plan the  full  amount  of the
              distribution  attributable  to Employer  Contributions  before the
              earlier of 5 years  after the first date on which the  Participant
              is  subsequently  re-employed  by the  Employer,  or the  date the
              Participant   incurs  5  consecutive  Breaks  in  Vesting  Service
              following the date of the distribution.

              Amounts  forfeited  under  Section  6.01(D)  shall be allocated in
              accordance  with  Section  3.01(C)  as of the last day of the Plan
              Year during which the  Forfeiture  arises.  Any  restoration  of a
              Participant's  Individual  Account pursuant to Section  6.01(D)(4)
              shall be made from other  Forfeitures,  income or gain to the Fund
              or contributions made by the Employer.

        E. Distribution  Prior to Full Vesting - If a distribution  is made to a
           Participant  who was not then fully Vested in his Individual  Account
           derived from Employer  Contributions and the Participant may increase
           his Vested percentage in his Individual  Account,  then the following
           rules shall apply:

           1. a separate account will be established for the Participant's in-
              terest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

           2. at any relevant time the Participant's Vested portion of the sep-
              arate account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined by the
              formula:  X=P (AB + (R x D)) - (R x D) where "P" is the Vested


<PAGE>



              percentage  at the relevant  time,  "AB" is the  separate  account
              balance  at  the  relevant   time;   "D"  is  the  amount  of  the
              distribution; and "R" is the ratio of the separate account balance
              at  the  relevant  time  to the  separate  account  balance  after
              distribution.

      6.02  FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO A PARTICIPANT

        A. Value of Individual  Account Does Not Exceed $3,500 - If the value of
           the Vested portion of a Participant's Individual Account derived from
           Employee  and  Employer   Contributions   does  not  exceed   $3,500,
           distribution  from the Plan  shall  be made to the  Participant  in a
           single lump sum in lieu of all other forms of  distribution  from the
           Plan.

        B. Value of Individual Account Exceeds $3,500

           1. If the value of the Vested portion of a  Participant's  Individual
              Account derived from Employee and Employer  Contributions  exceeds
              (or at the time of any prior  distribution  exceeded) $3,500,  and
              the   Individual   Account  is  immediately   distributable,   the
              Participant  and the  Participants  spouse  (or where  either  the
              Participant  or the spouse died, the survivor) must consent to any
              distribution  of  such  Individual  Account.  The  consent  of the
              Participant  and the  Participant's  spouse  shall be  obtained in
              writing  within the 90-day period  ending on the annuity  starting
              date.  The  annuity  starting  date is the  first day of the first
              period  for  which an amount  is paid as an  annuity  or any other
              form. The Plan Administrator  shall notify the Participant and the
              Participant's  spouse of the right to defer any distribution until
              the  Participant's  Individual  Account  is no longer  immediately
              distributable.   Such   notification   shall   include  a  general
              description  of the material  features,  and an explanation of the
              relative values of, the optional forms of benefit  available under
              the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of
              Section  417(a)(3) of the Code, and shall be provided no less than
              30 days and no more  than 90 days  prior to the  annuity  starting
              date. If a distribution  is one to which  Sections  401(a)(11) and
              417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply,  such  distribution
              may  commence  less than 30 days after the notice  required  under
              Section  1.411(a)-  11(c) of the Income Tax  Regulations is given,
              provided that:

              a. the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
                 Participant  has a right to a period of at least 30 days  after
                 receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not
                 to elect a  distribution  (and,  if  applicable,  a  particular
                 distribution option), and


<PAGE>



              b. the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively
                 elects a distribution.

              Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  only the Participant need consent
              to the  commencement  of a distribution in the form of a qualified
              joint  and  survivor  annuity  while  the  Individual  Account  is
              immediately distributable.  Neither the consent of the Participant
              nor the Participant's  spouse shall be required to the extent that
              a distribution is required to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) or Section
              415 of the Code. In addition, upon termination of this Plan if the
              Plan does not offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial
              provider),  the Participant's  Individual Account may, without the
              Participant's  consent,  be  distributed  to  the  Participant  or
              transferred to another  defined  contribution  plan (other than an
              employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section 4975 (e)(7) of
              the Code) within the same controlled group.

              An Individual Account is immediately  distributable if any part of
              the Individual Account could be distributed to the Participant (or
              surviving  spouse)  before the  Participant  attains or would have
              attained (if not deceased) the later of Normal  Retirement  Age or
              age 62.

           2. For purposes of  determining  the  applicability  of the foregoing
              consent  requirements to distributions,  made before the first day
              of the first Plan year  beginning  after  December 31,  1988,  the
              Vested  portion of a  Participant's  Individual  Account shall not
              include amounts  attributable to accumulated  deductible  employee
              contributions  within the  meaning of  Section  72(o)(5)(B)  o the
              Code.

        C. Other  Forms of  Distribution  to  Participant  - If the value of the
           Vested portion of a Participant's  Individual  Account exceeds $3,500
           and the  Participant  has  properly  waived  the joint  and  survivor
           annuity, as described in Section 6.05, the Participant may request in
           writing that the Vested portion of his Individual  Account be paid to
           him in one or more of the following  forms of payment:  91) in a lump
           sum; (2) in installment payments over a period not to exceed the life
           expectancy  of the  Participant  or the joint and last  survivor life
           expectancy of the Participant and his designated Beneficiary;  or (3)
           applied to the purchase of an annuity contract.

           Notwithstanding  anything in this  Section  6.02 to the  contrary,  a
           Participant  cannot  elect  payments in the form of an annuity if the
           safe harbor rules of Section 6.05(F) apply.



<PAGE>



      6.03  DISTRIBUTIONS UPON THE DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT

        A. Designation of Beneficiary - Spousal  Consent - Each  Participant may
           designate,  upon  a  form  provided  by and  delivered  to  the  Plan
           Administrator,  one or more primary and contingent  Beneficiaries  to
           receive all or a specified  portion of his Individual  Account in the
           event  of  his  death.  A  Participant  may  change  or  revoke  such
           Beneficiary   designation   from  time  to  time  by  completing  and
           delivering the proper form to the Plan Administrator.

           In the  event  that a  Participant  wishes  to  designate  a  primary
           Beneficiary who is not his spouse, his spouse must consent in writing
           to such  designation,  and the spouse's  consent must acknowledge the
           effect  of such  designation  and be  witnessed  by a notary  public.
           Notwithstanding   this  consent   requirement,   if  the  Participant
           establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan  Administrator  that such
           written consent may not be obtained because there is no spouse or the
           spouse cannot be located, no consent shall be required. Any change of
           Beneficiary will require a new spousal consent.

        B. Payment to  Beneficiary  - If a  Participant  dies  before his entire
           Individual Account has been paid to him, such deceased  Participant's
           Individual  Account  shall be  payable to any  surviving  Beneficiary
           designated by the  Participant,  or, if no  Beneficiary  survives the
           Participant, to the Participant's estate.

        C. Written  Request:  When  Distributed  - A  Beneficiary  of a deceased
           Participant  entitled  to a  distribution  who  wishes  to  receive a
           distribution must submit a written request to the Plan Administrator.
           Such  request  shall  be  made  upon a  form  provided  by  the  Plan
           Administrator.  Upon a valid request,  the Plan  Administrator  shall
           direct the Trustee (or Custodian) to commence  distribution  no later
           than 90 days following the later of:

           1. the close of the Plan Year within which the Participant dies;  or

           2. the close of the Plan Year in which the request is received.

        D. Location of Participant  or  Beneficiary  Unknown - In the event that
           all, or any portion, of the distribution  payable to a Participant or
           his Beneficiary  hereunder  shall, at the expiration of 5 years after
           it becomes  payable,  remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability
           of the Plan Administrator,  after sending a registered letter, return
           receipt  requested,  to the last  known  address,  and after  further
           diligent effort,  to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or
           his


<PAGE>



           Beneficiary,  the  amount so  distributable  shall be  forfeited  and
           allocated in  accordance  with the terms of the Plan.  In the event a
           Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being
           forfeited, such benefit shall be restored;  provided, however, if all
           or a portion of such amount has been lost by reason of escheat  under
           state law, the Participant or Beneficiary  shall cease to be entitled
           to the portion so lost.

      6.04  FORM OF DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY

        A. Value of Individual  Account Does Not Exceed $3,500 - If the value of
           the  Participant's  Individual  Account  derived  from  Employee  and
           Employer Contributions does not exceed $3,500, the Plan Administrator
           shall  direct the Trustee (or  Custodian,  if  applicable)  to make a
           distribution  to the  Beneficiary in a single lump sum in lieu of all
           other forms of distribution from the Plan.

        B. Value  of  Individual  Account  Exceeds  $3,500  - If the  value of a
           Par-ticipant's  Individual Account derived from Employee and Employer
           Contributions  exceeds  $3,500  the  preretirement  survivor  annuity
           requirements  of Section 6.05 shall apply unless waived in accordance
           with that Section or unless the safe harbor rules of Section  6.05(F)
           apply.

        C. Other  Forms  of  Distribution  to  Beneficiary  - If the  value of a
           Participant's  Individual  Account exceeds $3,500 and the Participant
           has properly waived the preretirement  survivor annuity, as described
           in Section 6.05 (if applicable),  the Beneficiary may, subject to the
           requirements   of  Section   6.06,   request  in  writing   that  the
           Participant's  Individual Account be paid to him as follows: (1) in a
           lump sum; or (2) in installment  payments over a period not to exceed
           the life expectancy of such Beneficiary.

      6.05  JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

        A. The provisions of this Section shall apply to any  Participant who is
           credited  with at least  one  Hour of  Eligibility  Service  with the
           Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other  participants as
           provided in Section 6.05(G).

        B. Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity - Unless an optional  form of
           benefit is selected  pursuant to a qualified  election within the 90-
           day  period   ending  on  the  annuity   starting   date,  a  married
           Partici-pant's  Vested account  balance will be paid in the form of a
           qualified joint and survivor  annuity and an unmarried  Participant's
           Vested


<PAGE>



           account  balance  will  be paid in the  form of a life  annuity.  The
           Participant  may  elect  to  have  such  annuity   distributed   upon
           attainment of the earliest retirement age under the Plan.

        C. Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity - Unless an option form of
           benefit has been selected  within the election  period  pursuant to a
           qualified election, if a Participant dies before the annuity starting
           date then the  Participant's  Vested account balance shall be applied
           toward  the  purchase  of an  annuity  for the life of the  surviving
           spouse.   The  surviving  spouse  may  elect  to  have  such  annuity
           distributed within a reasonable period after the Participant's death.

        D. Definitions

           1. Election  Period - The period which begins on the first day of the
              Plan Year in which the Participant  attains age 35 and ends on the
              date of the Participant's  death. If a Participant  separates from
              service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is
              attained,  with  respect to the account  balance as of the date of
              separation,  the  election  period  shall  begin  on the  date  of
              separation.

              Pre-age 35 waiver - A  Participant  who will not yet attain age 35
              as of the end of any current Plan Year may make special  qualified
              election to waive the qualified preretirement survivor annuity for
              the period  beginning  on the date of such  election and ending on
              the  first  day of the Plan  Year in which  the  Participant  will
              attain  age 35.  Such  election  shall  not be  valid  unless  the
              Participant  receives  a  written  explanation  of  the  qualified
              prere-tirement survivor annuity in such terms as are comparable to
              the  explanation  required  under  Section  6.05(E)(1).  Qualified
              prere-tirement  survivor  annuity  coverage will be  automatically
              reinstated  as of the  first  day of the Plan  Year in  which  the
              Participant  attains  age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date
              shall be subject to the full requirements of this Section 6.05.

           2. Earliest  Retirement  Age - The earliest date on which,  under the
              Plan, the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits.

           3. Qualified  Election - A waiver of a qualified  joint and  survivor
              annuity or a qualified  preretirement survivor annuity. Any waiver
              of  a  qualified  joint  and  survivor   annuity  or  a  qualified
              prere-tirement survivor annuity shall not be effective unless: (a)
              the Participant's spouse consents in writing to the election,  (b)
              the election  designates  a specific  Beneficiary,  including  any
              class of


<PAGE>



              beneficiaries  or any contingent  beneficiaries,  which may not be
              changed without spousal consent (or the spouse  expressly  permits
              designations  by  the  Participant  without  any  further  spousal
              consent);  (c) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the
              election;  and (d) the  spouse's  consent is  witnessed  by a plan
              representative  or notary public.  Additionally,  a  Participant's
              waiver of the  qualified  joint and survivor  annuity shall not be
              effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment
              which may not be changed  without  spousal  consent (or the spouse
              expressly  permits  designations  by the  Participant  without any
              further spousal consent). If it is established to the satisfaction
              of a plan  representative  that  there  is no  spouse  or that the
              spouse  cannot be  located,  a waiver  will be deemed a  qualified
              election.

              Any  consent  by  a  spouse  obtained  under  this  provision  (or
              establishment  that the  consent of a spouse may not be  obtained)
              shall be effective  only with  respect to such  spouse.  A consent
              that  permits   designations  by  the   Participant   without  any
              requirement  of further  consent by such spouse  must  acknowledge
              that the  spouse  has the  right to limit  consent  to a  specific
              Beneficiary,  and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and
              that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of
              such  rights.  A  revocation  of a prior  waiver  may be made by a
              Participant  without  the consent of the spouse at any time before
              the commencement of benefits.  The number of revocations shall not
              be limited.  No consent  obtained  under this  provision  shall be
              valid unless the  Participant  has received  notice as provided in
              Section 6.05(E) below.

           4. Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity - An immediate  annuity for
              the life of the Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the life
              of the spouse which is not less than 50% and not more than 100% of
              the amount of the annuity which is payable  during the joint lives
              of the  Participant  and the  spouse  and  which is the  amount of
              beneficiary which can be purchased with the  Participant's  vested
              account balance.  The percentage of the survivor annuity under the
              Plan shall be 50% (unless a different percentage is elected by the
              Employer in the Adoption Agreement).

           5. Spouse (surviving  spouse) - The spouse or surviving spouse of the
              Participant,  provided that a former spouse will be treated as the
              spouse  or  surviving  spouse  and a  current  spouse  will not be
              treated as the spouse or surviving  spouse to the extent  provided
              under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Section


<PAGE>



              414(p) of the Code.

           6. Annuity  Starting  Date - The first day of the  first  period  for
              which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

           7. Vested Account Balance - The aggregate value of the  Participant's
              Vested  account   balances  derived  from  Employer  and  Employee
              contributions (including rollovers), whether Vested before or upon
              death,  including the proceeds of insurance contracts,  if any, on
              the Participant's  life. The provisions of this Section 6.05 shall
              apply to a Participant  who is Vested in amounts  attributable  to
              Employer  Contributions,  Employee  contributions (or both) at the
              time of death or distribution.

        E. Notice Requirements

           1. In the case of a qualified  joint and survivor  annuity,  the Plan
              Administrator shall no less than 30 days and not more than 90 days
              prior to the annuity  starting  date  provide each  Participant  a
              written  explanation  of:  (a)  the  terms  and  conditions  of  a
              qualified joint and survivor annuity;  (b) the Participant's right
              to make and the effect of an election to waive the qualified joint
              and  survivor  annuity  form  of  benefit;  (c)  the  rights  of a
              Partici-pant's  spouse;  and (d) the right to make, and the effect
              of, a  revocation  of a previous  election to waive the  qualified
              joint and survivor annuity.

           2. In the case of a qualified  preretirement  annuity as described in
              Section  6.05(C),   the  Plan  Administrator  shall  provide  each
              Participant  within the applicable  period for such  Participant a
              written  explanation  of  the  qualified   preretirement  survivor
              annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to
              the explanation  provided for meeting the  requirements of Section
              6.05(E)(1) applicable to a qualified joint and survivor annuity.
<PAGE>
              The  applicable  period  for a  Participant  is  whichever  of the
              following  periods ends last:  (a) the period  beginning  with the
              first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32
              and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year
              in which the Participant  attains age 35; (b) a reasonable  period
              ending  after  the  individual   becomes  a  Participant;   (c)  a
              reasonable period ending after Section  6.05(E)(3) ceases to apply
              to the  Participant;  (d) a  reasonable  period  ending after this
              Section 6.05 first applies to the Participant. Notwithstanding the
              foregoing,  notice must be  provided  within a  reasonable  period
              ending after  separation  from  service in the case of a  Partici-
              pant  who separates from service before attaining age 35.

              For purposes of applying  the  preceding  paragraph,  a reasonable
              period ending after the  enumerated  events  described in (b), (c)
              and (d) is the end of the two-year period beginning one year prior
              to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one year after
              that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from service
              before the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained,  notice shall be
              provided  within the two-year  period  beginning one year prior to
              separation  and  ending  one  year  after  separation.  If  such a
              Participant  thereafter  returns to employment  with the Employer,
              the applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.

           3. Notwithstanding  the other  requirements of this Section  6.05(E),
              the respective  notices  prescribed by this Section 6.05(E),  need
              not be given to a Participant  if (a) the Plan "fully  subsidizes"
              the costs of a qualified  joint and survivor  annuity or qualified
              preretirement  survivor  annuity,  and (b) the Plan does not allow
              the Participant to waive the qualified joint and survivor  annuity
              or qualified  preretirement  survivor annuity and does not allow a
              married  Participant  to  designate a nonspouse  beneficiary.  For
              purposes of this Section  6.05(E)(3),  a plan fully subsidizes the
              costs of a benefit if no increase in cost, or decrease in benefits
              to the  Participant  may result from the  Participants  failure to
              elect another benefit.

        F. Safe Harbor Rules

           1. If the  Employer so  indicates  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  this
              Section  6.05(F) shall apply to a Participant  in a profit sharing
              plan, and shall always apply to any distribution, made on or after
              the first day of the first Plan Year beginning  after December 31,
              1988,  from or under a  separate  account  attributable  solely to
              accumulated  deductible  employee  contributions,  as  defined  in
              Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the Code,  and  maintained on behalf of a
              Participant in a money purchase pension plan,  (including a target
              benefit plan) if the following conditions are satisfied:

              a.   the Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the form
                   of a life annuity; and

              b.   on the death of a participant, the Participant's Vested
                   account balance will be paid to the Participant's surviving
                   spouse, but if there is no surviving spouse, or if the sur-


<PAGE>



                   viving  spouse  has  consented  in a manner  conforming  to a
                   qualified  election,  then  to the  Participant's  designated
                   beneficiary.   The   surviving   spouse  may  elect  to  have
                   distribution  of the Vested account  balance  commence within
                   the 90-day  period  following  the date of the  Participant's
                   death.  The account  balance  shall be adjusted  for gains or
                   losses occurring after the Participant's  death in accordance
                   with the  provisions of the Plan  governing the adjustment of
                   account  balances  for  other  types of  distributions.  This
                   Section  6.05(F)  shall not be  operative  with  respect to a
                   Participant  in a profit sharing plan if the plan is a direct
                   or  indirect  transferee  of a defined  benefit  plan,  money
                   purchase plan, a target benefit plan,  stock bonus, or profit
                   sharing  plan  which  is  subject  to  the  survivor  annuity
                   requirements  of Section  401(a)(11)  and  Section 417 of the
                   code.  If  this  Section  6.05(F)  is  operative,   then  the
                   provisions  of this Section  6.05 other than Section  6.05(G)
                   shall be inoperative.

           2. The Participant  may waive the spousal death benefit  described in
              this  Section  6.05(F) at any time  provided  that no such  waiver
              shall be effective  unless it satisfies the  conditions of Section
              6.05(D)(3)  (other than the notification  requirement  referred to
              therein)  that  would  apply to the  Participant's  waiver  of the
              qualified preretirement survivor annuity.

           3. For purposes of this Section 6.05(F), Vested account balance shall
              mean,  in the case of a money  purchase  pension  plan or a target
              benefit  plan,  the   Participant's   separate   account   balance
              attributable    solely   to   accumulated    deductible   employee
              contributions  within the  meaning of Section  72(o)(5)(B)  of the
              Code. In the case of a profit sharing plan, Vested account balance
              shall have the same meaning as provided in Section 6.05(D)(7).

        G. Transitional Rules

           1. Any living  Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984,
              who would  otherwise  not receive the benefits  prescribed  by the
              previous  subsections  of this  Section  6.05  must be  given  the
              opportunity to elect to have the prior subsections of this Section
              apply if such  Participant  is credited  with at least one Hour of
              Service  under  this  Plan or a  predecessor  plan in a Plan  Year
              beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at
              least 10 Years of Vesting  Service when he or she  separated  from
              service.



<PAGE>



           2. Any living  Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984,
              who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan
              or a predecessor  plan on or after  September 2, 1974,  and who is
              not otherwise  credited with any service in a Plan Year  beginning
              on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have
              his or her benefits paid in accordance with Section 6.05(G)(4).

           3. The  respective  opportunities  to elect (as  described in Section
              6.05(G)(1)  and (2) above)  must be  afforded  to the  appropriate
              Participants  during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and
              ending  on the date  benefits  would  otherwise  commence  to said
              Participants.

           4. Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 6.05(G)(2) and
              any Participant who does not elect under Section 6.05(G)(1) or who
              meets the  requirements  of Section  6.05(G)(1)  except  that such
              Participant  does not have at  least 10 Years of  Vesting  Service
              when he or she  separates  from  service,  shall  have  his or her
              benefits  distributed  in  accordance  with  all of the  following
              requirements  if benefits would have been payable in the form of a
              life annuity:

              a. Automatic Joint and Survivor  Annuity - If benefits in the form
                 of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who:

                 1. begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal
                    Retirement Age; or

                 2. dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working
                    for the Employer; or

                 3. begins to receive payments on or after the qualified early
                    retirement age; or
<PAGE>
                 4. separates  from  service  on  or  after   attaining   Normal
                    Retirement Age (or the qualified  early  retirement age) and
                    after  satisfying  the  eligibility   requirements  for  the
                    payment  of  benefits  under  the Plan and  thereafter  dies
                    before beginning to receive such benefits;

                    then such benefits  will be received  under this Plan in the
                    form of a qualified joint and survivor  annuity,  unless the
                    Participant  has  elected   otherwise  during  the  election
                    period.  The  election  period  must begin at least 6 months
                    before the Participant  attains  qualified early  retirement
                    age and ends not more than 90 days  before the  commencement
                    of


<PAGE>



                    benefits.  Any election hereunder will be in writing and may
                    be changed by the Participant at any time.

               b. Election  of Early  Survivor  Annuity - A  Participant  who is
                  employed after  attaining the qualified  early  retirement age
                  will be given the  opportunity  to elect,  during the election
                  period,  to have a survivor  annuity  payable on death. If the
                  Participant  elects the survivor annuity,  payments under such
                  annuity  must not be less than the  payments  which would have
                  been made to the spouse under the qualified joint and survivor
                  annuity if the  Participant  had  retirement on the day before
                  his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in
                  writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The
                  election period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before
                  the Participant attains the qualified early retirement age, or
                  92) the date on which  participation  begins,  and ends on the
                  date the Participant terminates employment.

              c.  For purposes of Section 6.05(G)(4):

                  1. Qualified early retirement age is the latest of:

                     a.  the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Parti-
                         cipant may elect to receive retirement benefits,

                     b.  the first day of the 120th month beginning before the
                         Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or

                     c.  the date the Participant begins participation.

                   2. Qualified joint and survivor annuity is an annuity for the
                      life of the  Participant  with a survivor  annuity for the
                      life of the spouse as described in Section  6.05(D)(4)  of
                      this Plan.

6.06  DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
      A. General Rules
         1. Subject to Section 6.05 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements, the
            requirements  of this Section shall apply to any  distribution  of a
            Participant's   interest   and  will   take   precedence   over  any
            inconsistent  provisions of this Plan.  Unless otherwise  specified,
            the  provisions  of  this  Section  6.06  apply  to  calendar  years
            beginning after December 31, 1984.

         2. All distributions required under this Section 6.06 shall be deter-


<PAGE>



            mined and made in accordance with the Income Tax  Regulations  under
            Section  401(a)(9),  including the minimum  distribution  incidental
            benefit requirement of Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the regulations.

      B. Required  Beginning Date - The entire interest of a Participant must be
         distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the  Participant's
         required beginning date.

      C. Limits on Distribution Periods - As of the first distribution  calendar
         year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over
         one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

         1. the life of the Participant,
         2. the life of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary,
         3. a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
            Participant, or
         4. a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor
            expectancy of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary.

      D. Determination   of  Amount  to  be  Distributed  Each  Year  -  If  the
         Partici-pant's  interest  is to be  distributed  in other than a single
         sum, the following minimum  distribution  rules shall apply on or after
         the required beginning date:

         1. Individual Account
            a.  If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed over (1) a per-
                iod not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant
                or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Partici-
                pant and the Participant's designated Beneficiary or (2) a per-
                iod not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated
                Beneficiary, the amount required to be distributed for each
                calendar year, beginning with distributions for the first dis-
                tribution calendar year, must at least equal the quotient ob-
                tained by dividing the Participant's benefit by the applicable
                life expectancy.

           b.   For calendar  years  beginning  before  January 1, 1989,  if the
                Par-ticipant's  spouse is not the  designated  Beneficiary,  the
                method of distribution selected must assure that at least 50% of
                the present value of the amount  available for  distribution  is
                paid within the life expectancy of the Participant.


           c.   For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, the amount
                to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions for


<PAGE>



                the first distribution  calendar year shall not be less than the
                quotient obtained by dividing the  Participant's  benefit by the
                lesser  of (1)  the  applicable  life  expectancy  or (2) if the
                Par-ticipant's  spouse is not the  designated  Beneficiary,  the
                applicable  divisor determined from the table set forth in Q&A-4
                of  Section   1.401(a)(9)-2   of  the  Income  Tax  Regulations.
                Distributions  after  the  death  of the  Participant  shall  be
                distributed  using the  applicable  life  expectancy  in Section
                6.05(D)(1)(a)  above as the relevant  divisor  without regard to
                regulations 1.401(a)(9)-2.

           d.   The minimum  distribution  required for the Participant's  first
                distribution  calendar  year  must  be  made  on or  before  the
                Parti-cipant's required beginning date. The minimum distribution
                for other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for
                the distribution  calendar year in which the Employee's required
                beginning date occurs,  must be made on or before December 31 of
                that distribution calendar year.

        2. Other Forms - If the Participant's benefit is distributed in the form
           of an annuity  purchased  from an  insurance  company,  distributions
           thereunder  shall  be made in  accordance  with the  requirements  of
           Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

     E. Death Distribution Provisions
        1. Distribution  Beginning  Before Death - If the Participant dies after
           distribution of his or her interest has begun, the remaining  portion
           of such interest will continue to be  distributed at least as rapidly
           as  under  the  method  of  distribution  being  used  prior  to  the
           Partici-pant's death.

        2. Distribution  Beginning After Death - If the Participant  dies before
           distribution  of his  or her  interest  begins,  distribution  of the
           Par-ticipant's  entire  interest shall be completed by December 31 of
           the  calendar  year   containing   the  fifth   anniversary   of  the
           Participant's  death except to the extent that an election is made to
           receive distributions in accordance with (a) or (b) below:

           a.   if any  portion of the  Participant's  interest  is payable to a
                designated Beneficiary,  distributions may be made over the life
                or over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of
                the designated  Beneficiary  commencing on or before December 31
                of the calendar year immediately  following the calendar year in
                which the Participant died;



<PAGE>



           b.   if the  designated  Beneficiary is the  Participant's  surviving
                spouse,   the  date  distributions  are  required  to  begin  in
                accordance with (a) above shall not be earlier than the later of
                (1) December 31 of the calendar year  immediately  following the
                calendar year in which the  Participant  dies or (2) December 31
                of the  calendar  year  in  which  the  Participant  would  have
                attained age 70 1/2.

                If the  Participant  has not made an  election  pursuant to this
                Section  6.05(E)(2)  by  the  time  of his  or  her  death,  the
                Par-ticipant's  designated  Beneficiary must elect the method of
                distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the
                calendar year in which  distributions would be required to begin
                under  this  Section  6.05(E)(2),  or  (2)  December  31 of  the
                calendar year which  contains the fifth  anniversary of the date
                of  death  of  the  Participant.   If  the  Participant  has  no
                designated  Beneficiary,  or if the designated  Beneficiary does
                not  elect  a  method  of  distribution,   distribution  of  the
                Participant's  entire  interest must be completed by December 31
                of the calendar year  containing  the fifth  anniversary  of the
                Participant's death.

        3. For purposes of Section  6.06(E)(2)  above,  if the surviving  spouse
           dies after the Participant, but before payments to such spouse begin,
           the provisions of Section 6.06(E)(2), with the exception of paragraph
           (b)  therein,  shall be applied as if the  surviving  spouse were the
           Participant.

        4. For purposes of this Section  6.06(E),  any amount paid to a child of
           the  Participant  will  be  treated  as if it had  been  paid  to the
           surviving  spouse if the  amount  becomes  payable  to the  surviving
           spouse when the child reaches the age of majority.

        5. For purposes of this Section 6.06(E), distribution of a Participant's
           interest  is  considered  to  begin  on  the  Participant's  required
           beginning date (or, if Section  6.06(E)(3)  above is applicable,  the
           date  distribution  is  required  to  begin to the  surviving  spouse
           pursuant to Section 6.06(E)(2) above). If distribution in the form of
           an  annuity  irrevocably  commences  to the  Participant  before  the
           required beginning date, the date distribution is considered to begin
           is the date distribution actually commences.

     F. Definitions

        1. Applicable Life Expectancy - The life expectancy (or joint and last
           survivor expectancy) calculated using the attained age of the Parti-


<PAGE>



           cipant  (or  designated  Beneficiary)  as of  the  Participant's  (or
           designated  Beneficiary's)  birthday in the applicable  calendar year
           reduced by one for each  calendar  year which has  elapsed  since the
           date life  expectancy  was first  calculated.  If life  expectancy is
           being recalculated,  the applicable life expectancy shall be the life
           expectancy as so recalculated.  The applicable calendar year shall be
           the first distribution calendar year, and if life expectancy is being
           recalculated such succeeding calendar year.

        2. Designated  Beneficiary  - The  individual  who is  designated as the
           Beneficiary  under the Plan in accordance  with Section  401(a)(9) of
           the Code and the regulations thereunder.

        3. Distribution  Calendar  Year - A  calendar  year for  which a minimum
           distribution  is required.  For  distributions  beginning  before the
           Par-ticipant's  death,  the first  distribution  calendar year is the
           calendar year immediately  preceding the calendar year which contains
           the   Participant's   required   beginning  date.  For  distributions
           beginning  after the  Participant's  death,  the  first  distribution
           calendar  year  is the  calendar  year  in  which  distributions  are
           required to begin pursuant to Section 6.05(E) above.

        4. Life  Expectancy  - Life  expectancy  and  joint  and  last  survivor
           expectancy  are computed by use of the expected  return  multiples in
           Tables V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

           Unless otherwise  elected by the Participant (or spouse,  in the case
           of  distributions  described in Section  6.05(E)(2)(b)  above) by the
           time  distributions are required to begin, life expectancies shall be
           recalculated  annually.  Such election shall be irrevocable as to the
           Participant (or spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent  years. The
           life expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

        5. Participant's Benefit

           a.   The  account  balance  as of  the  last  valuation  date  in the
                valuation calendar year (the calendar year immediately preceding
                the  distribution  calendar year) increased by the amount of any
                Contributions or Forfeitures allocated to the account balance as
                of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date
                and decreased by  distributions  made in the valuation  calendar
                year after the valuation date.

           b.   Exception for second distribution calendar year.  For purposes


<PAGE>



                of  paragraph   (a)  above,   if  any  portion  of  the  minimum
                distribution for the first distribution calendar year is made in
                the second distribution  calendar year on or before the required
                beginning date, the amount of the minimum  distribution  made in
                the second distribution  calendar year shall be treated as if it
                had been made in the immediately preceding distribution calendar
                year.

        6. Required Beginning Date

           a.   General Rule - The required  beginning  date of a Participant is
                the  first  day of  April of the  calendar  year  following  the
                calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

           b.   Transitional   Rules  -  The  required   beginning   date  of  a
                Participant who attains age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988, shall
                be determined in accordance with (1) or (2) below:

                (1)  Non  5%  Owners  -  The  required   beginning   date  of  a
                     Participant who is not a 5% owner is the first day of April
                     of the calendar  year  following the calendar year in which
                     the later of retirement or attainment of age 70 1/2 occurs.

                (2)  5% Owners - The required  beginning  date of a  Participant
                     who is a 5% owner during any year beginning  after December
                     31, 1979, is the first day of April following the later of:

                     (a) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
                         70 1/2, or

                     (b) the earlier of the  calendar  year with or within which
                         ends the Plan Year in which the  Participant  becomes a
                         5% owner, or the calendar year in which the Participant
                         retires.

                         The required beginning date of a Participant who is not
                         a 5% owner who  attains  age 70 1/2 during 1988 and who
                         has not  retired as of  January  1,  1989,  is April 1,
                         1990.

                     (c) 5% Owner - A  Participant  is treated as a 5% owner for
                         purposes of this Section 6.06(F)(6) if such Participant
                         is a 5% owner as defined in Section  416(i) of the Code
                         (determined in accordance  with Section 416 but without
                         regard to whether the Plan is top-heavy) at any time


<PAGE>



                         during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar
                         year in  which  such  owner  attains  age 66 1/2 or any
                         subsequent Plan Year.

                     (d) Once  distributions have begun to a 5% owner under this
                         Section   6.06(F)(6)   they   must   continue   to   be
                         distributed,  even if the Participant ceases to be a 5%
                         owner in a subsequent year.

     G. Transitional Rule

        1. Notwithstanding  the  other  requirements  of this  Section  6.06 and
           subject to the  requirements  of  Section  6.05,  Joint and  Survivor
           Annuity  Requirements,   distribution  on  behalf  of  any  Employee,
           including  a 5%  owner,  may be made in  accordance  with  all of the
           following   requirements   (regardless  of  when  such   distribution
           commences):

           a. The  distribution  by  the  Fund  is  one  which  would  not  have
              disqualified  such Fund under Section  401(a)(9) of the Code as in
              effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

           b. The  distribution  is in accordance  with a method of distribution
              designated  by the  Employee  whose  interest in the Fund is being
              distributed  or, if the Employee is deceased,  by a Beneficiary of
              such Employee.

           c. Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Employee or the
              Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

           d. The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December
              31, 1983.

           e. The  method of  distribution  designated  by the  Employee  or the
              Beneficiary   specifies  the  time  at  which   distribution  will
              commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in
              the  case of any  distribution  upon  the  Employee's  death,  the
              Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order of priority.

        2. A  distribution  upon death will not be covered by this  transitional
           rule unless the information in the designation  contains the required
           information  described above with respect to the  distributions to be
           made upon the death of the Employee.

        3. For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but con-
           tinues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the Beneficiary, to


<PAGE>



           whom  such  distribution  is being  made,  will be  presumed  to have
           designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is
           being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and
           the distribution satisfies the requirements in Sections 6.06(G)(1)(a)
           and (e).

        4. If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy
           the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the regulations
           thereunder.  If a  designation  is  revoked  subsequent  to the  date
           distributions  are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the
           end of the calendar  year  following  the calendar  year in which the
           revocation  occurs the total amount not yet  distributed  which would
           have  been  required  to have been  distributed  to  satisfy  Section
           401(a)(9)  of the Code and the  regulations  thereunder,  but for the
           Section 242 (b)(2)  election.  For  calendar  years  beginning  after
           December  31,  1988,  such   distributions   must  meet  the  minimum
           distribution incidental benefit requirements in Section 1.401(a)(9)-2
           of the Income Tax Regulations. Any changes in the designation will be
           considered to be a revocation of the designation.  However,  the mere
           substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the
           designation)  under the  designation  will not be  considered to be a
           revocation  of the  designation,  so  long as  such  substitution  or
           addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be
           made under the designation,  directly or indirectly (for example,  by
           altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in which an amount
           is  transferred  or rolled  over from one plan to another  plan,  the
           rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.

6.07  ANNUITY CONTRACTS
      Any annuity contract  distributed under the Plan (if permitted or required
      by this  Section  6) must be  nontransferable.  The  terms of any  annuity
      contract  purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or spouse
      shall comply with the requirements of the Plan.
<PAGE>
6.08  LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
      If the Adoption  Agreement so indicates,  a Participant may receive a loan
      from the Fund, subject to the following rules:

      A. Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably
         equivalent basis.

      B. Loans shall not be made available to Highly  Compensated  Employees (as
         defined in Section  414(q) of the Code) in an amount  greater  than the
         amount made available to other Employees.

      C. Loans must be adequately secured and bear a reasonable interest rate.

      D. No Participant loan shall exceed the present value of the Vested por-
         tion of a Participant's Individual Account.

      E. A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse,  if any, to
         the use of the  Individual  Account as security  for the loan.  Spousal
         consent  shall be obtained no earlier than the  beginning of the 90 day
         period that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. The
         consent must be in writing,  must  acknowledge  the effect of the loan,
         and must be witnessed by a plan  representative or notary public.  Such
         consent  shall  thereafter  be binding with  respect to the  consenting
         spouse or any  subsequent  spouse  with  respect  to that  loan.  A new
         consent  shall  be  required  if  the  account   balance  is  used  for
         renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan.

      F. In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of se-
         curity will not occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan.

      G. No loans will be made to any  shareholder-employee  or  Owner-Employee.
         For  purposes  of this  requirement,  a  shareholder-employee  means an
         employee  or officer  of an  electing  small  business  (Subchapter  S)
         corporation  who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
         Section  318(a)(1) of the Code),  on any day during the taxable year of
         such  corporation,  more  than  5% of  the  outstanding  stock  of  the
         corporation.

         If a valid  spousal  consent  has  been  obtained  in  accordance  with
         6.08(E),  then,  notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the
         portion  of the  Participant's  Vested  Individual  Account  used  as a
         security  interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan  outstanding to
         the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining
         the  amount  of the  account  balance  payable  at the time of death or
         distribution,  but only if the  reduction  is used as  repayment of the
         loan. If less than 100% of the Participant's  Vested Individual Account
         (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the
         surviving  spouse,  then the account balance shall be adjusted by first
         reducing  the Vested  Individual  Account by the amount of the security
         used as repayment of the loan, and then determining the benefit payable
         to the surviving spouse.

         No loan to any  Participant  can be made to the  extent  that such loan
         when  added  to the  outstanding  balance  of all  other  loans  to the
         Participant  would  exceed  the  lesser of (a)  $50,000  reduced by the
         excess (if any) of the highest  outstanding balance of loans during the
         one year


<PAGE>



         period ending on the day before the loan is made,  over the outstanding
         balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or (b) 50%
         of the present value of the  nonforfeitable  Individual  Account of the
         Participant or, if greater, the total Individual Account up to $10,000.
         For the  purpose of the above  limitation,  all loans from all plans of
         the  Employer and other  members of a group of  employers  described in
         Sections  414(b),  414(c),  and  414(m)  of the  Code  are  aggregated.
         Furthermore,  any  loan  shall  by its  terms  require  that  repayment
         (principal  and  interest)  be amortized  in level  payments,  not less
         frequently than quarterly,  over a period not extending  beyond 5 years
         from  the date of the  loan,  unless  such  loan is used to  acquire  a
         dwelling unit which within a reasonable  time  (determined  at the time
         the  loan is  made)  will be used  as the  principal  residence  of the
         Participant.   An   assignment   or  pledge  of  any   portion  of  the
         Participant's  interest in the Plan and a loan,  pledge,  or assignment
         with respect to any insurance  contract  purchased under the Plan, will
         be treated as a loan under this paragraph.

         The Plan Administrator  shall administer the loan program in accordance
         with a written  document.  Such written  document shall  include,  at a
         minimum,  the  following:  (i) the  identity of the person or positions
         authorized  to  administer  the  Participant  loan  program;  (ii)  the
         procedure  for applying for loans;  (iii) the basis on which loans will
         be  approved  or  denied;  (iv)  limitations  (if any) on the types and
         amounts of loans  offered;  (v) the  procedure  under the  program  for
         determining a reasonable rate of interest; (vi) the types of collateral
         which may secure a Participant loan; and (vii) the events  constituting
         default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets in the
         event of such default.

6.09  DISTRIBUTION IN KIND
      The Plan  Administrator  may cause any distribution  under this Plan to be
      made either in a form  actually held in the Fund, or in cash by converting
      assets  other  than  cash  into  cash,  or in any  combination  of the two
      foregoing ways.

6.10  DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS
      A. Direct Rollover Option - This Section applies to distributions  made on
      or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
      contrary that would otherwise  limit a  distributee's  election under this
      Section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed
      by the Plan  Administrator,  to have any portion of an  eligible  rollover
      distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the
      distributee in a direct rollover.



<PAGE>



      B. Definitions

         1. Eligible rollover  distribution - An eligible rollover  distribution
            is any  distribution  of all or any  portion  of the  balance to the
            credit  of  the  distributee,   except  that  an  eligible  rollover
            distribution does not include:

            a. any distribution  that is one of a series of substantially  equal
               periodic  payments (not less  frequently  than annually) made for
               the life (or life  expectancy)  of the  distributee  or the joint
               lives (or joint life  expectancies)  of the  distributee  and the
               distributee's  designated beneficiary,  or for a specified period
               of ten years or more;

            b. any distribution to the extent such distribution is required un-
               der Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; and

            c. the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross
               income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrea-
               lized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

        2. Eligible  retirement  plan  -  An  eligible  retirement  plan  is  an
           individual  retirement  account  described  in Section  408(a) of the
           Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of
           the
<PAGE>
           Code, an annuity plan  described in Section  403(a) of the Code, or a
           qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts
           the distributee's  eligible rollover  distribution.  However,  in the
           case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an
           eligible  retirement  plan is an  individual  retirement  account  or
           individual retirement annuity.

        3. Distributee - A distributee  includes an Employee or former Employee.
           In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and
           the  Employee's or former  Employee's  spouse or former spouse who is
           the alternate payee under a qualified  domestic  relations  order, as
           defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are  distributees  with regard
           to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

        4. Direct  rollover - A direct  rollover is a payment by the Plan to the
           eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

SECTION SEVEN  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

7.01  FILING A CLAIM FOR PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS


<PAGE>



      A Participant  or  Beneficiary  who desires to make a claim for the Vested
      portion  of the  Participant's  Individual  Account  shall  file a written
      request  with the Plan  Administrator  on a form to be furnished to him by
      the Plan  Administrator for such purpose.  The request shall set forth the
      basis of the claim.  The Plan  Administrator is authorized to conduct such
      examinations as may be necessary to facilitate the payment of any benefits
      to which the Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled under the terms of
      the Plan.

7.02  DENIAL OF CLAIM
      Whenever a claim for a Plan distribution by any Participant or Beneficiary
      has been wholly or partially denied,  the Plan  Administrator must furnish
      such  Participant  or  Beneficiary  written notice of the denial within 60
      days of the date the original claim was filed. This notice shall set forth
      the specific reasons for the denial,  specific reference to pertinent Plan
      provisions on which the denial is based,  a description  of any additional
      information or material needed to perfect the claim, an explanation of why
      such additional information or material is necessary and an explanation of
      the procedures for appeal.

7.03  REMEDIES AVAILABLE
      The  Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall have 60 days from  receipt of the
      denial notice in which to make written  application for review by the Plan
      Administrator.  The Participant or Beneficiary may request that the review
      be in the nature of a hearing.  The Participant or Beneficiary  shall have
      the right to representation,  to review pertinent  documents and to submit
      comments in writing. The Plan Administrator shall issue a decision on such
      review  within 60 days  after  receipt  of an  application  for  review as
      provided  for  in  Section  7.02.  Upon  a  decision  unfavorable  to  the
      Participant or  Beneficiary,  such  Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall be
      entitled  to bring such  actions in law or equity as may be  necessary  or
      appropriate to protect or clarify his right to benefits under this Plan.

SECTION EIGHT  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

8.01  EMPLOYER IS PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
      A. The Employer shall be the Plan  Administrator  unless the managing body
         of the Employer  designates a person or persons other than the Employer
         as the Plan Administrator and so notifies the Prototype Sponsor and the
         Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable).  The Employer shall also be the
         Plan  Administrator  if the person or persons so designated cease to be
         the Plan Administrator.

      B. If the managing body of the Employer designates a person or persons
         other than the Employer as Plan Administrator, such person or persons


<PAGE>



         shall serve at the pleasure of the Employer and shall serve pursuant to
         such  procedures as such  managing  body may provide.  Each such person
         shall be bonded as may be required by law.

8.02  POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

      A. The Plan Administrator may, by appointment,  allocate the duties of the
         Plan  Administrator  among  several   individuals  or  entities.   Such
         appointments  shall not be effective until the party designated accepts
         such appointment in writing.

      B. The Plan  Administrator  shall have the authority to control and manage
         the operation and  administration  of the Plan. The Plan  Administrator
         shall administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants
         and their  Beneficiaries  in accordance  with the specific terms of the
         Plan.

      C. The Plan Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general
         administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the follow-
         ing:

         1. To determine all questions of  interpretation  or policy in a manner
            consistent  with the Plan's  documents and the Plan  Administrator's
            construction or  determination in good faith shall be conclusive and
            binding on all persons  except as  otherwise  provided  herein or by
            law.  Any   interpretation  or  construction  shall  be  done  in  a
            nondiscriminatory  manner  and shall be  consistent  with the intent
            that the Plan shall continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the
            terms of Section  401(a) of the Code, as amended from  time-to-time,
            and  shall  comply  with  the  terms  of  ERISA,   as  amended  from
            time-to-time;

         2. To determine all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees
            to become or remain Participants hereunder;

         3. To compute the amounts necessary or desirable to be contributed to
            the Plan;

         4. To compute the amount and kind of benefits to which a Participant or
            Beneficiary  shall be  entitled  under  the Plan and to  direct  the
            Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if   applicable)   with  respect  to  all
            disbursements under the Plan, and, when requested by the Trustee (or
            Custodian), to furnish the Trustee (or Custodian) with instructions,
            in writing,  on matters  pertaining  to the Plan and the Trustee (or
            Custodian) may rely and act thereon;



<PAGE>



         5. To maintain all records necessary for the administration of the
            Plan;

         6. To be responsible for preparing and filing such disclosure and tax
            forms as may be required from time-to-time by the Secretary of Labor
            or the Secretary of the Treasury; and

         7. To furnish each Employee,  Participant or Beneficiary  such notices,
            information and reports under such  circumstances as may be required
            by law.

      D. The Plan  Administrator  shall  have  all of the  powers  necessary  or
         appropriate to accomplish his duties under the Plan, including, but not
         limited to, the following:

         1. To appoint and retain such persons as may be necessary to carry out
            the functions of the Plan Administrator;

         2. To appoint and retain counsel, specialists or other persons as the
            Plan Administrator deems necessary or advisable in the administra-
            tion of the Plan;

         3. To resolve all questions of administration of the Plan;

         4. To establish such uniform and nondiscriminatory rules which it deems
            necessary to carry out the terms of the Plan;

         5. To make any adjustments in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner
            which it deems necessary to correct any arithmetical or accounting
            errors which may have been made for any Plan Year; and

         6. To  correct  any  defect,  supply  any  omission  or  reconcile  any
            inconsistency  in such  manner and to such extent as shall be deemed
            necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan.

8.03  EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION
      All reasonable expenses of administration  including,  but not limited to,
      those involved in retaining necessary professional  assistance may be paid
      from the  assets of the Fund.  Alternatively,  the  Employer  may,  in its
      discretion,  pay  such  expenses.  The  Employer  shall  furnish  the Plan
      Administrator  with  such  clerical  and  other  assistance  as  the  Plan
      Administrator may need in the performance of his duties.

8.04  INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
      To enable the Plan Administrator to perform his duties, the Employer shall


<PAGE>



      supply  full and  timely  information  to the Plan  Administrator  (or his
      designated  agents) on all  matters  relating to the  Compensation  of all
      Participants,  their regular employment,  retirement, death, Disability or
      Termination  of  Employment,  and such other  pertinent  facts as the Plan
      Administrator (or his agents) may require.  The Plan  Administrator  shall
      advise the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable) of such of the foregoing
      facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee's (or  Custodian's)  duties under
      the Plan.  The Plan  Administrator  (or his agents) is entitled to rely on
      such  information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or
      responsibility to verify such information.

SECTION NINE   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.01  RIGHT OF PROTOTYPE SPONSOR TO AMEND THE PLAN

       A. The  Employer,  by  adopting  the  Plan,  expressly  delegates  to the
          Prototype  Sponsor  the  power,  but no the  duty,  to amend  the Plan
          without any further action or consent of the Employer as the Prototype
          Sponsor  deems  necessary  for the  purpose of  adjusting  the Plan to
          comply  with all laws and  regulations  governing  pension  or  profit
          sharing plans. Specifically,  it is understood that the amendments may
          be made unilaterally by the Prototype  Sponsor.  However,  it shall be
          understood that the Prototype  Sponsor shall be under no obligation to
          amend the Plan documents and the Employer  expressly waives any rights
          or claims against the Prototype  Sponsor for not exercising this power
          to amend.  For  purposes of  Prototype  Sponsor  amendments,  the mass
          sub-mitter shall be recognized as the agent of the Prototype  Sponsor.
          If the  Prototype  Sponsor does not adopt the  amendments  made by the
          mass submitter,  it will no longer be identical to or a minor modifier
          of the mass submitter plan.

      B. An amendment by the Prototype  Sponsor shall be  accomplished by giving
         written  notice to the Employer of the amendment to be made. The notice
         shall set forth the text of such  amendment and the date such amendment
         is to be effective.  Such amendment shall take effect unless within the
         30 day period  after such notice is  provided,  or within such  shorter
         period as the notice may  specify,  the  Employer  gives the  Prototype
         Sponsor  written  notice of refusal to consent to the  amendment.  Such
         written notice of refusal shall have the effect of withdrawing the Plan
         as a  prototype  plan and  shall  cause  the Plan to be  considered  an
         individually designed plan. The right of the Prototype Sponsor to cause
         the Plan to be amended shall terminate should the Plan cease to conform
         as a prototype plan as provided in this or any other section.

9.02  RIGHT OF EMPLOYER TO AMEND THE PLAN


<PAGE>



      The  Employer  may (1)  change  the  choice  of  options  in the  Adoption
      Agreement, (2) add overriding language in the Adoption Agreement when such
      language is  necessary  to satisfy  Section 415 or Section 416 of the Code
      because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, and (3) add certain
      model   amendments   published  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  which
      specifically  provide  that their  adoption  will not cause the Plan to be
      treated as individually designed. An Employer that amends the Plan for any
      other reason,  including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under
      Section 412(d) of the Code,  will no longer  participate in this prototype
      plan and will be considered to have an individually designed plan.

      An  Employer  who  wishes to amend the Plan to change  the  options it has
      chosen in the Adoption  Agreement must complete and deliver a new Adoption
      Agreement  to  the  Prototype  Sponsor  and  Trustee  (or  Custodian,   if
      applicable).  Such amendment shall become  effective upon execution by the
      Employer and Trustee (or Custodian).

      The  Employer  further  reserves  the  right  to  replace  the Plan in its
      entirety by adopting another retirement plan which the Employer designates
      as a replacement plan.

9.03  LIMITATION ON POWER TO AMEND
      No  amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the
      effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit.  Notwithstanding the
      preceding sentence,  a Participant's  Individual Account may be reduced to
      the extent permitted under Section  412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes of
      this  paragraph,  a plan  amendment  which has the effect of  decreasing a
      Par-ticipant's  Individual  Account or  eliminating  an  optional  form of
      benefit  with  respect to  benefits  attributable  to  service  before the
      amendment shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit. Furthermore, if
      the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended,  in the case of an Employee who
      is a Participant  as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or
      the date it becomes  effective,  the Vested  percentage  (determined as of
      such date) of such  Employee's  Individual  Account  derived from Employer
      Contributions will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan
      without regard to such amendment.

9.04  AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE
      If the Plan's vesting  schedule is amended,  or the Plan is amended in any
      way  that  directly  or  indirectly   affects  the   computation   of  the
      Partici-pant's  Vested percentage,  or if the Plan is deemed amended by an
      automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each Participant
      with at least 3 Years of  Vesting  Service  with the  Employer  may elect,
      within the time set forth below,  to have the Vested  percentage  computed
      under the Plan without regard to such amendment.


<PAGE>



      For  Participants  who do not have at least 1 Hour of  Service in any Plan
      Year beginning  after  December 31, 1988, the preceding  sentence shall be
      applied  by  substituting  "5 Years of  Vesting  Service"  for "3 Years of
      Vesting Service" where such language appears.

      The Period  during which the election may be made shall  commence with the
      date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end the later
      of:

      A. 60 days after the amendment is adopted;
      B. 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or
      C. 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment
         by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

9.05  PERMANENCY
      The  Employer  expects  to  continue  this  Plan and  make  the  necessary
      contributions  thereto  indefinitely,  but such continuance and payment is
      not assumed as a contractual  obligation.  Neither the Adoption  Agreement
      nor the Plan nor any amendment or  modification  thereof nor the making of
      contributions  hereunder  shall be construed as giving any  Participant or
      any person  whomsoever any legal or equitable  right against the Employer,
      the Trustee (or Custodian,  if applicable) the Plan  Administrator  or the
      Prototype  Sponsor except as specifically  provided herein, or as provided
      by law.

9.06  METHOD AND PROCEDURE FOR TERMINATION
      The Plan may be  terminated  by the  Employer  at any time by  appropriate
      action of its managing body.  Such  termination  shall be effective on the
      date specified by the Employer.  The Plan shall  terminate if the Employer
      shall be dissolved,  terminated,  or declared bankrupt.  Written notice of
      the  termination  and effective date thereof shall be given to the Trustee
      (or Custodian),  Plan Administrator,  Prototype Sponsor,  Participants and
      Beneficiaries of deceased Participants,  and the required filings (such as
      the Form 5500 series and others)  must be made with the  Internal  Revenue
      Service and any other  regulatory  body as  required  by current  laws and
      regulations.  Until all of the assets have been distributed from the Fund,
      the  Employer  must  keep the Plan in  compliance  with  current  laws and
      regulations  by (a)  making  appropriate  amendments  to the  Plan and (b)
      taking such other measures as may be required.

9.07  CONTINUANCE OF PLAN BY SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER
      Notwithstanding  the  preceding  Section 9.06, a successor of the Employer
      may  continue  the Plan and be  substituted  in the  place of the  present
      Employer.  The  successor and the present  Employer (or, if deceased,  the
      executor of the estate of a deceased Self-Employed Individual who was the


<PAGE>



      Employer) must execute a written instrument  authorizing such substitution
      and the successor must complete and sign a new plan document.

9.08  FAILURE OF PLAN QUALIFICATION
      If the Plan fails to retain its qualified status,  the Plan will no longer
      be  considered  to be part of a prototype  plan,  and such Employer can no
      longer  participate under this prototype.  In such event, the Plan will be
      considered an individually designed plan.

SECTION TEN MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 STATE COMMUNITY PROPERTY LAWS
      The terms and  conditions of this Plan shall be applicable  without regard
      to the community property laws of any state.

10.02 HEADINGS
      The headings of the Plan have been inserted for  convenience  of reference
      only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

10.03 GENDER AND NUMBER
      Whenever any words are used herein in the  masculine  gender they shall be
      construed  as though  they were  also used in the  feminine  gender in all
      cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in
      the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in
      the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

10.04 PLAN MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
      In the case of any merger or  consolidation  of the Plan with, or transfer
      of assets or liabilities of such Plan to, any other plan, each Participant
      shall be  entitled  to  receive  benefits  immediately  after the  merger,
      consolidation,  or transfer  (if the Plan had then  terminated)  which are
      equal to or  greater  than the  benefits  he would have been  entitled  to
      receive immediately before the merger, consolidation,  or transfer (if the
      Plan had then terminated). The Trustee (or Custodian) has the authority to
      enter into merger agreements or agreements to directly transfer the assets
      of this  Plan  but  only if such  agreements  are made  with  trustees  or
      custodians of other  retirement  plans  described in Section 401(a) of the
      Code.

10.05 STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY CONDUCT
      The Employer,  Plan  Administrator,  Trustee and any other fiduciary under
      this Plan shall discharge their duties with respect to this Plan solely in
      the interests of Participants and their  Beneficiaries  and with the care,
      skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that
      a prudent man acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would
      use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like


<PAGE>



      aims.  No fiduciary shall cause the Plan to engage in any transaction
      known as a "prohibited transaction" under ERISA.

10.06 GENERAL UNDERTAKING OF ALL PARTIES
      All parties to this Plan and all persons claiming any interest  whatsoever
      hereunder  agree  to  perform  any and all acts  and  execute  any and all
      documents  and papers which may be necessary or desirable for the carrying
      out of this Plan and any of its provisions.

10.07 AGREEMENT BINDS HEIRS, ETC.
      This Plan shall be  binding  upon the  heirs,  executors,  administrators,
      successors and assigns,  as those terms shall apply to any and all parties
      hereto, present and future.

10.08 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS
      A. For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this Plan is a
         Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exist:

         1. If the  top-heavy  ratio for this Plan  exceeds 60% and this Plan is
            not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation
            group of plans.

         2. If this Plan is part of a  required  aggregation  group of plans but
            not part of a permissive  aggregation  group and the top-heavy ratio
            for the group of plans exceeds 60%.

         3. If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a
            permissive  aggregation  group of plans and the top-heavy  ratio for
            the permissive aggregation group exceeds 60%.

            For purposes of this Section 10.08,  the following  terms shall have
            the meanings indicated below:

      B. Key Employee - Any Employee or former  Employee (and the  beneficiaries
         of such Employee) who at any time during the  determination  period was
         an officer of the  Employer if such  individual's  annual  compensation
         exceeds 50% of the dollar limitation under Section  415(b)(1)(A) of the
         Code,  an owner (or  considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code)
         of one of the 10 largest interests in the Employer if such individual's
         compensation exceeds 100% of the dollar limitation under Section 415(c)
         (1)(A) of the Code,  a 5% owner of the  Employer,  or a 1% owner of the
         Employer who has an annual  compensation of more than $150,000.  Annual
         compensation  means compensation as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the
         Code, but including  amounts  contributed by the Employer pursuant to a
         salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee's


<PAGE>



         gross income under Section 125,  Section  402(a)(8),  Section 402(h) or
         Section 403(b) of the Code. The  determination  period is the Plan Year
         containing the determination date and the 4 preceding Plan Years.

         The  determination  of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance
         with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

      C. Top-heavy ratio

         1. If the Employer  maintains  one or more defined  contribution  plans
            (including  any simplified  employee  pension plan) and the Employer
            has not maintained any defined  benefit plan which during the 5-year
            period  ending on the  determination  date(s) has or has had accrued
            benefits,  the  top-heavy  ratio  for  this  Plan  alone  or for the
            required  or  permissive  aggregation  group  as  appropriate  is  a
            fraction,  the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances
            of all Key Employees as of the determination  date(s) (including any
            part of any account balance  distributed in the 5-year period ending
            on the determination  date(s)),  and the denominator of which is the
            sum of all  account  balances  (including  any  part of any  account
            balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the determination
            date(s)),  both computed in accordance  with Section 416 of the Code
            and  the  regulations   thereunder.   Both  the  numerator  and  the
            denominator  of the  top-heavy  ratio are  increased  to reflect any
            contribution  not actually made as of the  determination  date,  but
            which is  required  to be taken  into  account  on that  date  under
            Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

         2. If the Employer  maintains  one or more defined  contribution  plans
            (including  any simplified  employee  pension plan) and the Employer
            maintains or has maintained one or more defined  benefit plans which
            during the 5-year period ending on the determination  date(s) has or
            has had any accrued  benefits,  the top-heavy ratio for any required
            or permissive  aggregation  group as appropriate is a fraction,  the
            numerator  of  which  is  the  sum of  account  balances  under  the
            aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees,
            determined  in accordance  with (1) above,  and the present value of
            accrued benefits under the aggregated  defined benefit plan or plans
            for all  Key  Employees  as of the  determination  date(s),  and the
            denominator  of which is the sum of the account  balances  under the
            aggregated defined  contribution plan or plans for all Participants,
            determined  in accordance  with (1) above,  and the present value of
            accrued  benefits  under the defined  benefit  plan or plans for all
            Participants  as of the  determination  date(s),  all  determined in
            accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations there-


<PAGE>



            under. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the
            numerator and  denominator of the top-heavy  ratio are increased for
            any  distribution  of an accrued  benefit made in the 5-year  period
            ending on the determination date.

         3. For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account balances and
            the present  value of accrued  benefits will be determined as of the
            most recent  valuation  date that falls  within or ends with the 12-
            month period ending on the determination date, except as provided in
            Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder for the first
            and  second  plan  years of a  defined  benefit  plan.  The  account
            balances and accrued  benefits of a Participant (a) who is not a Key
            Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Prior Year,  or (b) who has
            not  been  credited  with at  least  one  Hour of  Service  with any
            employer  maintaining  the plan at any time during the 5-year period
            ending  on  the   determination   date  will  be  disregarded.   The
            calculation  of  the  top-heavy  ratio,  and  the  extent  to  which
            distributions,  rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will
            be  made  in  accordance  with  Section  416 of  the  Code  and  the
            regulations  thereunder.  Deductible employee contributions will not
            be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio.
            When  aggregating  plans the value of account  balances  and accrued
            benefits  will be  calculated  with  reference to the  determination
            dates that fall within the same calendar year.

            The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall
            be determined under (a) the method,  if any, that uniformly  applies
            for accrual  purposes under all defined benefit plans  maintained by
            the Employer,  or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit
            accrued not more  rapidly than the slowest  accrual  rate  permitted
            under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

         4. Permissive  aggregation  group:  The required  aggregation  group of
            plans  plus any  other  plan or plans of the  Employer  which,  when
            considered  as a group with the required  aggregation  group,  would
            continue to satisfy the  requirements of Sections  401(a)(4) and 410
            of the Code.

         5. Required  aggregation group: (a) Each qualified plan of the Employer
            in which at least one Key Employee  participates  or participated at
            any time during the determination  period (regardless of whether the
            Plan  has  terminated),  and (b)  any  other  qualified  plan of the
            Employer  which  enables  a  plan  described  in  (a)  to  meet  the
            requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.



<PAGE>



         6. Determination  date: For any Plan Year  subsequent to the first Plan
            Year,  the last day of the preceding  Plan Year.  For the first Plan
            Year of the Plan, the last day of that year.

         7. Valuation date:  For purposes of calculating the top-heavy ratio,
            the valuation date shall be the last day of each Plan Year.

         8. Present value:  For purposes of establishing  the "present value" of
            benefits  under a defined  benefit  plan to  compute  the  top-heavy
            ratio,  any  benefit  shall be  discounted  only for  mortality  and
            interest  based on the interest rate and mortality  table  specified
            for this purpose in the defined benefit plan.

10.09 SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES
      If  this  Plan  provides   contributions  or  benefits  for  one  or  more
      Owner-Employees  who  control  both the  business  for which  this Plan is
      established and one or more other trades or businesses,  this Plan and the
      plan  established for other trades or businesses must, when looked at as a
      single plan, satisfy Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code for the employees
      of those trades or businesses.

      If  the  Plan  provides   contributions   or  benefits  for  one  or  more
      Owner-Employees  who control one or more other trades or  businesses,  the
      employees  of the other  trades or  businesses  must be included in a plan
      which  satisfies  Sections  401(a) and (d) of the Code and which  provides
      contributions   and  benefits  not  less   favorable   than  provided  for
      Owner-Employees under this Plan.

      If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two or
      more trades or  businesses  which are not  controlled  and the  individual
      controls a trade or business,  then the  contributions  or benefits of the
      employees under the plan of the trade or business which is controlled must
      be as favorable as those provided for him under the most favorable plan of
      the trade or business which is not controlled.

      For purposes of the preceding  paragraphs,  an  Owner-Employee,  or two or
      more Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or business if
      the Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees, together:

      A. own the entire interest in a unincorporated trade or business, or

      B. in the case of a partnership, own more than 50% of either the capital
         interest or the profit interest in the partnership.  For purposes of
         the preceding sentence, an Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employ-
         ees, shall be treated as owning any interest in a partnership which is


<PAGE>


         owned,   directly  or   indirectly,   by  a   partnership   which  such
         Owner-Employee, or such two or more Owner-Employees,  are considered to
         control within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

10.10 INALIENABILITY OF BENEFITS
      No benefit or interest  available  hereunder will be subject to assignment
      or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The preceding sentence
      shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to
      any benefit  payable with respect to a Participant  pursuant to a domestic
      relations  order,  unless  such  order  is  determined  to be a  qualified
      domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

      Generally,  a domestic  relations  order  cannot be a  qualified  domestic
      relations order until January 1, 1985.  However, in the case of a domestic
      relations order entered before such date, the Plan Administrator:

      (1)   shall treat such order as a qualified  domestic  relations  order if
            such Plan Administrator is paying benefits pursuant to such order on
            such date, and

      (2)   may  treat  any  other  such  order  entered  before  such date as a
            qualified  domestic relations order even if such order does not meet
            the requirements of Section 414(p) of the Code.


#709 (1/94)                  1994 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401


<PAGE>

National Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
______________________________________________________________________________

SECTION 1.     EMPLOYER INFORMATION

     Name of Employer:
_______________________________________________________________________________

     Address:
_______________________________________________________________________________

     City: __________________________  State:________________ Zip:_____________

     Telephone _______________ Federal Tax Identification Number  _____________

     Income Tax Year End

     Type of Business  (Check only one)
     [  ]  Sole  Proprietorship  [  ]  Partnership  [ ]  Corporation  [ ]  Other
     (Specify)____________________________________________________

     Nature of Business
(Describe)_____________________________________________

     Plan Sequence No.            (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
     the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is the second, etc.)

     For a plan which covers only the owner of the business,  please provide the
     following information about the owner:

     Social Security No._________________Date Business Established______________
     Date of Birth_______________________Marital Status________________________
     Home Address______________________________________________________________

SECTION 2.     EFFECTIVE DATES   Check and complete Option A or B
     Option A:  [  ]  This is the initial adoption of a money purchase pension
                      plan by the Employer.
                      The Effective Date of this Plan is              , 19   .

<PAGE>

                      NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the
                      Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

     Option           B: [ ] This is an amendment and restatement of an existing
                      money purchase pension plan (a Prior Plan).
              The Prior Plan was  initially  effective on ________,  19___.  The
              Effective  Date of this  amendment and  restatement  is ___, 19__.
              NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan Year
              in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

SECTION 3.     ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A, B and C
   Part A.     Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
          An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan after
          completing  (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years of Eligibility  Service.  NOTE: If
          more than 1 year is selected,  the immediate 100% vesting  schedule of
          Section 5, Option C will automatically apply. If left blank, the Years
          of Eligibility Service required will be deemed to be 0.

#713(12/90)L90              1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

   Part B.     Age Requirement:
          An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan after
          attaining age (no more than 21).
          NOTE:  If left blank, it will be deemed there is no age requirement
          for eligibility.

   Part C.     Class of Employees Eligible to Participate:
          All Employees shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan,
          except those checked below:
          [  ]  Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by the
                terms of a  collective  bargaining  agreement  between  Employee
                representatives  (the term "Employee  representatives"  does not
                include  any  organization  more than half of whose  members are
                Employees  who  are  owners,   officers  or  executives  of  the
                Employer) and the Employer under which retirement  benefits were
                the  subject  of good  faith  bargaining  unless  the  agreement
                provides that such Employees are to be included in the Plan, and
                except those Employees who are  non-resident  aliens pursuant to
                Section  410(b)  (3)(C) of the Code and who  received  no earned
                income from the Employer which  constitutes  income from sources
                within the United States.

SECTION 4. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FORMULA Check and Complete either
Option A or B
<PAGE>

     Option A:      [ ]  Nonintegrated  Formula:  For  each  Plan  Year  the
                    Employer will contribute for each qualifying  Participant an
                    amount  equal to __% (not to exceed  25%) of the  qualifying
                    Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.
     Option B:      [ ] Integrated Formula:  For each Plan Year, the Employer
                    will  contribute for each  qualifying  Participant an amount
                    equal  to the sum of the  amounts  determined  in Step 1 and
                    Step 2:

                    Step 1. An amount equal to ___% (the base contribution per-
                            centage) of the Participant's Compensation for the
                            Plan Year up to the integration level, plus

                    Step    2. An amount  equal to ___% (not to exceed  the base
                            contribution  percentage by more than the lesser of:
                            (1) the  base  contribution  percentage,  or (2) the
                            money purchase  maximum  disparity rate as described
                            in   Section   3.01(b)(3)   of  the  Plan)  of  such
                            Participant's  Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year in
                            excess of the integration level.

 The integration level shall be (Choose one):
    Option 1:  [   ] The Taxable Wage Base
    Option 2:  [   ] $________ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base)
    Option 3:  [   ] ______% of the Taxable Wage Base
    NOTE:  If no box is checked, the integration level shall be the Taxable
           Wage Base.

SECTION 5.     VESTING  Complete Parts A and B
     A  Participant  shall  become  Vested  in  his or  her  Individual  Account
     attributable to Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures as follows (Choose
     one):
_______________________________________________________________________________

                            YEARS OF VESTING SERVICE
    (Complete Option A [ ] Option B [ ] Option C [ ] Option D [ ] if Chosen)
_______________________________________________________________________________
                               VESTED PERCENTAGE
        1             0%        0%    100%     ____%
        2             0%       20%    100%     ____%
        3           100%       40%    100%     ____% (not less than 20%)
        4           100%       60%    100%     ____% (not less than 40%)
        5           100%       80%    100%     ____% (not less than 60%)
        6           100%      100%    100%     ____% (not less than 80%)
_______________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>

NOTE:  If left blank, Option C, 100% vesting, will be deemed to be selected.

#713(12/90)L90              1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

SECTION 6.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
     The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age        (not to exceed 65).
     NOTE:  If left blank, the Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to be age
            59 1/2.

SECTION 7.     HOURS REQUIRED   Complete Parts A and B
   Part     A. _____ Hours of Service (no more than 1,000)  shall be required to
            constitute  a Year  of  Vesting  Service  or a Year  of  Eligibility
            Service.
   Part B.  _____ Hours of Service (no more than 500) must be exceeded to avoid
            a Break in Vesting Service or a Break in Eligibility Service.
            NOTE:  The number of hours in Part A must be greater than the number
                   of hours in Part B.

SECTION     8.  OTHER  OPTIONS  Answer  "Yes"  or "No" to each of the  following
            questions by checking the  appropriate  box. If a box is not checked
            for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

     A.  Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the Plan
         be permitted?   [  ] Yes  [  ] No

     B.  Participant Direction of Investments:  Will Participants be permitted
         to direct the investment of their Individual Accounts pursuant to Sec-
         tion 5.14 of the Plan?    [  ] Yes  [  ] No

SECTION 9.   JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
         The survivor annuity portion of the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be
         a percentage equal to ____% (at least 50% but no more than 100%) of the
         amount paid to the Participant prior to his or her death.

SECTION 10.    ADDITIONAL PLANS
         An  Employer  who has ever  maintained  or who  later  adopts  any plan
         (including a welfare  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
         Code,  which provides  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to
         separate accounts for key employees as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of
         the Code or an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(1)
         (2) of the  Code)  in  addition  to  this  Plan  (other  than a  paired
         standardized  profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) may
         not rely on the opinion  letter  issued by the  National  Office of the
         Internal  Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under
         Section  401 of the Code.  If the  Employer  who  adopts  or  maintains
<PAGE>

         multiple plans wishes to obtain  reliance that the  Employer's  plan(s)
         are qualified, application for a determination letter should be made to
         the appropriate Key District Director of Internal Revenue.

         This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan
         Document No. 03.

SECTION 11.    EMPLOYER SIGNATURE  Important:  Please read before signing
         I am an  authorized  representative  of the Employer  named above and I
         state the following:

         1.  I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding the
             completion  of  this  Adoption  Agreement  and  the  legal  and tax
             implications of adopting this Plan.
         2.  I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption
             Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.
         3.  I  understand  that the  Prototype  Sponsor  will  inform me of any
             amendments   made  to  the  Plan  and  will  notify  me  should  it
             discontinue or abandon the Plan.
         4.  I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the corres-
             ponding Basic Plan Document.

         Signature for Employer___________________________Date Signed__________
         Type Name_____________________________________________________________

SECTION 12.    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN     Check and complete only one option
    Option A.   [   ]   Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
    Check One:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust powers, or
                [   ] Trustee with full trust powers
    NOTE:  Custodian will be deemed selected if no box is checked.

    Financial Organization____________________________________________________
    Signature_________________________________________________________________
    Type Name_________________________________________________________________

#713(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401
<PAGE>
    Option B.  [   ]    Individual Trustee(s)
    Signature ________________________________________________________________
    Signature_________________________________________________________________
    Type Name________________________ Type Name_______________________________

SECTION 13.    PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

     Name of Prototype
Sponsor_______________________________________________________________________
Address_______________________________________________________________________
Telephone Number______________________________________________________________


SECTION 14.  LIMITATION  ON  ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan If you maintain or
     ever maintained  another  qualified plan (other than a paired  standardized
     profit  sharing  plan  using  Basic  Plan  Document  No.  03) in which  any
     Participant  in this  Plan is (or  was) a  Participant  or  could  become a
     Participant,  you must complete  this section.  You must also complete this
     section  if you  maintain  a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section
     419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical account, as defined in Section
     415(l)(2) of the Code,  under which amounts are treated as annual additions
     with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

   Part     A. If the  Participant  is covered under another  qualified  defined
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer,  other than a regional
            prototype plan:

            1. [ ] The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of
                   the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or
                   prototype plan.

            2. [ ] Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans will
                   limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible
                   amount, and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a
                   manner that precludes Employer discretion.)_________________
                   ____________________________________________________________

   Part     B. If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
            benefit plan  maintained by the Employer,  the Employer will provide
            below the language  which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of Section
            415(e) of the Code. Such language must preclude Employer discretion.

(Complete)_________________________________________________________
<PAGE>

   Part C. Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
          Option 1:  [   ]    Section 3121(a) wages
          Option 2:  [   ]    Section 3401(a) wages
          Option 3:  415 safe-harbor compensation

          NOTE:  If no box is checked, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

   Part D. The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:
           ________________________________________________________________

#713(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401


<PAGE>

Standardized Profit Sharing Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 1.     EMPLOYER INFORMATION

   Name of Employer:
-------------------------------------------------------


   Address_______________________________________________________________

   City: _______________________State:______________________ Zip:______________

   Telephone: _________________ Federal Tax Identification Number______________

   Income Tax Year End __________________________

   Type of Business (Check only one) [ ] Sole Proprietorship [ ] Partnership [ ]
   Corporation [ ] Other (Specify)_______________

   Nature of Business
(Describe)_______________________________________________

   Plan Sequence No. __________  (Enter 001 if this is the first qualified plan
   the Employer has ever maintained, enter 002 if it is the second, etc.)

   For a plan which covers only the owner of the  business,  please  provide the
   following information about the owner:

   Social Security No._________________ Date Business Established  ____________

   Date of Birth________________________ Marital Status_______________________

   Home Address
   ____________________________________________________________________________

SECTION 2.     EFFECTIVE DATES   Check and complete Option A or B

   Option A:   [   ]   This is the initial adoption of a profit sharing plan by
              the Employer.  The Effective Date of this Plan is ________, 19  .
<PAGE>

              NOTE: The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan
              Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

   Option B:   [    ]  This is an amendment and restatement of an existing
              profit sharing plan (a Prior Plan).  The Prior Plan was initially
              effective on _____________.  The Effective Date of this amendment
              and restatement is ________________.   NOTE: The effective date
              is usually the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption
              Agreement is signed.


SECTION 3.    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS   Complete Parts A, B and C
   Part A.    Years of Eligibility Service Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       completing _______ (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years of Eligibility Service.  NOTE:
       If more than 1 year is selected,  the immediate 100% vesting  schedule of
       Section 5, Option C will automatically apply. If left blank, the Years of
       Eligibility Service required will be deemed to be 0.

   Part B.    Age Requirement:
       An Employee  will be eligible to become a  Participant  in the Plan after
       attaining age  ____________  (no more than 21).  NOTE: If left blank,  it
       will be deemed there is no age requirement for eligibility.

#705(12/90)L90               1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

   Part C.     Class of Employees Eligible to Participate:
       All Employees shall be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan,
       except the following (if checked):
       [   ]  Those Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by the
              terms of a collective bargaining agreement between Employee
              representatives (the term "Employee representatives" does not
              include  any  organization  more  than half of whose  members  are
              Employees who are owners,  officers or executives of the Employer)
              and the Employer under which retirement  benefits were the subject
              of good faith bargaining  unless the agreement  provides that such
              Employees  are  to be  included  in the  Plan,  and  except  those
              Employees who are  non-resident  aliens pursuant to Section 410(b)
              (3)(C)  of the Code and who  received  no earned  income  from the
              Employer which  constitutes  income from sources within the United
              States.

SECTION 4.     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION FORMULA
   Part A.     Contribution Formula
               For each Plan Year the Employer  will  contribute an amount to be
               determined from year to year.
<PAGE>

   Part B.     Allocation Formula:  (Check Option 1 or 2)
 Option 1: [  ]  Pro Rata Formula.  Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
                 shall be allocated  to the  Individual  Accounts of  qualifying
                 Participants  in the ratio that each  qualifying  Participant's
                 Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total  Compensation
                 of all qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.

 Option 2: [  ]  Integrated   Formula:   Employer   Contributions  and
                 Forfeitures shall be allocated as follows (Start with Step 3 if
                 this Plan is not a Top-Heavy Plan):

             Step     1. Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures shall first be
                      allocated  pro  rata  to  qualifying  Participants  in the
                      manner  described  in  Section  4,  Part B,  Option 1. The
                      percent  so   allocated   shall  not  exceed  3%  of  each
                      qualifying Participant's Compensation.

             Step     2. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the  allocation in Step 1 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying  Participant's  Individual Account in the ratio
                      that each qualifying  Participant's  Compensation  for the
                      Plan Year in excess of the integration  level bears to all
                      qualifying  Participants'  Compensation  in  excess of the
                      integration level, but not in excess of 3%.

             Step     3. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the  allocation in Step 2 shall be allocated to each
                      qualifying  Participant's  Individual Account in the ratio
                      that  the  sum  of  each  qualifying  Participant's  total
                      Compensation and Compensation in excess of the
                      integration  level  bears  to the  sum  of all  qualifying
                      Participants'   total  Compensation  and  Compensation  in
                      excess of the integration  level, but not in excess of the
                      profit  sharing  maximum  disparity  rate as  described in
                      Section 3.01(B)(3) of the Plan.

             Step     4. Any Employer  Contributions  and Forfeitures  remaining
                      after the allocation in Step 3 shall be allocated pro rata
                      to  qualifying  Participants  in the manner  described  in
                      Section 4, Part B, Option 1.

      The integration level shall be (Choose one):

      Option 1:  [  ]  The Taxable Wage Base
      Option 2:  [  ]  $______ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base)
      Option 3:  [  ]  ______% of the Taxable Wage Base
<PAGE>

      NOTE: If no box is checked, the integration level shall be the Taxable
            Wage Base.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

SECTION 5.     VESTING
           A Participant shall become Vested in his or her Individual Account
           attributable to Employer Contributions and Forfeitures as follows
           (Choose one):
_______________________________________________________________________________

                            YEARS OF VESTING SERVICE
  Option A [ ] Option B [ ] Option C [ ] Option D [ ] (Complete if Chosen)
_______________________________________________________________________________

                               VESTED PERCENTAGE
        1               0%      0%    100%     ____%
        2               0%     20%    100%     ____%
        3           100%       40%    100%     ____% (not less than 20%)
        4           100%       60%    100%     ____% (not less than 40%)
        5           100%       80%    100%     ____% (not less than 60%)
        6           100%      100%    100%     ____% (not less than 80%)
_______________________________________________________________________________

  NOTE:  If left blank, Option C, 100% vesting, will be deemed to be selected.

SECTION 6.     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE
       The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age _____ (not to exceed 65).
       NOTE:  If left blank, the Normal Retirement Age will be deemed to be age
              59 1/2.

SECTION 7.     HOURS REQUIRED   Complete Parts A and B
   Part        A.  ________  Hours of  Service  (no more  than  1,000)  shall be
               required  to  constitute  a Year of Vesting  Service or a Year of
               Eligibility Service.

   Part B.     ________ Hours of Service (no more than 500) must be exceeded to
               avoid a Break in Vesting Service or a Break in Eligibility
               Service.
               NOTE:  The number of hours in Part A must be greater than the
               number of hours in Part B.
<PAGE>

SECTION 8.     OTHER OPTIONS  Answer "Yes" or "No" to each of the following
               questions by checking the appropriate box.  If a box is not
               checked for a question, the answer will be deemed to be "No."

     A.   Loans:  Will loans to Participants pursuant to Section 6.08 of the
          Plan be permitted?     [   ] Yes  [   ] No

     B.   Participant Direction of Investments:  Will Participants be permitted
          to direct the investment of their Individual Accounts pursuant to
          Section 5.14 of the Plan?        [   ] Yes   [   ] No

     C.   In-Service Withdrawals:  Will Participants be permitted to make
          withdrawals during service pursuant to Section 6.01(A)(3) of the
          Plan?                  [   ] Yes   [  ] No
          NOTE:  If the Plan is being adopted to amend and replace a Prior Plan
          which permitted in-service withdrawals you must answer "Yes."
          Check here if such withdrawals will be permitted only on account of
          hardship.   [   ]

SECTION 9.     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY
   Part A.     Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor:
               Will the safe harbor  provisions  of Section  6.05(F) of the Plan
               apply (Choose only one Option)?
 Option 1:  [   ]    Yes
 Option 2:  [   ]    No
            NOTE:  You must select "No" if you are adopting this Plan as an
            amendment and restatement of a Prior Plan that was subject to the
            joint and survivor annuity requirements.

   Part B.     Survivor Annuity Percentage:  (Complete only if your answer in
               Section 9, Part A is "No.")

               The survivor  annuity  portion of the Joint and Survivor  Annuity
               shall be a  percentage  equal to _____  (at least 50% but no more
               than 100%) of the amount paid to the Participant  prior to his or
               her death.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

SECTION 10.    ADDITIONAL PLANS
          An  Employer  who has ever  maintained  or who later  adopts  any plan
          (including a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the
          Code, which provides  post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated to
          separate  accounts for key employees as defined in Section 419A(d) (3)
          of the Code or an individual  medical  account,  as defined in Section
          415(1)(2)  of the Code) in  addition to this Plan (other than a paired
          standardized profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) may
<PAGE>

          not rely on the opinion  letter  issued by the National  Office of the
          Internal Revenue Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under
          Section  401 of the Code.  If the  Employer  who  adopts or  maintains
          multiple plans wishes to obtain  reliance that the Employer's  plan(s)
          are qualified,  application for a determination  letter should be made
          to the appropriate Key District Director of Internal Revenue.

          This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic
          Plan Document No. 03.

SECTION 11.    EMPLOYER SIGNATURE  Important:  Please read before signing
          I am an authorized representative of the Employer named above and I
          state the following:

          1.   I acknowledge  that I have relied upon my own advisors  regarding
               the  completion of this Adoption  Agreement and the legal and tax
               implications of adopting this Plan.
          2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption
               Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.
          3.   I  understand  that the  Prototype  Sponsor will inform me of any
               amendments  made  to the  Plan  and  will  notify  me  should  it
               discontinue or abandon the Plan.
          4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the
               corresponding Basic Plan Document.

  Signature for Employer_____________________________Date Signed_______________

  Type Name____________________________________________________________________

SECTION 12.    TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN     Check and complete only one option
      Option A.   [   ]   Financial Organization as Trustee or Custodian
      Check One:  [   ]  Custodian,   [   ]  Trustee without full trust powers,
                  or   [   ] Trustee with full trust powers
      NOTE:  Custodian will be deemed selected if no box is checked.

     Financial Organization____________________________________________________
     Signature_________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>

     Type Name_________________________________________________________________

      Option B.  [   ]    Individual Trustee(s)

     Signature ________________________________________________________________
     Signature_________________________________________________________________
     Type Name _____________________________ Type Name_________________________

SECTION 13.    PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

      Name of Prototype Sponsor
     Address___________________________________________________________________
     Telephone Number__________________________________________________________

SECTION 14.  LIMITATION  ON  ALLOCATIONS - More Than One Plan If you maintain or
      ever maintained  another qualified plan (other than a paired  standardized
      money purchase pension plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) in which any
      Participant  in this  Plan is (or was) a  Participant  or  could  become a
      Participant,  you must complete this section.  You must also complete this
      section if you  maintain  a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section
      419(e) of the Code,  or an  individual  medical  account,  as  defined  in
      Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are
      treated as annual additions with respect to any Participant in this Plan.

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

   Part     A. If the  Participant  is covered under another  qualified  defined
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master or
            prototype plan:

         1. [  ]  The provisions of Section 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(B)(6) of
                  the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or
                  prototype plan.

         2. [  ]  Other method. (Provide the method under which the plans
                  will limit total annual additions to the maximum permissible
                  amount, and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a
                  manner that precludes Employer discretion.) ________________
                  ____________________________________________________________

  Part       B.  If the  Participant  is or has  ever  been a  participant  in a
<PAGE>

             defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer,  the Employer will
             provide below the language which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of
             Section  415(e) of the Code.  Such language must preclude  Employer
             discretion. (Complete)____________________________________________

  Part  C.   Compensation will mean all of each Participant's (Choose one):
            Option 1:  [   ]    Section 3121(a) wages
            Option 2:  [   ]    Section 3401(a) wages
            Option 3:  415 safe-harbor compensation
            NOTE:  If no box is checked, Option 2 will be deemed to be selected.

  Part  D. The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:
           ____________________________________________________________________

#705(12/90)L90                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

<PAGE>

Simplified Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
---------------------------------------------------------------------

EMPLOYER INFORMATION
Name of
Employer_____________________________Telephone________________________

Business
Address______________________________________________________________

City__________________________State________________________Zip_________

Federal Tax Identification Number_________________Income Tax Year
End_________

Type of Business (Check only one)
[  ]  Sole Proprietorship   [  ]   Partnership  [  ]  Corporation  [  ]  Other
(Specify)__________________________________________

Plan Sequence  No._________  Enter 001 if this is the first  qualified  plan the
Employer  has ever  maintained,  enter 002 if it is the second,  etc. For a Plan
which  covers  only the owner of the  business,  please  provide  the  following
information about the owner:

Social Security No._________________Date Business
Established_________________
Date of Birth_______________________Marital
Status____________________________
Home Address_______________________________________________________________

EFFECTIVE DATES    Check and complete Option A or B

Option A.  [  ]  This is the initial adoption of a money purchase pension plan
                 by the Employer.
           The Effective Date of this Plan is ______________________, 19____.
           NOTE:  The effective date is usually the first day of the Plan Year
           in which this Adoption Agreement is signed.

Option           B. [ ] This is an  amendment  and  restatement  of an  existing
<PAGE>

                 money purchase  pension plan (a prior plan) NOTE: The effective
                 date is  usually  the first day of the Plan Year in which  this
                 Adoption Agreement is signed.
           The Prior Plan was initially effective on _________________, 19_____.
           The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement is _____, 19___.

PLAN PROVISIONS  Complete Parts A through E

Part A.    Service Requirement:  An Employee will be eligible to become a Par-
           ticipant in the Plan after completing _____ (enter 0, 1 or 2) Years
           of Eligibility Service.  NOTE:  If left blank, the Years of Eligibil-
           ity Service required will be deemed to be 0.

Part B.    Age Requirement:  An Employee will be eligible to become a Partici-
           pant in the Plan after attaining age _____ (no more than 21).
           NOTE:  If left blank, it will be deemed there is no age requirement
           for eligibility.

Part C.    100% Vesting:  A Participant shall be fully Vested at all times in
           his or her Individual Account.

Part D.    Normal Retirement Age:  The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is
           age 59 1/2.

Part       E.  Contribution  Formula:  For  each  Plan  Year the  Employer  will
           contribute for each qualifying Participant an amount equal to ______%
           (not to exceed 25%) of the qualifying Participant's  Compensation for
           the Plan Year.

#726(12/90)                 1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

EMPLOYER SIGNATURE    Important:  Please read before signing

I am an authorized  representative  of the Employer  named above and I state the
following:

1.  I  acknowledge  that I have  relied  upon  my  own  advisors  regarding  the
completion of this  Adoption  Agreement  and the legal and tax  implications  of
adopting this Plan.

2.   I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption Agreement
may result in disqualification of the Plan.

3. I understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me of any amendments made
to the Plan and will notify me should it discontinue or abandon the Plan.
<PAGE>

4.   I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement and the corresponding
Basic Plan Document.

Signature for Employer_____________________Date
Signed_________________________
Type Name______________________________________________________

TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN
[ ] Check this box only if a financial  organization is named as Trustee and
    it has full trust powers.

     Trustee or Custodian_______________________________________________
     Signature________________________________________________________
     Type Name______________________________________________________

PROTOTYPE SPONSOR

     Name of Prototype Sponsor_________________________________________
     Address____________________________
     Telephone Number______________________

ADDITIONAL PLANS

An Employer who has ever  maintained  or who later adopts any plan  (including a
welfare  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code,  which provides
post-retirement   medical  benefits  allocated  to  separate  accounts  for  key
employees as defined in Section  419A(d)(3) of the Code or an individual medical
account,  as defined in Section  415(l)(2) of the Code) in addition to this Plan
(other than a paired  standardized profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document
No. 03) may not rely on the opinion letter issued by the National  Office of the
Internal  Revenue  Service as evidence that this Plan is qualified under Section
401 of the Code. If the Employer who adopts or maintains  multiple  plans wishes
to obtain reliance that the Employer's plan(s) are qualified,  application for a
determination  letter should be made to the appropriate Key District Director of
Internal Revenue.  This Adoption  agreement may be used only in conjunction with
Basic Plan Document No. 03.

LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS   More Than One Plan

If you maintain or ever maintained  another  qualified plan (other than a paired
standardized  profit sharing plan using Basic Plan Document No. 03) in which any
Participant  in  this  Plan  is  (or  was)  a  participant  or  could  become  a
participant, you must complete this section. You must also complete this section
if you  maintain a welfare  benefit  fund,  as defined in Section  419(e) of the
code, or an individual  medical account,  as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the
Code,  under which amounts are treated as annual  additions  with respect to any
<PAGE>

Participant in this Plan.

#726(12/90)                1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

Part  A.  If  the  Participant  is  covered  under  another   qualified  defined
contribution  plan maintained by the Employer,  other than a master or prototype
plan:
     1. [  ]  The provisions of Sections 3.05(B)(1) through 3.05(b)(6) of the
              Plan will apply as if the other plan were a master or prototype
              plan.

     2. [  ]  Other method.  (Provide the method under which the plans will lim-
              it total annual additions to the maximum permissible amount, and
              will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a manner that pre-
              cludes Employer discretion.)____________________________________

Part B. If the  Participant  is or has  ever  been a  participant  in a  defined
benefit plan  maintained  by the  Employer,  the Employer will provide below the
language  which will satisfy the 1.0  limitation of Section  415(e) of the Code.
Such language must preclude Employer discretion.

Part C.  The limitation year is the following 12-consecutive month period:_____
---------------------------------------

#726(12/90)                 1990 Universal Pensions, Inc., Brainerd, MN  56401

<PAGE>

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION


         WHEREAS MIDAS FUND, INC. (the "Fund") is registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended ("1940 Act"), as an open-
end management investment company, and proposes to offer for public
sale shares of common stock; and

         WHEREAS the Fund has entered into a Distribution Agreement
("Agreement") with Investor Service Center, Inc. (the "Distributor")
pursuant to which the Distributor has agreed to serve as the
principal distributor for the Fund;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  the Fund  hereby  adopts  this plan of distri  bution
("Plan") with respect to the Fund in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the Act.

         1. As Distributor  for the Fund, the Distributor may spend such amounts
as it deems  appropriate  on any  activities or expenses  primarily  intended to
result in the sale of the Fund's  shares or the  servicing  and  maintenance  of
shareholder accounts,  including, but not limited to: advertising,  direct mail,
and  promotional  expenses;  compensation  to the Distributor and its employees;
compensation  to and  expenses,  including  overhead  and  telephone  and  other
communication  expenses,  of the Distributor,  the Investment Manager, the Fund,
and selected  broker/dealers  and their  affiliates who engage in or support the
distribution  of  shares  or  who  service  shareholder  accounts;   fulfillment
expenses,  including  the  costs  of  printing  and  distributing  prospectuses,
statements  of  additional  information,  and  reports  for other than  existing
shareholders; the costs of preparing, printing and distributing sales literature
and  advertising  materials;  and internal costs incurred by the Distributor and
allocated by the Distributor to its efforts to distribute  shares of the Fund or
service  shareholder  accounts  such as  office  rent  and  equipment,  employee
salaries, employee bonuses and other overhead expenses.

         2. A. The Fund is authorized to pay to the Distributor, as compensation
for  the  Distributor's  distribution  and  service  activities  as  defined  in
paragraph 13 hereof with respect to its shareholders, a fee at the rate of 0.25%
on an annualized basis of its average daily net assets. All or a portion of such
fee may be  designated  by the Fund's board of directors  ("Board") as a fee for
service  activities or as a fee for distribution  activities.  Such fee shall be
calculated and accrued daily and paid monthly or at such other  intervals as the
Board shall determine.

          B. The Fund may pay fees to the  Distributor at a lesser rate than the
     fees  specified in  paragraph 2A of this Plan as mutually  agreed to by the
     Board and the Distributor.  

         3. This Plan shall not take effect until it has been approved by:
<PAGE>

                  A.       the vote of at least a majority of the outstanding
voting securities of the Fund and

                  B. the vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose
of voting on this Plan of a majority of both (i) those directors of the Fund who
are not interested  persons of the Fund and have no direct or indirect financial
interest in the operation of this Plan or any agreement related to it (the "Plan
Directors"), and (ii) all of the directors then in office.

         4. This Plan shall  continue in effect for one year from its  execution
or adoption  and  thereafter  for so long as such  continuance  is  specifically
approved at least  annually in the manner  provided for approval of this Plan in
paragraph 3B.

         5. The  Distributor  shall  provide  to the Board  and the Board  shall
review, at least quarterly,  a written report of the amounts expended under this
Plan and the  purposes  for which  such  expenditures  were made.  A  reasonable
allocation  of overhead  and other  expenses of the  Distributor  related to its
distribution  activities and service  activities,  including telephone and other
communication  expenses,  may be included in the information  regarding  amounts
expended for such activities.

         6. This Plan may not be amended to  increase  materially  the amount of
fees  provided  for in  paragraphs  2A and 2B hereof  unless such  amendment  is
approved by a vote of a majority of the  outstanding  voting  securities  of the
Fund,  and no material  amendment to this Plan shall be made unless  approved by
the Board and the Plan  Directors  in the manner  provided  for approval of this
Plan in para graph 3B.

         7. The amount of the fees payable by the Fund to the Distributor  under
paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof is not related directly to expenses  incurred by the
Distributor  on behalf of the Fund in serving as  distributor,  and  paragraph 2
hereof  does  not  obligate  the  Fund to  reimburse  the  Distributor  for such
expenses.  The fees set forth in paragraphs 2A and 2B hereof will be paid by the
Fund to the Distributor unless and until this Plan is terminated or not renewed.
If this  Plan  is  terminated  or not  renewed,  any  expenses  incurred  by the
Distributor on behalf of the Fund in excess of payments of the fees specified in
paragraphs  2A and 2B hereof  which the  Distributor  has  received  or  accrued
through the termination  date are the sole  responsibility  and liability of the
Distributor, and are not obligations of the Fund.

         8. Any other  agreements  related  to this Plan  shall not take  effect
until approved in the manner provided for approval of this Plan in paragraph 3B.

         9. The Distributor shall use its best efforts in rendering  services to
the Fund  hereunder,  but in the  absence of willful  misfeasance,  bad faith or
gross  negligence in the performance of its duties or reckless  disregard of its

<PAGE>

obligations and duties  hereunder,  the  Distributor  shall not be liable to the
Fund,  the Fund or to any  shareholder of the Fund for any act or failure to act
by the  Distributor or any affiliated  person of the Distributor or for any loss
sustained by the Fund, the Fund or the Fund's shareholders.

         10.      This Plan may be terminated at any time by vote of a
majority of the Plan Directors, or by vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

         11.  While this Plan is in effect,  the  selection  and  nomination  of
directors who are not  interested  persons of the Fund shall be committed to the
discretion of the directors who are not interested persons.

         12.  The  Fund  shall  preserve  copies  of this  Plan  and  any  other
agreements  related to this Plan and all reports  made  pursuant to  paragraph 5
hereof,  for a period of not less than six years from the date of this Plan,  or
the date of any such  agreement or of any such  report,  as the case may be, the
first two years in an easily accessible place.

         13. For purposes of this Plan, "distribution activities" shall mean any
activities  in connection  with the  Distributor's  performance  of its services
under  this Plan or the  Agreement  that are not  deemed  "service  activities."
"Service activities" shall mean activities covered by the definition of "service
fee"  contained in amendments to Section  26(b) of the National  Association  of
Securities Dealers, Inc.'s Rules of Fair Practice.

         14.      As used in this Plan, the terms: "majority of the out
standing voting securities" and "interested person" shall have the
same meaning as those terms have in the 1940 Act.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund has executed this Plan on the day and year
set forth below in the City and State of New York.

DATE:


ATTEST:                                               MIDAS FUND, INC.


_____________________________                         By:______________________


<PAGE>
WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            6
<LEGEND>
     THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM EXCEL 
MIDAS GOLD SHARES SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BT 
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000770200
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>               DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                  JAN-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                    JUN-30-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>           6,214,439
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>          8,762,432
<RECEIVABLES>                   352,172
<ASSETS-OTHER>                  163,780
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>            0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                  9,278,384
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>        109,884
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>         0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>       29,225
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>             139,109
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                 0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>        7,880,677
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>           2,023,332
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>           2,126,114
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>       (45,754)
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>          0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>         (1,243,641)
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>        0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>        2,547,993
<NET-ASSETS>                    9,139,275
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>               27,031
<INTEREST-INCOME>               8,753
<OTHER-INCOME>                  0
<EXPENSES-NET>                  81,538
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>         (45,754)
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>        1,241,128
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>       1,201,799
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>           2,397,173
<EQUALIZATION>                  0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>        0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>           0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>         68,925
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>     171,707
<SHARES-REINVESTED>             0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>          2,087,525
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>         0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>       (2,484,769)
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>         0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>      0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>           36,636
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>              0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                 81,538
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>            7,377,000
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>           3.32
<PER-SHARE-NII>                 (0.02)
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>         1.22
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>            0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>       0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>            0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>             4.52
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                 2
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>          0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>            0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission